Download NEWS springer.com

2010
AB
1
ABCD
springer.com
Springer
NEWS
Apress
AIP Press
American Institute of Physics
Birkhäuser
Copernicus
Current Medicine
Friends of ED
Humana Press
Lavoisier-Intercept
Physica Verlag
Springer-Praxis
The Royal Society of Chemistry
Springer Wien NewYork
Steinkopff Verlag
Vieweg
?
l
i
a
m
e
y
b
Want this to the monthly
now
Subscribe s E-Newsletter:
ok
Library Bo
books
y
r
a
r
b
i
l
/
m
o
HTML.
xcel, and
E
F,
D
springer.c
P
in
log
f this cata
content o
e
th
ll
a
t
e
G
J A N UA R
Y
2010
ABCD
springer.com
Notice of
Price Changes
Springer announces that as of
April 15, 2009
a new price list for print books will take effect.
The list of price changes will be posted
for download from
springer.com/booksellers
st
i
l
e
c
i
r
p
ne w
NT
E
M
E
C
N
ANNOU
014161x
springer.com/librarybooks
Contents
Author Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II
Title Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII
Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Apress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Arts/Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Biomedicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Business/Economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Earth Sciences/Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Environmental Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
General Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Life Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Management/Business for Professionals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Materials Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Medicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Philosophy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Physics/Astronomy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Each eBook subject collection (12 collections for English-language/
International titles) is designated by its own icon. The icon appears
next to each title, indicating its subject group.
I
II
Author Index
A
36 Adhikari et al., Developing Better MultiDatabase Mining Applications
(Adv. Inf. Processing)
52 Aguiar, Animation and Performance Capture
Using Digitized Models (Cognitive Syst.
Monogr. 5)
52 Ahmed, Pipelined ADC Design and
Enhancement Techniques (Analog Circuits
and Signal Processing)
36 Ahuja (Eds), Robust and Online Large-Scale
Optimization (LNCS 5868)
85 Allison (Eds), Taphonomy
(Topics Geobiology 32) 2nd ed.
23 Alon (Eds), Visions in Mathematics Towards
2000 – GAFA 2000 (Modern Birkhäuser
Classics)
125 Alperson-Afil/Goren-Inbar, The Acheulian
Site of Gesher Benot Ya’agov Volume II
(Vertebrate Paleobio./Paleoanthrop.)
108 Alston et al., Persistence Pays (Natural
Resource Management and Policy 34)
52 Anastassiou, Fuzzy Mathematics:
Approximation Theory
(Studies in Fuzziness 251)
1 Anderson (Eds), Retinal Degenerative
Diseases (Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio. 664)
125 Andreopoulos (Eds), International Criminal
Justice
74 Anisimov/Izyumov, Electronic Structure of
Strongly Correlated Materials (Spr. Ser. SolidState Sc. 163)
36 Anna (Eds), Researching Learning in Virtual
Worlds (Human-Comput. Interaction)
119 Annetta et al., V-Learning
37 Anshakov/Gergely, Cognitive Reasoning
(Cognitive Technol.)
94 Anthes et al., Animal Behaviour: Evolution
and Mechanisms
53 Antolovic, Radiolocation in Ubiquitous
Wireless Communication
114 Arnold (Eds), Applied Technology and
Innovation Management
94 Atkinson (Ed), Vector Biology, Ecology and
Control
1 Attarian (Ed), Clinical Handbook of Insomnia
(Current Clinical Neurology) 2nd ed.
23 Axler (Eds), A Glimpse at Hilbert Space
Operators (Operator Theory 207)
B
37 Badr et al., Emergent Web Intelligence:
Advanced Semantic Technologies
(Adv. Inf. Processing)
53 Bajd et al., Robotics (Microproc. Intelligent
Syst. Eng. 43)
94 Balasubramanian (Eds), Carbon Nanotubes
(Methods in Molecular Biology 625)
Springer News 1/2010
89 Balzter (Ed), Environmental Change in Siberia
(Adv. Global Change Res. 40)
95 Bang (Eds), Statistical Methods in Molecular
Biology (Methods in Molecular Biology 620)
53 Bangash, Earthquake Resistant Buildings
33 Barber, Building WPF and Silverlight
Applications
54 Barber, Elasticity (Solid Mechan. Appl. 172)
3rd ed.
24 Barbu, Nonlinear Differential Equations of
Monotone Types in Banach Spaces
(Spr. Monogr. Math.)
74 Barker, b-Quark Physics with the LEP Collider
(Spr. Tracts Mod. Physics 236)
95 Barnes (Eds), Genetic Variation (Methods in
Molecular Biology 628)
31 Barnett/Dobson, Analysing Seasonal Health
Data (Statistics for Biology and Health)
125 Baugher (Eds), Archaeology and Preservation
of Gendered Landscapes
74 Beaurepaire (Eds), Magnetism and
Synchrotron Radiation (Springer Proceedings
in Physics 133)
54 Beck Fl./Carro, Dynamic Reconfigurable
Architectures and Transparent Optimization
Techniques
89 Bell (Eds), Security and Environmental
Sustainability of Multimodal Transport
(NATO Science C) <hard>
89 Bell (Eds), Security and Environmental
Sustainability of Multimodal Transport
(NATO Science C) <soft>
12 Berger (Ed), Cancer and Energy Balance,
Epidemiology and Overview (Energy Balance
and Cancer 2)
24 Berger, Geometry Revealed
81 Bernardini/Tonon, Bounding Uncertainty in
Civil Engineering
54 Besdo, Elastomere Friction (Lecture Notes in
Applied and Computational Mechanics 51)
81 Bhushan (Ed), Springer Handbook of
Nanotechnology. 3rd ed. <with DVD>
134 Bielefeld (Ed), Basics Career Start (Basics)
<Set>
134 Bielefeld (Ed), Basics First Year Architecture
Set (Basics) <Set>
126 Bille (Eds), The Anthropology of Absence
1 Bilo et al., Forensic Aspects of Pediatric
Fractures
21 Bodiford McNeil/Hembree-Kigin, ParentChild Interaction Therapy (Issues Clin. Child
Psych.) 2nd ed.
75 Bonitz (Eds), Introduction to Complex
Plasmas (Spr. Ser. Atom. Phys. 59)
55 Bouchon-Meunier (Eds), Foundations of
Reasoning under Uncertainty (Studies in
Fuzziness 249)
47 Boyadjiev, Theoretical Chemical Engineering
55 Bradley (Eds), Mechatronics in Action
2 Brodsky, Pediatric Neuro-Ophthalmology.
2nd ed.
springer.com/booksellers
24 Broué, Introduction to Complex Reflection
Groups and Their Braid Groups (Lecture
Notes in Mathematics 1988)
55 Brox et al., Fuzzy Logic-Based Algorithms for
Video De-Interlacing (Studies in Fuzziness 246)
108 Brunner, Flexible Shift Planning in the Service
Industry (Lecture Notes Economics 640)
95 Buchwalow/Böcker, Immunohistochemistry:
Basics and Methods
56 Buehler (Eds), The DARPA Urban Challenge
(Spr.Tracts in Adv.Robotics 56)
C
2 Cagle/Allen, Frozen Section Library:
Pleura (Frozen Section Library 3)
12 Calviello (Eds), Dietary Omega-3
Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Cancer
(Diet and Cancer 1)
25 Campbell et al., Modeling and Simulation in
Scilab/Scicos with ScicosLab 4.4. 2nd ed.
37 Cao et al., Domain Driven Data Mining
56 Cao, Optimal Models and Methods with
Fuzzy Quantities (Studies in Fuzziness 248)
108 Carlberg, Monetary and Fiscal Strategies in
the World Economy
21 Carney/Edinger, Insomnia and Anxiety
(Series Anxiety/Rel. Disorders)
130 Carnielli/Pizzi, Modalities and Multimodalities
(Logic Epistemology Unity 12)
47 Cársky (Eds), Recent Progress in Coupled
Cluster Methods (Challenges and Advances
in Computational Chemistry and Physics 11)
118 Casti, Mood Maters
75 Celletti, Order and Chaos in Celestical
Mechanics (Astronomy Springer Praxis
Books)
119 Chan (Eds), Revisiting The Chinese Learner
(CERC Stud.Comp.Educat. 25)
43 Chang (Ed), Transactions on Edutainment III
(LNCS 5940)
2 Chaudhuri/Ondo, Movement Disorders in
Clinical Practice
50 Chauvin (Eds), Transition Metal Complexes
of Neutral eta1-Carbon Ligands (Topics in
Organometallic Chemistry 30)
38 Chbeir (Eds), Emergent Web Intelligence:
Advanced Information Retrieval
(Adv. Inf. Processing)
109 Chen (Eds), Semantic eScience
(Annals of Information Systems 11)
114 Cheng et al., Postponement Strategies in
Supply Chain Management (ISORMS 143)
56 Chesi (Eds), Visual Servoing via Advanced
Numerical Methods (LNCIS 403) <with online
files/updates>
3 Chiappelli (Ed), Evidence-Based Practice
Toward Optimizing Clinical Outcomes
13 Chittur (Ed), Microarray Methods for Drug
Discovery (Methods in Molecular Biology 632)
springer.com/librarybooks
Author Index
Springer News 1/2010
13 Cho (Ed), Supportive Cancer Care with
Chinese Medicine
3 Cho (Eds), Moyamoya Disease Update
75 Christensen (Eds), Planetary Magnetism
(Space Sci. Ser. of ISSI 33)
89 Ci/Yang, Desertification and its Control in
China
96 Clark (Ed), Matrix Metalloproteinase
Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 622)
2nd ed.
21 Cleveland (Eds), Substance Abuse Recovery
in College
116 Closa et al., Patent Law for Computer
Scientists
57 Coello Coello (Eds), Advances in MultiObjective Nature Inspired Computing
(SCI 272)
57 Cohen (Eds), Speech Processing in Modern
Communication (Springer Topics in Signal
Processing 3)
57 Colinet (Eds), Pattern Formation Interfaces
(CISM 513)
96 Conboy (Eds), Protocols for Adult Stem Cells
(Methods in Molecular Biology 621)
47 Crabb et al., Concepts in Transition Metal
Chemistry <with DVD> <hard>
47 Crabb et al., Concepts in Transition Metal
Chemistry <with DVD> <soft>
48 Crabb et al., Metals and Life <hard>
48 Crabb et al., Metals and Life <soft>
13 Craft (Eds), Diabetes, Insulin and Alzheimer’s
Disease (Alzheimer’s Dis.)
14 Cunningham (Eds), Comparative and
Veterinary Pharmacology (Handb. Exp.
Pharm. 199)
14 Cutsuridis (Eds), Hippocampal Microcircuits
(Springer Series in Computational Sciences 5)
<with CD>
D
3 Dallenbach-Hellweg et al., Atlas of
Endometrial Histopathology. 3rd ed.
76 Damnjanovic/Milosevic, Line Groups in
Physics (Lecture Notes in Physics 801)
<online files/updates available>
58 David/Alla, Discrete, Continuous, and Hybrid
Petri Nets. 2nd ed.
14 Davies (Ed), Vaccine Adjuvants (Methods in
Molecular Biology 626)
33 DeHaan, Beginning Oracle SQL
25 Della Sala, Geometric properties of
non-compact CR manifolds (Theses 14)
96 Demidchik (Eds), Ion Channels and
Plant Stress Responses (Signaling and
Communication in Plants)
38 Deng/Maly, 3-Dimensional VLSI
58 Dhillon, Mine Safety (Spr. Ser. Reliability Eng.)
38 Dignum (Eds), Agents for Games and
Simulations (LNAI 5920)
119 Dill (Eds), Public Policy for Academic Quality
(Higher Educat. Dynam. 30)
97 Dion (Ed), Soil Biology and Agriculture in the
Tropics (Soil Biology 21)
130 DiSilvestro, Human Capacities and Moral
Status (Philosophy Medicine 108)
39 Doberkat, Stochastic Coalgebraic Logic
(Monographs Theoret.Computer Science)
31 Dodge, The Concise Encyclopedia of Statistics
58 Dolgui/Proth, Supply Chain Engineering
59 Dong et al., Emerging Techniques in Power
System Analysis
59 Duan et al., On and Off-Chip Crosstalk
Avoidance in VLSI Design
97 Duncan (Eds), The Welfare of Domestic Fowl
and Other Captive Birds (Animal Welfare 9)
E
97 Economou (Ed), Protein Secretion (Methods
in Molecular Biology 619)
59 Eerkens, The Nuclear Imperative (Topics in
Safety 16) 2nd ed.
4 Ehrenfeld et al., Anesthesia Student Survival
Guide
109 Ehrgott (Eds), Trends in Multiple Criteria
Decision Analysis (Int. Ser. Operations Res. 142)
109 Eiselt/Sandblom, Operations Research
15 Everitt (Eds), Calorie Restriction, Aging and
Longevity
F
4 Faletra et al., Atlas of Real Time 3D
Transesophageal Echocardiography
98 Favareau, Essential Readings in Biosemiotics
(Biosemiotics 3)
25 Filippov, The Versatile Soliton
110 Floyd, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and
Word Monetary Policy
4 Fogarty (Eds), Peripheral Endovascular
Interventions, 3rd Edition. 3rd ed.
33 Fouche, Accelerated VB 2010
126 Francisco, Collective Action Theory and
Empirical Evidence
82 Frey/Khan, Handbook of Thin Film
Technology
130 Frigg (Eds), Beyond Mimesis and Convention
(Boston Stud. Phil. Science 262)
48 Frimmel (Eds), Nanoparticles in the Water
Cycle
85 Furumai (Eds), Advanced Monitoring and
Numerical Analysis of Coastal Water and
Urban Air Environment (cSUR-UT Series 3)
G
39 Gabbrielli/Martini, Programming Languages
(Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science)
60 Gaura (Eds), Wireless Sensor
Networks:Deployments and Design
Frameworks
III
44 Gavrilova (Eds), Transactions on
Computational Science VI (LNCS 5730)
60 Gebotys, Security in Embedded Devices
(Embedded Systems)
60 Geem, Recent Advances In Harmony Search
Algorithm (SCI 270)
5 Giardino (Eds), A Practical Guide to the
Evaluation of Child Physical Abuse and
Neglect. 2nd ed.
110 Gilles, The Cooperative Game Theory of
Networks and Hierarchies (Theory,Decistion
Library C 44)
15 Giuliani (Eds), Antimicrobial Peptides
(Methods in Molecular Biology 618)
85 Gökcekus (Eds), Survival and Sustainability
(Environmental Earth Sciences)
98 Gorb (Ed), Functional Surfaces in Biology
<Set>
61 Gorman (Eds), Feedback Control Systems for
Micro- and Nano-Scales (MEMS Reference
Shelf)
26 Graf, Introduction to Hyperfunctions and
Their Integral Transforms
39 Griffiths(Eds), Agent-Based Service-Oriented
Computing (Adv. Inf. Processing)
15 Grobmyer (Eds), Cancer Nanotechnology
(Methods in Molecular Biology 624)
116 Grover, The European Court of Human Rights
as a Pathway to Impunty for International
Crimes
22 Gruszka (Eds), Handbook of Individual
Differences in Cognition (Plenum Ser. Human
Except.)
110 Guerrero, Excel Data Analysis
61 Gulati/Khatri, Hardware Acceleration of EDA
Algorithms
62 Guo/Wang, Stochastic Distribution Control
System Design (Advances in Indust. Control)
5 Gupta, Microskin Grafting for Vitiligo
62 Gusev (Eds), Advanced Materials and
Technologies for Micro/Nano-Devices,
Sensors and Actuators (NATO Science B)
<hard>
62 Gusev (Eds), Advanced Materials and
Technologies for Micro/Nano-Devices,
Sensors and Actuators (NATO Science B)
<soft>
62 Guzzella/Onder, Introduction to Modeling
and Control of Internal Combustion Engine
Systems. 2nd ed.
H
76 Haake, Quantum Signatures of Chaos
(Spr. Ser. Synergetics 54) 3rd ed.
26 Hacon/Kovács, Higher Dimensional Algebraic
Geometry (Oberwolfach Sem. 43)
77 Haghighipour (Ed), Planets in Binary Star
Systems (Astrophys. Space Sci. Libr. 366)
26 Hairer et al., Solving Ordinary Differential
Equations I (Spr. Ser. Computat. Math. 8).
2nd ed.
IV
Springer News 1/2010
Author Index
126 Hall, An Historical Analysis of Skin Color
Discrimination in America
63 Hanazawa (Eds), Brain-Inspired Information
Technology (SCI 266)
120 Harman (Eds), Reforming Higher Education in
Vietnam (Highter Education Dynamics 29)
98 Harris (Ed), Cholesterol Binding and
Cholesterol Transport Proteins: (Subcellular
Biochemistry 51)
35 van der Hart, Practical Clojure
63 Harvey et al., Emerging Space Powers
(Springer Praxis Books)
86 Havskov/Ottemoller, Routine Data Processing
in Earthquake Seismology <with DVD>
99 Hawksworth (Ed), Management and the
Conservation of Biodiversity (Topics in
Biodiversity and Conservation 10)
99 Hawksworth (Ed), Methods and Practice
in Biodiversity Conservation (Topics in
Biodiversity and Conservation 11)
27 Hendrix/G.-Tóth, Introduction to Nonlinear
and Global Optimization (Springer
Optimization and Its Applications 37)
63 Henzler, Time-to-Digital Converters
(Spr. Ser. Adv. Microelectr. 29)
114 Hevner/Chatterjee, Design Research in
Information Systems <with CD-ROM>
111 Hirsch, Monopsonistic Labour Markets
and the Gender Pay Gap (Lecture Notes
Economics 639)
6 Höhne, VOXEL-MAN 3D-Navigator <DVD>
6 Holzman et al., Pediatric Anesthesiology
Review
99 Homma (Eds), New Frontiers in Respiratory
Control (Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio. 669)
86 Hopley (Ed), Encyclopedia of Modern Coral
Reefs (Encyclopedia Earth Sciences Series)
<hard>
86 Hopley (Ed), Encyclopedia of Modern Coral
Reefs (Encyclopedia Earth Sciences Series)
<eRef>
86 Hopley (Ed), Encyclopedia of Modern Coral
Reefs (Encyclopedia Earth Sciences Series)
<print+eRef> <Set>
6 Hörmann/Verse, Surgery for Sleep Disordered
Breathing. 2nd ed. <with DVD>
131 Horton (Eds), Ethical Questions and
International NGO’s (Libr. Ethics, Applied
Philos. 23)
131 Houkes/Vermaas, Technical Functions
(Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 1)
64 Hu (Eds), Control: Three Decades of Progress
64 Huang (Ed), Robust Computing with Nanoscale Devices (Lecture Notes Electrical
Engineering 58)
64 Huang, Portfolio Analysis (Studies in
Fuzziness 250)
132 Huber (Eds), Degrees of Belief
(Synthese Libr. 342)
82 Hull, Solid Electrolytes: Materials, Properties
and Applications
I
1 11 Iannotta, Investment Banking
120 Ifenthaler (Eds), Computer-Based Diagnostics
and Systematic Analysis of Knowledge
16 Ilg (Eds), Dynamics of Visual Motion
Processing <with DVD>
65 Iordache, Polystochastic Models for
Complexity (Understanding Complex
Systems)
90 Issar (Ed), Progressive Development
(Environmental Science and Engineering)
J
16 Jain, The Handbook of Biomarkers
77 Jaksch/Clark, Cold Atoms in Optical Lattices
86 Jana (Eds), Impact of Climate Change on
Natural Resource Management
16 Jandial (Ed), Frontiers in Brain Repair
(Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio. 671)
100 Jansson et al., Genetics and Genomics of
Populus (Plant Genetics and Genomics: Crops
and Models 8)
120 Jeffries (Eds), An Introduction to Medical
Teaching
43 Jensen (Ed), Transactions on Petri Nets and
Other Models of Concurrency III (LNCS 5800)
127 Jiang (Eds), Geospatial Analysis and
Modelling of Urban Structure and Dynamics
(Geojournal Libr. 99)
65 Jones, The Regularized Fast Hartley Transform
(Signals Communication Technology)
115 Jones/Tamiz, Practical Goal Programming
(ISORMS 141)
100 Jose (Ed), Agroforestry for Ecosystem Services
and Environmental Benefits (Advances in
Agroforestry 7)
K
65 Kacprzyk (Eds), Uncertainty Approaches for
Spatial Data Modeling and Processing
(SCI 271)
40 Kalmanek (Eds), Guide to Reliable Internet
Services and Applications (Computer
Comunications Networks)
87 Kämpf, Advanced Ocean Modelling
34 Kaplan, iPhone Application Sketch Book
48 Karachalios, Erich Hückel (1896-1980)
(Boston Stud. Phil. Science 283)
17 Kazanietz (Ed), Protein Kinase C in Cancer
Signaling and Therapy (Current Cancer
Research)
34 Kelsey, Social Networking Spaces
121 Khine (Eds), New Science of Learning
77 Khrennikov, Ubiquitous Quantum Structure
17 King (Ed), RT-PCR Protocols (Methods in
Molecular Biology 630) 2nd ed.
40 Kizza, Ethical and Social Issues in the
Information Age (Texts Comp. Sc.) 4th ed.
springer.com/booksellers
31 Kneib (Eds), Statistical Modelling and
Regression Structures
78 Kokhanovsky, Light Scattering Reviews 5
(Springer Praxis Books)
100 Kole (Eds), Transgenic Crop Plants <Set>
101 König (Eds), Prokaryotic Cell Wall Compounds
111 Koslowski (Ed), Elements of a Philosophy of
Management and Organization (Studies in
Econ.Ethics,Philosophy)
41 Koster (Eds), Graphs and Algorithms in
Communication Networks (Texts in Theoret.
Computer Science)
90 Kostianoy (Eds), The Aral Sea Environment
(The Handbook of Environmental Chemistry 7)
101 Kovalchuk (Eds), Plant Epigenetics (Methods
in Molecular Biology 631)
17 Kristoffersson (Eds), Quality Issues in Clinical
Genetic Services
90 Kümmerer (Ed), Green and Sustainable
Pharmacy
7 Kurzrock (Eds), Targeted Cancer Therapy
(Current Clinical Oncology)
L
82 Lacroix (Eds), Introduction to Frustrated
Magnetism (Spr. Ser. Solid-State Sc. 164)
87 Lahoz (Eds), Data Assimilation
66 Lakshminarayanan/Aghav, Modelling Diesel
Combustion (Mech. Eng. Ser.)
66 Landrus, Leonardo da Vinci’s Giant Crossbow
112 Landstrom, Pioneers in Entrepreneurship
and Small Business Research (Int.Studies in
Entrepren. 8) Corr. print.
66 Lee (Eds), Software Engineering Research,
Management and Applications 2009
(SCI 253)
49 Lees (Eds), Photophysics of Organometallics
(Topics in Organometallic Chemistry 29)
112 Leeuwen, Urban-Rural Interactions
(Contributions to Economics)
115 Lehmann, The Dynamics of International
Information Systems (ISIS 23)
121 Leikin (Eds), Learning Through Teaching
Mathematics (Math Teacher Educat. 5)
41 Lemos (Eds), Architecting Dependable
Systems VI (LNCS 5835)
7 Levin (Eds), A Public Health Perspective of
Women’s Mental Health
127 Liberman (Ed), The Long View of Crime:
A Synthesis of Longitudinal Research
27 Lin/Bai, Probability Inequalities
127 van Lindert (Eds), Local Development in Latin
America (Geo Journal Library 97)
67 Liu (Eds), Securing Wireless Communications
at the Physical Layer
67 Liu et al., Reliability of Microtechnology
121 Lovat (Eds), International Research Handbook
on Values Education and Student Wellbeing
115 Low Kim Cheng, Negotiation Success in Asia
springer.com/librarybooks
Author Index
Springer News 1/2010
112 Lu (Ed), Science &amp; Technology in China:
A Roadmap to 2050
41 Lu/Pan, Digital Preservation for Heritages
(Advanced Topics in Science and Technology
in China)
8 Murofushi/Kaga, Vestibular Evoked Myogenic
Potential
123 Murphy (Eds), Coteaching in International
Contexts (Cultural Studies of Science
Education 1)
M
N
113 Mac an Bhaird, Resourcing Small and
Medium Enterprises (Contributions to
Management Science)
35 MacDonald, Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in
C# 2010
34 MacDonald, Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in VB
2010
101 Mainous III (Eds), Management of
Antimicrobials in Infectious Diseases
(Infectious Disease) 2nd ed.
132 Manninen (Eds), The Vienna Circle in the
Nordic Countries. (Vienna Circle Inst.
Yearbook 14)
67 Martínez Mozos, Semantic Labeling of
Places with Mobile Robots (Spr.Tracts in Adv.
Robotics 61)
78 Matarrese (Eds), Dark Matter and Dark Energy
(Astrophys. Space Sci. Libr. 370)
122 Mattheou (Ed), Changing Educational
Landscapes
91 Mays (Ed), Ancient Water Technologies
78 McComas (Eds), Interstellar Boundary
Explorer (IBEX)
81 Meier (Eds), Polymer Membranes/
Biomembranes (Ads. Polymer Science 224)
18 Mense (Eds), Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and
Treatment
18 Mense (Eds), Muscle Pain: Understanding the
Mechanisms
122 Meyer, Gender and Sexual Diversity in Schools
(Explorations of Educational Purpose 11)
87 Miall, The Geology of Stratigraphic
Sequences. 2nd ed.
7 Millichap, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity
Disorder Handbook. 2nd ed.
102 Min (Eds), RNA Interference (Methods in
Molecular Biology 623)
113 Miron, The Geography of Competition
42 Mistrik (Eds), Collaborative Software
Engineering
68 Mitchell, Image Fusion
79 Mittemeijer, Fundamentals of Materials
Science (Graduate Texts in Physics)
102 de Mol (Eds), Surface Plasmon Resonance
(Methods in Molecular Biology 627)
68 Mohammadpour (Eds), Efficient Modeling
and Control of Large-Scale Systems
8 Motasaddi Zarandy (Eds), Diseases of the
Inner Ear
42 Mou, Machine-based Intelligent Face
Recognition
35 Mukhtar, WPF Projects
102 Nagai (Eds), The Biology of Krüppel-like
Factors
91 Navarra/Simoncini, A Guide to Empirical
Orthogonal Functions for Climate Data
Analysis <with online files/updates>
49 Nielsen (Ed), Food Analysis (Food Sc. Txt.)
4th ed.
113 Niemes/Schirmer, Entropy, Water and
Resources
103 Noakes (Eds), Chinese Fishes (Developments
in Environmental Biology of Fishes 28)
103 Nõges (Eds), Assessment of the ecological
status of European surface waters
(Devel. Hydrobiology 209)
132 Noland, Imagination and Critique
(Philosophical Stud.Culture 19)
8 Norman (Ed), Preventive Dermatology
116 Noussia, Confidentiality in International
Commercial Arbitration
O
83 Oktyabrsky (Eds), Fundamentals of III-V
Semiconductor MOSFETs
P
103 Papageorgiou (Eds), Chlorophyll a
Fluorescence (Adv. Photosyn. Respir. 19)
49 Parkin (Ed), Metal-Metal Bonding (Structure
and Bonding 136)
128 Passas, Controlling Terrorist Financing
83 Patterson/Bailey, Solid-State Physics. 2nd ed.
88 Pearce/Pearce, Oceanic Migration
18 Pedraz (Eds), Therapeutic Applications of Cell
Microencapsulation (Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio.
670)
9 Peng, Hepatic Caudate Lobe Resection
<with CD>
19 Perbal (Ed), CCN proteins in health and
disease
32 Perrett, A SAS/IML Companion for Linear
Models (Statist./Comp.)
128 Pickering, Women at the Border
79 Piel, Introduction to Plasma Physics
133 Pielke, Presidental Science Advisors
68 Popov, Contact Mechanics and Friction
27 Positselski, Homological Algebra of
Semimodules and Semicontramodules
(Monogr. Mat. 70)
28 Profeta et al., Option Prices as Probabilities
(Springer Finance)
9 Pryor (Eds), Gastrointestinal Bleeding
V
R
19 Ramos (Eds), Pseudomonas
122 Rauner (Eds), Rediscovering Apprenticeship
(Technical, Vocational Educ. 11)
83 Razumovsky/Yakovlevich, Interferenceoptical Methods of Deformable Solid Body
Mechanics (Foundations Engineering
Mechanics)
19 Reichenbach/Bringmann, Müller Cells in the
Healthy and Diseased Retina
88 Reimold/Gibson, Meteorite Impact. 3rd ed.
88 Reitner (Eds), Encyclopedia of Geobiology
(Encycl. Earth Sci.) <hard>
88 Reitner (Eds), Encyclopedia of Geobiology
(Encycl. Earth Sci.) <eRef>
88 Reitner (Eds), Encyclopedia of Geobiology
(Encycl. Earth Sci.) <print+eRef> <set>
42 Revesz, Introduction to Databases
(Texts Comp. Sc.)
91 Reviews of Environmental Contamination
and Toxicology Volume 204
92 Reviews of Environmental Contamination
and Toxicology Volume 205
104 Rhoads (Ed), miRNA Regulation of the
Translational Machinery (Progress in
Molecular and Subcellular Biology 50)
28 Ribes/Zalesskii, Profinite Groups
(Erg. Math. 40) 2nd ed.
69 Ritter (Eds), Human Centered Robot Systems
(Cog. Syst. Monograph. 6)
32 Robert/Casella, Introducing Monte Carlo
Methods with R (Use R)
9 Rodriguez-Galindo (Eds), Retinoblastoma
(Pediatric Oncology)
10 Rustemeyer (Eds), Kanerva’s Occupational
Skin Diseases. 2nd ed. <hard>
10 Rustemeyer (Eds), Kanerva’s Occupational
Skin Diseases. 2nd ed. <eRef>
10 Rustemeyer (Eds), Kanerva’s Occupational
Skin Diseases. 2nd ed. <Print+eRef> <Set>
S
123 Safa Dei, Teaching Africa (Explorations of
Educational Purpose 9)
10 Saha, Basics of PET Imaging. 2nd ed.
43 Schalk/Mellinger, Introduction to BrainComputer Interfacing Using BCI2000
28 Schlaudt (Eds), Louis Couturat -Traité de
Logique Algorithmique (Publications des
Archives Henri Poincaré / Publications of the
Henri Poincaré Archives)
84 Schoenherr/Vancso, Scanning Force
Microscopy of Polymers (Springer
Laboratory)
69 Schumann (Eds), Applications of Neural
Networks in High Assurance Systems
(SCI 268)
10 Schumpelick (Eds), Hernia Repair Sequelae
VI
Springer News 1/2010
Author Index
104 Seckbach (Eds), Microbial Mats (Cellular
Origin 14)
104 Seckbach (Eds), Red Algae in the Genomic
Age (Cellular Origin 13)
105 Seckbach (Eds), Seaweeds and their Role in
Globally Changing Environments
(Cellular Origin 15)
29 Sefrin-Weis, Pappus of Alexandria: Book IV
of the Collection (Sources and Studies in
the History of Mathematics and Physical
Sciences)
79 Sekimoto, Stochastic Energetics (Lecture
Notes in Physics 799)
69 Sengupta (Eds), Instabilities of Flows: With
and Without Heat Transfer and Chemical
Reaction (CISM Courses and Lectures 517)
29 Seydel, Practical Bifurcation and Stability
Analysis (IAM 5) 3rd ed.
11 Shah et al., Breast Imaging Review
29 Shen, Algorithms and Programming
(Springer Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics and Technology ) 2nd ed.
105 Sioud (Ed), RNA Therapeutics (Methods in
Molecular Biology 629)
124 Smart (Ed), Higher Education: Handbook
of Theory and Research (Higher Education
Theory 24)
124 Smart (Ed), Higher Education: Handbook
of Theory and Research (Higher Education:
Handbk. 25)
70 Sommer, Project Management for Building
Construction
133 Sonvilla-Weiss (Ed), Mashup Cultures
40 Spaccapietra (Eds), Journal on Data Sematics
XIV (LNCS 5880)
117 Sparka, Jurisdiction and Arbitration Clauses
in Maritime Transport Documents (Hamburg
Studies 19)
80 Stanev, High Energy Cosmic Rays (Astronomy
Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed.
105 Stansly (Eds), Bemisia: Bionomics and
Management of a Global Pest
117 Stemmler, The Role of the Ocean in Global
Cycling of Persistent Organic Contaminants
(Hamburg Studies 18)
92 Steyn (Eds), Air Pollution Modeling and its
Application XX (NATO Science C) <hard>
92 Steyn (Eds), Air Pollution Modeling and its
Application XX (NATO Science C) <soft>
20 Steyn-Ross (Eds), Modeling Phase Transitions
in the Brain
92 Stroo (Eds), In Situ Remediation of
Chlorinated Solvent Plumes (SERDP/ESTCP
Environmental Remediation Technology)
70 Szczerbicki (Eds), Smart Information and
Knowledge Management (SCI 260)
T
70 Tenne (Eds), Computational Intelligence in
Expensive Optimization Problems (Adapt.
Learning Optm. 2)
117 Tiess, General and International Mineral
Policy
71 Tong (Eds), Advanced Flip Chip Packaging
118 Triebel, Theory of Function Spaces I (Modern
Birkhäuser Classics)
118 Triebel, Theory of Function Spaces II (Modern
Birkhäuser Classics)
106 Troeva (Eds), The Far North: (Plant and
Vegetation 3)
11 Trüeb (Eds), Aging Hair
U
80 Ungar, Hyperbolic Triangle Centers (Fundam.
Theor. Physics 166)
V
80 Vaas (Ed), Beyond the Big Bang (Frontiers
Collect.)
93 Van Staden (Eds), Local Governments and
Climate Change (Adv. Global Change Res. 39)
30 Varga, Matrix Iterative Analysis (Spr. Ser.
Comp. Math. 27) 2nd ed.
71 Vega (Eds), Parallel and Distributed
Computational Intelligence (SCI 269)
71 Venkatesh/Murthy, An Analytical Approach
to Optical Burst Switched Networks
44 Verbauwhede (Ed), Secure Integrated Circuits
and Systems (Series on Integrated Circuits
and Systems)
44 Vince, Introduction to the Mathematics for
Computer Graphics (Undergraduate Topics in
Computer Science) 3rd ed.
128 Vinod (Ed), Advances in Social Science
Research Using R (Lecture Notes in Statistics
196)
20 Viola Magni (Ed), Detection of Bacteria,
Viruses, Parasites and Fungi (NATO Science A)
<hard>
20 Viola Magni (Ed), Detection of Bacteria,
Viruses, Parasites and Fungi (NATO Science A)
<soft>
61 von Gleich et al., Potentials and Trends in
Biomimetics
W
45 Wallgrün, Hierarchical Voronoi Graphs
45 Wang, Coverage Control in Sensor Networks
(Communicat./Networks)
106 Wang/Yang, MicroRNA Expression Detection
Methods
50 Wareing, HACCP
50 Wayne/Holloway, Atmospheric Chemistry
springer.com/booksellers
45 Weber, Semantic Methods for Execution-level
Business Process Modeling (Lecture Notes in
Business Information Processing 40)
30 Wesseling, Principles of Computational Fluid
Dynamics (Spr. Ser. Computat. Math. 29)
129 Wikström et al., Assessing Key Criminological
Ideas
76 Wolschin (Ed), Lectures on Cosmology
(Lecture Notes in Physics 800)
X
5 Xia (Eds), Acupuncture Therapy for
Neurological Diseases
Y
106 Yadav (Eds), Climate Change and
Management of Cool Season Grain Legume
Crops
72 Yang, Fault Tolerant Control Design for
Hybrid Systems (LNCS 397)
84 Yi (Eds), Composite Materials Engineering
84 Yin et al., Microstructure, Property and
Processing of Functional Ceramics
72 Yoshimura, System Design Optimization for
Product Manufacturing
Z
107 Zahran, Climate – Vegetation: (Plant and
Vegetation 4)
124 Zajda (Ed), Globalisation, Ideology and
Education Policy Reforms (Globalisation,
Comparative Education and Policy
Research 11)
107 Zehr (Ed), Cotton (Biotechn. Agricult. 65)
72 Zelinka (Eds), Evolutionary Algorithms and
Chaotic Systems (SCI 267)
73 Zeng, Medical Image Reconstruction
46 Zeng, Quantum Private Communication
30 Zermelo, Collected Works/Gesammelte
Werke (Schrift. Math.-naturw. Klasse 21)
51 Zhao et al., The Boundary Theory of Phase
Diagrams and Its Application
73 Zhu, Virtual Decomposition Control
(Spr.Tracts in Adv.Robotics 60)
springer.com/librarybooks
A
33 Accelerated VB 2010
125 The Acheulian Site of Gesher Benot Ya’agov
Volume II
5 Acupuncture Therapy for Neurological
Diseases
71 Advanced Flip Chip Packaging
62 Advanced Materials and Technologies for
Micro/Nano-Devices, Sensors and Actuators
85 Advanced Monitoring and Numerical
Analysis of Coastal Water and Urban Air
Environment
87 Advanced Ocean Modelling
57 Advances in Multi-Objective Nature Inspired
Computing
128 Advances in Social Science Research Using R
39 Agent-Based Service-Oriented Computing
38 Agents for Games and Simulations
11 Aging Hair
100 Agroforestry for Ecosystem Services and
Environmental Benefits
92 Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XX
29 Algorithms and Programming
31 Analysing Seasonal Health Data
71 An Analytical Approach to Optical Burst
Switched Networks
91 Ancient Water Technologies
4 Anesthesia Student Survival Guide
94 Animal Behaviour: Evolution and
Mechanisms
52 Animation and Performance Capture Using
Digitized Models
15 Antimicrobial Peptides
126 The Anthropology of Absence
69 Applications of Neural Networks in High
Assurance Systems
114 Applied Technology and Innovation
Management
90 The Aral Sea Environment
125 Archaeology and Preservation of Gendered
Landscapes
41 Architecting Dependable Systems VI
129 Assessing Key Criminological Ideas
103 Assessment of the ecological status of
European surface waters
3 Atlas of Endometrial Histopathology
4 Atlas of Real Time 3D Transesophageal
Echocardiography
50 Atmospheric Chemistry
7 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
Handbook
B
1 34
134
10
35
34
33
105
1 30
80
102
51
81
74
63
11
33
Beyond Mimesis and Convention
Beyond the Big Bang
The Biology of Krüppel-like Factors
The Boundary Theory of Phase Diagrams and
Its Application
Bounding Uncertainty in Civil Engineering
b-Quark Physics with the LEP Collider
Brain-Inspired Information Technology
Breast Imaging Review
Building WPF and Silverlight Applications
C
15 Calorie Restriction, Aging and Longevity
12 Cancer and Energy Balance, Epidemiology
and Overview
15 Cancer Nanotechnology
94 Carbon Nanotubes
19 CCN proteins in health and disease
122 Changing Educational Landscapes
103 Chinese Fishes
103 Chlorophyll a Fluorescence
98 Cholesterol Binding and Cholesterol
Transport Proteins:
107 Climate – Vegetation:
106 Climate Change and Management of Cool
Season Grain Legume Crops
1 Clinical Handbook of Insomnia
37 Cognitive Reasoning
77 Cold Atoms in Optical Lattices
42 Collaborative Software Engineering
30 Collected Works/Gesammelte Werke
126 Collective Action Theory and Empirical
Evidence
14 Comparative and Veterinary Pharmacology
84 Composite Materials Engineering
70 Computational Intelligence in Expensive
Optimization Problems
120 Computer-Based Diagnostics and Systematic
Analysis of Knowledge
47 Concepts in Transition Metal Chemistry
31 The Concise Encyclopedia of Statistics
116 Confidentiality in International Commercial
Arbitration
68 Contact Mechanics and Friction
64 Control: Three Decades of Progress
128 Controlling Terrorist Financing
110 The Cooperative Game Theory of Networks
and Hierarchies
123 Coteaching in International Contexts
107 Cotton
45 Coverage Control in Sensor Networks
D
Basics Career Start
Basics First Year Architecture Set
Basics of PET Imaging
Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in C# 2010
Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in VB 2010
Beginning Oracle SQL
Bemisia: Bionomics and Management of a
Global Pest
Author
Title Index
Springer News 1/2010
78
56
87
127
132
89
VII
1 14 Design Research in Information Systems
20 Detection of Bacteria, Viruses, Parasites and
Fungi
36 Developing Better Multi-Database Mining
Applications
13 Diabetes, Insulin and Alzheimer’s Disease
12 Dietary Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty
Acids and Cancer
41 Digital Preservation for Heritages
58 Discrete, Continuous, and Hybrid Petri Nets
8 Diseases of the Inner Ear
37 Domain Driven Data Mining
54 Dynamic Reconfigurable Architectures and
Transparent Optimization Techniques
115 The Dynamics of International Information
Systems
16 Dynamics of Visual Motion Processing
E
53 Earthquake Resistant Buildings
68 Efficient Modeling and Control of Large-Scale
Systems
54 Elasticity
54 Elastomere Friction
74 Electronic Structure of Strongly Correlated
Materials
111 Elements of a Philosophy of Management
and Organization
38 Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced
Information Retrieval
37 Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced
Semantic Technologies
63 Emerging Space Powers
59 Emerging Techniques in Power System
Analysis
88 Encyclopedia of Geobiology
86 Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs
113 Entropy, Water and Resources
89 Environmental Change in Siberia
48 Erich Hückel (1896-1980)
98 Essential Readings in Biosemiotics
40 Ethical and Social Issues in the Information
Age
131 Ethical Questions and International NGO’s
116 The European Court of Human Rights as a
Pathway to Impunity for International Crimes
3 Evidence-Based Practice Toward Optimizing
Clinical Outcomes
72 Evolutionary Algorithms and Chaotic
Systems
110 Excel Data Analysis
F
Dark Matter and Dark Energy
The DARPA Urban Challenge
Data Assimilation
Decentralized Development in Latin America
Degrees of Belief
Desertification and Its Control in China
72 Fault Tolerant Control Design for Hybrid
Systems
106 The Far North:
61 Feedback Control Systems for Micro- and
Nano-Scales
108 Flexible Shift Planning in the Service Industry
VIII
49
1
55
16
2
98
83
Food Analysis
Forensic Aspects of Pediatric Fractures
Foundations of Reasoning under Uncertainty
Frontiers in Brain Repair
Frozen Section Library: Pleura
Functional Surfaces in Biology
Fundamentals of III-V Semiconductor
MOSFETs
79 Fundamentals of Materials Science
55 Fuzzy Logic-Based Algorithms for Video
De-Interlacing
52 Fuzzy Mathematics: Approximation Theory
24
127
23
124
41
90
91
40
69 Human Centered Robot Systems
80 Hyperbolic Triangle Centers
I
68
132
95
86
Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Gender and Sexual Diversity in Schools
General and International Mineral Policy
Genetic Variation
Genetics and Genomics of Populus
The Geography of Competition
The Geology of Stratigraphic Sequences
Geometric properties of non-compact CR
manifolds
Geometry Revealed
Geospatial Analysis and Modelling of Urban
Structure and Dynamics
A Glimpse at Hilbert Space Operators
Globalisation, Ideology and Education Policy
Reforms
Graphs and Algorithms in Communication
Networks
Green and Sustainable Pharmacy
A Guide to Empirical Orthogonal Functions
for Climate Data Analysis
Guide to Reliable Internet Services and
Applications
H
50 HACCP
22 Handbook of Individual Differences in
Cognition
16 The Handbook of Biomarkers
82 Handbook of Thin Film Technology
61 Hardware Acceleration of EDA Algorithms
9 Hepatic Caudate Lobe Resection
10 Hernia Repair Sequelae
45 Hierarchical Voronoi Graphs
80 High Energy Cosmic Rays
26 Higher Dimensional Algebraic Geometry
124 Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and
Research
124 Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and
Research
14 Hippocampal Microcircuits
126 An Historical Analysis of Skin Color
Discrimination in America
27 Homological Algebra of Semimodules and
Semicontramodules
130 Human Capacities and Moral Status
Image Fusion
Imagination and Critique
Immunohistochemistry: Basics and Methods
Impact of Climate Change on Natural
Resource Management
In Situ Remediation of Chlorinated Solvent
Plumes
Insomnia and Anxiety
Instabilities of Flows: With and Without Heat
Transfer and Chemical Reaction
Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and World
Monetary Policy
Interference-optical Methods of Deformable
Solid Body Mechanics
International Criminal Justice
International Research Handbook on Values
Education and Student Wellbeing
Interstellar Boundary Explorer (IBEX)
Introducing Monte Carlo Methods with R
Introduction to Brain-Computer Interfacing
Using BCI2000
Introduction to Complex Plasmas
Introduction to Complex Reflection Groups
and Their Braid Groups
Introduction to Databases
Introduction to Frustrated Magnetism
Introduction to Hyperfunctions and Their
Integral Transforms
An Introduction to Medical Teaching
Introduction to Modeling and Control of
Internal Combustion Engine Systems
Introduction to Nonlinear and Global
Optimization
Introduction to Plasma Physics
Investment Banking
Ion Channels and Plant Stress Responses
iPhone Application Sketch Book
springer.com/booksellers
93 Local Governments and Climate Change
127 The Long View of Crime: A Synthesis of
Longitudinal Research
28 Louis Couturat -Traité de Logique
Algorithmique
M
40 Journal on Data Sematics XIV
117 Jurisdiction and Arbitration Clauses in
Maritime Transport Documents
42 Machine-based Intelligent Face Recognition
74 Magnetism and Synchrotron Radiation
99 Management and the Conservation of
Biodiversity
101 Management of Antimicrobials in Infectious
Diseases
133 Mashup Cultures
44 Mathematics for Computer Graphics
30 Matrix Iterative Analysis
96 Matrix Metalloproteinase Protocols
55 Mechatronics in Action
73 Medical Image Reconstruction
49 Metal-Metal Bonding
48 Metals and Life
88 Meteorite Impact
99 Methods and Practice in Biodiversity
Conservation
13 Microarray Methods for Drug Discovery
104 Microbial Mats
106 MicroRNA Expression Detection Methods
5 Microskin Grafting for Vitiligo
84 Microstructure, Property and Processing of
Functional Ceramics
58 Mine Safety
104 miRNA Regulation of the Translational
Machinery
130 Modalities and Multimodalities
25 Modeling and Simulation in Scilab/Scicos
with ScicosLab 4.4
20 Modeling Phase Transitions in the Brain
66 Modelling Diesel Combustion
108 Monetary and Fiscal Strategies in the World
Economy
111 Monopsonistic Labour Markets and the
Gender Pay Gap
2 Movement Disorders in Clinical Practice
3 Moyamoya Disease Update
19 Müller Cells in the Healthy and Diseased
Retina
18 Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and Treatment
18 Muscle Pain: Understanding the Mechanisms
K
N
10 Kanerva’s Occupational Skin Diseases
48
115
99
121
24
92
21
69
G
9
122
117
95
100
113
87
25
Springer News 1/2010
Title Index
110
83
1 25
121
78
32
43
75
24
42
82
26
1 20
62
27
79
111
96
34
J
L
1 21
76
66
78
76
Learning Through Teaching Mathematics
Lectures on Cosmology
Leonardo da Vinci’s Giant Crossbow
Light Scattering Reviews 5
Line Groups in Physics
Nanoparticles in the Water Cycle
Negotiation Success in Asia
New Frontiers in Respiratory Control
New Science of Learning
Nonlinear Differential Equations of
Monotone Types in Banach Spaces
59 The Nuclear Imperative
springer.com/librarybooks
Author
Title Index
Springer News 1/2010
O
Q
88 Oceanic Migration
59 On and Off-Chip Crosstalk Avoidance in VLSI
Design
109 Operations Research
56 Optimal Models and Methods with Fuzzy
Quantities
28 Option Prices as Probabilities
17 Quality Issues in Clinical Genetic Services
46 Quantum Private Communication
76 Quantum Signatures of Chaos
P
29 Pappus of Alexandria: Book 4 of the
Collection
71 Parallel and Distributed Computational
Intelligence
21 Parent-Child Interaction Therapy
116 Patent Law for Computer Scientists
57 Pattern Formation at Interfaces
6 Pediatric Anesthesiology Review
2 Pediatric Neuro-Ophthalmology
4 Peripheral Endovascular Interventions
108 Persistence Pays
49 Photophysics of Organometallics
112 Pioneers in Entrepreneurship and Small
Business Research
52 Pipelined ADC Design and Enhancement
Techniques
75 Planetary Magnetism
77 Planets in Binary Star Systems
101 Plant Epigenetics
7 A Public Health Perspective of Women’s
Mental Health
81 Polymer Membranes/Biomembranes
65 Polystochastic Models for Complexity
64 Portfolio Analysis
114 Postponement Strategies in Supply Chain
Management
61 Potentials and Trends in Biomimetics
29 Practical Bifurcation and Stability Analysis
35 Practical Clojure
5 A Practical Guide to the Evaluation of Child
Physical Abuse and Neglect
115 Practical Goal Programming
133 Presidental Science Advisors
8 Preventive Dermatology
30 Principles of Computational Fluid Dynamics
27 Probability Inequalities
28 Profinite Groups
39 Programming Languages
90 Progressive Development
70 Project Management for Building
Construction
101 Prokaryotic Cell Wall Compounds
17 Protein Kinase C in Cancer Signaling and
Therapy
97 Protein Secretion
96 Protocols for Adult Stem Cells
19 Pseudomonas
119 Public Policy for Academic Quality
R
53 Radiolocation in Ubiquitous Wireless
Communication
60 Recent Advances In Harmony Search
Algorithm
47 Recent Progress in Coupled Cluster Methods
104 Red Algae in the Genomic Age
122 Rediscovering Apprenticeship
120 Reforming Higher Education in Vietnam
65 The Regularized Fast Hartley Transform
67 Reliability of Microtechnology
36 Researching Learning in Virtual Worlds
113 Resourcing Small and Medium Sized
Enterprises
1 Retinal Degenerative Diseases
9 Retinoblastoma
91 Reviews of Environmental Contamination
and Toxicology Volume 204
92 Reviews of Environmental Contamination
and Toxicology Volume 205
119 Revisiting The Chinese Learner
102 RNA Interference
105 RNA Therapeutics
53 Robotics
36 Robust and Online Large-Scale Optimization
64 Robust Computing with Nano-scale Devices
117 The Role of the Ocean in Global Cycling of
Persistent Organic Contaminants
86 Routine Data Processing in Earthquake
Seismology
17 RT-PCR Protocols
S
32 A SAS/IML Companion for Linear Models
84 Scanning Force Microscopy of Polymers
112 Science & Technology in China: A Roadmap
to 2050
105 Seaweeds and their Role in Globally
Changing Environments
44 Secure Integrated Circuits and Systems
67 Securing Wireless Communications at the
Physical Layer
89 Security and Environmental Sustainability of
Multimodal Transport
60 Security in Embedded Devices
109 Semantic e-Science
67 Semantic Labeling of Places with Mobile
Robots
45 Semantic Methods for Execution-level
Business Process Modeling
70 Smart Information and Knowledge
Management
IX
34 Social Networking Spaces
66 Software Engineering Research,
Management and Applications 2009
97 Soil Biology and Agriculture in the Tropics
82 Solid Electrolytes: Materials, Properties and
Applications
83 Solid-State Physics
26 Solving Ordinary Differential Equations I
57 Speech Processing in Modern
Communication
81 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology
75 Stability and Chaos in Celestial Mechanics
95 Statistical Methods in Molecular Biology
31 Statistical Modelling and Regression
Structures
39 Stochastic Coalgebraic Logic
62 Stochastic Distribution Control System
Design
79 Stochastic Energetics
21 Substance Abuse Recovery in College
58 Supply Chain Engineering
13 Supportive Cancer Care with Chinese
Medicine
102 Surface Plasmon Resonance
6 Surgery for Sleep Disordered Breathing
85 Survival and Sustainability
72 System Design Optimization for Product
Manufacturing
T
85
7
123
131
47
118
118
18
38
63
44
43
43
1 00
50
109
Taphonomy
Targeted Cancer Therapy
Teaching Africa
Technical Functions
Theoretical Chemical Engineering
Theory of Function Spaces
Theory of Function Spaces II
Therapeutic Applications of Cell
Microencapsulation
3-Dimensional VLSI
Time-to-Digital Converters
Transactions on Computational Science VI
Transactions on Edutainment III
Transactions on Petri Nets and Other Models
of Concurrency III
Transgenic Crop Plants
Transition Metal Complexes of Neutral eta1Carbon Ligands
Trends in Multiple Criteria Decision Analysis
U
77 Ubiquitous Quantum Structure
65 Uncertainty Approaches for Spatial Data
Modeling and Processing
112 Urban-Rural Interactions
X
Title Index
V
14
94
8
25
132
73
23
56
Vaccine Adjuvants
Vector Biology, Ecology and Control
Vestibular Evoked Myogenic Potential
The Versatile Soliton
The Vienna Circle in the Nordic Countries.
Virtual Decomposition Control
Visions in Mathematics
Visual Servoing via Advanced Numerical
Methods
119 V-Learning
6 VOXEL-MAN 3D-Navigator
W
97 The Welfare of Domestic Fowl and Other
Captive Birds
60 Wireless Sensor Networks:Deployments and
Design Frameworks
128 Women at the Border
35 WPF Projects
Springer News 1/2010
springer.com/booksellers
springer.com/librarybooks
Medicine
Springer News 1/2010
R. E. Anderson, University of Oklahoma, Oklahoma
City, OK, USA; J. G. Hollyfield, Cleveland Clinic
Foundation, Cleveland, OH, USA; M. M. LaVail, USCF
School of Medicine, San Francisco, CA, USA (Eds.)
H. P. Attarian, Loyola University, Stritch School of
Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA; C. Schuman, Cambridge
Health Alliance, Malden, MA, USA (Eds.)
Clinical Handbook of
Retinal Degenerative Diseases Insomnia
Laboratory and Therapeutic Investigations
This is the proceedings of the XIIIth International
Symposium on Retinal Degenerations, which will
be held in Emeishan, Sichuan, China on September
18 - 23, 2008. The themes will include “Molecular
and genetic mechanisms in photoreceptor degeneration”, “Age-related macular degeneration”, “New
diagnostic techniques for retinal degenerations”.
“Neuroprotection in the prevention of retinal
degeneration”, “Gene therapy and the correction of
gene defects”, as well as other emerging topics that
may develop over the next few months.
The goal of the second edition of the Clinical
Handbook of Insomnia is to update and expand on
the previous edition by presenting the latest developments in the field of insomnia and by involving
more thought leaders from around the world.
Over the past 4 years there has been an increasing
amount of data regarding the pathophysiology of
insomnia and there have been significant advancements in its treatment with FDA approval of 4 new
medications for it and the development of several
others that are going to be available in the next 5
years.
Fields of interest
From the contents
Ophthalmology
Target groups
Scientists, researchers, ophthalmologists
Discount group
MR
Defining Insomnia.- Epidemiology of Insomnia.Physiologic Basis of Insomnia.- Differential
Diagnosis of Insomnia.- Insomnia in primary
care practice with a special focus for the midlevel
practitioner.- Behavioral Insomnias of Childhood: Assessment and Treatment.- Insomnia in
Teens Garcia.- Insomnia in Pregnancy.- Menopausal Insomnia.- Sleep and Aging: Insomnia in
the Geriatric Population.- The Primary Insomnias.- Psychophysiological Insomnia.- Idiopathic
Insomnia.- Paradoxical Insomnia.- Sleep Hygiene.Insomnia in Medical Disorders.- Insomnia in
Neurological Diseases and Disorders.- Insomnia
in Psychiatric Disorders.- Circadian Rhythms and
Insomnia.- Insomnia Secondary to Sleep Related
Breathing Disorders.- Insomnia as a Presenting
Symptom of Sleep Related Movement Disorders,
Hypersomnias and Parasomnias.
Fields of interest
R. A. Bilo, Center for Forensic Medical and Behavioral
Sciences, Utrecht, Netherlands; S. G. Robben,
University Hospital Maastricht, Maastricht,
Netherlands; R. R. Rijn, Academic Medical Centre,
Amsterdam, Netherlands
Forensic Aspects of Pediatric
Fractures
Differentiating Accidental Trauma from Child
Abuse
Fractures are a common finding in children and it
is estimated that 2.1% of all children will suffer at
least one fracture before the age of 16. With young
children in particular, the question may arise if
this is related to child abuse. The aim of this book
is to help physicians involved in child abuse cases
to interpret radiological findings in light of the
forensic circumstances under which they occurred.
The authors present up-to-date literature related to
the mechanisms underlying non-accidental cases
of trauma.
In this book not only the radiological findings
in child-abuse are discussed, but more importantly, these findings are analyzed from a forensic
perspective. Careful attention is paid to evidence
regarding reported trauma mechanisms and their
clinical outcome; for example, can a fall from
a couch result in a femoral fracture, and if not,
where is the supporting evidence?
Features
7 Comprehensive overview of the etiology of
pediatric fractures 7 Combining forensic medicine and pediatric radiology 7 An insight into
child abuse-related fractures
Fields of interest
Imaging / Radiology; Forensic Medicine; Pediatrics
Neurology; Internal Medicine; General Practice /
Family Medicine
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Neurologists and family practice physicians
Clinicians and practitioners
MR
Discount group
MC
Medicine
Springer Protocols
1
Medicine
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 825 p. 100 illus. (Advances in Experimental
Medicine and Biology, Volume 664) Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 370 p. 19 illus., 4 in color.
(Current Clinical Neurology) Hardcover
2010. XII, 300 p. 203 illus., 36 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1398-2
7 approx. $99.50
ISBN 978-1-60327-033-5
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-540-78715-0
Due March 2010
Springer News 1/2010
Medicine
2
M. C. Brodsky, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA
Pediatric NeuroOphthalmology
Due to the generous representation of the
afferent visual system within the brain, neurological disease may disrupt vision as a presenting
symptom or as a secondary effect of the disease.
Conversely, early developmental disturbances
of vision often disrupt ocular motor control
systems, giving rise to complex disorders such as
nystagmus, strabismus, and torticollis. The signs
and symptoms of neurological disease are elusive
by their very nature, presenting a confounding
diagnostic challenge. Neurological medications
and neurosurgical treatments can produce neuroophthalmological dysfunction that can be difficult
to distinguish from disease progression. Affected
patients may experience substantial delays in diagnosis, and are often subjected to extensive (and
expensive) diagnostic testing. Scientific articles
pertaining to specific disorders are scattered
throughout medical subspecialty journals. These
children continue to “fall through the cracks” of
our medical education system.
Features
7 The only comprehensive textbook in the area
of pediatric neuro-ophthalmology, providing
complete coverage for both the expert and those
in training
From the contents
The Apparently Blind Infant.- Congenital Optic
Disc Anomalies.- The Swollen Optic Disc in
Childhood.- Optic Atrophy in Children.- Transient, Unexplained, and Psychogenic Visual Loss
in Children.- Ocular Motor Nerve Palsies in
Children.- Complex Ocular Motor Disorders in
Children.- Nystagmus in Children.
Fields of interest
Ophthalmology; Neurology
Target groups
Neuro-ophthalmology practitioners and residents/
fellows, pediatric ophthalmology practitioners and
residents/fellow, general ophthalmologists
P. T. Cagle, Weill Medical College of Cornell
University, The Methodist Hospital, Houston, TX, USA;
T. C. Allen, University of Texas Health Science Center
at Tyler, TX, USA
K. Chaudhuri, King’s College, London, UK;
W. G. Ondo, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston,
TX, USA
Movement Disorders in
Frozen Section Library: Pleura Clinical Practice
Frozen sections are diagnosed by the pathologist while a patient is undergoing surgery, often
under general anesthesia, for the purpose of rapid
diagnosis which may be used to make immediate
treatment decisions or to confirm that diagnostic
tissues have been sampled for further study. As a
result, frozen section diagnosis is often a highly
demanding situation for the pathologist who must
render a diagnosis quickly and is a basis for critical
decisions to the surgeon. In addition to the need
for rapid recall of differential diagnoses, there are
many pitfalls and artifacts that add to the risk of
frozen section diagnosis that are not present with
permanent sections of fully processed tissues that
can be examined in a more leisurely fashion. Most
standard pathology textbooks, both general and
subspecialty, largely ignore the topic of frozen
section.
Features
7 Well illustrated 7 Concise handbook 7 Site
specific
Contents
Preface.- Diffuse Malignant Mesothelioma.- Metastatic Cancers.- Other Primary Neoplasms of the
Pluera.- Pleuritis and Pleural Plaque.- Uncommon
Non-neoplastic Lesions of the Pleura.- Benign
Reactive Proliferations versus Malignancy.Suggested Reading.- Index.
Fields of interest
Pathology
Target groups
Surgical pathologists, pathology residents and
fellows
Discount group
MR
Movement disorders are a complex group of disorders spanning all aspects of neurological illnesses
and ranging from conditions characterised by
too little movement (hypokinesis) to those where
movement is excessive (hyperkinesis). Diagnosis
is based mostly on observation and examination
rather than radiology and serological assessments.
The classic example would be Parkinson’s disease,
while other movement-related problems, such as
tremor, chorea, dystonia, myoclonus, hemiballism
and tics, occur in a range of inherited, druginduced and sporadic disorders. Genetics plays an
important part in the genesis of several conditions
characterised by various movement disorders, such
as Huntington’s disease, dystonic conditions and
myoclonus. Somatisation from psychologically
determined conditions can also manifest as movement disorders. Finally, sleep may be affected by
movement disorder and a typical example would
be restless legs syndrome.
Features
7 A concise but comprehensive overview of the
diagnosis, treatment and management of common
and rarer movement disorders from two key international movement disorder experts 7 Clinically
focussed and accessible it will provide a practical
guide to the assessment of these complex disorders where diagnosis relies on examination and
observation rather than radiology and serological
assessments
Fields of interest
Neurology; General Practice / Family Medicine;
Emergency Medicine
Target groups
Family practioners, critical care and emergency
doctors, neurologists in training and consultant
neurologists, specialist nurses and allied health
professionals
Discount group
Discount group
MR
MR
Medicine
springer.com/booksellers
Medicine
Medicine
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 565 p. 370 illus., 185 in color.
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 40 p. 125 illus. in color. (Frozen Section
Library, Volume 3) Softcover
2010. Approx. 100 p. 15 illus. in color. Softcover
7 approx. $225.00
ISBN 978-0-387-69066-7
7 approx. $79.95
ISBN 978-0-387-95985-6
7 approx. $36.50
ISBN 978-1-84996-064-9
Due February 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
F. Chiappelli, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles,
CA, USA (Ed.)
Evidence-Based Practice
Toward Optimizing Clinical
Outcomes
B. Cho, T. Tominaga (Eds.)
Moyamoya Disease Update
Health care is witnessing an explosion of
fundamental, clinical and translational research
evidence. The emerging paradigm of evidencebased health care rests on the judicious integration of the patient needs/wants, the provider’s
expertise, and the best available research evidence
in the treatment plan. The purpose of this book
is to discuss the promise and the limitations
of incorporating the best available evidence in
clinical practice. It seeks to characterize and define
how best available research evidence can be used
in clinical practice and to what respect it applies to
current public health issues.
Moyamoya disease (MMD) is characterized by
bilateral stenosis or occlusion of the distal internal
carotid artery bifurcation, including its proximal
branches, and an abnormal vascular network
(moyamoya vessel) in the vicinity of the arterial
occlusions. It is predominant in the age group less
than 10 years and the most common pediatric
cerebrovascular disease in East Asia but has
also been found over all age groups and globally
through recent advances in diagnostic imaging.
The clinical presentation of MMD usually includes
repeated transient ischemic attacks in children and
intracranial hemorrhage in adults. The benefit of
surgery for the ischemic type of MMD has been
established. As much information about MMD
has been accumulated for almost 10 years since
publication of monograph “Moyamoya Disease”
in year 1986 by Jiro Suzuki(ed), and then lastly in
year 2001 by Ikezaki and Loftus(eds), it is time to
update knowledge of MMD.
Features
Features
Coeditor: X. M. Caldeira Brant, N. Neagos,
O. O. Oluwadara, M. H. Ramchandani
7 Most current and most recent research information on evidence-based dentistry 7 Definition
and application in clinical practice with integration
to public health issues 7 Valuable guidelines for
clinical providers 7 Sound background material
7 Critical Guidance with appropriate tools
Fields of interest
Medicine/Public Health, general; Public Health/
Gesundheitswesen; Dentistry
Target groups
Medicine
Springer News 1/2010
7 Providing the latest knowledge of Moyamoya
Disease
Field of interest
Neurosurgery
Target groups
Neurosurgeons
Discount group
MR
G. Dallenbach-Hellweg, Heidelberg, Germany;
D. Schmidt, Referenzzentrum Gynäkologie,
Mannheim, Germany; F. Dallenbach, University of
Ulm, Germany
Atlas of Endometrial
Histopathology
The prime purpose of this atlas is to help the
pathologist find, classify and differentially diagnose the changes he is observing.
Information on the daily changes during the
menstrual cycle and how to date them is essential
for recognizing changes caused by abnormal
endogenic and iatrogenic hormonal stimuli in
functional endometrial disturbances. To provide
their patients with the proper hormonal therapy,
gynecologists cannot rely on blood samples only
because of the constantly fluctuating hormonal
levels. A precise functional diagnosis of the endometrial biopsy is the most accurate and best means
for assessing hormonal action. Numerous microphotographs explain in detail how to recognize the
normal and pathological changes that can develop
in the endometirum. The subject of endometritis
and the complex endometrial neoplasms and their
precursors, with their differential diagnosis as well
as their clinical prognosis are covered in detail.
Features
7 Comprehensive, yet concise reference for the
practicing pathologist 7 Hands-on guide to the
precise diagnosis of physiological and pathological
changes to the endometrium 7 Updated, revised
and expanded new edition with high quality
illustrations
Contents
Specialists at all levels working in the field of of
clinical dentistry, clinical medicine and clinical
veterinary science
Introduction.- Technical Remarks.- Normal
Endometrium.- Metaplastic Changes.- Circulatory
Disturbances.- Iatrogenic Changes.- Endometritis.- Neoplasms.- Gestational Changes.
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Pathology; Gynecology
Target groups
Pathologists, gynecologists, researchers in
oncology, reproductive medicine, epidemiology,
and molecular genetics
Discount group
P
Medicine
3
Medicine
Medicine
Due May 2010
Due February 2010
Due February 2010
2010. XX, 264 p. 50 illus., 40 in color. Softcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
3rd ed. 2010. X, 220 p. 287 illus., 150 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-3-642-05024-4
7 approx. $259.00
ISBN 978-4-431-99702-3
7 approx. $219.00
ISBN 978-3-642-01540-3
Springer News 1/2010
Medicine
4
springer.com/booksellers
J. M. Ehrenfeld, R. D. Urman, S. Segal, Harvard
Medical School, Boston, MA, USA
F. F. Faletra, S. De Castro, N. G. Pandian, I. Kronzon,
H. Nesser, S. Yen Ho
Anesthesia Student Survival
Guide
Atlas of Real Time 3D Transesophageal Echocardiography Peripheral Endovascular
Interventions
A Case-Based Approach
Anesthesia Student Survival Guide: A Case-Based
Approach is an indispensable introduction to the
specialty. This concise, easy-to-read, affordable
handbook is ideal for medical students, nursing
students, and others during the anesthesia rotation. Written in a structured prose format and
supplemented with many diagrams, tables, and
algorithms, this pocket-sized guide contains
essential material covered on the USMLE II-III
and other licensing exams. The editors, who are
academic faculty at Harvard Medical School,
summarize the essential content with 32 informative and compelling case studies designed to help
students apply new concepts to real situations.
Pharmacology, basic skills, common procedures
and anesthesia subspecialties are covered, too, with
just the right amount of detail for an introductory text. The unique book also offers a section
containing career advice and insider tips on how
to receive good evaluations from supervising
physicians.
Features
7 Concise, affordable pocket reference
7 Complete resource for students of anesthesiology 7 Sample cases and review questions after
each major chapter
From the contents
How to be a “Star” Student, Career Options, and
the Match.- History of Anesthesia and Introduction to the Specialty.- Pharmacology Principles.Pharmacology of Intravenous Agents.- Pharmacology of Inhalational Agents.- Pharmacology of
Local Anesthetics.
Field of interest
Anesthesiology
Target groups
Medical students, junior residents in anesthesia,
nurse anesthetists, non-anesthesia residents,
nursing students, RNs, EMTs
This atlas provides a comprehensive description of
normal anatomy of the internal structures of the
heart (natives valves, interatrial septum, left atrial
appendage, left atrium etc..) as seen by this revolutionary ultrasound technique. Normal TEE cardiac
structures are described and compared with the
corresponding anatomical specimens focusing
on the fundamental as well as the details of the
cardiac structures, providing a detailed understanding of the anatomy that has not previously
been possible with either real-time transthoracic
echocardiography (TTE) or reconstructed 3D
TEE imaging technology. The atlas contains a
large number of challenging cardiac pathology
cases observed in clinical settings and based of
the combined experience of five outstanding
institutions in Europe and United States. Each
case is accompanied by a brief presentation and
discussion of the value of the imaging modality to
effective diagnosis.
Features
7 The first book to provide a comprehensive
description of normal anatomy of the internal
structures of the heart using this revolutionary
technique 7 TEE cardiac structures will be
described and compared side-by-side with the
corresponding anatomical specimens 7 Contains
a large number of challenging cardiac pathology
cases observed in clinical settings
Fields of interest
Cardiology; Diagnostic Radiology
Target groups
T. J. Fogarty, Stanford University Medical Center,
Stanford, CA, USA; R. A. White, Harbor-UCLA Medical
Center, Torrance, CA, USA (Eds.)
This book is a comprehensive review of the rapidly
advancing field of endovascular therapy, written
by internationally recognized authorities in the
field, many of whom are the innovators of the
techniques and devices involved. Broad in scope,
topics covered range from how to obtain training
in approved endovascular techniques to promising
new lines of investigational therapies. Reflecting
the operative nature of many of the new endovascular therapies, this book is somewhat unique for
an endovascular text in the strong representation
of surgeons among its authors.
The purpose is to train and update physicians
with diverse levels of experience and from a
variety of specialties in established, new, and still
evolving endovascular techniques. Given the wide
variation in expertise among different specialties
interested in performing these procedures, and
acknowledging that different specialties lack skill
in different aspects of various procedures, a book
such as this is badly needed.
Features
7 Combines the expertise of leading surgeons and
interventionalists in presenting the latest innovations in this dynamic field
Contents
Part I. Introduction.- Part II. Components of an
Endovascular Practice.- Part III. Facilities and
Equipment for Endovascular Intervention.- Part
IV. Endovascular Instrumentation and Devices.Part V. Specialized Endovascular Techniques.
Fellows, residents and clinicians in cardiology,
cardiac imaging. Secondarily, cardiac surgeons,
interventional cardiologists, medical libraries
Fields of interest
Discount group
Target groups
MR
Vascular Surgery; General Surgery; Interventional
Radiology
Vascular surgery, general surgery, interventional
radiology
Discount group
MC
Discount group
MC
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
Due April 2010
2010. X, 300 p. 90 illus., 20 in color. Softcover
2010. XVI, 220 p. 239 illus. in color. Hardcover
3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 755 p. 280 illus., 100 in color.
Hardcover
7 $29.95
ISBN 978-0-387-09708-4
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-082-3
7 approx. $195.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1386-9
springer.com/librarybooks
Y. Xia, X. Cao, G. Wu, J. Cheng (Eds.)
A. P. Giardino, M. A. Lyn, E. R. Giardino (Eds.)
Acupuncture Therapy for
Neurological Diseases
A Practical Guide to the
Evaluation of Child Physical
Abuse and Neglect
A Neurobiological View
Written in modern scientific language, “Acupuncture Therapy for Neurological Diseases:A
Neurobiological View” discusses current research,
applying multiple neuroscience approaches, on
the effect of acupuncture on neurological diseases
and the underlying mechanisms. Apart from
basic principles of acupuncture, topics include
acupuncture analgesia, acupuncture-drug balanced
anesthesia, acute and chronic body pain, stroke,
cardiac diseases, hypertension, hypotension,
epilepsy, neuroimmuno suppression, female infertility, menopausal & perimenopausal syndrome,
smoking, depression, and drug addiction. Each
chapter is written by an expert in the field. This
unique book provides a broad perspective on
the principles of acupuncture for acupuncture
researchers and neuroscientists.
Features
7 Systematic and broad discussion of acupuncture treatment of neurological diseases
7 Provides a unique and broad view of the scientific principles of acupuncture based on neurobiological research 7 Integrates ancient medicine
with modern science
From the contents
History and Scientific Basis.- History.- Traditional
Chinese Medicine.- History of Acupuncture
Research.- Major contributions made by SHMC.More.- Neuroanatomical Basis of Acupuncture
Points.- Transmission of Acupuncture Signals.Acupuncture and Central Neurotransmitters.Clinical Applications and the underlying Mechanisms.- Acupuncture-Drug Balanced Anesthesia.
Fields of interest
Acupuncture; Neurobiology; Complementary &
Alternative Medicine
Features
Features
From the contents
7 Provides information on the application of an
emerging technique in cosmetic surgery 7 High
quality images of operative steps of the surgical
procedure 7 Offers high levels of technical detail
unseen in related work 7 Clear and concise
demonstrations of regional anesthesia blocks
7 Original patient photographs and equipment
are used to depict the practical detail and real
surgical outcomes
Child Abuse as a Health Problem. Scope of the
Problem. Overview of the Health Care Evaluation
of Physical Abuse and Neglect.- Specific Injuries.
Skin Injuries: Bruises and Burns. Evaluation
of Fractures and Skeletal Injuries. Abdominal
and Thoracic Trauma. Abusive Heat Trauma.
Child Neglect and Failure to Thrive. Medical
Child Abuse. Other Patterns of Injury and Child
Fatality.- Related Issues. Children with Special
Health Care Needs (CSHCN). Intimate Partner.
Contents
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Maternal and Child Health; Pediatrics; Social
Work
Target groups
Medical students, clinicians, acupuncturists,
neuroscientists, acupuncture researchers
Discount group
Discount group
P
Microskin Grafting for Vitiligo
To keep up with growing body of professionals
staying informed on this subject, the second
edition of A Practical Guide to the Evaluation
of Child Physical Abuse and Neglect assists the
reader in recognizing abuse/neglect (exclusive
of sexual abuse) in children and youth, and
determining its extent. Illustrated with clinical
photographs, the Guide details systematic evaluation procedures, explains the tasks of an evaluation
team, and expands and updates the knowledge
base.
7 Extensive color photos 7 Updated edition
adds chapters on risks for children with special
health care needs, the connection of child abuse
to intimate partner violence, and recognizing
factitious disorder by proxy 7 For each injury,
there is discussion of epidemiology, approaches
to identification, evaluation and treatment, and
differential diagnosis
Introduction, Stable vitiligo-Definition, Indication
and contraindication for vitiligo surgery, Selection
of patient, Methods for surgical repigmentation,
Ultra thin micro skin grafting (Definition, Preparation of patient, Pre medication, Planning of loco
regional, anesthesia, Equipment needed, Technical
detail , Post operative result, Short coming and
technical difficulties, Complications, Tips and
tricks).
Dermatology; Plastic Surgery
Target groups
Dermatologists, plastic surgeons, cosmetic
surgeons and institution and hospital libraries
Discount group
MR
P
Medicine
Due April 2010
5
D. K. Gupta, Devendra Hospital and Yuva Cosmetic
Clinic, Bareilly, India
This book aims to provide information on the
application of microskin grafting to repigmentation of vitiligo, effectively economising the
procedure and offering a quick surgical practice.
The procedure will be illustrated in an extensive selection of images to offer the physician a
thorough education in the technique so they may
carry out the process safely, efficiently and with
confidence. This atlas will focus on the surgical
procedure, but special attention will also be given
to regional anesthesia techniques which will also
work as postoperative analgesia for the donor site
discomfort and burning.
Public health practitioners in maternal & child
health, school health, and physicians, nurses,
clinical social workers, child psychologists, school
psychologists; law enforcement and attorneys
Target groups
Medicine
Springer News 1/2010
Medicine
Distribution rights in China: Tsinghua University Press
Due January 2010
Jointly published with Tsinghua University Press
Originally published by SAGE, 1997
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. 100 illus., 40 in color. Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 270 illus. Hardcover
2009. XIV, 135 p. 300 illus. in color. Hardcover
7 $249.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10855-6
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0701-1
7 $149.00
ISBN 978-1-84882-604-5
Medicine
6
Springer News 1/2010
Medicine
K. Höhne, University of Hamburg, Germany
springer.com/booksellers
R. Holzman, T. J. Mancuso, N. F. Sethna,
J. A. DiNardo, The Children’s Hospital Boston,
Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA
K. Hörmann, University Hospital Mannheim,
Germany; T. Verse, Asklepios Klinik, Hamburg,
Germany
Inner Organs. Regional, Systemic and
Radiological Anatomy / Innere Organe.
Topographische, Systematische und
Radiologische Anatomie
Pediatric Anesthesiology
Review
Surgery for Sleep Disordered
Breathing
Assisted by: B. Pflesser, A. Pommert,
K. Priesmeyer, M. Riemer, T. Schiemann,
R. Schubert, U. Tiede, H. Frederking, S. Gehrmann,
S. Noster, U. Schumacher
Based on a program of study developed at the
Children’s Hospital Boston, Department of
Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine,
Pediatric Anesthesiology Review: Clinical Cases
for Self-Assessment provides essential medical
information for the subspecialty of pediatric
anesthesiology. Illustrating the broad spectrum
of the pediatric anesthesiologist’s practice, this
book utilizes an interactive question and answer
dialogue which imitates the simplicity of conversation and affords the reader high-yield benefits.
The case-based approach encourages readers to
collaborate with colleagues, improve their oral
presentation skills, and prepare for challenging
situations by explaining various anesthesia care
plans and why specific data are required before and
during the care of the pediatric patient.
VOXEL-MAN 3D-Navigator
Voxel-Man 3D Navigator is a completely new
type of atlas of anatomy and radiology. It allows
the interactive exploration and interrogation of a
high-resolution, realistic and detailed 3D anatomy
model. A further feature: the radiologic components (X-ray and CT) can be explored in context
of 3D anatomy. This second volume Inner Organs
covers the organs of the chest, the abdomen and
the pelvis, including the skeleton and the principal
structures of the nervous and vascular systems.
The approximately 650 three-dimensional objects
are based on data obtained in the Visible Human
Project.
Features
7 Allows interactive exploration of a 3D anatomy
model with the possiblility of interrogating
7 Unlike in classical teaching, the different
aspects of anatomy can be learned at the same time
in the very context of three-dimensional anatomy
7 A unique multimedia tool
System requirements
For PC. For the complete system requirements see:
springer.com
Fields of interest
Anatomy; Imaging / Radiology; Internal Medicine
Clinical Cases for Self-Assessment
Features
7 The most up to date study aid for pediatric
anesthesiology available 7 Expanded question
and answer format provides a unique forum for
discussion 7 Based on the experience and proven
teaching strategies of world leaders in the field
7 Illustrative case-based approach creates an
exciting, high yield experience 7 Excellent for
use in individual and group study
Features
Anesthesiology; Pediatrics; Intensive / Critical
Care Medicine
7 Written by two famous authors who run two
of the largest otolaryngological sleep laboratories
and perform approximately 1500 surgical sleep
medicine procedures per year 7 Evidence-based
as well as based on the complete surgical and sleep
medicine know-how of the authors, who regularly
hold numerous international courses on sleep
surgery
Target groups
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Students, scientists and clinicians
Anesthesiologists, nurse anesthetists, emergency
medicine specialists, critical care specialists,
pediatricians
Discount group
Discount group
MR
The new edition of Surgery for Sleep Disordered
Breathing has been completely updated and
enriched by the inclusion of various new surgical
techniques. Further, since the question of which
treatment best fits each individual patient has
become a highly sophisticated decision, the new
edition of this book focuses on both the surgical
treatment modalities as well as the current
concepts for treatment decisions.
For each procedure, current data were reanalyzed
according to the principles of evidence-based
medicine and are presented in well-arranged and
reader-friendly tables. Indications, techniques,
complications, and specific follow-up treatments in
the realm of sleep medicine have been compiled in
the form of a primer with an accompanying DVD
presenting all relevant surgical techniques.
This outstanding title has become an essential textbook for sleep medicine surgeons, with valuable
tips and pearls of wisdom designed to help physicians reach the best possible treatment outcome
for their patients.
MR
Otorhinolaryngology; Oral and Maxillofacial
Surgery; Pneumology/Respiratory System
Target groups
Otorhinolaryngologists, ENT, head and neck
surgeons, oral and maxillofacial surgeons,
neurosurgeons, general surgeons as well as all
those working in the field of respiratory and sleep
medicine
Discount group
MR
Medicine
Due January 2010
Medicine
Only available in print
Due January 2010
1st ed. 2003. 2nd printing 2010. DVD
2010. Approx. 350 p. Softcover
2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 286 p. 98 illus., 85 in color. With DVD.
Hardcover
7 ca. $119.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10495-4
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1616-7
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-3-540-77785-4
Due February 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
Medicine
Springer News 1/2010
R. Kurzrock, M. Markman, The University of Texas,
Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)
B. L. Levin, M. A. Becker, University of South Florida,
Tampa, FL, USA (Eds.)
Targeted Cancer Therapy
A Public Health Perspective of Attention Deficit HyperWomen’s Mental Health
activity Disorder Handbook
In the era of personalized medicine, cancer treatment has become a model for the use of targeted
therapeutics. Leaving behind the “one size fits
all” approach to cancer care, this book provides
the practicing oncologist with an overview of the
advances in treatment and an understanding of
the implementation of new therapeutic agents.
Targeted Cancer Therapy is divided into twenty
chapters covering specific hematologic malignancies and solid tumors, targeted and functional
imaging, and combination therapies. Each disease
specific chapter includes up-to-date information
on investigational and FDA approved therapies
which will enhance the reader’s ability to prescribe
effective drug regimens. This includes combinations of therapies and therapeutic modalities to
overcome drug resistance.
Features
7 Will optimize the reader's ability to prescribe
effective therapeutic regimens 7 Provides knowhow on building drug combinations that overcome
disease resistance 7 Illustrates the use of personalized medicine in cancer treatment 7 Divided
into clearly organized, site specific chapters
7 Presents the forefront in the practical implementation of targeted therapeutics
From the contents
Perspectives: Bench to Bedside and Back.Targeted Therapy in Acute Myelogenous
Leukemia.- Targeted Therapy in Breast Cancer.Targeted Therapy in Chronic Lymphocytic
Leukemia.- Targeted Therapy in Chronic Myeloid
Leukemia.- Targeted Therapy in Colorectal Cancer.
Fields of interest
Oncology; Hematology; Cancer Research
Target groups
Practicing and academic physicians, fellows, residents and students, and basic scientists interested
in the cancer field
Discount group
MC
This book looks at service delivery issues in mental
health care for women. It uses a public health
framework, starting with the epidemiology of
mental disorders in girls, adult women, and elderly
women, and going on to examine the unique
service needs of specific populations, for example
women in prison, and women with mental illness
who have young children. The book also examines
gender differences in the use of mental health
services and treatment outcomes between men and
women. In all, it addresses the issue of providing
effective treatment to women, and draws conclusions on developing and improving mental health
services.
Due January 2010
J. G. Millichap, Northwestern University, Chicago,
IL, USA
A Physician’s Guide to ADHD, second edition
7 Addresses disorders and conditions like
depression, eating disorders, substance abuse, and
menopause 7 Co-editor Levin is major figure in
behavioral health services research
An expanded, updated, and revised edition, the
ADHD Handbook, second edition covers recent
advances in causes and management of ADHD,
and includes more than 400 scientific references to
peer-reviewed articles. It provides answers to the
numerous quetions that surrond ADHD, including
how is it diagnosed? What causes ADHD? What
are the risks of associated learning and behavior
disorders, tics, seizures, and headaches? What
treatments are available? What are the choices of
medications and the risks of side effects? How can
adverse effects be avoided? What are the alternatives to medication? Do children outgrow ADHD,
and how long is treatment required? ADHD
Handbook is written for neurologists, pediatricians, practicing physicians, residents, fellows and
students of medicine, psychologists, educators,
occupational and speech therapists, nurse practitioners and other healthcare providers.
From the contents
Features
Features
Part I. Overview & Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in Women. 1. Public Health and Women’s
Mental Health. 2. Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in Girls and Female Adolescents. 3. Mental
Conditions in Adult Women: Epidemiology and
Impact. 4. Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in
Older Women. 5. Physical Illness and Medical
Needs of Women with Mental Disorders.- Part II.
Selected Disorders. 6. Depression and Postpartum
Disorders. 7. Eating Disorders. 8. Menopause.
9. Substance Abuse. 10. HIV/AIDS and Mental
Disorders.- Part III. Services Delivery & Emerging
Research. 11. Services in an Era of Managed Care.
Fields of interest
Public Health/Gesundheitswesen ; Psychiatry
7 Designed for physicians, with each subject area
supported by scientifically controlled studies and
approximately 400 references to peer reviewed
articles 7 Author has more than 40 years experience in treating patients with ADHD and related
disorders, was Founding Director of the pediatric
neurology training programs at the Mayo Clinic
and Northwestern University Feinburg School of
Medicine
Fields of interest
Neurology; Pediatrics; General Practice / Family
Medicine
Target groups
Graduate students and professionals in public
health, health disparities, health administration,
social work, behavioral health, clinical psychology,
psychiatry, health services research
Practicing physicians, neurologists, pediatricians,
psychiatrists, residents, fellows and students of
medicine, psychologists, educators, eductional
administrators, occupational and speech therapists, nurse practitioners and other healthcare
providers; parents of children, adolescents, and
young adults with ADHD
Discount group
Discount group
Target groups
MR
Medicine
7
Medicine
MR
Medicine
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
1st ed. 2008. 2nd printing 2010. XII, 452 p. 32 illus.,
16 in color. (Current Clinical Oncology) Softcover
2010. Approx. 470 p. Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. XVIII, 183 p. 2 illus. Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-1-60761-598-9
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1525-2
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1396-8
Springer News 1/2010
Medicine
8
M. Motasaddi Zarandy, University of Tehran, Iran;
J. Rutka, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada (Eds.)
Diseases of the Inner Ear
A Clinical, Radiologic, and Pathologic Atlas
This book is a comprehensive atlas of the clinical
conditions that commonly involve the inner ear
and lateral skull base. Each disorder or disease
is meticulously and beautifully illustrated, with
accompanying informative text. An important
feature of the book is that no disorder is described
from a single point of view. Instead, the clinical
features are linked with both radiologic and
pathologic findings to provide an all-encompassing
picture of the condition in question. This is
feasible because the book is the result of years of
intense collaborative teamwork between departments at the University of Toronto and the Tehran
University of Medical Sciences, and includes many
clinical and pathologic images that could only be
acquired in major referral units. It is anticipated
that this atlas will assist greatly in improving
collaboration between clinicians and surgeons in
the diagnostic, therapeutic, and surgical management of disorders in this challenging area.
Features
7 A comprehensive atlas of disorders that involve
the inner ear and lateral skull base 7 Links
clinical features with radiologic and pathologic
findings to provide an all-encompassing picture
of each condition 7 Based on years of close
teamwork between departments at the University
of Toronto and the Tehran University of Medical
Sciences 7 Includes many rare clinical and
pathologic images
Fields of interest
Otorhinolaryngology; Head and Neck Surgery;
Neuroradiology
Target groups
Otolaryngologists, otologists, radiologist and their
residents, fellows of otology and neurotology,
cochlear implant surgeons, neuroradiologists, skull
base surgeons, medical students
T. Murofushi, Teikyo University School of Medicine,
Kawasaki, Japan; K. Kaga, National Tokyo Medical
Center, Tokyo, Japan
Vestibular Evoked Myogenic
Potential
Its Basics and Clinical Applications
This monograph on the vestibular evoked
myogenic potential (VEMP) has been written by
leading investigators in the field and reviews the
most recent studies in VEMP. The research encompasses the neurophysiological bases, methods of
recording, and applications for common vestibular
disorders such as Meniere’s disease, vestibular
neuritis, and acoustic neuroma. Also included is
information on clinical applications to children
and on ocular VEMP (oVEMP), a new variant of
VEMP. Readers are provided with a full explanation of the principles and unique attributes of
the VEMP test, proposed as a new method for
assessing the individual saccule function, and will
learn how the VEMP and caloric tests compare.
Clinicians and scientists in particular can deepen
their understanding of vestibular disorders with
the knowledge contained in this monograph,
which also serves as a quick reference for those
interested in the vestibular system and this important new clinical test.
Features
7 Quick reference book for all clinicians and
scientists who are interested in the vestibular
system and this new clinical test
Fields of interest
Otorhinolaryngology; Neurology; Pediatrics
Target groups
Otorhinolaryngologists
Discount group
MR
springer.com/booksellers
R. Norman, “Dermatology Healthcare”, Tampa, FL,
USA. (Ed.)
Preventive Dermatology
The physician’s responsibility continues to increase
daily while providing health care in the 21st
century; not only in keeping up with the increase
of information, but also having to pay more attention to patient compliance. In addition, patients
are educated, and often appreciate participation
with a provider about treatment and medication
choice. Often they have access to the Internet
and other medical information and want to make
informed choices along with their physician.
Preventive Dermatology will convey prevention
and medication information to patients and thus
help them reap the benefits of participating in their
own health care and disease reduction.
Features
7 Chapters written by experienced dermatologists
and physicians from around the world 7 Deals
with a subject of currently increasing interest
7 Information gathered into one comprehensive
dermatological text
Contents
Photoprotection.- Smoking.- Nutrition, vitamins,
and supplements.- Obesity.- Exercise.-Stress,
relaxation and general well-being.- Virus protection.- STD, cervical cancer and penile cancer
prevention.- Medicinal and industrial chemicals.Vaccines and prevention of skin cancers.- Health
literacy.- Chronological prevention.- Sexual abuse
and domestic violence prevention.- Neurodermatitis and delusions.- Prevention of skin diseases in
sports.- Working with other healthcare providers.Physician health.- Prevention of common skin
diseases.- Patient handouts.
Fields of interest
Dermatology; Health Promotion and Disease
Prevention; General Practice / Family Medicine
Target groups
Residents, fellows and physicians in dermatology
and infectious diseases
Discount group
Discount group
MR
MR
Medicine
Medicine
Medicine
Due March 2010
Due January 2010
Due November 2010
2010. XII, 200 p. 455 illus., 190 in color. Hardcover
2009. VII, 112 p. Hardcover
2011. Approx. 300 p. 105 illus., 35 in color. Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05057-2
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-4-431-85907-9
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-020-5
springer.com/librarybooks
Medicine
Springer News 1/2010
9
S. Y. Peng, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China
A. D. Pryor, T. N. Pappas, M. S. Branch (Eds.)
C. Rodriguez-Galindo, M. W. Wilson (Eds.)
Hepatic Caudate Lobe
Resection
Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Retinoblastoma
A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and
Management
Treatment of retinoblastoma has evolved at
a significant speed over the last two decades;
ocular salvage approaches are now at the core of
modern treatments, and assessment of visual and
functional outcomes has become a priority. New
discoveries in retinoblastoma biology are leading
the way to the development of targeted therapies
that could revolutionize our current approaches to
the treatment. In this book, experts address all the
important aspects of research and therapy - from
biology to epidemiology to treatment. Retinoblastoma will provide a single source for the diagnosis
and care of children with this malignancy.
This book provides a comprehensive and up-todate coverage of research on the surgical technique
of caudate lobe resection. The book introduces
all kinds of procedures for caudate lobe resection, from basic ones to the most complex ones. A
new surgical dissection technique using a simple
yet versatile instrument is introduced, which is
of great help in facilitating the procedure and
enhancing the safety of the operation. More than
350 pictures about the anatomy of the caudate
lobe, the surgical procedure or special instruments
are presented, and 18 different videos are demonstrated. It is a great reference for liver surgeons
learning about caudate lobe resection, as well as
researchers and postgraduate students in the fields
of hepatobiliary surgery.
Features
7 Comprehensively describes different kinds of
caudate lobe resection 7 Rich in intraoperative
photographs and an instructional MPEG video
7 Contains a detailed description of the transhepatic approach, for resecting huge tumors
originating in the caudate lobe safely 7 Introduces a special instrument, PMOD, and an operative dissection technique helpful for technically
difficult operations
System requirements
For PC. For the complete system requirements see:
springer.com
Fields of interest
Surgical Oncology; Surgery; Hepatology
Target groups
Researchers and postgraduate students in the fields
of hepatobiliary surgery, as well as liver surgeons
learning about caudate lobe resection
Discount group
MR
The diagnosis and management of gastrointestinal
bleeding is multidisciplinary by nature involving
surgeons, gastroenterologists and radiologists. Due
to various pathologies, it involves upper gut, lower
gut and occult bleeding. Gastrointestinal Bleeding:
A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management covers all aspects of bleeding in a systemic
approach organized by the site of bleeding. Elective and emergent bleeding is also covered. This
volume provides a practical text for the practitioner in addressing patient issues in their practice,
with a step-by-step approach through appropriate
diagnosis and management strategies including
surgical, endoscopic, medical and angiographic
techniques, making this a truly multidisciplinary
and disease based text. Specific sections in the
book are crafted by experts in each topic.
Features
7 Step-by-step approach through appropriate
diagnosis and management 7 Written by world
known experts in gastrointestinal diseases
7 Provides practical management of specific
bleeding sources 7 Multidisciplinary and disease
beased text 7 Specific sections crafted by experts
in each topic
From the contents
Stabilization of the Patient at Presentation.- Urgent
workup for upper gi bleeding.- Management of
bleeding esophageal varices.- Management of
Dieulafoy’s.- Management of bleeding peptic ulcer
disease.- Management of unusual upper sources of
bleeding GAVE, aortoduodenal fistula, av malformation. Hemorrhagic gastritis.- Management of
Mallory Weiss tear.
Fields of interest
Gastroenterology; Minimally Invasive Surgery;
Surgery
Target groups
Features
7 Information regarding the biology, treatment,
and research on retinoblastoma is very scattered
and has not been put together in a single book
7 This would be the first book focused specifically
on this malignancy and would have a worldwide
audience
Contents
Biology of Retinoblastoma.- Epidemiology.- Clinical Features, Diagnosis, Pathology.- Genetics of
Retinoblastoma and Genetic Counseling.- Radiation Therapy in the Management of Retinoblastoma.- Chemotherapy in the Management
of Retinoblastoma.- Treatment of Intraocular
Retinoblastoma.- Treatment of Extraocular and
Metastatic Retinoblastoma.- Second Malignancies
and Other Long Term Effects in Retinoblastoma
Survivors.- Visual Rehabilitation.- Retinoblastoma
in Developing Countries.
Fields of interest
Oncology; Ophthalmology; Pediatrics
Target groups
Pediatric oncologists, opthalmologists, radiation
oncologists, neurobiologists and psychologists
Discount group
MR
Gastroenterologists, surgeons, radiologists plus
residents and fellows in these specialties
Discount group
MR
Medicine
Due February 2010
Distribution rights in China: Zhejiang University Press
Medicine
Jointly published with Zhejiang University Press
Due February 2010
Medicine
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 295 p. 370 illus., 346 in color.
With CD-ROM. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. 81 illus., 55 in color. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. 59 illus. in color.
(Pediatric Oncology) Hardcover
7 $219.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05104-3
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1692-1
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-0-387-89071-5
10
Springer News 1/2010
Medicine
springer.com/booksellers
T. Rustemeyer, P. Elsner, S. M. John, H. Maibach
(Eds.)
G. B. Saha, The Cleveland Clinic Foundation,
Cleveland, OH, USA
Kanerva’s Occupational Skin
Diseases
Basics of PET Imaging
Physics, Chemistry, and Regulations
Hernia Repair Sequelae
The 1st edition of this Handbook of Occupational
Dermatology was published in 2000 and has
served as the main reference book of occupational skin diseases for general and occupational
dermatologists and occupational physicians. The
new edition is completely revised, updated and
extended with respect to new developments. The
layout allows for both quick access to practical
information and in-depth reading. Included are
concise tables, algorithms and figures on how to
optimize the diagnostic procedure for daily patient
management and expert opinion.
Dermatology; Allergology; Occupational Medicine/Industrial Medicine
This is an ideal text on PET and PET/CT imaging
technology that focuses on the basics, such as
physics, instrumentation, production of PET
radionuclides and radiopharmaceuticals, and
regulations affecting PET. The chapters are concise
but comprehensive, making the topic easily understandable, and they are complete with reviews of
pertinent basic science, sample questions, and lists
of suggested reading. Practical tables and appendixes contain a wealth of valuable data, reflecting
the books usefulness as a reference for nuclear
medicine professionals, including physicians,
residents and technologists. The book also benefits
technologists and residents preparing for board
examinations because of its brevity and clarity of
content.
Even the best hernia repair can result in postoperative difficulties for the patient caused by repair
sequelae as for example pain, infertility, infection,
adhesion and dislocation of the protheses. That
can happen many years later and now, where the
general principle of hernia repair is well understood all over the world, these sequelae are noticed
more and more. To define them, to evaluate the
absolute and relative risk of these sequelaes and
to describe the ways of their prevention, diagnosis and treatment, the 5th Suvretta meeting had
focussed on this subject. We discussed if there’s a
principle risk by technique, material or both. The
results of these discussions and the future handling
and evaluation of this problem was the aim of this
meeting. Even the best method can be made better
by optimization of its single components.
Target groups
Fields of interest
Contents
Fields of interest
Dermatologists, general practitioners, scientists;
both experts and students
Discount group
MR
Nuclear Medicine; Imaging / Radiology
V. Schumpelick, Universitätsklinikum Aachen,
Germany; R. J. Fitzgibbons, Creighton University,
Omaha, NE, USA (Eds.)
Target groups
Nuclear medicine technologists, nuclear medicine
physicians, residents, and fellows
From the contents: I. Risk for the Spermatic Cord.II. Risk for Infection.- III. Risk for Pain.- IV. Risk
for Adhesion.- V. Risk for Migration and Erosion.VI. Strategy to Improve Results.- VII. Pro and
Contra.
Discount group
Fields of interest
P
Surgery
Target groups
Surgeons, gastroenterologists
Discount group
MR
Medicine
Due May 2011
2nd ed. 2011. Approx. 1450 p. 350 illus. in color.
(In 2 volumes, not available seperately) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02034-6
2011. eReference.
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02035-3
Medicine
Due January 2010
Medicine
Due January 2010
2011. Approx. 1450 p. 350 illus. in color.
Print + eReference. (In 2 volumes, not available
seperately)
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 330 p. 72 illus., 9 in color.
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 555 p. 180 illus., 60 in color. Hardcover
7 $162.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02036-0
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-0804-9
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04552-3
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
B. A. Shah, G. M. Fundaro, S. Mandava, Henry Ford
Hospital and Health System, Detroit, MI, USA
R. M. Trüeb, University Hospital Zurich, Switzerland;
D. J. Tobin, University of Bradford, UK (Eds.)
Breast Imaging Review
Aging Hair
A Quick Guide to Essential Diagnoses
The scalp and hair are subject to both intrinsic or
physiologic aging and extrinsic or premature aging
caused by external factors. This comprehensive and
reader-friendly book offers an up-to-date overview
on all aspects of hair aging, including in particular
the two main streams of interest: the aesthetic
problem, which relates to everything that happens
outside the skin, and the biologic problem, which
concerns the “secret life” of the hair follicle in
the depth of the skin. Internationally recognized
experts provide detailed contributions on the
biologic basis of hair aging and current concepts
for its diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. The
intrinsic and extrinsic modulating factors for
hair growth and pigmentation are explained and
future directions for therapeutic intervention are
examined.
In summary, this unique book offers valuable
insights into hair aging and guidance on its treatment; it will prove invaluable both to dermatologists and to other interested physicians and basic
scientists.
This book helps to prepare diagnostic radiology
residents for the radiology oral board examination.
It will also be a useful reference for the practicing
radiologist. The book will consist of over 90 breast
imaging cases that are often tested on the oral
examination. Each case will have a full-page image
along with patient history, radiographic findings, BI-RADS assessment, diagnosis, discussion,
and references. There is currently only one other
breast imaging review book on the market, but the
images that appear in it are relatively small and
of poor quality. This book will contain numerous
color and black and white images of high quality
and size. The discussion section will be concise
and relevant to the ABR exam.
Contents
Part 1. Mammography and Ultrasound Case
Review.- Part 2. MRI Case Review.Part 3. Appendix: I. Interventional Breast
Technique Pearls (MRI Wire Localization.- MRI
Guided Vacuum Assisted Breast Biopsy.- Ultrasound Guided Core Biopsy.- Ultrasound-Guided
Cyst Aspiration.- MRI-Guided Wire Localization.Galactography) II. High Yield Facts.
Features
Radiology residents, diagnostic radiologists
7 A comprehensive, reader-friendly book that
outlines and discusses current concepts for the
diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of hair aging
7 Explains the different causes of hair aging
7 Provides clear guidance on treatment options
and examines future directions for therapeutic
intervention 7 Written by internationally recognized experts for dermatologists and other physicians and scientists interested in the field
Discount group
Fields of interest
Field of interest
Imaging / Radiology
Target groups
MC
Dermatology; Geriatrics/Gerontology; General
Practice / Family Medicine
Target groups
Dermatologists and all other physicians dealing
with patients with hair disorders as well as scientists interested in hair research
Discount group
MR
Medicine
Medicine
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. 366 illus., 43 in color. Softcover
2010. X, 282 p. 93 illus., 73 in color. Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1727-0
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02635-5
Medicine
11
12
Springer News 1/2010
Biomedicine
N. A. Berger, Case Western Reserve University,
Cleveland, OH, USA (Ed.)
Cancer and Energy Balance,
Epidemiology and Overview
Energy Balance and Cancer, Epidemiology and
Overview is the first in a series of monographs
to address the multiple facets of the world wide
pandemic of overweight and obesity and its relation to cancer. This volume, authored by leading
experts in their perspective fields, provides a
broad and comprehensive overview of the problem
from the epidemiologic viewpoint with focus
on both general and special populations as well
as a description of potential molecular mechanisms and reviews of the latest studies of factors
impacting the association of energy balance and
cancer including the effects of genetics, caloric
restriction, exercise, behavior and the built environment.
The collected chapters and the authors contributing to this initial volume represent a transdisciplinary approach to analyze and develop novel
approaches to understand and solve what, up to
now, is a globally refractory problem. The book is
written to be understandable and informative to
individuals from all concerned disciplines.
Features
7 This is a new area, in which there are not yet
books 7 However, the AACR just held a meeting
on this up and coming topic
Contents
Obesity and Cancer Epidemiology.- Obesity
and Cancer, Epidemiology in Racial/Ethnic
Minorities.- Obesity and Cancer in Asia.- Genetic
Epidemiology of Obesity and Cancer.- Obesity
and Cancer, Overview of Mechanisms.- Caloric
Restriction and Cancer.- Physical Activity and
Cancer.- Energy Balance, Cancer Prognosis and
Survivorship.- Behavior, Energy Balance and
Cancer, Overview.- Geographic and Contextual
Effects on Energy Balance Related Behaviors and
Cancer.
es
New Seri
Diet and Cancer
Series editor: A. Albini
These Series will be address to Scientists and Clinicians involved in Oncology and Cancer Prevention, to Nutritional Scientists and Epidemiologists.
Diet and Cancer Book Series will focus on the
important role of diet and dietary components for
people at risk for several cancer.
Many scientific data have been collected and
published on the importance of dietary ingredients
of curing or preventing cancer with the reduction
of cardiovascular side effects compared to cancer
chemotherapy.
Here we would like to define the effects of some
classes of aliments, drinks, dietary components,
and explain their role as potential cancer prevention agents, suggest biomarkers and discuss about
the benefits of certain lifestyle factors in tumour
prevention.
The final objective of the Book Series is to help
people with practical and scientific information in
order to reduce cancer risk.
springer.com/booksellers
G. Calviello, S. Serini, Catholic University, Rome, Italy
(Eds.)
Dietary Omega-3
Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids
and Cancer
Dietary Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and
Cancer provides all the latest information on the
possible benefits of omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty
acids (PUFAs) against a wide series of cancers.
Several influential scientists in this field have
contributed to make this book an unique one
amongst the others published so far in this field.
The chapters give detailed information about the
results obtained in this field through experimental
studies conducted on both animals and cultured
cells, as well as through human intervention trials
and epidemiological observational studies. This
book represents an important tool for researchers
working in nutrition and oncology, since it collects
all the knowledge about omega-3 PUFAs and
cancer, even the most recent, in a single publication. For the first time controversies among the
different studies are also covered with great details
in this book.
Features
7 Gives the latest information on the possible
benefits of w-3 PUFAs in cancer 7 Distinguishes
the results obtained in in vitro, preclinical and
clinical studies 7 Distinguishes the effects
reported for different kinds of human cancers
7 Covers discrepancies among epidemiologic
studies
From the contents
Introduction: w-3 pufas, why do we speak about
them?; 1. possible mechanisms of w-3 pufa antitumor action; 2. w-3 pufas and colon cancer, a)
w-3 pufas and colon cancer : epidemiological
studies, b) w-3 pufas and colon cancer: experimental studies and human interventional trials;
3. w-3 pufas and hormone related cancers (breast
and prostate), a) w-3 pufas and breast cancer:
epidemiological studies.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
Cancer Research; Pharmacology/Toxicology
Cancer researchers
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Cancer Research; Oncology; Nutrition
Libraries, research workers, physicians, patients
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. 35 illus. (Energy Balance and
Cancer, 2) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Diet and Cancer, Volume 1)
Hardcover
7 approx. $149.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5514-2
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3578-3
springer.com/librarybooks
S. V. Chittur, University at Albany-SUNY, Rensselaer,
NY, USA (Ed.)
W. C. Cho, Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Hong Kong,
China (Ed.)
Microarray Methods for Drug
Discovery
Supportive Cancer Care with
Chinese Medicine
While the utilization of microarrays for gene
expression studies has been widely published,
Microarray Methods for Drug Discovery describes
the use of this technology for a multitude of other
vital applications. Covering the field of drug
discovery through its various aspects, including
high throughput screening, target identification, drug metabolism and toxicity screening
as well as clinical sample handling, this volume
also addresses new emerging fields like miRNA
profiling, ribonomic and glycomic profiling.
All chapters, contributed by experts in the field,
follow the highly successful Methods in Molecular
Biology™ series format, which is comprised of
brief introductions, lists of required materials and
reagents, readily reproducible, step-by-step lab
protocols, along with detailed tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls, making this
book an easy read for investigators at all levels of
expertise.
The chapters coherently present an overview
on the major treatment approaches of Chinese
medicine and progresses made with different
important aspects on supportive cancer care
with acupuncture, herbal therapy and qigong.
Moreover, there are reviews on the evidences and
efficacies of Chinese medicine for controlling
radiation-induced injuries, chemotherapy-related
side effects, as well as pain control with Chinese
medicine. In order to provide information from
basic science at the bench to the patient’s bedside,
modern researches and clinical trials would be
overviewed so as to give an up-to-date and realistic
evaluation of a therapy’s utility for cancer patients.
It is also worth noting that toxicology, safety and
herb-drug interactions are the main concerns of
using Chinese medicine combined with western
medicine. A chapter will expound on these issues
and there will also be chapters discussing integrative Chinese and Western medicine, as well as
cancer prevention with Chinese medicine.
Features
7 Provides a single volume reference for all types
of microarrays 7 Covers a wide range of microarray platforms used in genomics, epigenomics,
genotyping, proteomics, and small molecule
screening 7 Serves as a comprehensive step-by
step guide to design, implement, and analyze data
from various array platforms 7 A good reference
for designing microarray experiments to decipher
transcriptome regulation and DNA modifications
Fields of interest
Pharmacology/Toxicology; Human Genetics
Target groups
Biochemists, pharmaceutical scientists, geneticists,
molecular and cellular biologists
Discount group
P
Features
7 A specialised book on supportive cancer care
with Chinese medicine 7 Gathering unparallelled topics of interest in supportive cancer care
with Chinese medicine 7 Apart from curative treatment lead by surgery, radiotherapy
and chemotherapy, supportive cancer care and
improvement in quality of life become more
important as there are more cancer patients
survive after primary treatment
Fields of interest
Cancer Research; Oncology; Complementary &
Alternative Medicine
Target groups
Oncologists, cancer researchers pharmacologists,
pharmaceutical specialists, traditional Chinese
medicine practitioners, Chinese medicine educators, medicine postgraduates and undergraduates, cancer caregivers, cancer survivors, family
members of cancer patients
Discount group
P
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
Biomedicine
Springer News 1/2010
S. Craft, University of Washington School of
Medicine, Seattle, WA, USA; Y. Christen, Fondation
Ipsen, Boulogne Billancourt, France (Eds.)
Diabetes, Insulin and
Alzheimer’s Disease
This volume brings together experts from basic
and clinical science to provide a broad survey of
the role of insulin in the brain, and to discuss the
mechanisms through which insulin dysregulation contributes to the development of cognitive impairment and late-life neurodegenerative
disease. Each author has greatly furthered our
understanding of the relationships among insulin,
diabetes, and Alzheimer’s disease, moving us far
beyond the belief that the brain is an insulininsensitive organ. Given the recent pandemic of
conditions associated with insulin resistance, it
is imperative that we achieve a comprehensive
knowledge of the mechanisms through which
insulin resistance affects brain function in order
to develop therapeutic strategies to address these
effects.
From the contents
Insulin Action in the Brain and the Pathogenesis of
Alzheimer’s. The Brain-insulin Connection, Metabolic Diseases and Related Pathologies. Insulin
Mediated Neuroplasticity in the Central Nervous
System. Stress Hormones and Neuroplasticity in
the Diabetic Brain. Diabetes and the Brain – an
Epidemiologic Perspective. Cognition in Type 2
Diabetes: Brain Imaging Correlates and Vascular
and Metabolic Risk Factors. The Relationship
between the Continuum of Elevated Adiposity,
Hyperinsulinemia, and Type 2 Diabetes and Lateonset Alzheimer’s disease: an Epidemiological
Perspective. The Role of Insulin Dysregulation
in Aging and Alzheimer’s disease. Is Alzheimer’s
a Disorder of Ageing and why don’t Mice get it?
The Centrality of Insulin Signalling to Alzheimer’s
disease Pathology.
Fields of interest
Neurosciences; Endocrinology; Geriatrics/Gerontology
Target groups
Researchers and scientists in the field of diabetes
and neurodegenerative disorders
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
13
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 275 p. 49 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 632) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
2010. 250 p. 30 illus., 21 in color. (Research and
Perspectives in Alzheimer’s Disease) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-662-7
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3554-7
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04299-7
14
Springer News 1/2010
Biomedicine
F. Cunningham, J. Elliott, P. Lees, Royal Veterinary
College, UK (Eds.)
Comparative and Veterinary
Pharmacology
The topics addressed in this volume of comparative and veterinary pharmacology, as a series of
succinct state of the art reviews, illustrate both the
commonality and differences between drug pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics in animals
and man and demonstrate the potential impact of
drug use in animals on human health and the environment. Genetic modification of animals and the
benefits this has brought to understanding human
disease and the production of drugs for use in man
is considered and the potential of new technologies for improving the treatment of animal disease
explored.
Contents
Part I: Topics in Veterinary Pharmacology. Introduction. Species variability in pharmacokinetics
and pharmacodynamics. Pharmacogenomics
in domestic animal species. Drug delivery in
domestic animal species. Population medicine
and control of disease epidemics. Interspecies
allometric scaling. Pain and analgesia in domestic
animal species. New technologies for application
to veterinary therapeutics.- Part II: The Interface
of Veterinary Pharmacology and Man. Genetically
modified animal. Antimicrobial drug resistance.
Drug residues. Veterinary medicines and the
environment. Veterinary medicines and competition animals.
V. Cutsuridis, Boston University, Boston, MA, USA;
B. Graham, University of Stirling, UK; S. Cobb, I. Vida,
University of Glasgow, UK (Eds.)
G. Davies, St. George’s University of London, UK (Ed.)
Hippocampal Microcircuits
Methods and Protocols
A Computational Modeler’s Resource Book
Spanning from discoveries in fundamental immunology to industrial and commercial concerns,
the study of vaccine adjuvants has developed into
an exciting area of work with great, vital potential
in innovating techniques in which adjuvants may
steer the immune system towards the responses
required by unmet vaccination needs. In Vaccine
Adjuvants: Methods and Protocols, expert
researchers in the field provide clear and concise
guidance on how to go about assessing the activity
of adjuvant products. Rather than describing
individual adjuvants, the volume strives to include
detailed, practical information on measuring
the responses produced by adjuvants in order to
be relevant to the widest array of experiments.
Written in the highly successful Methods in
Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include
introductions to their respective topics, lists of the
necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step,
readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and
notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known
pitfalls.
Covering the subject’s experimental background,
leading neuroscientists discuss the morphological,
physiological and molecular characteristics as
well as the connectivity and synaptic properties of
the various cell types found in the hippocampus.
Here, ensemble activity, related to behavior, on
the part of morphologically identified neurons in
anesthetized and freely moving animals, lead to
insights into the functions of hippocampal areas.
In the second section, on computational analysis,
computational neuroscientists present models of
hippocampal microcircuits at various levels of
detail, including single-cell and network levels. A
full chapter is devoted to the single-neuron and
network simulation environments currently used
by computational neuroscientists in developing
their models.
In addition to the above, the chapters also identify
outstanding questions and areas in need of further
clarification that will guide future research by
computational neuroscientists.
From the contents
Libraries, researchers and clinicians in the fields of
pharmacology and veterinary medicine
Connectivity of the Hippocampus: Intrareal
Connectivity: CA1, CA3, DG. Intrareal Connectivity. Topography of Inputs: EC, Subiculum. Cell
Morphologies: Pyramidal Cells. Granule Cells.
Interneurons. Physiological Properties of Neurons:
Passive Membrane Properties. Active Properties:
Ion Channel Distributions. Synaptic Properties:
Distribution and Characteristics of Glutamatergic Inputs. Distribution and Characteristics of
GABAergic Inputs. Neuromodulation. Neuronal
Activity Patterns: In Vitro. In Vivo. Awake,
Behaving Animals. Computational Analysis. Single
Neuron Models: CA1 Pyramidal Cells.
Discount group
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Pharmacology/Toxicology; Veterinary Medicine;
Medicine/Public Health, general
Target groups
P
springer.com/booksellers
Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Computer Appl. in
Life Sciences
Target groups
Vaccine Adjuvants
Features
7 Provides an easily accessible reference volume
for methods used to evaluate vaccine adjuvants
written by leading researchers in the field
7 Presents methods to evaluate different aspects
of the mechanism of action of vaccine adjuvants
7 Presents an approach based on the results of
adjuvant activity, covering in vitro and in vivo
model biological systems and approaches to data
analysis
Fields of interest
Immunology; Vaccine
Target groups
Vaccinologists, immunologists, biochemists and
formulation specialists
Discount group
P
Computational neuroscientists, experimental
neuroscientists
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. (Handbook of Experimental
Pharmacology, Volume 199) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 460 p. 109 illus., 44 in color. With CD-ROM.
(Springer Series in Computational Neuroscience,
Volume 5) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 310 p. 40 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 626) Hardcover
7 $419.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10323-0
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0995-4
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-584-2
springer.com/librarybooks
Biomedicine
Springer News 1/2010
A. V. Everitt, S. I. Rattan, D. G. Le Couteur,
R. de Cabo (Eds.)
A. Giuliani, SpiderBiotech, Colleretto Giacosa, Italy;
A. C. Rinaldi, University of Cagliari, Monserrato, Italy
(Eds.)
15
S. R. Grobmyer, B. M. Moudgil, University of Florida,
Gainesville, FL, USA (Eds.)
Calorie Restriction, Aging and
Antimicrobial Peptides
Longevity
Cancer Nanotechnology
Over the last 20 or more years there has been a
progressive rise in food intake in many countries
of the world, accompanied by a rising incidence
of obesity. Thus our increasing food and calorie
intake has been linked to the rising incidence of
cardiovascular disease and diabetes in early adult
life. It is accepted that overeating, accompanied
by reduced physical exercise, will lead to more
age-related diseases and shortening of life-span.
The answer is to reduce our calorie intake, improve
our diet, and exercise more. But calorie restriction
is extremely difficult to maintain for long periods.
How then can we solve this problem?
Edited by a team of highly distinguished
academics, this book provides the latest information on the beneficial effects of calorie restriction
on health and life-span. This book brings us closer
to an understanding at the molecular, cellular and
whole organism level of the way forward.
Early detection of cancer at the cellular level, even
before anatomic anomalies are visible, is critical to
more efficacious and cost effective diagnosis and
therapeutic advances. In Cancer Nanotechnology:
Methods and Protocols, an international panel
of experts provide the most recent, cutting-edge,
“how-to” approaches developed and employed by
researchers in a variety of disciplines to identify
cancer specific biomarkers, construct suitable
multifunctional targeted nanostructure platforms,
along with enhanced imaging and therapeutic
applications. Covering such topics as multifunctional and multimodal nanoparticles, nanoparticle
mediated cancer theranostics, molecular targets
for cancer nanotechnology, and nanoparticles for
non-invasive image-guided cancer therapy, the
volume addresses the key challenges of the field
today, specifically targeted and localized delivery
of the drugs.
Methods and Protocols
Features
7 Discusses how the long-term reduction in
calorie or food intake will delay the onset of agerelated diseases 7 Provides the latest information
on health and life-span effects of Calorie Restriction 7 Covers effects on the molecular, cellular
and whole organism level 7 Edited by a team of
highly distinguished academics
Contents
Part I Calorie Restriction In Different Species.Part II Biochemical And Metabolic Mechanisms
Of Calorie Restriction.- Part III Calorie Restriction In The Clinical Setting.
Fields of interest
Human Physiology; Geriatrics/Gerontology;
Oxidative Stress
Target groups
Scientists and graduate students working in aging
and gerontology, academic libraries, pharma- and
biotech companies doing anti-aging research
The action of antimicrobial peptides (AMPs),
ranging from direct killing of invading pathogens to immune response modulation and other
complex biological responses, has stimulated
research and clinical interest for more than two
decades, but the area is still burgeoning due to
emerging discoveries in the functions, roles, and
regulation of AMPs, thus making the study of
antimicrobial peptides a multi-disciplinary and
rapidly evolving field. In Antimicrobial Peptides:
Methods and Protocols, leading investigators
present a broad, up-to-date collection of current
research and experimental methods for the isolation, characterization, production, and optimization of antimicrobial peptides. Additional chapters
detail methodologies in several microscopy
techniques, high-throughput screening, QSAR
modeling, and computer-aided design used to
study these compounds, while key review articles
survey potential medical applications of antimicrobial peptides as innovative anti-infective and
immunomodulatory agents.
Features
7 Covers an expanding field of research with high
applicative potential via the most cutting-edge
methods 7 Includes contributions from scientists
from different disciplines and backgrounds, from
both industry and academia 7 Provides notes
sections describing major sources of problems that
may occur with a particular technique and how
they can be identified and overcome
Fields of interest
Immunology; Antibodies
Target groups
Microbiologists, pharmacologists, immunologists,
peptide chemists, and molecular biologists
Methods and Protocols
Features
7 Includes cutting-edge methods from leading
experts in the field 7 Details nanoparticle platforms currently employed for cancer 7 Provides
detailed protocols with notes written from
extensive experience 7 Contains applications of
nanotechnology for cancer imaging 7 Elucidates
delivery and targeting of nanomaterials for cancer
Fields of interest
Cancer Research; Oncology; Laboratory Medicine
Target groups
Cancer researchers, cancer biologists, pharmacologists, cancer physicians, materials scientists,
translational scientists, biotechnologists, and
biomedical engineers
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Springer Protocols
Springer Protocols
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 390 p. 72 illus., 3 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 618) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 375 p. 115 illus., 6 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 624) Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8555-9
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-593-4
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-608-5
Due March 2010
16
Springer News 1/2010
Biomedicine
U. J. Ilg, University of Tübingen, Germany;
G. S. Masson, CNRS - Université de la Mediterranée,
Marseille, France (Eds.)
K. K. Jain, Jain PharmaBiotech, Basel, Switzerland
Dynamics of Visual Motion
Processing
Of the thousands of biomarkers that are currently
being discovered, relatively few are being validated
for further applications, and the potential of a
biomarker can be quite difficult to evaluate. To
aid in this imperative research, Handbook of
Biomarkers thoroughly describes many different
types of biomarkers and their discovery using
various “-omics” technologies, such as proteomics
and metabolomics, along with the background
information needed for the evaluation of
biomarkers as well as the essential procedures for
their validation and use in clinical trials. With
biomarkers described first according to technologies and then according to various diseases, this
detailed book features the key correlations between
diseases and classifications of biomarkers, which
provides the reader with a guide to sort out current
and future biomarkers.
Neuronal, Behavioral, and Computational
Approaches
Motion processing is an essential piece of the
complex brain machinery that allows us to reconstruct the 3D layout of objects in the environment,
to break camouflage, to perform scene segmentation, to estimate the ego movement, and to control
our action. Although motion perception and its
neural basis have been a topic of intensive research
and modeling the last two decades, recent experimental evidences have stressed the dynamical
aspects of motion integration and segmentation.
This book presents the most recent approaches
that have changed our view of biological motion
processing. These new experimental evidences
call for new models emphasizing the collective
dynamics of large population of neurons rather
than the properties of separate individual filters.
Chapters will stress how the dynamics of motion
processing can be used as a general approach to
understand the brain dynamics itself.
Features
7 Only book on biological motion to provide
DVD as support material 7 Stresses how the
dynamics of motion processing can be used
as a general approach to understand the brain
dynamics itself
From the contents
Part I Low-level cortical dynamic motion
processing. Motion integration: psychophysics.
Dynamics of motion integration. Dynamics of
pattern motion computation. Population activity
for motion encoding.
Fields of interest
Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Neurology
Target groups
Researchers working on perception (psychologists,
behavioral studies) and physiology (neurophysiologists); neuroscientists interested in oculomotor studies and sensorimotor transformations;
graduate students
The Handbook of Biomarkers
Features
7 Provides uniformity of style and avoids duplications as only a single author book can 7 Written
by a physician-scientist author who blends his
clinical experience and scientific expertise in
new technologies to provide a definitive account
of biomarker research 7 Complete with a
more up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of
biomarkers than any other comparable work
Contents
Introduction.- Technologies for Discovery
of Biomarkers.- Biomarkers and Molecular
Diagnostics.- Biomarkers for Drug Discovery &
Development.- Role of Biomarkers in Healthcare.Biomarkers of Cancer.- Biomarkers of Disorders
of the Nervous System.- Biomarkers of Cardiovascular Disorders.- Biomarkers & Personalized
Medicine.- Regulatory issues.
Fields of interest
Pharmacology/Toxicology; Medicinal Chemistry
Target groups
Pharmacologists, biotechnologists, molecular
diagnosticians, personalized medicine specialists,
pathologists, and practicing physicians
springer.com/booksellers
R. Jandial, City of Hope Comprehensive Cancer
Center & Beckman Research Institute, Duarte, CA,
USA (Ed.)
Frontiers in Brain Repair
In Chapter 1 the fundamentals of imaging
transplanted cells is discussed with emphasis on
animal models as well as the horizon for clinical
trials. Then, detailed methods on the culture of
neural stem cells is reviewed as a foundation for
approaching therapeutic goals. Chapter 3 presents
the broad scope of animal models that serve as
the foundation for developmental and pre-clinical
investigation, with mention of recent genetically
engineered mouse models that represent the best
models for studying disease development and
treatment. Chapter 4 provides background on
the delivery techniques to animals and patients
that are available, providing vital information on
the subtleties of technique necessary for optimal
cellular grafting. Chapters 5 and 6 discuss new
and evolving information on the origins of brain
tumors and the indelible role of stromal and
microenvironmental influences on oncogenesis
and tumor progression.
Contents
In Vivo Imaging of Cellular Transplants.- Culture
and Manipulation of Neural Stem Cells.- Animal
Models of Neurological Disease.- Stem Cell Transplantation Methods.- Stem Cell Origin of Brain
Tumors.- The Tumor Microenvironment.- Exploitation of Genetically Modified Neural Stem Cells
for Neurological Disease.- Biological Horizons
for Targeting Brain Malignancy.- Stem Cells in
the Treatment of Stroke.- Gene- and Cell-Based
Approaches for Neurodegenerative Disease.
Field of interest
Neurosciences
Target groups
Researchers and scientists
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due April 2010
2010. XX, 374 p. 92 illus., 25 in color. With DVD.
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 470 p. 11 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 150 p. 42 illus. (Advances in Experimental
Medicine and Biology, Volume 671) Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0780-6
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-684-9
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5818-1
springer.com/librarybooks
M. G. Kazanietz, University of Pennsylvania School of
Medicine, Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)
N. King, University of New England, Armidale,
Australia (Ed.)
Protein Kinase C in Cancer
Signaling and Therapy
RT-PCR Protocols
Protein kinase C (PKC), a family of serinethreonine kinases, rocketed to the forefront of
the cancer research field in the early 1980’s with
its identification as an effector of phorbol esters,
natural products with tumor promoting activity.
Phorbol esters had long been of interest to the
cancer research field due to early studies in the
mouse skin carcinogenesis model, which showed
that prolonged topical application of phorbol esters
promoted the formation of skin tumors on mice
previously treated with mutagenic agents. Research
in the last years has established key roles for
PKC isozymes in the control of cell proliferation,
migration, adhesion, and malignant transformation. In addition, there is a large body of evidence
linking PKC to invasion and cancer cell metastasis. Moreover, it is now well established that the
expression of PKC isozymes is altered in various
types of cancers. More importantly, small molecule
inhibitors have been developed with significant
anti-cancer activity.
Once a tedious, highly skilled operation, reversetranscription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR)
has become a routine and invaluable technique
used in most laboratories. In RT-PCR Protocols,
Second Edition, expert researchers fully update
the technologies presented in the popular previous
edition, such as competitive RT-PCR, nested
RT-PCR, RT-PCR from single cells, and RT-PCR
for cloning. In addition, newer technologies
are also explored, including multiplex RT-PCR,
RT-LATE-PCR, and the greatly advanced field
of real-time quantitative RT-PCR, while recent
advances in creating the optimum RT-PCR
reaction, e.g. RNA extraction, primer design,
and reverse transcription, end the book with
their indispensable input. Written in the highly
successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series
format, chapters include brief introductions to
their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols, and notes sections.
Features
Features
7 Focuses specifically on PKC signaling at a
mechanistic level in the context of cancer 7 The
first to present in a very detailed manner the
implication of PKC isozymes in different types
of cancers 7 There will be a full section on
anticancer agents that target PKC and on how PKC
modulates the sensitivity of cancer cells to chemotherapeutic drugs
Fields of interest
Cancer Research; Pharmacology/Toxicology
Target groups
Cancer researchers
Discount group
P
Biomedicine
Springer News 1/2010
Second Edition
7 Provides detailed and easy to follow instructions for a wide range of RT-PCR protocols
7 Features all the latest and hottest technology
used in conventional and real-time RT-PCR
7 Provides a broad scope covered in good depth,
from detection of minute quantities of microRNA
to the analysis of complex cell populations
7 Serves as a comprehensive guide to setting up,
running, and analyzing an RT-PCR experiment
Fields of interest
Human Genetics; Gene Expression
Target groups
U. Kristoffersson, University Hospital, Lund, Sweden;
J. Schmidtke, Medical School Hannover, Germany;
J. Cassiman, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium
(Eds.)
Quality Issues in Clinical
Genetic Services
Measuring quality of heath care related processes
became an issue in the 1990s, mainly in laboratory
medicine, but also for hospitals and other health
care systems. In many countries national authorities started to implement recommendations,
guidelines or legal procedures regulating quality
of health care delivery. In laboratory medicine,
in parallel, the use of accreditation as a method
assuring high quality standards in testing came in
use. With the increasing possibilities of performing
molecular genetic testing, genetic laboratories
needed to become involved in this process.
As many genetic disorders are rare, most laboratories worldwide offered analysis for a specific set
of disorders, and, therefore, very early on a transborder flow of samples occurred. While international quality criteria (ISO) have been in existence
for a number of years, the regulation of quality
issues still may differ between countries.
Features
7 First book on the topic reviewing a whole series
of QA issues in clinical/medical genetics 7 There
is a need for laboratory managers and administrators to know the basic QA in clinical genetic
services 7 There is a need for health care adminstrators to have some insight in the topic they are
to regulate 7 Important for young investigators
planning a career in human genetic services
Contents
Foreword.- 1 Improving quality and harmonization of standards in clinical genetic services in
Europe: The EuroGentest Network.
Biochemists, molecular and cellular biologists,
cancer and developmental biologists, virologists,
microbiologists, physiologists, and immunologists
Fields of interest
Discount group
Target groups
P
Laboratory Medicine; Medicine/Public Health,
general; Human Genetics
Health care administrators, laboratory and clinical
managers in clinical/medical genetics, staff
involved in QA adminstration
Discount group
P
Springer Protocols
Springer Protocols
17
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx 350 p. With 14-page color insert.
(Current Cancer Research) Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 340 p. 65 illus., 4 in color.
(Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 630) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-542-2
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-628-3
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3918-7
Due March 2010
18
Springer News 1/2010
Biomedicine
S. Mense, University of Heidelberg, Mannheim,
Germany; R. D. Gerwin, Johns Hopkins University,
Bethesda, MD, USA (Eds.)
S. Mense, University of Heidelberg, Mannheim,
Germany; R. D. Gerwin, Johns Hopkins University,
Bethesda, MD, USA (Eds.)
Muscle Pain: Understanding
the Mechanisms
Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and
Treatment
The two books, Muscle Pain: Understanding the
Mechanisms and Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and
Treatment will help the practitioner to understand
why the patients feel pain, what to do about it and
why the treatment works. In contrast to proceedings of scientific meetings on muscle pain, they
center on practical aspects and can be used by
the practitioner in his or her daily work. The two
books together provide a unique combination of
broad basic knowledge with comprehensive clinical information on the management of patients.
The companion volume to Muscle Pain: Understanding the Mechanisms, this text shifts the
emphasis from concepts to practical advice. It
facilitates the diagnosis and management of the
often enigmatic symptoms of chronic muscle pain
and includes the combined expertise of leaders in
the field who have contributed cutting-edge material on the major syndromes. As a set, this volume
and its partner are essential reading for practitioners treating acute and chronic pain conditions
involving muscle tissues.
Contents
Contents
Preface.- Foreword.- Introduction.- Neuroanatomy
of muscle: the muscle nociceptor.Peripheral
mechanisms of muscle pain: response behaviour
of muscle nociceptors and factors eliciting local
muscle pain. Central nervous pathways of muscle
pain and descending pain-modulating systems.
Referral of muscle pain and transition from acute
to chronic pain. Increased muscle tone as a cause
of muscle pain. Influence of muscle pain on motor
performance.- Glossary.
Neurosciences; Human Physiology; Neurology
Preface.- Foreword.- Introduction.- Part I Myofascial pain syndrome.- Pain due to trigger points:
Clinic of myofascial pain syndrome. Morphology
of myofascial trigger points: how does a trigger
point look like?- Part II Fibromyalgia syndrome.Clinical aspects and management. Gender,
genetics and other risk factors increasing vulnerability to fibromyalgia.- Part III Other muscle
pain syndromes.- Low back pain due to muscle
disorders. Temporomandibular pain. Inflammatory myopathies. Whip lash injury and muscle
pain. Cortical imaging in experimental muscle
pain.- Glossary.
Target groups
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Researchers, practitioners and libraries in the fields
of neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, neurology and
molecular neuroscience
Discount group
P
Neurosciences; Human Physiology; Neurology
Target groups
Researchers, practitioners and libraries in the fields
of neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, neurology and
molecular neuroscience
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
J. L. Pedraz, G. Orive, University of the Basque
Country, Vitoria-Gasteiz, Spain (Eds.)
Therapeutic Applications of
Cell Microencapsulation
The main objective has been to analyze in depth
and discuss the different aspects related to the
design and elaboration of cell-enclosing microcapsules, even the regulatory features and clinical
trials under development. These improvements
will lead to progression in this therapeutic
approach which may become one day closer to a
realistic proposal for clinical application.
The advances in drug delivery technology have
enabled a new era of drug discovery and development. In this regard, cell microencapsulation is a
technology that opens new venues and possibilities
to the administration of new active principles and
may be the key to solve several issues related to the
correct administration of new therapeutic agents
to final success in the clinical setting.
The editors believe that this technology may have
important applicability not only in the field of drug
delivery (to treat diseases such as cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, metabolic diseases etc.) but
in cellular therapy and tissue regeneration.
From the contents
Highlights and trends in cell encapsulation.Biomaterials in Cell Microencapsulation.- Development of Subsieve-Size Capsules and Application
to Cell Therapy.- Regulatory Considerations in
Application of Encapsulated Cell Therapies.- Treatment of Diabetes with Encapsulated Islets.- Epo
Delivery by Genetically Engineered C2C12
Myoblasts Imobilized in Microcapsules.- Artificial
Cell Microencapsulated Stem Cells in Regenerative
Medicine, Tissue Engineering and Cell Therapy.Microencapsulated Choroid Plexus Epithelial Cell
Transplants for Repair of the Brain.- Therapeutic
Application of Cell Microencapsulation in Cancer.Inorganic Nanoporous Membranes for Imunoisolated Cell-Based Drug Delivery.
Fields of interest
Biomedicine general; Medical Microbiology
Target groups
Researchers and scientists
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
Due April 2010
Due April 2010
2010. X, 320 p. Hardcover
2010. X, 350 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 165 p. 32 illus., 5 in color. (Advances
in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume 670)
Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-540-85020-5
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05467-9
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5785-6
springer.com/librarybooks
B. Perbal, R & D Loreal USA (Ed.)
J. Ramos, A. Filloux (Eds.)
CCN proteins in health and
disease
Pseudomonas
An overview of the Fifth International
Workshop on the CCN family of genes
This book comprises a series of selected manuscripts that are based on the original communications that were presented at the meeting by
worldwide leaders in the field of CCN biology.
All major aspects of CCN proteins biology in both
normal and pathological conditions are covered in
this volume, from structure-functions analysis up
to the involvement of CCN proteins in complex
physiological functions.
In addition to reports that support the Yin-Yang
concept of CCN proteins driving opposite effects
on the same biological process, this book also
comprises several contributions that point to
CCN proteins as amenable targets for therapeutic
manipulation of disease processes.
Together with the special issue of Journal of Cell
Communication and Signaling in which authors
have extended on the original data presented at
the meeting, these Proceedings provide an instant
picture and unique update of the state of the art in
the CCN field.
Fields of interest
Biomedicine general; Gene Function; Molecular
Medicine
Target groups
Reseachers
Discount group
P
Biomedicine
Springer News 1/2010
Volume 6: Molecular Microbiology, Infection
and Biodiversity
The five previous volumes of Pseudomonas series
covered the biology of pseudomonads in a wide
context, including the niches they inhabit, the
taxonomic relations among members of this
group, the molecular biology of gene expression
in different niches and under different environmental conditions, the analysis of virulence traits
in plants, animals and human pathogens as well
as the determinants that make some strains useful
for biotechnological applications and promotion of
plant growth.
Pseudomonas volume 6 is intended to collect new
information on molecular microbiology, infection and biodiversity. This sixth volume covers
the following topics: transcription regulation,
virulence control, physiology and metabolism,
bacteriology, microbial genetics and genomics.
Pseudomonas volume 6 will be of use to
researchers working on these bacteria, particularly
those studying genomics, physiology, quorum
sensing, life styles, metabolism etc.
A. Reichenbach, A. Bringmann, University of Leipzig,
Germany
Müller Cells in the Healthy
and Diseased Retina
Müller cells may be used in the future for novel
therapeutic strategies to protect neurons against
apoptosis (for example, somatic gene therapy), or
to differentiate retinal neurons from Müller/stem
cells. Meanwhile, a proper understanding of the
gliotic responses of Müller cells in the diseased
retina, and of their protective vs. detrimental
effects, is essential for the development of efficient
therapeutic strategies that use and stimulate the
neuron-supportive/-protective - and prevent the
destructive - mechanisms of gliosis.
Features
7 Provides a comprehensive review of Müller
glial cells in the retina 7 Contains color images
7 Will be of interest to neuroscientists as well as
ophthalmologists
Contents
7 An excellent overview of the recently discovered bacterial regulatory systems, including small
RNA, cyclic di-GMP or quinolone 7 A very
complete description of an unfamiliar Pseudomonas species, Pseudomonas stutzeri 7 An
in-depth molecular view of heavy metal resistance
and metabolism of acyclic terpenes 7 Pseudomonas and cystic fibrosis, a revisited overview of a
dramatic host-bacteria interplay
Introduction.- Basic properties of Müller cells.Müller cell gliosis.- Müller cells in the healthy
retina.- Retinal Development.- Müller cells as ‘light
cables’.- Soft Müller cells as shock absorbers and
axon paths.- ‘Metabolic symbiosis’.- Neurotransmitter recycling.- Retinal K+ homeostasis.- Retinal
water homeostasis.- Other interactions.- Müller
cells in the diseased retina.- Retinal detachment.Diabetic retinopathy.- Macular edema.- Proliferative retinopathies.- Ischemia-reperfusion.- Hepatic
retinopathy.- Retinoschisis.- Retinitis pigmentosa
and support of neuronal survival.- Future directions.- Index.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Features
Bacteriology; Microbial Genetics and Genomics;
Medical Microbiology
Target groups
Researchers working on pseudomonas, particularly
those studying virulence, genomics, physiology,
biotechnology, biotransformations, etc.; advanced
students in biology, medicine and agronomy
Neurosciences; Ophthalmology; Neurobiology
Target groups
Neurobiologists, researchers in retinal degeneration, ophthalmologists
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
19
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. 109 illus., 39 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3778-7
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3908-8
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1671-6
20
Springer News 1/2010
Biomedicine
D. A. Steyn-Ross, M. Steyn-Ross, The University of
Waikato, Hamilton, New Zealand (Eds.)
M. Viola Magni, Università degli Studi di Perugia,
Italy (Ed.)
Modeling Phase Transitions in Detection of Bacteria, Viruses,
the Brain
Parasites and Fungi
Some brain-state transitions, such as sleep cycling,
anesthetic induction, epileptic seizure, are obvious
and detected readily with a few EEG electrodes;
others, such as the emergence of gamma rhythms
during cognition, or the ultra-slow BOLD rhythms
of relaxed free-association, are much more subtle.
Modeling Phase Transitions in the Brain contains
chapter contributions from leading researchers
who apply state-space methods, network
models, and biophysically-motivated continuum
approaches to investigate a range of neuroscientifically relevant problems that include analysis of
nonstationary EEG time-series; network topologies that limit epileptic spreading; saddle--node
bifurcations for anesthesia, sleep-cycling, and
the wake--sleep switch; prediction of dynamical
and noise-induced spatiotemporal instabilities
underlying BOLD, alpha-, and gamma-band Hopf
oscillations, gap-junction-moderated Turing
structures, and Hopf-Turing interactions leading
to cortical waves.
Bioterrorism Prevention
Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research
Workshop on Detection of Bacteria, Viruses,
Parasites and Fungi, Perugia, Italy,
November 18–21, 2008
7 Presents recent developments in EEG data
analysis 7 Places cortical modelling in historical
context 7 Provides an overview of the range of
modern mass-action continuum approaches used
to model cortical function
When somebody mentions terrorism attack the
attention is immediately on military type attacks
such as bombs, kamikazes or similar kinds and
nobody thinks about the possible existence of
more sophisticated means such as the use of
toxic gas or agents which may be transmitted by
contaminated food, water and air and may interest
a large number of people. This book intends to put
the attention on this problem and to demonstrate
how easy it is in particular to contaminate food.
Four different sectors were analysed: bacteria,
virus, parasites and pollutants and for each the
possible agents and the facilities for creating
diseases in many people through contaminated
food are described. Also some species of common
bacteria such as Escherichia coli or Enterococci,
present in many foods, may produce toxins,
causing diarrhoea in a large number of persons as
happened in China in 1991 when 224,000 persons
were affected by contaminated ice cream. Parasites
can also be transmitted by uncooked fish and
reptile meat.
From the contents
Fields of interest
Features
Phase transitions in single neurons and neural
populations: critical slowing, anesthesia, and
sleep cycles. Generalized state-space models
for modeling nonstationary EEG time-series.
Spatiotemporal instabilities in neural fields and
the effects of additive noise. Spontaneous brain
dynamics emerges at the edge of instability.
Limited spreading: how hierarchical networks
prevent the transition to the epileptic state.
Fields of interest
Medical Microbiology; Virology; Parasitology
Target groups
Public health authorities, policy makers, medical
industry, military, government, students and scientists in molecular biology, medicine, epidemiology,
biology, universities, research centers and industry
Discount group
P
Neurosciences; Anesthesiology; Neurology
Target groups
Researchers, clinicians, physicians, neurologists
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. 103 illus., 24 in color.
(Springer Series in Computational Neuroscience,
Volume 4) Hardcover
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0795-0
Due March 2010
2010. VII, 510 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security
Series A: Chemistry and Biology) Hardcover
7 $269.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8542-9
Also available as Softcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8543-6
springer.com/booksellers
springer.com/librarybooks
C. Bodiford McNeil, West Virginia University,
Morgantown, WV, USA; T. Hembree-Kigin, Licensed
Psychologist, Mesa, AZ, USA
C. E. Carney, Ryerson University, Toronto, ON,
Canada; J. D. Edinger, Duke University Medical
Center, Durham, NC, USA
Parent-Child Interaction
Therapy
Insomnia and Anxiety
Second Edition
Over the past two decades, Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) emerged as a leading-edge
method for helping parents improve their children’s disruptive and oppositional behavior. Today,
PCIT has a robust evidence base; is used across the
country in settings as diverse as hospitals, mental
health centers, schools, and mobile clinics; and
is rapidly gaining popularity in other parts of the
world.
New features of the expanded second edition
include: (1) Adaptations of PCIT for babies,
toddlers, preteens, and siblings. (2) Applications
for abuse survivors, children with developmental
disabilities, ADHD, and severe aggression problems. (3) Uses of PCIT with separating or divorced
parents. (4) Culturally relevant PCIT for ethnic
minority and international families. (5) Teacherchild, staff-child, and home-based applications. (6)
PCIT training guidelines. (7) A brand-new chapter
summarizing current research supporting PCIT.
Features
7 Summarizes the research regarding clinical
innovations in the PCIT program as well as
applications to specialized populations 7 Retains
much of the original information regarding the
fundamentals of PCIT from the 1st edition, but
also presents applications of PCIT to special populations 7 Discusses how to apply these treatment
techniques to toddlers, older children, and siblings
Fields of interest
Child and School Psychology; Clinical Psychology;
Social Work
Target groups
Clinical child psychologists, school psychologists,
and other mental health practitioners
Discount group
P
Psychology
Springer News 1/2010
Insomnia and Anxiety is the first clinician guidebook that considers the evaluation and management of insomnia and related sleep disturbances
that occur conjointly with the common anxiety
disorders. By exploring the ways that one condition may exacerbate the other, its authors present
robust evidence of the limitations of viewing
insomnia as secondary to GAD, agoraphobia,
PTSD, and others in the anxiety spectrum. The
book reviews cognitive and emotional factors
common to anxiety and sleep disorders, and
models a cognitive-behavioral approach to therapy
in which improved sleep is a foundation for
improved symptom management. Vital insights
into all areas of these challenging cases include: (1)
Diagnostic and assessment guidelines. (2) Cognitive-behavior therapy for insomnia. (3) Behavioral
strategies for managing insomnia in the context
of anxiety. (4) Cognitive strategies for managing
comorbid anxiety and insomnia. (5) Sleep-related
cognitive processes. (6) Pharmacological treatment
considerations.
Features
7 Focuses on cognitive factors in insomnia,
supplementing behavioral approaches with current
cognitive findings and techniques for treating
insomnia 7 Focuses on treating the insomnia in
the context of a highly prevalent comorbid conditions
From the contents
Anxiety and Insomnia: An Overview.- Cognitive
Behavior Therapy Treatment Considerations.Medication Considerations.- Anxiety Disorders
and Comorbid Insomnia: Features, PSG findings,
and treatment implications.- Sleep-related worry
and helplessness: Fearful information processing.Strategies for managing insomnia.
H. H. Cleveland, The Pennsylvania State University,
University Park, PA, USA; K. S. Harris, Texas Tech
University, Lubbock, TX, USA; R. P. Wiebe, Fitchburg
State College, Fitchburg, MA, USA (Eds.)
Substance Abuse Recovery in
College
Community Supported Abstinence
Using data from both conventional surveys and
end-of-day daily Palm Pilot assessments as well
as focus groups, the book examines community
members’ experiences. In addition, the importance
of a positive relationship between the recovery
community and the school administration is
emphasized.
Topics covered include: (1) The growing need for
recovery services at colleges. (2) How recovery
communities support abstinence and relapse
prevention. (3) Who are community members
and their addiction and treatment histories. (4)
Daily lives of young adults in a collegiate recovery
community. (5) Challenges and opportunities in
establishing recovery communities on campus.
(6) Building abstinence support into an academic
curriculum.
Features
7 First volume to address the role of institutions
in supporting adolescent and young adult recovery
7 Combines qualitative and quantitative data to
address the little-researched process of long-term
recovery 7 Presents daily diary analysis of the
recovery process and the role of social support
7 Presents stories of young adults in recovery
across different university and college contexts
Fields of interest
Child and School Psychology; Higher Education;
Social Work
Target groups
Clinical Psychology; Psychotherapy
Developmental and clinical child psychologists;
higher education leaders; social workers; related
professionals in human development, family
studies, student services, college healthcare, and
community services
Target groups
Discount group
Fields of interest
Clinical psychologists, researchers in sleep and
insomnia
P
Discount group
P
Behavioral Science
Behavioral Science
21
Behavioral Science
Due February 2010
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 470 p.
(Issues in Clinical Child Psychology) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. (Series in Anxiety and Related
Disorders) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. 1 illus. (Advancing Responsible
Adolescent Development, Volume) Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-0-387-88638-1
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1433-0
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1766-9
22
Psychology
A. Gruszka, Jagiellonian University, Cracow, Poland;
G. Matthews, University of Cincinnati, OH, USA;
B. Szymura, Jagiellonian University, Cracow, Poland
(Eds.)
Handbook of Individual
Differences in Cognition
Attention, Memory, and Executive Control
As cognitive models of behavior continue to
evolve, the mechanics of cognitive exceptionality, with its range of individual variations in
abilities and performance, remains a challenge
to psychology. Reaching beyond the standard
view of exceptional cognition equaling superior
intelligence, the Handbook of Individual Differences in Cognition examines the latest findings
from psychobiology, cognitive psychology, and
neuroscience, for a comprehensive state-of-the-art
volume.
Breaking down cognition in terms of attentional
mechanisms, working memory, and higher-order
processing, contributors discuss general models of
cognition and personality. Chapter authors build
on this foundation as they revisit current theory in
such areas as processing effort and general arousal
and examine emerging methods in individual
differences research, including new data on the
role of brain plasticity in cognitive function.
Features
7 Presents a unique approach to the subject of
cognition, integrating different approaches to
understand exceptionality in cognitive functions
on the common basis of underlying biological
mechanisms 7 Offers a broad scope in contrast
to already published volumes – the book contains
a comprehensive survey that relates most of the
major individual difference constructs to specific
mechanisms of cognitive control
Fields of interest
Clinical Psychology; Cognitive Psychology; Neuropsychology
Target groups
Researchers, clinicians, and graduate students in
psychology and cognitive sciences, including clinical psychology and neuropsychology; personality
and social psychology; neurosciences; education
Discount group
P
Behavioral Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 610 p. (The Springer Series on Human
Exceptionality) Hardcover
7 $249.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1209-1
Springer News 1/2010
springer.com/booksellers
springer.com/librarybooks
Mathematics
Springer News 1/2010
N. Alon, University of Tel Aviv, Israel; J. Bourgain,
Princeton University, Princeton, NJ, USA; A. Connes,
Collège de France, Paris, France; M. Gromov, IHES,
Bures sur Yvette, France; V. Milman, University of
Tel Aviv, Israel (Eds .)
N. Alon, University of Tel Aviv, Israel; J. Bourgain,
Princeton University, Princeton, NJ, USA; A. Connes,
Collège de France, Paris, France; M. Gromov, IHES,
Bures sur Yvette, France; V. Milman, University of Tel
Aviv, Israel (Eds)
Visions in Mathematics
Visions in Mathematics
GAFA 2000 Special Volume, Part I
pp. 1-453
GAFA 2000 Special Volume, Part II
pp. 455-983
“Visions in Mathematics - Towards 2000” was
one of the most remarkable mathematical meetings in recent years. It was held in Tel Aviv from
August 25th to September 3rd, 1999, and united
some of the leading mathematicians worldwide.
The goals of the conference were to discuss the
importance, the methods, the past and the future
of mathematics as we enter the 21st century and to
consider the connection between mathematics and
related areas.
The aims of the conference are reflected in the
present set of survey articles, documenting the
state of art and future prospects in many branches
of mathematics of current interest.
This is the first part of a two-volume set that will
serve any research mathematician or advanced
student as an overview and guideline through the
multifaceted body of mathematical research in the
present and near future.
“Visions in Mathematics - Towards 2000” was
one of the most remarkable mathematical meetings in recent years. It was held in Tel Aviv from
August 25th to September 3rd, 1999, and united
some of the leading mathematicians worldwide.
The goals of the conference were to discuss the
importance, the methods, the past and the future
of mathematics as we enter the 21st century and to
consider the connection between mathematics and
related areas.
The aims of the conference are reflected in the
present set of survey articles, documenting the
state of art and future prospects in many branches
of mathematics of current interest.
This is the second part of a two-volume set that
will serve any research mathematician or advanced
student as an overview and guideline through the
multifaceted body of mathematical research in the
present and near future.
From the contents
From the contents
Foreword.- Program of the Conference.- GaussManin determinant connections and periods of
irregular connections.- Problems in Hamiltonian
PDE’s.- On a classical limit of quantum theory and
the non-linear Hartree equation.- Rough structure
and classification.- Spaces and questions.- Classification of infinite-dimensional simple groups
of supersymmetries and quantum field theory.Geometrization in representation theory.
Foreword.- Algebraic and probabilistic methods
in discrete mathematics.- Challenges in analysis.Noncommutative geometry - Year 2000.- Indtroduction to symplectic field theory.- Holomorphic
curves and real three-dimensional dynamics.Perspectives on the analytic theory of L-functions.Combinatorics with a geometric flavor.- Topics
in asymptotic geometric analysis.- Quantum
information theory: results and open problems.
S. Axler, San Francisco State University,
San Francisco, CA, USA; P. Rosenthal, University
of Toronto, ON, Canada; D. Sarason, University of
California, Berkeley, CA, USA (Eds .)
A Glimpse at Hilbert Space
Operators
Paul R. Halmos in Memoriam
The book is a commemorative volume honoring
the mathematician Paul R. Halmos (1916-2006),
who contributed passionately to mathematics in
manifold ways, among them by basic research,
by unparalleled mathematical exposition, by
unselfish service to the mathematical community,
and, not least, by the inspiration others found in
his dedication to that community. Halmos made
fundamental contributions in several areas of
mathematics.
This volume emphasises Halmos’s contributions to operator theory, his venue for most of
his mathematical life. The core of the volume is a
series of expository articles by prominent operator
theorists providing an overview of how operator
theory prospered during the Halmos era, in no
small measure thanks to Halmos’s leadership and
penetrating insights.
Features
7 Emphasis on Halmos's contributions to
operator theory 7 A series of expository articles
by prominent operator theorists
From the contents
Preface. 1. About Halmos.- 2. Publications of Paul
R. Halmos.- 3. Photos.- 4. Articles.- What can
Hilbert spaces tell us about bounded functions in
the bidisk?.- Dilation theory yesterday and today.Toeplitz operators.- Dual algebras and invariant
subspaces.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
Mathematics, general
Any research mathematician and advanced
students
P
Mathematics
Mathematics, general
Any research mathematician and advanced
students
P
Operator Theory
Mathematicians with an interest in functional
analysis, especially those who work in operator
theory, operator algebras, and related areas
Discount group
P
Mathematics
23
Mathematics
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
2010 . Approx . 470 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics)
Softcover
2010 . Approx . 535 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics)
Softcover
2010 . Approx . 310 p . Hardcover
7 approx. $59.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0421-5
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0424-6
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-0346-0346-1
Due May 2010
24
Springer News 1/2010
Mathematics
V. Barbu
M. Berger, IHÉS, Bures-sur-Yvette, France
springer.com/booksellers
M. Broué, Université Paris-Diderot, Paris, France
Nonlinear Differential
Geometry Revealed
Introduction to Complex
Equations of Monotone Types A Jacob’s Ladder to Modern Higher Geometry Reflection Groups and Their
Translated by: L. J. Senechal, Mount Holyoke College, Braid Groups
in Banach Spaces
South Hadley, MA, USA
This book is concerned with basic results on
Cauchy problems associated with nonlinear monotone operators in Banach spaces with applications
to partial differential equations of evolutive type.
This is a monograph about the most significant
results obtained in this area in last decades but is
also written as a graduate textbook on modern
methods in partial differential equations with main
emphasis on applications to fundamental mathematical models of mathematical physics, fluid
dynamics and mechanics.
This book is selfcontained while the prerequisites
in functional analysis are necessary to understand
as it is being presented in a preliminary chapter.
An up-to-date list of references and extended
comments are included.
Contents
Fundamental Functional Analysis.- Maximal
Monotone Operators in Banach Spaces.- Accretive Nonlinear Operators in Banach Spaces.- The
Cauchy Problem in Banach Spaces.- Existence
Theory of Nonlinear Dissipative Dynamics.
Fields of interest
Partial Differential Equations; Analysis
Target groups
Researchers, graduate students
Discount group
P
Both classical geometry and modern differential
geometry have been active subjects of research
throughout the 20th century and lie at the heart
of many recent advances in mathematics and
physics. The underlying motivating concept for the
present book is that it offers readers the elements
of a modern geometric culture by means of a
whole series of visually appealing unsolved (or
recently solved) problems that require the creation
of concepts and tools of varying abstraction.
Starting with such natural, classical objects as
lines, planes, circles, spheres, polygons, polyhedra,
curves, surfaces, convex sets, etc., crucial ideas and
above all abstract concepts needed for attaining
the results are elucidated. These are conceptual
notions, each built “above” the preceding and
permitting an increase in abstraction, represented
metaphorically by Jacob’s ladder with its rungs: the
‘ladder’ in the Old Testament, that angels ascended
and descended...
Features
7 Newest work of best known mathematician
Marcel Berger 7 Offers readers elements of a
modern geometric culture 7 Demonstrate the
unceasingly renewed spirit of geometry 7 Visually rich and inviting 7 Includes series of visually
appealing unsolved (or recently solved) problems
that require the creation of concepts and tools of
varying abstraction
Fields of interest
1 Preliminaries.- 2 Prerequsites and Complements
in Commutative Algebra.- 3 Polynomial Invariants of Finite Linear Groups.- 4 Finite Reflection
Groups in Characteristic Zero.- 5 Eigenspaces and
Regular Elements.
Fields of interest
Group Theory and Generalizations; Commutative Rings and Algebras; Associative Rings and
Algebras
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
P
Due January 2010
Contents
Geometry; History of Mathematical Sciences;
Convex and Discrete Geometry
Researchers and graduate students in mathematics,
physics, computer science and engineering
Mathematics
Weyl groups are particular cases of complex
reflection groups, i.e. finite subgroups of GLr(C)
generated by (pseudo)reflections. These are groups
whose polynomial ring of invariants is a polynomial algebra.
It has recently been discovered that complex reflection groups play a key role in the theory of finite
reductive groups, giving rise as they do to braid
groups and generalized Hecke algebras which
govern the representation theory of finite reductive
groups. It is now also broadly agreed upon that
many of the known properties of Weyl groups can
be generalized to complex reflection groups. The
purpose of this work is to present a fairly extensive
treatment of many basic properties of complex
reflection groups (characterization, Steinberg
theorem, Gutkin-Opdam matrices, Solomon
theorem and applications, etc.) including the basic
findings of Springer theory on eigenspaces. In
doing so, we also introduce basic definitions and
properties of the associated braid groups, as well as
a quick introduction to Bessis’ lifting of Springer
theory to braid groups.
Mathematics
Due February 2010
Researchers and graduate students
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Due March 2010
Jointly published with Cassini Éditeurs, Paris, France
2010. Approx. 280 p.
(Springer Monographs in Mathematics) Hardcover
2010. XII, 860 p. Hardcover
2010. VIII, 132 p.
(Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Volume 1988) Softcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5541-8
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-540-70996-1
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11174-7
springer.com/librarybooks
Mathematics
Springer News 1/2010
S. L. Campbell, North Carolina State University, NC,
USA; J. Chancelier, CERMICS ENPC, France;
R. Nikoukhah, INRIA, France
Modeling and Simulation in
Scilab/Scicos with ScicosLab
4.4
Scilab is a free open-source software package for
scientific computation. It includes hundreds of
general purpose and specialized functions for
numerical computation, organized in libraries
called toolboxes, which cover such areas as simulation, optimization, systems and control, and signal
processing. One important Scilab toolbox is Scicos.
Scicos provides a block diagram graphical editor
for the construction and simulation of dynamical
systems. The objective of this book is to provide a
tutorial for the use of Scilab/Scicos with a special
emphasis on modeling and simulation tools. While
it will provide useful information to experienced
users it is designed to be accessible to beginning
users from a variety of disciplines. Students and
academic and industrial scientists and engineers
should find it useful. The book is divided into two
parts.
Features
7 First book to focus on simulation and modeling
7 First book to put a major emphasis on Scicos
and discuss it in depth 7 Over 100 illustrations 7 Large number of carefully worked out
examples and illustrations 7 Does not presuppose familiarity with Scilab/Scicos 7 Discusses
some related aspects of simulation and modeling
7 Provides guidance in the use of Scilab 7 All
code used in the book is available on the web
G. Della Sala, Universität Wien, Austria
Geometric properties of
non-compact CR manifolds
The book deals with some questions related to the
boundary problem in complex geometry and CR
geometry. After a brief introduction summarizing
the main results on the extension of CR functions,
it is shown in chapters 2 and 3 that, employing the
classical Harvey-Lawson theorem and under suitable conditions, the boundary problem for noncompact maximally complex real submanifolds of
Cn, n=3 is solvable.
In chapter 4, the regularity of Levi flat hypersurfaces Cn (n=3) with assigned boundaries is studied
in the graph case, in relation to the existence
theorem proved by Dolbeault, Tomassini and
Zaitsev.
Finally, in the last two chapters the structure
properties of non-compact Levi-flat submanifolds
of Cn are discussed; in particular, using the theory
of the analytic multifunctions, a Liouville theorem
for Levi flat submanifolds of Cn is proved.
Fields of interest
Differential Geometry
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
A. T. Filippov, Joint Institute for Nuclear Research,
Dubna, Russia
The Versatile Soliton
If you have not already heard about solitons, you
will sooner or later encounter them. The soliton,
a solitary wave impulse preserving its shape
and strikingly similar to a particle, is one of the
most fascinating and beautiful phenomena in
the physics of nonlinear waves. In this engaging
book, the concept of the soliton is traced from the
beginning of the last century to modern times,
with recent applications in biology, oceanography,
solid state physics, electronics, elementary particle
physics, and cosmology. The main concepts and
results of theoretical physics related to solitons can
be explained without using much mathematics.
Indeed, on the descriptive and historical level,
only some knowledge of high school physics
and mathematics is needed. At a higher level, for
understanding the elementary theory of oscillations and waves, the reader can intuit much
from the numerous illustrations and perhaps skip
the formulas presented. But to appreciate the
deep connections in this book between apparently different and diverse phenomena and ideas,
the reader must be able to follow elementary
mathematical computations. Still more advanced
mathematics is required for the appendices.
From the contents
Introduction.- Part I: An Early History of the
Soliton. 1. A Century and a Half Ago. 2. The Great
Solitary Wave of John Scott Russell. 3. Relatives of
the Soliton.- Part II: Nonlinear Oscillations and
Waves. 4. The Equation of the Pendulum. 5. From
Pendulum to Waves and Solitons.- Part III: Present
and Future of Solitons.
Fields of interest
Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Dynamical
Systems and Ergodic Theory
Applications of Mathematics; Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics; Elementary
Particles, Quantum Field Theory
Target groups
Advanced undergraduate and graduate students,
researchers from all fields who want to do simulations, engineers in R & D departments
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
General readers: math/physics, student, math/
physics, researchers: target fields
P
P
Due February 2010
Mathematics
Due January 2010
25
Mathematics
Due January 2010
Only available in print
Originally published as a monograph
2nd ed . 2010 . X, 330 p . Hardcover
2010 . Approx . 150 p . (Publications of the Scuola Normale
Superiore / Theses (Scuola Normale Superiore), Volume
14) Softcover
1st ed . 2000 . 2nd printing 2010 . XVIII, 262 p . (Modern
Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5526-5
7 approx. $24.95
ISBN 978-88-7642-348-2
7 approx. $49.95
ISBN 978-0-8176-4973-9
26
Springer News 1/2010
Mathematics
U. Graf, Hochschule für Technik und Architektur, Biel,
Switzerland
C. Hacon, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA;
S. Kovács, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA
springer.com/booksellers
E. Hairer, University of Geneva, Switzerland;
S. P. Nørsett, Norwegian University of Science and
Technology, Norway; G. Wanner, University of
Geneva, Switzerland
Introduction to Hyperfunctions Higher Dimensional Algebraic
and Their Integral Transforms Geometry
Solving Ordinary Differential
An Applied and Computational Approach
Equations I
This book focuses on recent advances in the
This textbook presents an introduction to generalized functions through Sato’s hyperfunctions,
i.e. based on complex variables theory. Laplace
transforms, Fourier transforms, Hilbert transforms, Mellin tranforms and Hankel transforms
of hyperfunctions and ordinary functions are then
treated, and some applications mainly to integral
equations are presented. The book is written from
an applied and computational point of view and
contains many concrete examples.
Features
7 Elementary approach to the subject of generalized functions and their integral transforms by
an approach based on the theory of functions of
one complex variable, in contrast to most other
textbooks on the theory of distributions based on
functional analysis 7 Readable by a large audience due to the use of basic contour integration in
the complex plane 7 Only book that treats Mellin
and Hankel transforms
Contents
Preface.- 1 Introduction to Hyperfunctions.2 Analytic Properties.- 3 Laplace Transforms.4 Fourier Transforms.- 5 Hilbert Transforms.6 Mellin Transforms.- 7 Hankel Transforms.A Complements.- B Tables.- List of Symbols.Bibliography. Index.
Fields of interest
Integral Transforms, Operational Calculus; Special
Functions; Computational Science and Engineering
Target groups
Graduate students and researchers in applied
mathematics, physics and engineering
Discount group
P
classification of complex projective varieties. It
is divided into two parts. The first part gives a
detailed account of recent results in the minimal
model program. In particular, it contains a
complete proof of the theorems on the existence
of flips, on the existence of minimal models for
varieties of log general type and of the finite
generation of the canonical ring. The second part
is an introduction to the theory of moduli spaces.
It includes topics such as representing and moduli
functors, Hilbert schemes, the boundedness, local
closedness and separatedness of moduli spaces and
the boundedness for varieties of general type.
The book is aimed at advanced graduate students
and researchers in algebraic geometry.
Features
7 Introductory text to an advanced topic of active
research
Contents
I Basics.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Preliminaries.3 Singularities.- 3 Canonical singularities.II recent advances in the MMP.- 4 Introduction.5 The main result.- 6 Multiplier ideal sheaves.7 Finite generation of the restricted algebra.7 Rationality of the restricted algebra.- 8 Log
terminal models.- 9 Non-vanishing.- 10 Finiteness of log terminal models.- 11 Solutions and
hints to some of the exercises.- III Compact
moduli spaces.- 12 Moduli problems.- 13 Hilbert
schemes.- 14 The construction of the moduli
space.- 15 Families and moduli functors.
Fields of interest
Algebraic Geometry
Nonstiff Problems
This book deals with methods for solving nonstiff
ordinary differential equations. The first chapter
describes the historical development of the classical theory from Newton, Leibniz, Euler, and
Hamilton to limit cycles and strange attractors. In
a second chapter a modern treatment of RungeKutta and extrapolation methods is given. Also
included are continuous methods for dense output,
parallel Runge-Kutta methods, special methods
for Hamiltonian systems, second order differential
equations and delay equations. The third chapter
begins with the classical theory of multistep
methods, and concludes with the theory of general
linear methods. Many applications from physics,
chemistry, biology, and astronomy together with
computer programs and numerical comparisons
are presented. The book will be immensely useful
to graduate students and researchers in numerical
analysis and scientific computing, and to scientists
in the fields mentioned above. “… This book is
a valuable tool for students of mathematics and
specialists concerned with numerical analysis,
mathematical physics, mechanics, system engineering, and the application of computers for
design and planning...” Optimization.
Fields of interest
Analysis; Numerical Analysis
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students of mathematics
Discount group
P
Target groups
Advanced graduate students and researchers
specializing in algebraic geometry
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Due May 2010
Mathematics
Due May 2010
Mathematics
Due January 2010
2010 . Approx . 430 p . Hardcover
2010 . Approx . 200 p . (Oberwolfach Seminars, Volume 43)
Softcover
2nd ed . 1993 . Corr . 3rd printing 2009 . XVI, 528 p .
(Springer Series in Computational Mathematics,
Volume 8) Softcover
7 approx. $79.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0407-9
7 approx. $34.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0289-1
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-05163-0
springer.com/librarybooks
E. M. Hendrix, B. G.-Tóth
Z. Lin, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China; Z. Bai,
National University of Singapore, Singapore
Introduction to Nonlinear and
Probability Inequalities
Global Optimization
Nonlinear Optimization is an intriguing area of
study where mathematical theory, algorithms and
applications converge to calculate the optimal
values of continuous functions. Within this
subject, Global Optimization aims at finding global
optima for difficult problems in which many local
optima might exist.
This book provides a compelling introduction
to global and non-linear optimization providing
interdisciplinary readers with a strong background to continue their studies into these and
other related fields. The book offers insight in
relevant concepts such as “region of attraction”
and “Branch-and-Bound” by elaborating small
numerical examples and exercises for the reader
to follow.
Features
7 Can serve as both a graduate and undergraduate text in courses focusing on numerical optimization methods 7 Focuses on problems relating
to "region of attraction" and "branch and bound"
7 Contains several instructional numerical
examples and excercises providing the reader with
working knowledge of the material
Contents
Preface.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Mathematical
Modeling, Cases.- 3. NLP Optimality Conditions.4. Goodness of Optimization Algorithms.5. Nonlinear Programming Algorithms.6. Deterministic GO Algorithms.- 7. Stochastic GO
Algorithms.- References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control;
Optimization; Operations Research, Management
Science; Differential Geometry
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Springer News 1/2010
Inequality has become an essential tool in many
areas of mathematical research, for example in
probability and statistics where it is frequently
used in the proofs. “Probability Inequalities”
covers inequalities related with events, distribution
functions, characteristic functions, moments and
random variables (elements) and their sum. The
book shall serve as a useful tool and reference for
scientists in the areas of probability and statistics,
and applied mathematics.
Prof. Zhengyan Lin is a fellow of the Institute of
Mathematical Statistics and currently a professor
at Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China. He is the
prize winner of National Natural Science Award
of China in 1997. Prof. Zhidong Bai is a fellow of
TWAS and the Institute of Mathematical Statistics;
he is a professor at the National University of
Singapore and Northeast Normal University,
Changchun, China.
Features
7 First book available on commonly used probability inequalities 7 Aggregation of most basic
inequalities in this area with some proofs and
references listed after 7 All inequalities sorted to
facilitate readers in finding what they need easily
and quickly
From the contents
Elementary Inequalities of Probabilities of Events.Inequalities Related to Commonly Used Distributions.- Inequalities Related to Characteristic
Functions.- Estimates of the Difference of Two
Distribution Functions.- Probability Inequalities
of Random Variables.- Bounds of Probabilities in
Terms of Moments.- Exponential Type Estimates
of Probabilities.
L. Positselski, Institute for Information Transmission
Problems, Moscow, Russia
Homological Algebra of
Semimodules and Semicontramodules
This is a monograph in semi-infinite homological
algebra, concentrated mostly on the semi-infinite
theory of associative algebraic structures, but
including also some material on the semi-infinite
homology and cohomology of Lie algebras and
topological groups. The main objects of study
are the double-sided derived functors SemiExt
and SemiTor, and the phenomenon of comodulecontramodule correspondence, connecting them
with the more conventional, one-sided Ext and
CtrTor. Contramodules, introduced originally
by Eilenberg and Moore in 1960’s but almost
forgotten for four decades, play a very prominent
role in this book, with many versions of them
introduced and discussed.
Features
7 Intended as a definitive treatment of the subject
of semi-infinite homology and cohomology of
associative algebraic structures, this book contains
also rich representation-theoretic and algebrogeometric examples and applications 7 Exotic
derived categories, contramodules, semialgebras, infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, algebraic
Harish-Chandra pairs, and locally compact totally
disconnected topological groups all interplay in
the theories developed in this monograph
Fields of interest
Category Theory, Homological Algebra
Target groups
Mathematicians, researchers and graduate students
Graduates, postgraduates and researchers interested in semi-infinite cohomology, derived categories and functors, homological algebra generally,
corings and coalgebras, and many aspects of
representation theory such as representations of
infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, algebraic groupoids, quantum groups, or groups of points over
one- or two-dimensional local fields, mathematical
physicists
Discount group
Discount group
Fields of interest
Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes;
Statistical Theory and Methods
Target groups
P
P
Mathematics
Mathematics
Due March 2010
27
Due February 2010
Distribution rights in China: Science Press .
Mathematics
Due July 2010
Jointly published with Science Press
2010 . Approx . 160 p . (Springer Optimization and Its
Applications, Volume 37) Hardcover
2010 . Approx . 180 p . Hardcover
2010 . Approx . 300 p . (Monografie Matematyczne,
Volume 70) Hardcover
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-0-387-88669-5
7 approx. $109.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05260-6
7 approx. $89.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0435-2
28
Springer News 1/2010
Mathematics
C. Profeta, B. Roynette, Université Nancy, France;
M. Yor, Université Paris VI, France
L. Ribes, Carleton University, Ottawa, Ont ., Canada;
P. Zalesskii, University of Brasilia, Brazil
Option Prices as Probabilities
Profinite Groups
A New Look at Generalized Black-Scholes
Formulae
The aim of this book is to serve both as an introduction to profinite groups and as a reference for
specialists in some areas of the theory. The book
is reasonably self-contained. Profinite groups
are Galois groups. As such they are of interest in
algebraic number theory. Much of recent research
on abstract infinite groups is related to profinite
groups because residually finite groups are naturally embedded in a profinite group. In addition
to basic facts about general profinite groups, the
book emphasizes free constructions (particularly free profinite groups and the structure of
their subgroups). Homology and cohomology is
described with a minimum of prerequisites.
The Black-Scholes formula plays a central role
in Mathematical Finance; it gives the right price
at which buyer and seller can agree with, in the
geometric Brownian framework, when strike K
and maturity T are given. This yields an explicit
well-known formula, obtained by Black and
Scholes in 1973.
The present volume gives another representation
of this formula in terms of Brownian last passages
times, which, to our knowledge, has ever been
made in this sense.
The volume is devoted to various extensions and
discussions of features and quantities stemming
from the last passages times representation in the
Brownian case such as: past-future martingales,
last passage times up to a finite horizon, pseudoinverses of processes... They are developed in
eight chapters, with complements, appendices and
exercises.
Features
7 To the best of our knowledge this book
discusses in a unique way last passage times
Fields of interest
Features
7 This second edition contains three new appendices 7 Contains a new conceptually simpler
approch to the proof of some classical subgroup
theorems 7 Contains new results, improved
proofs, typographical corrections, and an enlarged
bibliography 7 Updated list of open questions
7 Contains comments and references about those
previously open questions that have been solved
after the first edition appeared
Contents
Researchers and graduate students in mathematical finance and probability theory
Inverse and Direct Limits.- Profinite Groups.- Free
Profinite Groups.- Some Special Profinite Groups.Discrete and Profinite Modules.- Homology and
Cohomology of Profinite Groups.- Cohomological
Dimension.- Normal Subgroups of Free Pro-C
Groups.- Free Constructions.- Open Questions.Appendices (A-D) - Bibliography - Indices.
Discount group
Fields of interest
Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes;
Quantitative Finance
Target groups
P
Group Theory and Generalizations; Topological
Groups, Lie Groups; Number Theory
Target groups
springer.com/booksellers
O. Schlaudt, Universität Heidelberg, Germany;
M. Sakhri, Archives Henri Poincaré, Nancy, France
(Eds .)
Louis Couturat -Traité de
Logique Algorithmique
The manuscript of the Traité de Logique algorithmique resulted from lectures Couturat gave at the
University of Caen in 1898/99 on recent developments in symbolic logic, on the relations of logic
and mathematics, and on the scope of the methods
of mathematics. It is the only one of several
manuscripts Couturat mentioned in his correspondence that meanwhile has been rediscovered. It is
an outstanding document of the popularization
and propagation of symbolic logic around 1900.
It allows to better understand the difficult relations of algebraic logic and the so-called logistic
program which surpasses the simple alternative of
logic as an application of algebra vs. logic as the
foundation of mathematics. The complicated interactions in the historical developments of these two
currents become manifest in Couturat’s hesitations
and changing attitudes within his own intellectual
biography. The publication of this manuscript
helps to achieve a much more complete picture of
the latter.
Features
7 Only one of several manuscripts Couturat
mentioned in his correspondence that meanwhile
has been rediscovered
Fields of interest
History of Mathematical Sciences
Target groups
Philosophers, historians of logic, historians of
universal languages, historians of science
Discount group
P
Group theorists, number theorists, algebraists,
topologists
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Mathematics
Due March 2010
Due June 2010
2010 . X, 250 p . (Springer Finance) Softcover
2nd ed . 2009 . XIV, 483 p . (Ergebnisse der Mathematik
und ihrer Grenzgebiete . 3 . Folge / A Series of Modern
Surveys in Mathematics, Volume 40) Hardcover
2010 . (Publications des Archives Henri Poincaré /
Publications of the Henri Poincaré Archives / Science
autour de / around 1900) Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10394-0
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-3-642-01641-7
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-0346-0410-9
Mathematics
Due February 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
H. Sefrin-Weis, University of South Carolina,
Columbia, SC, USA
Pappus of Alexandria: Book 4
of the Collection
Edited With Translation and Commentary by
Heike Sefrin-Weis
Although not so well known today, Book 4 of
Pappus’ Collection is one of the most important
and influential mathematical texts from antiquity. The mathematical vignettes form a portrait
of mathematics during the Hellenistic “Golden
Age”, illustrating central problems – for example,
squaring the circle; doubling the cube; and
trisecting an angle – varying solution strategies,
and the different mathematical styles within
ancient geometry.
This volume provides an English translation of
Collection 4, in full, for the first time, including:
a new edition of the Greek text, based on a fresh
transcription from the main manuscript and
offering an alternative to Hultsch’s standard
edition, notes to facilitate understanding of the
steps in the mathematical argument, a commentary highlighting aspects of the work that have so
far been neglected, and supporting the reconstruction of a coherent plan and vision within the work,
bibliographical references for further study.
Features
7 Pappus' work is the most important source on
Greek mathematics from late antiquity, an invaluable source of information about the mathematics
of the Hellenistic "Golden Age" 7 This volume
of the Collection give unique insights into Greek
geometrical methodology
Fields of interest
History of Mathematical Sciences; Geometry
Target groups
Mathematicians, scholars, students and researchers
with an interest in ancient Greek geometry
Discount group
P
R. Seydel
Practical Bifurcation and
Stability Analysis
This book contains computational methods for
numerically computing steady state and Hopf
bifurcations. It is probably the first textbook to
describe these types of numerical bifurcation techniques. The book requires only a basic knowledge
of calculus, and uses detailed examples, problems,
and figures. This will be appropriate as a textbook
for graduate students.
In the third edition there is a chapter on applications and extensions of standard ODE approaches,
for example, to delay equations, to differentialalgebraic equations, and to reaction-diffusion
problems. Additional material is inserted,
including the topics deterministic risk, pattern
formation, and control of chaos, and many further
references.
Features
7 Practical, hands-on approach 7 Many examples and applications from science and engineering
7 Numerical Approach 7 Non-technical
approach, only calculus required as background
Contents
Preface.- Notation.- Introduction and
Prerequisites.- Basic Nonlinear Phenomena.Applications and Extensions.-Principles of
Continuation.- Calculation of the Branching
Behavior of Nonlinear Equations.- Calculating
Branching Behavior of Boundary-Value Problems.- Stability of Periodic Solutions.- Qualitative
Instruments.- Chaos.- Appendices.- List of Major
Examples.- References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Problems and Solutions
Algorithms and Programming is primarily
intended for use in a first-year undergraduate
course in programming. It is structured in a
problem-solution format that requires the student
to think through the programming process, thus
developing an understanding of the underlying
theory. The book is easily readable by a student
taking a basic introductory course in computer
science as well as useful for a graduate-level course
in the analysis of algorithms and/or compiler
construction.
Each self-contained chapter presents classical
and well-known problems supplemented by clear
and in-depth explanations. The material covered
includes such topics as combinatorics, sorting,
searching, queues, grammar and parsing, selected
well-known algorithms and much more. Students
and teachers will find this both an excellent text for
learning programming and a source of problems
for a variety of courses.
Features
7 This second edition contains problems from
new topics including suffix trees, games and strategies, and Huffman coding 7 Good undergraduate
introduction to programming course, especially
one which is mathematically motivated 7 May
also be used as a textbook in a graduate course
on the analysis of algorithms and/or compiler
construction 7 The "problem and solution" style
makes the reader think through the programming
process, making the book ideal for students in the
classroom setting or for self study
Target groups
Target groups
P
Algorithms; Programming Techniques; Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis
Students, engineers, and other people who want to
improve their computer skills
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Due January 2010
Algorithms and Programming
Fields of interest
Graduate students, researchers
29
A. Shen, University of Marseille, LIF - Center of
Mathematics and Informatics, Marseille, France
Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory; Appl.
Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Mathematical Methods in Physics
Discount group
Mathematics
Mathematics
Springer News 1/2010
Mathematics
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
Originally published by Elsevier Science Publishing
Company, New York, 1988
Originally published as a monograph
2009. Approx. 245 p. 101 illus. (Sources and Studies
in the History of Mathematics and Physical Sciences)
Hardcover
3rd ed. 2010. X, 490 p. 200 illus. (Interdisciplinary
Applied Mathematics, Volume 5) Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 285 p. 68 illus.
(Springer Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics and
Technology ) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-004-5
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1739-3
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1747-8
30
Springer News 1/2010
Mathematics
R. S. Varga, Kent State University, OH, USA
Matrix Iterative Analysis
This is the softcover reprint of a very popular hardcover edition, a revised version of the first edition,
originally published by Prentice Hall in 1962 and
regarded as a classic in its field. In some places,
newer research results, e.g. results on weak regular
splittings, have been incorported in the revision,
and in other places, new material has been added
in the chapters, as well as at the end of chapters,
in the form of additional up-to-date references
and some recent theorems to give the reader some
newer directions to pursue. The material in the
new chapters is basically self-contained and more
exercises have been provided for the readers.
While the original version was more linear algebra
oriented, the revision attempts to emphasize tools
from other areas, such as approximation theory
and conformal mapping theory, to access newer
results of interest. The book should be of great
interest to researchers and graduate students in the
field of numerical analysis.
P. Wesseling, Delft University of Technology,
The Netherlands
E. Zermelo, A. Kanamori, Boston University, MA, USA;
C. R. Fraser, University of Toronto, ON, Canada (Eds.)
Principles of Computational
Fluid Dynamics
Collected Works/Gesammelte
Werke
Numerical Analysis; Linear and Multilinear Algebras, Matrix Theory
This is a softcover reprint of a very popular hardcover edition, published in 1999. An account is
given of the state of the art of numerical methods
employed in computational fluid dynamics.
Numerical principles are treated in detail, using
elementary methods. Attention is given to difficulties arising from geometric complexity of the flow
domain. Uniform accuracy for singular perturbation problems is studied, pointing the way to
accurate computation of flows at high Reynolds
number. Unified methods for compressible and
incompressible flows are discussed, as well as the
shallow-water equations. A basic introduction
is given to efficient iterative solution methods.
“This book is a well-written graduate level text
in computational fluid dynamics with a good
introduction to the two numerical methods, finite
volume and finite difference. The material is wellorganized, starting with simple one-dimensional
equations and moving to numerical methods for
two-dimensional and three-dimensional problems. There is a good mixture of theoretical and
computational topics. This text should be of value
to all researchers interested in computational fluid
dynamics.” Mathematical Reviews
Target groups
Features
Features
7 A monograph by a famous numerical analyst
7 A classic in a revised and expanded edition
Fields of interest
Researchers and graduate students
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
7 This book will become the standard reference
for CFD for the next 20 years
Fields of interest
Numerical Analysis; Mathematical Methods in
Physics; Numerical and Computational Physics
Target groups
Researchers, graduate students, engineers and
physicists
Discount group
Volume I/Band I - Set Theory, Miscellanea/
Mengenlehre, Varia
Editor-in-chief: H. Ebbinghaus, University of
Freiburg, Germany; Translated by: E. de Pellegrin
Ernst Zermelo (1871-1953) is regarded as the
founder of axiomatic set theory and best-known
for the first formulation of the axiom of choice.
However, his papers include also pioneering work
in applied mathematics and mathematical physics.
This edition of his collected papers will consist of
two volumes. Besides providing a biography, the
present Volume I covers set theory, the foundations of mathematics, and pure mathematics and is
supplemented by selected items from his Nachlass
and part of his translations of Homer’s Odyssey.
Volume II will contain his work in the calculus of
variations, applied mathematics, and physics.
The papers are each presented in their original
language together with an English translation, the
versions facing each other on opposite pages. Each
paper or coherent group of papers is preceded by
an introductory note provided by an acknowledged expert in the field which comments on the
historical background, motivations, accomplishments, and influence.
Fields of interest
Mathematical Logic and Foundations; Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Applications of
Mathematics
Target groups
Mathematicians, logicians, computer scientists,
historians of science
Discount group
P
P
Mathematics
Due January 2010
Mathematics
Mathematics
Originally published by Prentice Hall, 1962
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
2nd. ed. 2000. 2nd printing 2010. X, 358 p.
(Springer Series in Computational Mathematics,
Volume 27) Softcover
1st. ed. 2000. 2nd printing 2009. XII, 644 p.
(Springer Series in Computational Mathematics,
Volume 29) Softcover
2010. Approx. 480 p. (Schriften der Mathematischnaturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Heidelberger
Akademie der Wissenschaften, Number 21) Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05154-8
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-05145-6
7 $149.00
ISBN 978-3-540-79383-0
springer.com/librarybooks
A. G. Barnett, Institute of Health and Biomedical
Innovation, Kelvin Grove, QLD, Australia;
A. J. Dobson, University of Queensland, Herston,
Australia
Analysing Seasonal
Health Data
Seasonal patterns have been found in a remarkable range of health conditions, including birth
defects, respiratory infections and cardiovascular
disease. Accurately estimating the size and timing
of seasonal peaks in disease incidence is an aid
to understanding the causes and possibly to
developing interventions. With global warming
increasing the intensity of seasonal weather
patterns around the world, a review of the methods
for estimating seasonal effects on health is timely.
This is the first book on statistical methods for
seasonal data written for a health audience.
It describes methods for a range of outcomes
(including continuous, count and binomial data)
and demonstrates appropriate techniques for
summarising and modelling these data. It has a
practical focus and uses interesting examples to
motivate and illustrate the methods. The statistical
procedures and example data sets are available in
an R package called ‘season’.
Features
7 Description of methods for analysing seasonal
data 7 Statistical methods for finding and estimating seasonal patterns are explained 7 With
example code for the R statistical software 7 An
R package called 'season' can be downloaded via
the R home page (http://www.r-project.org/), with
example data sets
Contents
Introduction.- Introduction to Seasonality.Cosinor.- Decomposing Time Series.- Controlling
for Season.- Clustered Seasonal Data.- References.Index.
Fields of interest
Statistics
Springer News 1/2010
Y. Dodge, Université de Neuchâtel, Switzerland
The Concise Encyclopedia of
Statistics
The Concise Encyclopedia of Statistics presents
the essential information about statistical tests,
concepts, and analytical methods in language
that is accessible to practitioners and students of
the vast community using statistics in medicine,
engineering, physical science, life science, social
science, and business/economics.
The reference is alphabetically arranged to provide
quick access to the fundamental tools of statistical methodology and biographies of famous
statisticians. The more than 500 entries include
definitions, history, mathematical details, limitations, examples, references, and further readings.
All entries include cross-references as well as the
key citations. The back matter includes a timeline
of statistical inventions. This reference will be an
enduring resource for locating convenient overviews about this essential field of study.
Contents
A.- Acceptance Region.- Accuracy.- Algorithm.Alternative hypothesis.- Analysis of binary
data.- Analysis of categorical data.- Analysis of
residuals.- Analysis of variance.- Anderson Oskar.Anderson Theodore W.- Anderson-Darling test.Arithmetic mean.- Arithmetic triangle.- ARMA
models.- Arrangement.- Attributable risk.- Autocorrelation and partial autocorrelation.- Avoidable
risk.
T. Kneib, Carl von Ossietzky Universität, Oldenburg,
Germany; G. Tutz, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität
München, Germany (Eds.)
Statistical Modelling and
Regression Structures
Festschrift in Honour of Ludwig Fahrmeir
The contributions collected in this book have been
written by well-known statisticians to acknowledge Ludwig Fahrmeir’s far-reaching impact on
Statistics as a science, while celebrating his 65th
birthday. The contributions cover broad areas of
contemporary statistical model building, including
semiparametric and geoadditive regression,
Bayesian inference in complex regression models,
time series modelling, statistical regularization,
graphical models and stochastic volatility models.
Features
7 State of the art of statistical modelling
Fields of interest
Statistics, general; Statistical Theory and Methods
Target groups
Scientists, researchers
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Statistics, general; Science, general; Engineering,
general
Target groups
Reference work for scientists and practitioners
Discount group
P
Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health
Sciences; Statistics, general; Environmental Health
Target groups
Researchers, practitioners
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Due January 2010
Mathematics
31
Mathematics
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
2010. XIV, 168 p. (Statistics for Biology and Health)
Hardcover
2010. X, 616 p. Softcover
2010. X, 500 p. Hardcover
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10747-4
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1390-6
7 approx. $109.00
ISBN 978-3-7908-2412-4
32
Springer News 1/2010
Statistics
J. J. Perrett, Texas A&M University, College Station,
TX, USA
A SAS/IML Companion for
Linear Models
The book contains complete examples of SAS code
for many of the computations relevant to a linear
models course. However, the SAS code in these
examples automates the analytic formulas. The
code for high-level procedures like PROC MIXED
is also included for side-by-side comparison.
The book computes basic descriptive statistics,
matrix algebra, matrix decomposition, likelihood
maximization, non-linear optimization, etc. in a
format conducive to a linear models or a special
topics course.
Also included in the book is an example of a basic
analysis of a linear mixed model using restricted
maximum likelihood estimation (REML). The
example demonstrates tests for fixed effects,
estimates of linear functions, and contrasts. The
example starts by showing the steps for analyzing
the data using PROC IML and then provides the
analysis using PROC MIXED. This allows students
to follow the process that lead to the output.
Contents
SAS/IML: A brief introduction.- IML language
structure.- IML programming features.- Matrix
manipulations in SAS/IML.- Mathematical and
statistical basics.- Linear algebra.- The Multivariate
Normal Distribution.- The General Linear Model.Linear mixed models.- Statistical Computational
Methods.- In summary.
C. P. Robert, Université Paris Dauphine and
CREST-INSEE, France; G. Casella, University of Florida,
FL, USA
Introducing Monte Carlo
Methods with R
This book does not require a preliminary exposure
to the R programming language or to Monte
Carlo methods, nor an advanced mathematical
background. While many examples are set within
a Bayesian framework, advanced expertise in
Bayesian statistics is not required. The book covers
basic random generation algorithms, Monte
Carlo techniques for integration and optimization, convergence diagnoses, Markov chain Monte
Carlo methods, including Metropolis {Hastings
and Gibbs algorithms, and adaptive algorithms.
All chapters include exercises and all R programs
are available as an R package called mcsm. The
book appeals to anyone with a practical interest
in simulation methods but no previous exposure.
It is meant to be useful for students and practitioners in areas such as statistics, signal processing,
communications engineering, control theory,
econometrics, finance and more. The programming parts are introduced progressively to be
accessible to any reader.
Features
Grad students
7 The first book to present modern Monte
Carlo and Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC)
methods from a practical perspective through a
guided implementation in the R language
7 All concepts are carefully described with the
abtract theoretical background replaced with a
corresponding R program that the reader can use
and modify at will 7 The whole entire series of
examples from the book is accompanied by a free
R package called mcsm that allows for immediate
experimentation
Discount group
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Statistical Theory and Methods
Target groups
P
Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs;
Simulation and Modeling; Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Mathematics
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
2010. X, 206 p. (Statistics and Computing) Softcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. (Use R) Softcover
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5556-2
7 $64.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1575-7
springer.com/booksellers
springer.com/librarybooks
Apress
Springer News 1/2010
33
S. Barber
L. DeHaan
G. Fouche
Building WPF and
Silverlight Applications
Beginning Oracle SQL
Accelerated VB 2010
Beginning Oracle SQL is a revision of Lex de
Haan’s widely-respected, introductory book on
SQL for Oracle developers and administrators.
It carries with it the endorsement of a group of
Oracle experts known as the Oak Table. It has
been newly updated to cover the very latest Oracle
features and syntax, and it is has been renamed as
a “Beginning” to reflect its key and ongoing position in Apress’s Oracle lineup.
Accelerated VB 2010 is the fastest path to VB
mastery. All VB programmers need to know and
understand how VB really works but very few
books address this. None cover it in the depth
that this does. It teaches both core VB language
concepts and how to use them in high-performance code. All programmers moving to VB
from any language or moving up to VB 2010 from
VB 2008 will find this book well worth buying,
reading, and using as a reference.
Building WPF and Silverlight Applications: A
Complete Guide gives developers learning about
WPF and Silverlight 3 a deep grounding in the
techniques required for using WPF and Silverlight in the professional environment. The book
emphases the design patterns and n-tier architectural planning that is required to enable applications to stand up to real-world use and abuse
by end users. This is critical information for the
professional developer but it is very often omitted
from training manuals and online articles.
The book focuses on two of the most widely used,
and widely purchased, technologies with the
Microsoft programming environment: Windows
Presentation Foundation (WPF) and Silverlight
3. By dealing with both technologies together the
book covers both web and desktop programming
and will have a very wide audience appeal.
Features
Features
7 What you'll learn: Get started with JavaFX
Script, including downloading the SDK and
available tools 7 Express user interfaces with
declarative scripting 7 Define classes, functions,
and attributes 7 Use JavaFX and associated tools
so that an application developer and a graphics
designer can effectively collaborate on an application
Features
Contents
Contents
7 Provides a unique insight into the process
of creating fully-working, scalable, software for
deployment to real-world end users 7 All points
are illustrated by a series of fully-worked case
studies that show best practice and good architectural design at work 7 Written by a team of
highly influential and well respected authors that
are deeply involved in the Microsoft development
community
1: Relational Database Systems and Oracle.
2: Introduction to SQL and the Interactive Query
Tools. 3: Data Definition, Part I. 4: Retrieval: The
Basics. 5: Retrieval: Functions. 6: Data Manipulation. 7: Data Definition, Part II. 8: Retrieval:
Multiple Tables and Aggregation. 9: Retrieval:
Advanced Features. 10: Views. 11: Writing
Automating SQL Scripts. 12: Object-Relational
Features. Appendix A: The Seven Case-study
Tables.
From the contents
Field of interest
1: Introduction. 2: WPF and Silverlight Design
Patterns and Approaches. 3: Service Oriented
Architecture and WCF. 4: Data Persistence using
LINQ. 5: MVVM/Mediator Design Patterns.
Field of interest
Programming Techniques
Programming Techniques
Target groups
Beginning Developer/Programmer
Discount group
7 Every VB programmer, experienced or new,
needs to know what this book covers—more
comprehensively, concisely, and deeply than any
other 7 The first book to provide detailed discussion of the new VB 2010 language features and
how to exploit them for performance 7 Valuable
as both a rapid tutorial and a permanent reference
1: VB 2010 Overview. 2: VB 2010 Syntax.
3: Classes and Structures. 4: Methods, Properties,
and Fields. 5: VB 2010 and the CLR. 6: Interfaces.
7: Operator Overloading. 8: Exception Handling.
9: Working with Strings. 10: Arrays and Collections. 11: Delegates and Events. 12: Generics.
13: Threading. 14: VB 2010 Best Practices.
15: LINQ with VB 2010.
Field of interest
Programming Techniques
Target groups
Intermediate to Advanced Web Development
Discount group
P
P
Target groups
Intermediate to Advanced Web Designer
Discount group
C
Computer Science
Computer Science
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover
2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover
2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover
7 approx. $49.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-7291-5
7 approx. $39.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-7197-0
7 approx. $49.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2602-4
34
Springer News 1/2010
Apress
springer.com/booksellers
D. Kaplan
T. Kelsey
M. MacDonald
iPhone Application
Sketch Book
Social Networking Spaces
Beginning ASP.NET 4.0
in VB 2010
This sketch book makes it easy to centralize and
organize your ideas, featuring 1.5x sized iPhone
templates that include common elements such as
the status bar, signal strength, and battery icons.
Professionally printed on high-quality paper, it
has a total of 150 gridded templates to draft ideas
and doodle designs while providing ample room
to make notes, and document the app name and
screen name. This book is a must-have and an
invaluable tool for bringing the next great iPhone
app idea to life!
Facebook and Twitter are extremely popular tools
for both personal communications and business
use, and LinkedIn is fast becoming a requirement for business networking. This book not only
explains how to use each of these tools, it also
shows you how to integrate them and stay safe and
secure while using them. It also addresses how to
use these tools to communicate internationally,
and it covers additional types of social networking
via blogs and games.
Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in VB 2010 follows in the
footsteps of the highly successful .NET 2.0 and
.NET 3.5 editions, teaching novice users how to
use ASP.NET by gradually building their knowledge of the technology up in a pyramidal fashion
chapter by chapter.
Comprehensively revised for both ASP.NET 4.0
and the new Visual Basic 2010 language this book
presents the easiest path to ASP.NET 4.0 mastery.
Features
Features
Beginning to Advanced Macintosh
7 Informative about social media while retaining
a light touch and friendly style 7 Covers the
major social networking applications of Facebook,
Twitter, MySpace, and blogs 7 Addresses the
most common concerns about privacy and use by
younger family members
Discount group
Contents
Field of interest
Programming Techniques
Target groups
C
1: What the Heck is Facebook? 2: Capturing Your
Story and Branching Out. 3: Branching Out and
Facebook Promotion. 4: What the Heck is Twitter?
5: Making the Most of your Tweets. 6: What can I
do with Flickr? 7: What can I do with Picasa?
8: What the Heck is MySpace? 9: Designing YourSpace. 10: What the Heck is a Blog? 11: Defining
and Designing Your Blog. 12: Staying out of
Trouble. 13: Going Global, Going Local. 14: Ning
- Do It Yourself Social Network. 15: Even More
Apps: Plurk and LinkedIn. 16: Games and Sims.
Field of interest
Programming Techniques
Target groups
Beginning General Computing
Discount group
C
7 One of the first books introducing novices to
this important new technology area, and written
specifically in their coding language of preference
7 Provides thorough coverage of all the issues
that a novice programmer is likely to meet and
presents them in a clean, logical manner where
each chapter builds on the concepts introduced by
those before it
Contents
1: Introducing the .NET Framework. 2: Learning
the VB Language. 3: Types, Objects, and
Namespaces. 4: Introducing Visual Studio 2007.
5: Web Form Fundamentals. 6: Web Controls.
7: Validation. 8: Rich Controls. 9: Error Handling,
Logging, and Tracing. 10: State Management.
11: Master Pages and Themes. 12: Website Navigation. 13: Deploying ASP.NET Applications.
14: ADO.NET Fundamentals. 15: Data Binding.
16: The Data Controls. 17: Files and Streams.
18: XML. 19: Security Fundamentals. 20: Membership. 21: Profiles. 22: Component-Based Programming. 23: Caching. 24: AJAX.
Field of interest
Programming Techniques
Target groups
Beginning to Intermediate Web Development
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Computer Science
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
2010. Approx. 150 p. Softcover
2010. Approx. 400 p. Softcover
2010. Approx. 955 p. Softcover
7 $14.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2823-3
7 approx. $29.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2596-6
7 approx. $49.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2611-6
springer.com/librarybooks
Apress
Springer News 1/2010
35
M. MacDonald
S. Mukhtar
L. van der Hart
Beginning ASP.NET 4.0
in C# 2010
WPF Projects
Practical Clojure
WPF Projects provides intermediate level .NET
developers with a series of fully working WPF
projects to help them master WPF’s steep learning
curve and jump the gap between an understanding
of the technology’s syntax in theory and being able
to build fully-working applications in practice.
The book provides eight separate projects, each of
which demonstrates how to build a popular type of
application from scratch, ranging from the simple
to the complex.
This book is a comprehensive guide to Clojure,
meant to be read either chapter-by-chapter or
used as a reference by more experienced Clojure
developers. Clojure is a new functional programming language that has a very rapidly growing user
base. For example, Clojure’s primary mailing list
has had more traffic in 2009 than those of Scala
and Groovy (its closest relatives) put together,
despite the fact that they have been in existence
since 2003. Also, although Clojure 1.0 was only
released in early May of 2009, it is already being
used in several production projects. Currently,
Clojure users depend on mailing lists, documentation, and a tutorial book to help them learn the
details of the language. The Definitive Guide to
Clojure will provide clear, up-to-date explanations
and examples for developers interested in learning
Clojure and applying it to their own projects.
Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in C# 2010 follows in the
footsteps of the highly successful .NET 2.0 and
.NET 3.5 editions, teaching novice users how to
use ASP.NET by gradually building their knowledge of the technology up in a pyramidal fashion
chapter by chapter.
Comprehensively revised for both ASP.NET 4.0
and the new Visual C# 2010 language this book
presents the easiest path to ASP.NET 4.0 mastery.
Features
Features
7 One of the first books introducing novices to
this important new technology area, and written
specifically in their coding language of preference
7 Provides thorough coverage of all the issues
that a novice programmer is likely to meet and
presents them in a clean, logical manner where
each chapter builds on the concepts introduced by
those before it
7 Builds a series of fully-working applications
that gives readers a complete working architecture
upon which they can build their own projects
7 Emphasizes the areas of the WPF framework
that readers need to know most and tailors the
examples to facilitate their learning 7 Written by
an experienced author who has worked widely as
a software engineer implementing these programmatic techniques for clients across the USA
Contents
Contents
1: Introducing the .NET Framework. 2: Learning
the C# Language. 3: Types, Objects, and
Namespaces. 4: Introducing Visual Studio 2007.
5: Web Form Fundamentals. 6: Web Controls.
7: Validation. 8: Rich Controls. 9: Error Handling,
Logging, and Tracing. 10: State Management.
11: Master Pages and Themes. 12: Website Navigation. 13: Deploying ASP.NET Applications.
14: ADO.NET Fundamentals. 15: Data Binding.
16: The Data Controls. 17: Files and Streams.
18: XML. 19: Security Fundamentals. 20: Membership. 21: Profiles. 22: Component-Based Programming. 23: Caching. 24: AJAX.
1: Introduction to WPF. 2: Project #1: Let’s do
some calculations - The Calculator application.
3: Project #2: Building Blocks of a Board Game The Bubble Popper Game. 4: Project #3: Backup
and Restore Application - The EzeeBackup application. 5: Project #4: Let’s Plot Scientific Layered
Graphs - EzeePlotter application. 6: Project #5:
Understanding computer-aided design (CAD) EzeeCAD application. 7: Project #6: Mapping and
GIS - EzeeMap application. 8: Project #7: Writing
a Dashboarad Reporting Application - EzeeDashBoard application. 9: Project #8: Do you have
something to Auction - Ezeebay Client application.
Field of interest
Field of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
Programming Techniques
Beginning to Intermediate .NET
C
Computer Science
Programming Techniques
Beginning to Intermediate .NET
C
Computer Science
Features
7 One of the first Clojure books on the market,
and the first to cover the language in depth 7 An
author who is an experienced Clojure developer
and a very active member of the Clojure community 7 Appeals to both functional language
enthusiasts and object-oriented developers
Contents
1: Introduction to Functional Programming.
2: Clojure Concepts. 3: The Clojure Environment.
4: Defining Symbols and Functions. 5: Data Types
and Structures. 6: Sequences. 7: State Management.
8: Namespaces and Libraries. 9: Multimethods.
10:Metadata. 11: Working with Java. 12: Parallel
Programming. Appendix: Basic Java and JVM.
Field of interest
Programming Techniques
Target groups
Beginning to Intermediate Developer/Programmer
Discount group
C
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of
Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,
Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest
Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,
Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center
2010. Approx. 955 p. Softcover
2010. Approx. 800 p. Softcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. Softcover
7 approx. $49.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2608-6
7 approx. $49.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-2650-5
7 approx. $49.99
ISBN 978-1-4302-7231-1
36
Springer News 1/2010
Computer Science
A. Adhikari, SP Chowgule College, Goa, India; P. Rao,
Goa University, Goa, India; W. Pedrycz, University of
Alberta, Edmonton, AB, Canada
Developing Better
Multi-Database Mining
Applications
In this book, we discuss various issues regarding
the systematic and efficient development of multidatabase mining applications. It explains how
systemat6ically one could prepare data warehouses
at different branches. As appropriate multidatabase mining technique is essential to develop
better applications. Also, the efficiency of a multidatabase mining application could be improved
by processing more patterns in the application.
A faster algorithm could also play an important
role in developing a better application. Thus the
efficiency of a multi-database mining application
could be enhanced by choosing an appropriate
multi-dtatbase mining model, an appropriate
pattern synthesizing technique, a better pattern
representation technique, and an efficient algorithm for solving the problem. This book illustrates
each of these issues either in the context of a
specific problem, or in general.
Contents
Introduction.- An extended model of local
pattern analysis.- Mining multiple large databases.- Mining patterns of select items in multiple
databases.- Enhancing quality of knowledge
synthesized from multi-database mining.- Efficient
clustering of databases induced by local patterns.A Framework for developing effective multi-database mining applications.
Fields of interest
Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)
Target groups
R. K. Ahuja, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL,
USA; R. H. Möhring, Technische Universität Berlin,
Germany; C. D. Zaroliagis, University of Patras,
Greece (Eds.)
Robust and Online
Large-Scale Optimization
Models and Techniques for Transportation
Systems
springer.com/booksellers
P. Anna, Open University, Milton Keynes, UK;
J. Gillen, Lancaster University, UK; D. Livingstone,
University of the West of Scotland, Paisley, UK;
S. Smith-Robbins, Ball State University, Muncie, IN,
USA (Eds.)
Researching Learning in
Virtual Worlds
Examples of scheduled transportation include
bus, ferry, airline, and railway networks, with
the latter being a prime application domain that
provides a fair amount of the most complex and
largest instances of such optimization problems.
Scheduled transport optimization deals with planning and scheduling problems over several time
horizons, and substantial progress has been made
for strategic planning and scheduling problems in
all transportation domains.
This state-of-the-art survey presents the outcome
of an open call for contributions asking for either
research papers or state-of-the-art survey articles.
We received 24 submissions that underwent two
rounds of the standard peer-review process, out of
which 18 were finally accepted for publication.
The volume is organized in four parts: Robustness and Recoverability, Robust Timetabling and
Route Planning, Robust Planning Under Scarce
Resources, and Online Planning: Delay and
Disruption Management.
Most of the chapters in this book are extended
papers from Research Learning in Virtual Environments (reLIVE08), an international conference
held by the UK Open University in Milton Keynes
in November 2008. Authors of the best papers and
presentations from the conferences were invited to
contribute to Research Learning in Virtual Worlds,
the first book to specifically address research
methods and related issues for education in virtual
worlds.
The book covers a range of research undertaken
in virtual worlds. It opens with an accessible
introduction both to the book and the subject area,
making it an ideal springboard for those who are
new to research in this area. The subsequent ten
chapters present work covering a range of research
methodologies across a broad discipline base,
providing essential reading for advanced undergraduate or postgraduate researchers working
in education in virtual worlds, and engaging
background material for researchers in similar and
related disciplines.
Fields of interest
From the contents
Performance and Reliability; System Performance
and Evaluation; Special Purpose and ApplicationBased Systems
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
Virtual Environments: Issues and opportunities for
researching inclusive educational practices.-What
is inclusive education?.- Learning, Teaching and
Ambiguity in Virtual Worlds.- The Second Life
researcher toolkit.- The Schome Park Programme:
exploring educational alternatives.- New Literacies
in Schome Park.- Third Place.
Fields of interest
Computers and Education
Researchers, practitioners
Target groups
Discount group
Researchers, lecturers, graduates, undergraduates, practitioners (anyone working in an
industry related to teaching, learning, training
or supporting those practices in virtual worlds),
AERA.- BERA.- EERA.- Linden Lab.- Serious
Games Institute.- WERA
P
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Due June 2010
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Computer Science
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. (Advanced Information and
Knowledge Processing) Hardcover
2010. XVIII, 423 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science
/ Theoretical Computer Science and General Issues,
Volume 5868) Softcover
2010. XVI, 302 p. (Human-Computer Interaction Series)
Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-043-4
7 $95.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05464-8
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-1-84996-046-5
springer.com/librarybooks
O. Anshakov, Russian State University for the
Humanities, Moscow, Russia; T. Gergely, Applied
Logic Laboratory, Budapest, Hungary
Cognitive Reasoning
A Formal Approach
This book describes the theory and methodology
of a new, scientifically well-founded general
approach, and its realization in the form of intelligent systems applicable in disciplines ranging
from social sciences, such as cognitive science and
sociology, through natural sciences, such as life
sciences and chemistry, to applied sciences, such as
medicine, education, and engineering.
The main subject developed in the book is cognitive reasoning investigated at three levels of
abstraction: conceptual, formal, and realizational.
The authors offer a model of a cognizing agent
for the conceptual theory of cognitive reasoning,
and they also present a logically well-founded
formal cognitive reasoning framework to handle
the various plausible reasoning methods. They
conclude with an object model of a cognitive
engine.
Features
7 Describes the theory, methodology and
algorithmization of a new approach to problem
solving and its realization in the form of intelligent
systems
Contents
Introduction.- Conceptual Theory of Cognitive Reasoning.- Logic Foundation of Cognitive
Reasoning.- Formal Framework.- Set Sorts.- JSM
Theories.- Conclusion.- References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Theory of
Computation; Mathematical Logic and Foundations
Target groups
Scientists, researchers, graduate students
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Springer News 1/2010
Y. Badr, INSA de Lyon, France; R. Chbeir, Bourgogne
University, Dijon, France; A. Abraham, Norwegian
University of Science and Technology, Trondheim,
Norway; A. Hassanien, Kuwait University, Safat,
Kuwait (Eds.)
Emergent Web Intelligence:
Advanced Semantic
Technologies
The Web intelligence discipline attempts to deal
with this challenge by exploits information technologies and artificial intelligence approaches to
design next generation of web-empowered systems
and services. The ‘Emergent Web Intelligence:
Advanced Semantic Technologies” book provides
valuable references and cutting–edge technologies
for: undergraduate and postgraduate students who
are studying Web Intelligence and Semantic Web
courses, developers who need to design innovative approaches by applying different emergent
semantic techniques to real-world problems,
researchers who seek to understand the state of the
art and foresee future research strategies in Web
Intelligence and Semantic Web.
The book is organized in self-contained chapters to
provide greatest reading flexibility.
Features
7 Explains basic concepts in simple language with
plenty of diagrams, illustrations and examples,
to help readers new to this field to capture clear
concept about the subject matter 7 Plenty of
worked out examples in each chapter, helpful
for both lecturers and students 7 Simulation
programs will be provided for practical and better
understanding so that both students and lecturers
will find them very useful
L. Cao, University of Technology, Sydney, NSW,
Australia; P. S. Yu, IBM T.J. Watson Research Center,
New York, NY, USA; C. Zhang, Y. Zhao, University of
Technology, Sydney, NSW, Australia
Domain Driven Data Mining
This book offers state-of the-art research and
development outcomes on methodologies, techniques, approaches and successful applications in
domain driven, actionable knowledge discovery. It
enhances the actionability and wider deployment
of existing data-centered data mining through
a combination of domain and business oriented
factors, constraints and intelligence. The text
also details a paradigm shift from “data-centered
pattern mining” to “domain driven actionable
knowledge discovery” for next-generation KDD
research and applications.
Features
7 Bridges the gap between business expectations
and research output 7 Includes techniques,
methodologies and case studies in real-life enterprise dm 7 Addresses new areas such as blog
mining
Fields of interest
Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Information Systems; Information Systems Applications
(incl.Internet)
Target groups
Data mining researchers and practitioners
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet);
Information Storage and Retrieval; Multimedia
Information Systems
Target groups
Graduate, undergraduate students, lecturers,
researchers, practitioners
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Computer Science
Due March 2010
37
Computer Science
Due January 2010
2010. X, 433 p. (Cognitive Technologies) Hardcover
2010. XVI, 544 p. 178 illus. (Advanced Information and
Knowledge Processing) Hardcover
2010. XVI, 248 p. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-540-43058-2
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-076-2
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5736-8
38
Springer News 1/2010
Computer Science
R. Chbeir, Bourgogne University, Dijon, France;
Y. Badr, INSA de Lyon, France; A. Abraham,
Norwegian University of Science and Technology,
Trondheim, Norway; A. Hassanien, Kuwait University,
Safat, Kuwait (Eds.)
Y. Deng, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China;
W. P. Maly, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh,
PA, USA
Emergent Web Intelligence:
Advanced Information Retrieval
A 2.5-Dimensional Integration Scheme
Multimedia and XML-based data are produced
regularly and in increasing way in our daily digital
activities, and their retrieval must be explored and
studied in this emergent web-based era. ‘Emergent
Web Intelligence: Advanced information retrieval’
provides reviews of the related cutting–edge technologies and insights.
It is valuable companion and comprehensive reference for undergraduate and postgraduate students
who are taking a course in Web intelligence and
need to study current concepts of retrieval of
multimedia and XML-based data, developers
who need to implement advanced search engine
and make benefit of web intelligence technologies, researchers who desire to understand exiting
approaches, pin down their limits, and identify
several future directions.
The book is organized in self-contained chapters to
provide greatest reading flexibility.
Features
7 Basic concepts will be explained in simple
language with plenty of diagrams, illustrations
and examples 7 Helps readers new to this field
understand concepts at play regarding the subject
matter 7 There will be plenty of worked out
examples in each chapter, which will be helpful for
both lecturers and students to use this book as a
text 7 Simulation programs will be provided for
practical and better understanding
Fields of interest
Information Storage and Retrieval; Information
Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Multimedia
Information Systems
3-Dimensional VLSI
“3-Dimensional VLSI: A 2.5-Dimensional
Integration Scheme” elaborates the concept and
importance of 3-Dimensional (3-D) VLSI. The
authors have developed a new 3-D IC integration
paradigm, so-called 2.5-D integration, to address
many problems that are hard to resolve using
traditional non-monolithic integration schemes.
The book also introduces major 3-D VLSI design
issues that need to be solved by IC designers and
Electronic Design Automation (EDA) developers.
By treating 3-D integration in an integrated
framework, the book provides important insights
for semiconductor process engineers, IC designers,
and those working in EDA R&D.
Features
7 A new integration scheme considering both
performance and yield 7 Novel cost model to
compare difference integration styles 7 Design
driven approach to prove the performance advantages of 2.5/3-D IC's 7 Full EDA tool support for
3-D layout creation
Contents
Background of 2.5-D VLSI Integration.- Cost
Modeling of VLSI Integration Strategies.- Custom
Design Case Studies of 2.5-D Integration.- ASIC
Design Case Studies with 2.5-D Layout Design
Automation Tools.- Looking into The Future.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems
Target groups
Semiconductor process engineers, IC designers,
and those working in EDA R and D
Discount group
springer.com/booksellers
F. Dignum, Utrecht University, The Netherlands;
J. Bradshaw, Florida Institute for Human & Machine
Cognition, Pensacola, FL, USA; B. G. Silverman,
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA;
W. van Doesburg, TNO Defence, Security and Safety,
Soesterberg, The Netherlands (Eds.)
Agents for Games and
Simulations
Trends in Techniques, Concepts and Design
Research on multi-agent systems has provided a
promising technology for implementing cognitive
intelligent non-playing characters. However, the
technologies used in game engines and multiagent platforms are not readily compatible due
to some inherent differences in concerns. Where
game engines focus on real-time aspects and thus
propagate efficiency and central control, multiagent platforms assume autonomy of the agents.
Increased autonomy and intelligence may offer
benefits for a more compelling gameplay and may
even be necessary for serious games. However,
problems occur when current game design
techniques are used to incorporate state-of-theart multi-agent system technology. A very similar
argument can be given for agent-based (social)
simulation.
This volume contains the papers presented at AGS
2009, the First International Workshop on Agents
for Games and Simulations, held in Budapest on
May 11, 2009.
Fields of interest
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Computation by
Abstract Devices
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
P
Target groups
Graduate and undergraduate students, lecturers,
researchers, practitioners
Discount group
P
Engineering
Computer Science
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
Computer Science
Distribution rights in China: Tsinghua University Press.
Due January 2010
Jointly published with Tsinghua University Press
2010. XVI, 496 p. (Advanced Information and Knowledge
Processing) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. 50 illus. Hardcover
2010. X, 273 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, Volume 5920)
Softcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-073-1
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04156-3
7 $72.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11197-6
springer.com/librarybooks
Computer Science
Springer News 1/2010
39
E. Doberkat, Technische Universität Dortmund,
Germany
M. Gabbrielli, S. Martini, Dipartimento di Scienze
dell’Informazione, Bologna, Italy
N. Griffiths, Warwick University, Coventry, UK;
K. Chao, Coventry University, Coventry, UK (Eds.)
Stochastic Coalgebraic Logic
Programming Languages
Stochastic systems provide important tools for
systems modeling, and recent work shows that
categorical reasoning may lead to new insights,
previously not available in a purely probabilistic
setting.
This book combines coalgebraic reasoning,
stochastic systems and logics. It provides an
insight into the principles of coalgebraic logic
from a categorical point of view, and applies these
systems to interpretations of stochastic coalgebraic
logics, which include well-known modal logics
and continuous time branching logics. The author
introduces stochastic systems together with their
probabilistic and categorical foundations and gives
a comprehensive discussion of the Giry monad as
the underlying categorical construction, presenting
many new, hitherto unpublished results. He
discusses modal logics, introduces their probabilistic interpretations, and then proceeds to an
analysis of Kripke models for coalgebraic logics.
This self-contained textbook assumes that the
reader has some familiarity with one programming language, and adopts a simple yet rigorous
approach.
The author explains the main programming paradigms (imperative, object-oriented, functional,
and logic), and makes clear separation between the
design, implementation and pragmatic aspects of
programming languages.
As well as an excellent guide for undergraduates
the content will also be useful for software practitioners who want to consolidate and update their
knowledge of programming languages.
Agent-Based Service-Oriented
Computing
Features
7 Provides an insight into the principles of
coalgebraic logic from a categorical point of view
7 Applies these systems to interpretations of
stochastic coalgebraic logics
Features
7 Self-contained and straightforward approach
that requires some familiarity with only one
programming language (unlike many competitor
books) 7 Clearly separates between the design,
implementation and pragmatic aspects of
programming languages 7 Explicit treatment of
the main programming paradigms
Contents
Borel Sets, Measures and All That.- Modal Logics.The Giry Monad: Randomized Morphisms.- Coalgebraic Logic.- Logics: The Grammars.- References.- List of Symbols.- Index.
Abstract Machines.- How to Describe a Programming Language.- Foundations.- Names and the
Environment.- Memory Management.- Control
Structure.- Control Abstraction.- Structuring
Data.- Data Abstraction.- The Object-Oriented
Paradigm.- The Functional Paradigm.- The Logic
Programming Paradigm.- A Short Historical
Perspective.- Bibliography.- References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Contents
Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Artificial
Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
Computer Science, general; Programming
Languages, Compilers, Interpreters
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
Service-Oriented Computing (SOC) allows
software development time to be shortened by
the composition of existing services across the
Internet. Further exploitation of this revolutionary
trend is feasible through automation, thanks to
the use of software agents and techniques from
distributed artificial intelligence.
This book provides an overview of the related technologies and insight into state-of-the art research
results in the field. The topics discussed cover the
various stages in the life cycle of service-oriented
software development using agent technologies to
automate the development process and to manage
services in a dynamic environment. The book presents both academic research results and the latest
developments from industry.
Researchers from academia and industry, as well as
postgraduates, will find this cutting-edge volume
indispensable in order to gain understanding of
the issues associated with agent-based serviceoriented computing along with recent, and likely
future technology trends.
Features
7 Provides an overview of the related technologies and insight into state-of-the art research
results in the field – both academic and industry
developments 7 Offers insights into the potential
future directions of the topic 7 Bridges existing
technological gaps between agents and SOC
7 Presents the various stages in the life cycle of
service-oriented software development
From the contents
Introduction.- Service Advertisement and
Discovery.- Multi-Agent Coordination for Service
Composition.- Flexible Workflow Management in
Service Oriented Environments..
Fields of interest
Models and Principles; Software Engineering;
Management of Computing and Information
Systems
Target groups
Researchers, postgraduate students
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Computer Science
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Due April 2010
Due March 2010
2010. XV, 231 p. 81 illus. (Monographs in Theoretical
Computer Science. An EATCS Series) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 450 p.
(Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science) Softcover
2010. XII, 276 p. 72 illus. (Advanced Information and
Knowledge Processing) Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02994-3
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-1-84882-913-8
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-040-3
40
Springer News 1/2010
Computer Science
S. Spaccapietra, EPFJ, Lausanne, Switzerland;
L. Delcambre, Portland State University, OR, USA
(Eds.)
Journal on Data Sematics XIV
The LNCS Journal on Data Semantics is devoted to
the presentation of notable work that, in one way
or another, addresses research and development
on issues related to data semantics. The scope of
the journal ranges from theories supporting the
formal definition of semantic content to innovative domain-specific applications of semantic
knowledge. The journal addresses researchers and
advanced practitioners working on the semantic
web, interoperability, mobile information services,
data warehousing, knowledge representation and
reasoning, conceptual database modeling, ontologies, and artificial intelligence.
Volume XIV results from a rigorous selection
among 21 full papers received in response to a call
for contributions issued in September 2008.
Fields of interest
Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Information Storage and Retrieval; Database Management
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
C. R. Kalmanek, AT&T Labs, Florham Park, NJ, USA;
S. Misra, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur,
India; Y. R. Yang, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA
(Eds.)
Guide to Reliable Internet
Services and Applications
This guide addresses the challenges faced by service
providers and the approaches they use to deliver
reliable networks and networked application
services. The book offers a systematic, interdisciplinary approach and coverage of practical
problems arising in real, operational deployments.
Leading practitioners and researchers present their
perspectives, and provide “best practices”. Features:
Introduces the challenges of building reliable
networks and services; Examines network reliability
modeling and network planning; Investigates interdomain reliability and overlay networks; Explores
the critical function of network configuration
management; Discusses network measurement
and performance monitoring; Covers network
management systems; Presents an approach to the
design of reliable network application software, and
an overview of server capacity and performance
engineering. This text is suitable for an advanced
undergraduate or graduate course, and will be of
value to researchers and practitioners.
Features
7 Comprehensive coverage on all aspects of reliability and fault tolerance in networks is presented
7 Chapters are written by leading experts from
both academia and industry 7 A number of
questions accompany each topic to enable selfassessment
From the contents
Part I: Introduction and Reliable Network Design.Building Reliable Networks and Networked
Application Services.- Structural Overview of
ISP Networks.- Part II: Reliability Modeling and
Network Planning.- Reliability Metrics for Routers
in IP Networks.- Network Performability Evaluation.- Robust Network Planning.
Fields of interest
J. M. Kizza, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga,
TN, USA
Ethical and Social Issues in the
Information Age
This thoroughly revised and expanded fourth
edition of the successful Ethical and Social Issues
in the Information Age provides an up-to-date
examination of the ethical, social, and policy challenges stemming from the emergence of cyberspace, the convergence of telecommunication and
computing technologies, and the miniaturization
of computing, telecommunication, and information-enabling devices. This accessible textbook/
reference broadly surveys thought-provoking
questions about the impact of these new technologies, with particular emphasis on the rapid growth
of a multitude of computer networks, including the
Internet. It assumes only a very modest familiarity
with basic computer literacy. Students at all levels
who need to learn about computer ethics, the legal
aspects of computing, network security, computer
crime investigation, and biometrics will find this
well-documented work an invaluable resource. The
book is also highly useful for practitioners needing
such insights for their work.
Features
7 Wide-ranging survey of impact of new
technologies on ethical and social issues, written
specifically for undergraduates 7 Thoroughly
revised and expanded new edition
From the contents
History of Computing.- Morality and the Law.Ethics and Ethical Analysis.- Ethics and the
Professions.- Anonymity, Security, Privacy, and
Civil Liberties.- Intellectual Property Rights
and Computer Technology.- Social Context of
Computing.- Software Issues: Risks and Liabilities.- Computer Crimes.- New Frontiers for
Computer Ethics, Artificial Intelligence, Cyberspace, and Virtual Reality.- Cyberspace, Cyberethics and Social Networking.
Fields of interest
Computer Communication Networks
Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet);
Data Encryption; Computers and Society
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
Researchers, graduates, advanced undergraduates
P
Computer Science
springer.com/booksellers
Computer Science
Undergraduates
P
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
Due May 2010
2010. XI, 163 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Journal on Data Semantics, Volume 5880) Softcover
2010. VIII, 626 p. 168 illus.
(Computer Communications and Networks) Hardcover
4th ed. 2010. XX, 450 p. 20 illus.
(Texts in Computer Science) Hardcover
7 $98.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10561-6
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-1-84882-827-8
7 $64.95
ISBN 978-1-84996-037-3
springer.com/librarybooks
A. M. Koster, RWTH Aachen, Germany; X. Muñoz,
Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, Barcelona,
Spain (Eds.)
Graphs and Algorithms in
Communication Networks
Studies in Broadband, Optical, Wireless and
Ad Hoc Networks
Algorithmic discrete mathematics plays a key role
in the development of information and communication technologies, and methods that arise in
computer science, mathematics and operations
research – in particular in algorithms, computational complexity, distributed computing and
optimization – are vital to modern services such as
mobile telephony, online banking and VoIP.
This book examines communication networking
from a mathematical viewpoint. The contributing
authors took part in the European COST action
293 – a four-year program of multidisciplinary
research on this subject. In this book they offer
introductory overviews and state-of-the-art
assessments of current and future research in the
fields of broadband, optical, wireless and ad hoc
networks. Particular topics of interest are design,
optimization, robustness and energy consumption.
Features
7 The most comprehensive book on communication networking from a mathematical viewpoint
From the contents
Part I, Introduction: Mathematical Preliminaries.- Part II, Studies in Broadband and Optical
Networks: Introduction to Broadband and Optical
Networks.- Part III, Studies in Wireless and Ad
Hoc Networks: Introduction to Wireless and Ad
Hoc Networks.
Fields of interest
Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity;
Computer Communication Networks; Communications Engineering, Networks
Computer Science
Springer News 1/2010
R. de Lemos, University of Kent, Canterbury, UK;
J. Fabre, LAAS-CNRS, Toulouse, France; C. Gacek,
Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK;
F. Gadducci, Università di Pisa, Italy; M. ter Beek,
ISTI-CNR, Pisa, Italy (Eds.)
Architecting Dependable
Systems VI
As software systems become increasingly ubiquitous, issues of dependability become ever more
crucial. Given that solutions to these issues must
be considered from the very beginning of the
design process, it is reasonable that dependability
and security are addressed at the architectural
level. This book has originated from an effort to
bring together the research communities of software architectures, dependability and security.
This state-of-the-art survey contains expanded
and peer-reviewed papers based on the carefully
selected contributions to two workshops: the
Workshop on Architecting Dependable Systems
(WADS 2008), organized at the 2008 International
Conference on Dependable Systems and Networks
(DSN 2008), held in Anchorage, Alaska, USA, in
June 2008, and the Third International Workshop
on Views On Designing Complex Architectures
(VODCA 2008) held in Bertinoro, Italy, in August
2008. It also contains invited papers written by
recognized experts in the area.
D. Lu, Y. Pan, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China
Digital Preservation for
Heritages
Technologies and Applications
Digital Preservation for Heritages: Technologies
and Applications provides a comprehensive and
up-to-date coverage of digital technologies in the
area of cultural heritage preservation, including
digitalization, research aiding, conservation aiding,
digital exhibition, and digital utilization. Processes,
technical frameworks, key technologies, as well
as typical systems and applications are discussed
in the book. It is intended for researchers and
students in the fields of computer science and
technology, museology, and archaeology.
Features
7 Provides successful examples of digital conservation and utilization, such as Dunhuang Mogao
Caves, Jinsha site, Liangzhu site, and Hemudu site
7 Supplies almost 200 illustrations
Contents
Software Engineering; Computer Systems Organization and Communication Networks; Special
Purpose and Application-Based Systems
Introduction.- The Bases of Digital Technologies
for Cultural Heritage Preservation.- Digitalization
of Cultural Heritage.- Archaeological Research
Aiding Technologies.- Digitally Aided Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritages.- The
Impact of Digital Technologies on the Exhibition
of Cultural Heritages.- Digital Development and
Utilization of Cultural Heritages’ Information.Applications of Digital Preservation Technologies
for Cultural Heritages.- Summary and Prospect.
Target groups
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
Computer Appl. in Arts and Humanities; Cultural
Heritage
Target groups
Researchers and students in the fields of computer
science and technology, museology, and archaeology
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Computer Science
Computer Science
Due January 2010
41
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
Distribution rights in China: Zhejiang University Press
Jointly published with Zhejiang University Press
2010. XXVIII, 426 p. (Texts in Theoretical Computer
Science. An EATCS Series) Hardcover
2010. XII, 335 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Programming and Software Engineering, Volume 5835)
Softcover
2010. Approx. 220 p. 121 illus. (Advanced Topics in
Science and Technology in China) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02249-4
7 $83.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10247-9
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04861-6
42
Springer News 1/2010
Computer Science
I. Mistrík, Heidelberg, Germany; J. Grundy,
University of Auckland, New Zealand; A. van der
Hoek, University of California, Irvine, CA, USA;
J. Whitehead, University of California, Santa Cruz,
CA, USA (Eds.)
Collaborative Software
Engineering
The editors of this book have assembled an impressive selection of authors, who have contributed
to an authoritative body of work tackling a wide
range of issues in the field of collaborative software
engineering. The resulting volume is divided into
four parts, preceded by a general editorial chapter
providing a more detailed review of the domain
of collaborative software engineering. Part 1 is on
Characterizing Collaborative Software Engineering, Part 2 examines various Tools and Techniques, Part 3 addresses organizational issues, and
finally Part 4 contains four examples of Emerging
Issues in Collaborative Software Engineering.
As such, this book delivers a comprehensive
state-of-the-art overview and empirical results for
researchers in academia and industry in areas like
software process management, empirical software
engineering, and global software development.
Fields of interest
Software Engineering; User Interfaces and Human
Computer Interaction; Management of Computing
and Information Systems
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
D. Mou, Harman Becker Automotive Systems GmbH,
Germany
P. Revesz, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln,
NE, USA
Machine-based Intelligent
Face Recognition
Introduction to Databases
Machine-based Intelligent Face Recognition
discusses the general engineering method of
imitating intelligent human brains for video-based
face recognition in a fundamental way, which is
completely unsupervised, automatic, self-learning,
self-updated and robust. It also overviews stateof-the-art research on cognitive-based biometrics
and machine-based biometrics, and especially the
advances in face recognition.
This book is intended for scientists, researchers,
engineers, and students in the field of computer
vision, machine intelligence, and particularly of
face recognition.
This textbook reveals the workings of numerous
database systems, enabling readers to develop
complex database applications. Students will gain
hands-on experience by following the exercises.
The theory is complemented by detailed examination of specific applications from a broad range of
areas. The text assumes only basic discrete mathematics, linear algebra, and programming knowledge. Features: Provides descriptions of 11 types of
databases, and 2 database systems; Concludes each
chapter with bibliographic notes and exercises;
Examines database design, including issues of
database interoperability, data integration, interpolation and approximation, and prediction and
data mining; Presents course aids at a supporting
website; Covers topics on indexing methods, data
visualization, the safety of queries, general evaluation algorithms, the efficient implementation of
evaluation algorithms, and the complexity of the
evaluation of different types of queries; Structured
to allow for flexible course design.
Features
7 Discusses the general engineering methods for
imitating intelligent human brains for video-based
face recognition that is completely unsupervised,
self-adaptive and robust 7 All cues are combined
together
Contents
1 Introduction.- 2 Survey on Biometric Recognition, Face Detection and Face Recognition.- 3
Combined Face Detection and Tracking Methods.4 Automatic Face Recognition.- 5 Unsupervised
Face Database Constructions.- 6 State Machine
Based Automatic Procedure.- 8 Performance
Analysis.- 9 Conclusions and Future Directions.References.
Fields of interest
Biometrics; Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern
Recognition and Graphics; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Institutions and researchers in computer vision
and machine intelligence and learning
Discount group
P
From Biological to Spatio-Temporal
Features
7 Provides a comprehensive coverage of the field
of databases
From the contents
Data Models, Queries, Evaluation.- Propositional
Databases.- Relational Databases.- Constraint
Databases.- Temporal Databases.- Geographic
Databases.- Moving Objects Databases.- Image
Databases.- Constraint Objects Databases.Genome Databases.- Set Databases.- Constraint
Deductive Databases.- The MLPQ System.- The
DISCO System.- Database Design.- Interoperability.- Data Integration.- Interpolation and
Approximation.- Prediction and Data Mining.Indexing.- Data Visualization.
Fields of interest
Database Management; Artificial Intelligence (incl.
Robotics); Programming Techniques
Target groups
Advanced undergraduates, graduate students,
practitioners
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Due March 2010
Computer Science
Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Higher Education Press
2010. X, 470 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. 70 illus., 12 in color. Hardcover
2010. XVIII, 746 p. 173 illus. (Texts in Computer Science)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10293-6
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-00750-7
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-094-6
springer.com/librarybooks
Computer Science
Springer News 1/2010
G. Schalk, Wadsworth Centre, New York State
Department of Health, New York, NY, USA;
J. Mellinger, Institute of Medical Psychology &
Behavioural Neurobiology, University of Tübingen,
Germany
M. Chang (Ed.)
Introduction to BrainComputer Interfacing Using
BCI2000
Editors-in-chief: Z. Pan, A. D. Cheok, W. Müller
This practical guide to successful Brain-Computer
Interface (BCI) experiments, uses the generalpurpose software platform BCI2000. It provides
comprehensive introductory and intermediate
concepts of all relevant aspects pertaining to
common BCI experiments.
Opening with a general introduction to the
principles of BCI operation, brain signal acquisition using different types of sensors, BCI signal
processing (including common feature extraction and feature translation methods), and device
output, this general introduction to BCI research
is followed by an introduction to the BCI2000
software platform, including a step-by step tour
and step-by-step tutorials for using BCI2000 with
sensorimotor rhythms and P300 evoked potentials.
Advanced concepts are discussed and a programming reference and exercises included. There
is a section for frequently asked questions and
technical references.
Features
7 Only very few books have been published on
Brain-Computer Interfacing, they are of mostly
academic nature whereas this book is introductory,
and contains tutorials and BCI2000 software
From the contents
Transactions on
Edutainment III
This journal subline serves as a forum for
stimulating and disseminating innovative research
ideas, theories, emerging technologies, empirical
investigations, state-of-the-art methods, and tools
in all different genres of edutainment, such as
game-based learning and serious games, interactive storytelling, virtual learning environments,
VR-based education, and related fields. It covers
aspects from educational and game theories,
human-computer interaction, computer graphics,
artificial intelligence, and systems design.
The third volume in this series contains a selection
of 12 outstanding contributions from Edutainment 2009, the 4th International Conference on
E-Learning and Games, held in Canada in August
2009. The main focus of these papers is on the
use of games to stimulate learners. In addition,
10 regular papers are included, presenting a wide
range of edutainment tools and applications.
Fields of interest
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction;
Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information
Systems Applications (incl.Internet)
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
43
Transactions on Petri Nets
and Other Models of
Concurrency III
Editor-in-chief: K. Jensen,
Guest editors: J. Billington, M. Koutny
ToPNoC contains: revised versions of a selection
of the best papers from workshops and tutorials at
the annual Petri net conferences, special sections/
issues within particular subareas (similar to those
published in the Advances in Petri Nets series),
other papers invited for publication in ToPNoC,
papers submitted directly to ToPNoC by their
authors.
The third volume of ToPNoC contains revised and
extended versions of a selection of the best papers
from the workshops held at the 29th International
Conference on Application and Theory of Petri
Nets and Other Models of Concurrency and
from the 8th and 9th Workshops and Tutorials
on Practical Use of Coloured Petri Nets and the
CPN Tools. The 10 papers provide good coverage
of a diverse range of topics including workflow
systems, network protocols, mobility, intelligent
transport systems, the state explosion problem,
Petri net synthesis and the p-calculus. The volume
offers a good mixture of theory, tools and practical
applications related to concurrency.
Fields of interest
Models and Principles; Software Engineering;
Programming Techniques
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
Part I User Guide. Brain-Computer Interfaces
(BCIs). Brain Sensors and Signals. Introducing
BCI2000. Tour of BCI2000. User Tutorials.
Advanced Usage. Programming Reference.
Exercises. Frequently Asked Questions.- Part II
Technical Reference. Core Modules.
P
Fields of interest
User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction;
Models and Principles; Computer Appl. in Social
and Behavioral Sciences
Target groups
Researchers, graduates, lecturers
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Computer Science
Due February 2010
Computer Science
Due January 2010
2010. XVIII, 255 p. Hardcover
2010. X, 275 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Transactions on Edutainment, Volume 5940) Softcover
2010. XVII, 275 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Transactions on Petri Nets and Other Models of Concurrency, Volume 5800) Softcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-1-84996-091-5
7 $98.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11244-7
7 $98.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04854-8
44
Springer News 1/2010
Computer Science
Transactions on
Computational Science VI
Editors-in-chief: M. Gavrilova, University of Calgary,
Canada; C. K. Tan, Exascala Ltd., Birmingham, UK
This volume of the LNCS journal Transactions
on Computational Science addresses researchers
and practitioners in areas ranging from aerospace
to biochemistry, from electronics to geosciences, from mathematics to software architecture,
presenting verifiable computational methods, findings and solutions and enabling industrial users to
apply techniques of leading-edge, large-scale, high
performance computational methods.
The sixth volume of the Transactions on Computational Science journal contains the thoroughly
refereed best papers selected from the International Conference on Computational Science
and Its Applications, ICCSA 2008. All 21 papers
included in the issue have been significantly
revised and extended following the event. The
journal has been divided into two parts. The 11
papers in Part 1 are devoted to the theme of information systems and communications and the 10
papers in Part 2 focus on geographical analysis and
geometric modeling.
Fields of interest
Information Storage and Retrieval; Geographical
Information Systems/Cartography; Data Mining
and Knowledge Discovery
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
I. M. Verbauwhede, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven,
Belgium (Ed.)
J. A. Vince
On any advanced integrated circuit or “system-onchip” there is a need for security. In many applications the actual implementation has become the
weakest link in security rather than the algorithms
or protocols. The purpose of the book is to give the
integrated circuits and systems designer an insight
into the basics of security and cryptography from
the implementation point of view. As a designer
of integrated circuits and systems it is important
to know both the state-of-the-art attacks as well
as the countermeasures. Optimizing for security
is different from optimizations for speed, area,
or power consumption. It is therefore difficult to
attain the delicate balance between the extra cost
of security measures and the added benefits.
John Vince explains a wide range of mathematical
techniques and problem-solving strategies associated with computer games, computer animation,
virtual reality, CAD, and other areas of computer
graphics.
Covering all the mathematical techniques
required to resolve geometric problems and design
computer programs for computer graphic applications, each chapter explores a specific mathematical topic prior to moving forward into the more
advanced areas of matrix transforms, 3D curves
and surface patches. Problem-solving techniques
using vector analysis and geometric algebra are
also discussed.
All the key areas are covered including: Numbers,
Algebra, Trigonometry, Coordinate geometry,
Transforms, Vectors, Curves and surfaces, Barycentric coordinates, Analytic geometry.
Plus – and unusually in a student textbook –
a chapter on geometric algebra is included.
Introduction to the
Secure Integrated Circuits and Mathematics for Computer
Systems
Graphics
Features
7 Fills a gap between the crypto community and
the designers of integrated circuits and systems
7 Gives insight into the basics of security and
cryptography from the implementation viewpoint
7 Addresses side-channel attacks that can occur
due to weak implementation
From the contents
Section 1: Introduction.- Introduction to Cryptography. Side Channel Attacks: Introduction. Side
Channel Attacks: Advanced Attacks. Intrusive
Attacks.- Section 2: Security Modules and Primitives. Public-Key Crypto Implementations. Secret
Key Crypto Implementations. Hash Functions.
Random Number Generators for Integrated
Circuits and FPGAs. PUFs: Physically Unclonable
Devices. Secure Memories.- Section 3: Design
Methods for Security. Secure Design Methodology
and the Tree of Trust. The Side-Channel Attack
Toolbox. Side-Channel Resistant Circuit Styles and
Associated IC Design Flow.
Contents
Mathematics.- Numbers.- Algebra.- Trigonometry.- Cartesian Coordinates.- Vectors.Transforms.- Interpolation.- Curves and
Patches.- Analytical Geometry.- Barycentric Coordinates.- Geometric Algebra.- Worked Examples.Conclusion.
Fields of interest
Computer Graphics
Target groups
Undergraduates, graduates
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Special Purpose and Application-Based Systems;
Circuits and Systems; Systems and Data Security
Target groups
Integrated circuit or embedded systems designers
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Due January 2010
Computer Science
Computer Science
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 381 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /
Transactions on Computational Science, Volume 5730)
Softcover
2010. Approx. 260 p. 92 illus.
(Integrated Circuits and Systems) Hardcover
3rd ed. 2010. XVI, 304 p. (Undergraduate Topics in
Computer Science) Softcover
7 $113.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10648-4
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-0-387-71827-9
7 $42.95
ISBN 978-1-84996-022-9
springer.com/librarybooks
J. O. Wallgrün, Universität Bremen, Germany
Hierarchical Voronoi Graphs
Spatial Representation and Reasoning for
Mobile Robots
Voronoi graphs and their hierarchical extensions have become a widely used tool for deriving
abstract spatial representations from environmental data. They are currently being studied and
applied in several subfields of computer science
such as AI and robotics, computational geometry,
and geoinformatics.
This book investigates the application of hierarchical Voronoi graphs for the internal spatial
memory of a mobile robot, focusing on the robot
mapping problem of deriving the correct representation from uncertain data. The author develops
and illustrates several fundamental techniques
for constructing hierarchical Voronoi graph
representations, employing a broad set of methods
ranging from spatial abstraction approaches to
graph matching, search, and qualitative spatial
reasoning. It is further shown how the developed
tools can be combined to form an overall robot
mapping system.
Features
7 The author focuses on a particular kind of topological representation of space, the hierarchical
annotated generalized Voronoi graph
Contents
Introduction.- Robot Mapping.- Voronoi-Based
Spatial Representations.- Simplification and Hierarchical Voronoi Graph Construction.- Voronoi
Graph Matching for Data Association.- Global
Mapping: Minimal Route Graph Models Under
Spatial Constraints.- Experimental Evaluation.Conclusions and Outlook.- App. A, Mapping as
Probabilistic State Estimation.- App. B, Qualitative
Spatial Reasoning.- References.
Fields of interest
Robotics and Automation; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Springer News 1/2010
45
B. Wang, Nanyang Technological University,
Singapore
I. M. Weber, University of New South Wales, Sydney,
NSW, Australia
Coverage Control in Sensor
Networks
Semantic Methods for
Execution-level Business
Process Modeling
This easy-to-read text focuses on challenges in
coverage control in sensor networks, examines
fundamental coverage problems, and presents
the most recent advances and techniques in
the field. Features: provides an introduction to
sensors, sensor nodes, sensor networks, and sensor
coverage models; supplies an informal definition
and taxonomy for network-wide coverage control;
explores the node placement optimization problem
for coverage configuration before network deployment; investigates the coverage lifetime maximization problem by controlling coverage characteristics in a randomly deployed network; discusses
the critical sensor-density problem for coverage
configuration before network deployment; examines the sensor-activity scheduling problem of
controlling network coverage characteristics in a
randomly deployed network; introduces the node
movement strategy problem for sensor networks
containing mobile nodes; presents the challenges
of building intrusion barriers and finding penetration paths.
Features
Modeling Support Through Process
Verification and Service Composition
Ingo Weber develops new approaches for the rapid
development and flexible adaption of business
processes, which are often the main requirements
in today’s IT support for enterprises. Key issues
covered by his work are the automatic composition of processes out of predefined components
and the verification of specific process properties.
His research aims at quickly creating executable process models, which orchestrate the usage
of Web services. He investigates how process
modelers can be supported by semantic technologies, e.g., by semantically enriched process models
or annotated Web services, and puts special
emphasis on expressiveness and scalability.
Fields of interest
Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet);
Information Systems; Artificial Intelligence (incl.
Robotics)
7 This practical, concise, yet comprehensive text
is the first to inspect the diverse coverage problems
in distributed/wireless sensor networks
Target groups
Contents
P
Part I: Introduction. Introduction. Sensor
Coverage Model. Network Coverage Control.Part II Target Coverage Problems. Node Placement Optimization. Coverage Lifetime Maximization.- Part III Area Coverage Problems. Critical
Sensor Density. Sensor Activity Scheduling. Node
Movement Strategy.- Part IV Barrier Coverage
Problems. Build Intrusion Barriers. Find Penetration Paths.
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
Fields of interest
Computer Communication Networks
Target groups
Researchers, graduate students
Discount group
P
Engineering
Computer Science
Computer Science
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
2010. XX, 220 p. Hardcover
2010. XVI, 222 p. 79 illus. (Computer Communications
and Networks) Hardcover
2010. XII, 292 p. (Lecture Notes in Business Information
Processing, Volume 40) Softcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10302-5
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-058-8
7 $83.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05084-8
Due January 2010
46
Computer Science
G. Zeng, Shanghai Jiaotong University, Shanghai,
China
Quantum Private
Communication
Quantum Private Communication covers the
fundamentals of the areas of secure communication, quantum cryptography, quantum communication, and their physical implementation with
applications. The book appears in a timely manner
for an emerging field at the crossroad of classic
private communication and quantum physics.
Graduate students and scientists alike in communication engineering, computer science, electronic
engineering, physics and mathematics will benefit
from the book.
Features
7 Comprehensive and systematical framework for
QPC 7 Combination of QPC and classic private
communication 7 Combination of science and
engineering
Contents
1. Fundament.- 2. Quantum bits.- 3. Model for
Quantum Communication.- 4. Quantum Key
distributions.- 5. Quantum Cryptosystem.6. Quantum Authentication.- 7. QPC with discrete
variables qubits.- 8. QPC with continuous variables
qubits.- 9. QPC in practical communication
systems.
Fields of interest
Computer Science, general; Communications
Engineering, Networks; Electrical Engineering
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in computer
science, communication engineering, electronic
engineering, physics and mathematics
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Due March 2010
Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press
Jointly published with Higher Education Press
2010. Approx. 380 p. 95 illus. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-03295-0
Springer News 1/2010
springer.com/booksellers
springer.com/librarybooks
C. Boyadjiev, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Sofia,
Bulgaria
Theoretical Chemical
Engineering
Modeling & Simulation
This survey presents the theoretical methods of
chemical engineering for modeling and simulation
of industrial processes. On this base it is possible
to formulate correct experimental conditions and
to understand rightly the experimental results.
The book uses the mechanics of continuous media
approach for modeling of the simple processes as
hydrodynamic processes, mass and heat transfer
processes. The theory of the scalar, vector and
tensor fields permit to create the basic equations and boundary conditions. The problems
of rheology, turbulence, turbulent diffusion and
turbulent mass transfer are examined too.
The book incorporates a lot of fundamental
knowledge, but it is assumed that the readers are
familiar with the mathematics at engineering level
and that they thought some special topics in usual
university courses. It includes examples at the end
of all chapters using the author’s investigations.
Therefore, it is highly valuable for scientists as well
as graduate and PhD students.
Features
7 Presents the theoretical methods of chemical
engineering for modeling and simulation of industrial processes 7 Enables the reader to formulate
correct experimental conditions and to understand
rightly the experimental results 7 Incorporates a
lot of fundamental knowledge
Contents
Introduction.- Part 1: Modeling Construction
Problems.- Part 2: Theoretical Analysis of Models.Part 3: Calculation Problems.- Part 4: Chemical
Plant Systems.
Fields of interest
Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering; Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer
P. Cársky, Institute of Physical Chemistry, Prague,
Czech Republic; J. Paldus, University of Waterloo, ON,
Canada; J. Pittner, Institute of Physical Chemistry,
Prague, Czech Republic (Eds.)
Recent Progress in Coupled
Cluster Methods
Theory and Applications
The coupled cluster method represents one of the
most successful and often used approaches to a
quantum-theoretical determination of atomic,
molecular, and solid state electronic structure and
properties. These methods are relevant to a broad
spectrum of disciplines ranging from astrophysics
to pharmacology.
“Recent Progress in Coupled Cluster Methods”
provides an excellent overview of status quo and
future trends in coupled cluster methodology
which will enable both researchers and students
to become acquainted with recent progress in this
area of continuing intense activity. Each of the 22
chapters has been prepared by eminent practitioners in this field of endeavor and emphasizes the
fundamental aspects as well as related methodology.
This book provides a useful source of reference for
both researchers in chemistry, molecular physics
and molecular biology and practitioners working
in these fields. It is also recommendable to people
using related software packages.
Features
7 A powerful reference for those researchers who
actively participate in the development of quantum
chemical computational methods 7 Provides a
rigourous and yet accessible treatment of CCT to
all types of users of quantum chemical software
of computational chemistry and physics, material
science, nanotechnology, and drug design
This book, together with The Periodic Table
DVD, provides an introduction to the transition
metals, examining the behavior of the metals and
their aqueous ions and complexes. The first four
chapters provide an introduction to the transition
metals, coordination chemistry, stereochemistry
and isomerisms and ligands. The fifth chapter
introduces the d orbitals in transition metal
complexes and then moves on to crystal-field
theory. Finally in the last chapter, the disparate
properties of magnetism, spectra and bonding
are brought together with one unifying theory, in
molecular orbital theory.
Contents
Introduction to the transition metals.- Thermodynamic stability.- Coordination chemistry.- The
stability of coordination compounds.- Crystal-field
theory.- Molecular orbital theory of transitionmetal complexes.- The Periodic Table DVD.
Field of interest
Inorganic Chemistry
Target groups
College, higher education
Discount group
P
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
P
Concepts in Transition Metal
Chemistry
Theoretical and Computational Chemistry
Scientists as well as graduate and PhD students
P
Due January 2010
Only available in print
Distribution rights outside North and South America:
Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK
Chemistry and Materials Science
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due February 2010
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 600 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 650 p. (Challenges and Advances in
Computational Chemistry and Physics, Volume 11)
Hardcover
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10777-1
7 approx. $249.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2884-6
47
E. Crabb, E. Moore, L. E. Smart, The Open University,
Milton Keynes, UK
Fields of interest
Computational chemists, molecular biologists, molecular physicists, scientists developing
quantum chemical computational methods, users
of quantum chemical software
Target groups
Chemistry
Springer News 1/2010
Jointly published with The Open University, Milton
Keynes, UK
2010. Approx. 140 p. With DVD. Hardcover
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-1-84973-062-4
Also available as Softcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-1-84973-060-0
48
Springer News 1/2010
Chemistry
E. Crabb, E. Moore, The Open University, Milton
Keynes, UK
F. H. Frimmel, University of Karlsruhe; R. Nießner,
Technical University Munich, (Eds.)
Metals and Life
Nanoparticles in the Water
Cycle
The books covers how organisms acquire metals,
their transport and storage, illustrated by such
diverse examples as iron in the human body, and
structures such as shells and teeth. The volume
contains In-text questions with answers, full colour
diagrams and revision exercises on an associated
website www.rsc.org/metalsandlife.
Properties, Analysis and Environmental
Relevance
Inorganic Chemistry; Biochemistry, general
As nanotechnology enters everyday life, engineered nanoparticles (ENP) will find their way
into nature, including surface and groundwater.
Here, distinguished experts of water chemistry
present dedicated methods for the analysis of
nanoparticles in the aquatic environment, their
distribution and fate. This includes the influence of
complex matrices such as wastewater, brown water
with natural organic matter (NOM), and high salt
concentrations as well as available and future standardized methods. The background of geogenic,
natural nanoparticles is considered in a discussion of known environmental effects, including
strategies to test for potential effects on human and
environmental health.
Target groups
Features
Contents
Preface.- Introduction.- Ligands and biological
significance.- Metal uptake – increasing the solubility of iron.- Metal transport.- Metal storage.Biomineralisation.- The role of metal-containing
proteins in biological processes.- Some key
biological processes.- Metals in medicine.- References.
Fields of interest
College, higher education
Discount group
P
Erich Hückel (1896 –1980)
From Physics to Quantum Chemistry
This study, the first comprehensive account of
Erich Hückel’s career, examines his scientific work
as well as his importance for the emergence of
quantum chemistry as an independent discipline
in Germany during the 1930s. Hückel began his
career by studying quantum physics in Göttingen,
but his background in chemistry led him to take
up pioneering research on the physics of chemical
bonding.
Drawing on a variety of sources, Andreas Karachalios offers a probing account of fast-breaking
developments in quantum theory that paved
the way for Hückel’s research. In Göttingen and
later in Leipzig, Hückel interacted with leading
figures not only in quantum physics and physical
chemistry but also with others in nearby fields,
including organic chemistry and mathematics.
Features
7 First comprehensive account of Erich Hückel’s
career and work 7 Insight in the start of the
field of quantum chemistry 7 Study of Hückel’s
private correspondence and personal files from
Marburg and the Rockefeller Archive Center
From the contents
From the contents
Fields of interest
Monitoring/Environmental Analysis; Nanotechnology; Geochemistry
Target groups
Only available in print
A. Karachalios, Mainz University, Germany
7 The first book to present dedicated methods
for the analysis of nanoparticles in the aquatic
environment 7 Also covers environmental effects
of nanoparticles in surface and groundwater
Introducing the “nano-World”.- Nanoparticles
Acting as Condensation Nuclei - Link between
Atmosphere und Groundwater Quality.- Nanoparticles in Groundwater - Occurrence and Applications.- Composition and Transport Behavior
of Soil Nanocolloids in Natural Porous Media.Removal of Organic and Inorganic Pollutants and
Pathogens from Wastewater and Drinking Water
Using Nanoparticles.- Adsorption/Desorption
Behaviour of Charged Polymer Nanoparticles on a
Mineral Surface in an Aqueous Environment.
Due January 2010
springer.com/booksellers
Acknowledgments; Introduction.- 1 Erich Hückel’s
Education and Scientific Awakening: The Path to
Quantum Chemistry.- 2 Erich Hückel’s Research
Agenda during the 1930s: Underpinning Organic
Chemistry with Quantum Theory.3 The Controversy between Erich Hückel and
Linus Pauling over the Benzene Problem.- 4 Linus
Pauling’s Breakthrough to the Theory of Aromatic
Compounds and Hückel’s Reaction.- 5 Hückel’s
Efforts to Disseminate His Theory and Its Reception.- 6 Hückel’s Professional Career in National
Socialist Germany.- 7 The Postwar Years.
Fields of interest
Chemistry/Food Science, general; Philosophy of
Science; Physical Chemistry
Researchers, legislators and postgraduates in water
protection and related environmental subjects,
development and product design in industry
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
P
Physical chemists, philosophers of chemistry,
philosophers of science
P
Distribution rights outside North and South America:
Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK
Jointly published with The Open University, Milton
Keynes, UK
2010. Approx. 225 p. Hardcover
Earth and Environmental Science
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due March 2010
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-1-84973-061-7
Due February 2010
Also available as Softcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. 60 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Boston Studies in the Philosophy
of Science, Volume 283) Hardcover
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-1-84973-059-4
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10317-9
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3559-2
springer.com/librarybooks
S. S. Nielsen, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN,
USA (Ed.)
Food Analysis
This book provides information on the techniques
needed to analyze foods in laboratory experiments. All topics covered include information
on the basic principles, procedures, advantages,
limitations, and applications. This book is ideal
for undergraduate courses in food analysis and is
also an invaluable reference to professionals in the
food industry. General information is provided on
regulations, standards, labeling, sampling and data
handling as background for chapters on specific
methods to determine the chemical composition
and characteristics of foods. Large, expanded
sections on spectroscopy and chromatography also
are included. Other methods and instrumentation
such as thermal analysis, ion-selective electrodes,
enzymes, and immunoassays are covered from the
perspective of their use in the analysis of foods. A
website with related teaching materials is accessible to instructors who adopt the textbook.
From the contents
Part I. General Information. 1. Introduction to
Food Analysis. 2. United States Government
Regulations and International Standards Related to
Food Analysis. 3. Nutrition Labeling. 4. Evaluation
of Analytical Data. 5. Sampling and Sample Preparation.- Part II. Compositional Analysis of Foods.
6. Moisture and Total Solids Analysis.
7. Ash Analysis. 8. Fat Analysis. 9. Protein
Analysis. 10. Carbohydrate Analysis. 11. Vitamin
Analysis. 12. Mineral Analysis.- Part II. Chemical
Properties and Characteristics of Foods. 13. pH
and Titratable Acidity. 14. Fat Characterization.
15. Protein Separation and Characterization
Procedures. 16. Application of Enzymes in Food
Analysis. 17. Immunoassays. 18. Analysis of Food
Contaminants, Residues and Chemical Constituents of Concern. 19. Analysis for Extraneous
Matter. 20. Determination of Oxygen Demand.Part IV. Spectroscopy.
Fields of interest
Food Science; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical
Engineering
Target groups
Students
Chemistry
Springer News 1/2010
Structure and Bonding
Editorial board: P. Day, X. Duan, L. Gade, G. Parkin,
J. Sauvage, K. R. Poeppelmeier,
Series editor: D. Mingos
Volume 136
G. Parkin, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA
(Ed.)
Metal-Metal Bonding
John Berry: Metal-Metal Bonds in Chains of
Three or More Metal Atoms: From Homometallic
to Heterometallic Chains.- Malcolm Chisholm:
Electronically Coupled MM Quadruple Bonded
Complexes of Molybdenum and Tungsten.- Philip
Power: Transition Metal Complexes Stabilized
by Bulky Terphenyl Ligands: Applications to
Metal–Metal Bonded Compounds.- Gerard Parkin:
Metal–Metal Bonding in Bridging Hydride and
Alkyl Compounds.- Roland Fischer and Gernot
Frenking: Structure and Bonding of Metal Rich
Coordination Compounds Containing Low Valent
Ga(I) and Zn(I) Ligands.- Mike Hill: Homocatenation of Metal and Metalloid Main Group
Elements.- Constandinos A. Tsipis: Aromaticity/
Antiaromaticity in “Bare” and ‘‘Ligand-Stabilized’’
Rings of Metal Atoms.- Alexander Boldyrev: AllTransition Metal Aromaticity and Antiaromaticity.
Features
7 This series presents critical reviews of the
present position and future trends in modern
chemical research concerned with chemical structure and bonding 7 Short and concise reports,
each written by the world's renowned experts
7 Still valid and useful after 5 or 10 years
7 More information as well as the electronic
version of the whole content available at:
springerlink.com
Topics in Organometallic
Chemistry
Series editors: M. Beller, J. M. Brown, P. H. Dixneuf,
A. Fürstner, L. Hegedus, P. Hofmann, T. Ikariya,
L. A. Oro, M. Reetz, Q. Zhou
Volume 29
A. J. Lees, University Binghamton, NY, USA (Ed.)
Photophysics of
Organometallics
Arvind Kumar, Shih-Sheng Sun, and Alistair
J. Lees: Photophysics and Photochemistry of
Organometallic Rhenium Diimine Complexes;
Conor Long: Photophysics of CO Loss from
Simple Metal Carbonyl Complexes; Antonín
Vlcek Jr: Ultrafast Excited-State Processes in Re(I)
Carbonyl-Diimine Complexes: From Excitation to
Photochemistry; Kenneth Kam-Wing Lo: Exploitation of Luminescent Organometallic Rhenium(I)
and Iridium(III) Complexes in Biological Studies;
Maria L. Muro , Aaron A. Rachford , Xianghuai Wang, and Felix N. Castellano: Platinum
II Acetylide Photophysics; Andreas F. Rausch,
Herbert H. H. Homeier, and Hartmut Yersin:
Organometallic Pt(II) and Ir(III) Triplet Emitters
for OLED Applications and the Role of Spin–Orbit
Coupling: A Study Based on High-Resolution
Optical Spectroscopy.
Features
Inorganic Chemistry
7 Each volume of Topics in Organometallic
Chemistry provides the broad scientific readership with a comprehensive summary and critical
overview of a specific topic in organometallic
chemistry 7 Research in this rapidly developing
transdisciplinary field is having profound influence
on other areas of scientific investigation, ranging
from catalytic organic synthesis to biology, medicine and material science
Target groups
Fields of interest
Field of interest
Scientists and practitioners in inorganic chemistry
Discount group
P
Organometallic Chemistry ; Physical Chemistry;
Laser Technology, Photonics
Target groups
Academic and industrial researchers in organometallics, photochemistry and photophysics, organic
chemistry, and inorganic chemistry
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due January 2010
49
Chemistry and Materials Science
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due March 2010
Due January 2010
4th ed. 2010. Approx. 550 p. 271 illus.
(Food Science Texts Series) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 240 p. Hardcover
2010. VIII, 210 p. Hardcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1477-4
7 approx. $249.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05242-2
7 $249.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04728-2
50
Springer News 1/2010
Chemistry
Topics in Organometallic
Chemistry
Series editors: M. Beller, J. M. Brown, P. H. Dixneuf,
A. Fürstner, L. Hegedus, P. Hofmann, T. Ikariya,
L. A. Oro, M. Reetz, Q. Zhou
Volume 30
R. Chauvin, Y. Canac, Université Paul Sabatier,
Toulouse, France (Eds.)
Transition Metal Complexes of
Neutral eta1-Carbon Ligands
Yves Canac and Remi Chauvin: Neutral eta1carbon ligands: beyond carbon monoxide; Esteban
P. Urriolabeitia: Ylide Ligands; Wolfgang Petz
and Gernot Frenking: Carbodiphosphoranes and
related ligands; Mareike C. Jahnke and F. Ekkehardt Hahn: Chemistry of N-Heterocyclic Carbene
Ligands; Tsuyoshi Kato, Eddy Maerten, Antoine
Baceiredo: Non-NHCs stable singlet carbene
ligands; Victorio Cadierno, Sergio E. GarcíaGarrido: All-Carbon-Substituted Allenylidene
and Related Cumulenylidene Ligands; Victorio
Cadierno, Sergio E. García-Garrido: HeteroatomConjugated Allenylidene and Related Cumulenylidene Ligands.
Features
7 Each volume of Topics in Organometallic
Chemistry provides the broad scientific readership with a comprehensive summary and critical
overview of a specific topic in organometallic
chemistry 7 Research in this rapidly developing
transdisciplinary field is having profound influence
on other areas of scientific investigation, ranging
from catalytic organic synthesis to biology, medicine and material science
P. Wareing, Leatherhead Food International,
Leatherhead, UK
HACCP
A Toolkit for Implementation
This book is an updated version of the 2007
‘HACCP: a Toolkit for Implementation’ book
which provided an outline of the HACCP principles and guidance for completing a HACCP
study. (HACCP is Hazard Analysis and Critical
Control Points: a system which identifies, evaluates
and controls hazards which are significant for food
safety.
The new book will update the basic information
and provide new case studies with increased depth.
Some consideration to the format has been given
and an improvement will be boxes throughout the
text with examples of good and bad points/ways to
carry out the study. A unique feature of this book
is the accompanying website, hosted by LFI, which
will hold pdfs of pages to aid implementation of
the plans.
Contents
Preparation for HACCP.- Conducting the Study HACCP Principles.- Implementation and Maintenance of the HACCP Plan.
Fields of interest
Food Science; Biotechnology; Quality Control,
Reliability, Safety and Risk
Target groups
Professional and scholarly
Discount group
springer.com/booksellers
R. P. Wayne, A. M. Holloway, University of Oxford, UK
Atmospheric Chemistry
This book provides undergraduate readers with
a basic knowledge of the chemistry of the Earth’s
atmosphere and an understanding of the role that
chemical transformations play in this vital part of
our environment. The composition of the ‘natural’
atmosphere are described in terms of the physical
and chemical cycles that govern the behavior of
the major and the many minor species present
and consider the atmospheric lifetimes of those
species. An extension of these ideas leads to a
discussion of the impacts of Man’s activities on the
atmosphere, and to an understanding of some of
the most important environmental ‘issues’ of our
time.
Contents
Introduction.- Physics of the atmosphere.- Sources
and Sinks of Atmospheric Species.- Observations
and models.- Ozone.- Cyclic processes.- Life and
the atmosphere.- Chemistry in the atmosphere.The stratosphere.- Airglow, aurora and ions.- Man’s
adverse influences on the atmosphere.
Fields of interest
Environmental Chemistry; Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollution; Environmental Engineering/Biotechnology
Target groups
Undergraduate students
Discount group
P
P
Fields of interest
Organometallic Chemistry; Organic Chemistry;
Medicinal Chemistry
Target groups
Researchers in organometallic and organic chemistry as well as medicinal chemistry
Discount group
P
Due June 2010
Only available in print
Earth and Environmental Science
Distribution rights outside North and South America:
Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK
Due April 2010
Due March 2010
Jointly published with Leatherhead Food International,
Leatherhead, UK
Distribution rights outside North and South America:
Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK
2010. X, 270 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 80 p. Softcover
2010. 288 p. Hardcover
7 $299.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04721-3
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-84973-048-8
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-1-84755-807-7
Chemistry and Materials Science
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
M. Zhao, L. Song, Jilin University, Changchun, China;
X. Fan, Tesna Plasma Systems Inc., Sherbrooke, QC,
Canada
The Boundary Theory
of Phase Diagrams and
Its Application
Rules for Phase Diagram Construction with
Phase Regions and Their Boundaries
The Boundary Theory of Phase Diagrams and Its
Application -- Rules for Phase Diagram Construction with Phase Regions and Their Boundaries
presents a novel theory of phase diagrams. Thoroughly revised on the basis of the Chinese edition
and rigorously reviewed, this book inspects the
general feature and structure of phase diagrams,
and reveals that there exist actually two categories
of boundaries. This innovative boundary theory
has solved many difficulties in understanding
phase diagrams, and also finds its application in
constructing multi-component phase diagrams
or in calculating high-pressure phase diagrams.
Researchers and engineers as well as graduate
students in the areas of chemistry, metallurgy and
materials science will benefit from this book.
Prof. Muyu Zhao was the recipient of the 1998
Prize for Progress in Science and Technology
(for his work on the boundary theory of phase
diagrams) awarded by the National Commission of
Education, China, and many other prizes.
Features
7 Develops and explains an innovative theory on
the fundamental features and rules of construction
of phase diagrams 7 Delivers a new approach
to inspect phase diagrams by examining the
relationships among the phase regions and their
boundaries
Fields of interest
Physical Chemistry; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials; Metallic Materials
Target groups
Researchers and engineers as well as graduate
students in the areas of chemistry, metallurgy and
materials science
Discount group
P
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due March 2010
Distribution rights in China: Science Press.
Jointly published with Science Press.
2010. Approx. 300 p. 63 illus., 3 in color. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02939-4
Chemistry
51
52
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
E. d. Aguiar, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburg,
PA, USA
Animation and Performance
Capture Using Digitized
Models
The realistic generation of virtual doubles of
real-world actors has been the focus of computer
graphics research for many years. However, some
problems still remain unsolved: it is still timeconsuming to generate character animations using
the traditional skeleton-based pipeline, passive
performance capture of human actors wearing
arbitrary everyday apparel is still challenging,
and until now, there is only a limited amount of
techniques for processing and modifying mesh
animations, in contrast to the huge amount of
skeleton-based techniques. In this thesis, we
propose algorithmic solutions to each of these
problems. First, two efficient mesh-based alternatives to simplify the overall character animation
process are proposed. Although abandoning the
concept of a kinematic skeleton, both techniques
can be directly integrated in the traditional
pipeline, generating animations with realistic body
deformations.
S. I. Ahmed, Kapik Integration, Toronto, ON, Canada
Pipelined ADC Design and
Enhancement Techniques
Pipelined ADCs have seen phenomenal improvements in performance over the last few years. As
pipelined ADCs are key circuit blocks in a wide
variety of applications such as video processing
and high speed communication, when designing
a pipelined ADC a clear understanding of the
tradeoffs as well as state of the art techniques used
to implement today’s high performance low power
ADCs is required.
Features
7 Based on award winning and practical works
published at ISSCC and ESSCIRC. The fact that
the ideas discussed in the book have already been
vetted by a high calibre peer- review ensure the
reader will be getting premium content
7 Discusses many approaches used to enable very
low power consumption; an area of interest for
'green' electronics
Contents
springer.com/booksellers
G. A. Anastassiou, The University of Memphis,
Memphis, TN, USA
Fuzzy Mathematics:
Approximation Theory
This monograph belongs to the broader area of
Fuzzy Mathematics and it is the first one in Fuzzy
Approximation Theory. The chapters are selfcontained with lots of applications to teach several
advanced courses and the topics covered are very
diverse. An extensive background of Fuzziness
and Fuzzy Real Analysis is given. The author
covers Fuzzy Differentiation and Integration
Theory followed by Fuzzy Ostrowski inequalities.
Then results on classical algebraic and trigonometric polynomial Fuzzy Approximation are
presented. The author develops a complete theory
of convergence with rates of Fuzzy Positive linear
operators to Fuzzy unit operator, the so-called
Fuzzy Korovkin Theory. The related Fuzzy Global
Smoothness is included. Then follows the study of
Fuzzy Wavelet type operators and their convergence with rates to Fuzzy unit operator. Similarly
the Fuzzy Neural Network Operators are discussed
followed by Fuzzy Random Korovkin approximation theory and Fuzzy Random Neural Network
approximations.
Computer Graphics; Computer Imaging, Vision,
Pattern Recognition and Graphics; Image
Processing and Computer Vision
Chapter 1: Introduction.- SECTION I: PIPELINED
ADC DESIGN. Chapter 2: ADC Architectures.
Chapter 3: Pipelined ADC Architecture Overview.
Chapter 4: Scaling Power with Sampling rate in
an ADC. Chapter 5: State of the art Pipelined
ADC Design.- SECTION II: PIPELINED ADC
ENHANCEMENT TECHNIQUES. Chapter 6:
Rapid calibration of DAC and gain errors in a
multi-bit pipeline stage. Chapter 7: A Power Scalable and Low Power Pipelined ADC. Chapter 8:
A sub-sampling ADC with embedded sample-andhold. Chapter 9: A capacitive charge pump based
low power pipelined ADC. Chapter 10: Summary.References. Index.
Target groups
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Processor Architectures
About H-Fuzzy Differentiation.- On Fuzzy Taylor
Formulae.- Fuzzy Ostrowski Inequalities.A Fuzzy Trigonometric Approximation Theorem
of Weierstrass-Type.- On Best Approximation and
Jackson-Type Estimates By Generalized Fuzzy
Polynomi-Als.- Basic Fuzzy Korovkin Theory.Fuzzy Trigonometric Korovkin Theory.- Fuzzy
Global Smoothness Preservation.
Discount group
Target groups
Fields of interest
Features
7 First book on the subject of Performance
Capture 7 The overall system is detailed in steps
which helps the implementation 7 Includes
an updated review of the most related work in
the area 7 Shows the whole pipeline from data
capture to rendering the final result
Fields of interest
Scientists at universities, professionals
P
Researchers and graduate level students in the field
of circuit design and data converters, graduate
students/researchers in electronics looking for
a tutorial reference and reference design to help
them with their projects. Similarly professional IC
designers who are looking for a reference to help
them with their designs
7 Introductory book to Fuzzy Mathematics
7 The State of the art of Approximation theory
and Fuzzy Mathematics
From the contents
Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics); Probability Theory and Stochastic
Processes
Target groups
Engineers, researchers, and students in fuzziness,
mathematics and soft computing
Discount group
Discount group
Engineering
Engineering
P
Computer Science
Features
P
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
2010. XVI, 170 p. (Cognitive Systems Monographs,
Volume 5) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Analog Circuits and Signal
Processing) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 440 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft
Computing, Volume 251) Hardcover
7 $109.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10315-5
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8651-8
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11219-5
springer.com/librarybooks
D. Antolovic, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN,
USA
T. Bajd, M. Mihelj, J. Lenarcic, A. Stanovnik,
M. Munih, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia
Radiolocation in Ubiquitous
Wireless Communication
Robotics
The subject of the book is application of multiantenna radiolocation to the environment of
fast, ubiquitous wireless communication among
portable devices. It is a systematic presentation of
the author’s research and development in the field,
within the 802.11b standard, while explaining the
general principles and exploring applications to
other standards and situations. The purpose is to
fill a gap in the current technical literature and
present the issues involved in locating mobile wireless network agents, in a single volume, accessible
to system designers and other practitioners in the
wireless field.
This supplementary introductory tutorial treats
the following subjects: the basic characteristics
of industrial robot mechanisms; the pose and
movement of an object, which are described by
homogenous transformation matrices; a geometric
model of robot mechanism; a short introduction
into kinematics and dynamics of robots; robot
sensors and the planning of robot trajectories;
basic control schemes resulting in either desired
end-effector trajectory or force; robot grippers and
feeding devices, which are described together with
the basics of robot vision; the planning of robot
assembly; and finally, robot standards and safety
are briefly dealt with. The book concludes with a
glossary in English, French and German.
Features
Features
7 Description of a real-time, single-packet radiolocation methodology 7 Detailed description
of the architecture of two generations of working
prototypes 7 Analysis of extensions and generalizations of this methodology to other applications
Contents
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
Physical Principles of Radio Communication.- Radiolocation with Multiple Directional
Antennas.- Forming the Radio Image with
Multiple Antennas.- Radiolocator Design- HighFrequency Front End.- Radiolocator DesignPower Measurement and Digital Data Path.- Application to Wireless Networking – Tracking Sources
in Real Time.- Application to Wireless Networking
–Adaptive Response.- Engineering Aspects of the
Transceiver Design.- Wider Application of Radiolocation in Digital Wireless Communication.
7 Major feature of the book is its simplicity
7 No book on this topic exists at this level
7 The work contains a glossary in English, French
and German
Fields of interest
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Manufacturing, Machines,
Tools
Target groups
Students of engineering (electrical, mechanical,
computer, civil) and engineers who wish to acquire
knowledge of robotics in a simple and fast manner
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Communications Engineering, Networks;
Computer Communication Networks; Signal,
Image and Speech Processing
M. Bangash, London, UK
Earthquake Resistant
Buildings
Dynamic Analyses, Numerical Computations,
Codified Methods, Case Studies and
Examples
This concise work provides a general introduction
to the design of buildings which must be resistant
to the effect of earthquakes. A major part of this
design involves the building structure which has
a primary role in preventing serious damage or
structural collapse. Much of the material presented
in this book examines building structures. Due
to the recent discovery of vertical components,
examines not only the resistance to lateral forces
but also analysis the disastrous influence of vertical
components.
The work is written for Practicing Civil, Structural,
and Mechanical Engineers, Seismologists and
Geoscientists. It serves as a knowledge source for
graduate students and their instructors.
Features
7 This is the first comprehensive introduction
into earthquake resistant design and construction
of buildings, providing the reader with a plan of
the most important topics – starting from the soil
analysis to the anchorage of tall buildungs
7 Particular attention is pay to vertical movement
– the most dangerous and destructive motion
7 Many design examples and case studies are
included
Contents
Introduction into Earthquake and General
Introduction into Structural Dynamics.- Geotechnics and Earthquakes.- Building Codes.- Design
Analysis of Low and Medium Rise Buildings.Testing.- Seismic Analysis and Design of Tall
Buildings and Components.- New Technology:
Preveting Damages of Buildings.
Fields of interest
Target groups
Building Construction, HVAC, Refrigeration; Civil
Engineering; Structural Mechanics
System design engineers and experts in wireless
network management and security
Target groups
Discount group
All persons dealing with design and construction
of buildings: professionals, researchers, students
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Due January 2010
53
Due March 2010
Engineering
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. 84 illus. Hardcover
2010. VIII, 156 p. (Intelligent Systems, Control and
Automation: Science and Engineering, Volume 43)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1631-0
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-90-481-3775-6
7 approx. $409.00
ISBN 978-3-540-93817-0
2010. I, 900 p. Hardcover
54
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
springer.com/booksellers
J. R. Barber, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI,
USA
A. C. Beck Fl., L. Carro, UFRGS, Porto Alegre, RS,
Brazil
Elasticity
Dynamic Reconfigurable
Elastomere Friction
Architectures and Transparent Theory, Experiment and Simulation
Optimization Techniques
This is a first year graduate textbook in Linear
Elasticity. It has been written with the practical engineering reader in mind, with minimal
previous knowledge of solid mechanics,
continuum mechanics or mathetics required.
Emphasis is placed on engineering applications
of elasticity and examples are genearally worked
through to final expressions for the stress and
displacement fields in order to explore the enigeering consequesnces of the results.
Now in its third edition, detailed improvements
occur throughout the work, some suggested
by users of earlier editions. The range of topics
treated has been expanded to include, for example,
complex variable methods, variational methods
and three-dimensional plate and beam solutions.
The work contains chapters on antiplane stress
systems, Saint-Venant torsion and bending and an
expanded section on three-dimensional problems
in spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems,
including axisymmetric torsion of bars of nonuniform circular cross-section.
Features
7 Expansion of topics to include more on
complex variable methods, variational methods
and three-dimensional plate and beam solutions 7 Additional end-of-chapter problems
7 Detailed improvements elsewhere, some
suggested by users of the earlier editions
7 Modern treatment of the subject 7 Clarity of
presentation 7 Supplementary electronic files in
Mathematica and Maple available for download
Fields of interest
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Analysis; Applications of Mathematics
Target groups
Graduate classes in elasticity, scientists in solid
mechanics
Discount group
P
Automatic Acceleration of Software
Execution
Dynamic Reconfigurable Architectures and
Transparent Optimization Techniques presents a
detailed study on new techniques to cope with the
aforementioned limitations. First, characteristics
of reconfigurable systems are discussed in details,
and a large number of case studies is shown.
Then, a detailed analysis of several benchmarks
demonstrates that such architectures need to attack
a diverse range of applications with very different
behaviours, besides supporting code compatibility.
This requires the used of dynamic optimization
techniques, such as Binary Translation and Trace
reuse. Finally, works that combine both reconfigurable systems and dynamic techniques are
discussed and a quantitative analysis of one them,
the DIM architecture, is presented.
Features
7 Provides a clear review of static and dynamic
architecture optimization strategies in the field
of reconfigurable computing 7 Shows the
importance of dynamic mechanism to accelerate heterogeneous code 7 Demonstrates how
different dynamic techniques can be combined in
a single architecture that can accelerate heterogeneous code
D. Besdo, B. Heimann, M. Klüppel, M. Kröger,
P. Wriggers, U. Nackenhorst
Features
7 Presents recent research in elastomere friction
Contents
Modelling of Dry andWet Friction of Silica Filled
Elastomers on Self-Affine Road Surfaces.- Micromechanics of Internal Friction of Filler Reinforced Elastomers.- Multi-Scale Approach for
Frictional Contact of Elastomers on Rough Rigid
Surfaces.- Thermal Effects and Dissipation in a
Model of Rubber Phenomenology.- Finite Element
Techniques for Rolling RubberWheels.- Simulation
and Experimental Investigations of the Dynamic
Interaction between Tyre Tread Block and Road.Micro Texture Characterization and Prognosis of
the Maximum Traction between Grosch Wheel
and Asphalt Surfaces underWet Conditions.
Fields of interest
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Mechanics; Polymer Sciences
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in applied and
computational mechanics
Discount group
P
Contents
1. Introduction.- 2. Reconfigurable Systems.- 3.
Deployment of Reconfigurable Systems.- 4.
Dynamic Optimization Techniques.- 5. Dynamic
Detection and Reconfiguration.- 6. The DIM
Reconfigurable System.- 7. Conclusions and Future
Trends.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Processor Architectures
Target groups
Researchers in the field of reconfigurable
computing, senior year undergraduate students
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due February 2010
Engineering
Due March 2010
Engineering
Due March 2010
3rd ed. 2010. XIX, 534 p. (Solid Mechanics and Its
Applications, Volume 172) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 225 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. (Lecture Notes in Applied and
Computational Mechanics, Volume 51) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3808-1
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3912-5
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10656-9
springer.com/librarybooks
B. Bouchon-Meunier, L. Magdalena,
M. Ojeda-Aciego, J. Verdegay, R. R. Yager (Eds.)
Foundations of Reasoning
under Uncertainty
This volume draws on papers presented at the
2008 Conference on Information Processing
and Management of Uncertainty (IPMU), held
in Málaga, Spain, organized by the University of
Málaga. The conference brought together some
of the world’s leading experts in the study of
uncertainty.
Features
7 State of the art of Uncertainty Rerearch
7 Outcome of the 2008 Conference on Information Processing and Management of Uncertainty
(IPMU) in Málaga,Spain
Contents
Linear Fuzzy Regression Using Trapezoidal
Fuzzy Intervals.- Fundamentals for Design and
Construction of a Fuzzy Random Forest.- Mining
Exception Rules.- Degrees of Truth, Ill-known Sets
and Contradiction.- Algorithms for Trapezoidal
Approximations of Fuzzy Numbers Preserving
the Expected Interval.- Possibilistic Similarity
Measures.- Efficient Thresholded Tabulation for
Fuzzy Query Answering.- Linguistic Summaries of
Time Series: on Some Additional Data Independent Quality Criteria.- PreferenceModelling
Using the Level-Dependent Choquet Integral with
Respect to Lukasiewicz Filters.- On Obtaining
Majority Rules Through Mixture Operators.- Belief
Function Correction Mechanisms.- A Comparison
of Conditional Coherence Concepts for Finite
Spaces.- On Evidential Markov Chains.
Fields of interest
Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in fuzziness
Discount group
P
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
D. Bradley, D. W. Russell (Eds.)
Mechatronics in Action
Case Studies in Mechatronics Education and
Applications
Mechatronics in Action’s case-study approach
provides the most effective means of illustrating
how mechatronics can make products and systems
more flexible, more responsive and possess higher
levels of functionality than would otherwise
be possible. The series of case studies serves to
illustrate how a mechatronic approach has been
used to achieve enhanced performance through
the transfer of functionality from the mechanical
domain to electronics and software.
Educationally, case-based learning forms an
important part of mechatronics course design and
Mechatronics in Action not only provides readers
with access to a range of case studies, and the
experts’ view of these, but also offers case studies
in course design and development to support
tutors in making the best and most effective use of
the technical coverage provided.
Features
7 Provides course tutors and students with access
to a range of mechatronics case studies, and the
experts’ view of these, as well as case studies of
course design and development
From the contents
Consumption to Contribution: Sustainable Technological Development Through Innovation.- The
“Revolution”: A Small Company Revived.A Mechatronic Design Process and its Application.- A Mechatronic Design of a Circular Warp
Knitting Machine.- Mechatronics and the Motor
Car.- Multi-Mode Operations Marine Robotic
Vehicle - A Mechatronics Case Study.- Wireless
Communication Technology for Modular Mechatronic Controllers.- The Utility Function Method
for Behaviour Selection in Autonomous Robots.Force Sensing in Medical Robotics.
Fields of interest
Engineering Design; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Automotive Engineering
P. Brox, I. Castillo, S. S. Solano, Instituto de
Microelectrónica de Sevilla (CNM-CSIC), Sevilla, Spain
Fuzzy Logic-Based Algorithms
for Video De-Interlacing
This book is organized in five chapters. In Chapter
1, some basic concepts are explained to completely
understand the contribution of the algorithms
developed in this research work. The evaluation
of how motion is present and how it influences on
de-interlacing is studied in Chapter 2. The design
options of the proposed fuzzy motion-adaptive
de-interlacing algorithm is studied in Chapter 3.
A spatial interpolator that adapts the interpolation
to the presence of edges in a fuzzy way is developed in Chapter 4. A temporal interpolator that
adapts the strategy of the interpolation to possible
repetition of areas of fields is presented in Chapter
5. Using both interpolators in the fuzzy motionadaptive algorithm described in Chapter 3 clearly
improves the de-interlaced results.
Features
7 State of the art of fuzzy logic-based algorithms
for video de-interlacing
Contents
Basic Concepts.- Fuzzy Motion-Adaptive Algorithm for Video De-interlacing.- Design Options
of the Fuzzy Motion-Adaptive Algorithm.- Fuzzy
Motion-Adaptive De-interlacing with Edge-Adaptive Spatial Interpolation.- Fuzzy Motion-Adaptive
De-interlacing with Smart Temporal Interpolation.
Fields of interest
Computational Intelligence; Image Processing and
Computer Vision; Communications Engineering,
Networks
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in soft
computing, digital video processing
Discount group
P
Target groups
Students at both undergraduate and masters level,
course tutors and developers, practising designers
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due February 2010
Engineering
Due March 2010
55
Engineering
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft
Computing, Volume 249) Hardcover
2010. XIV, 259 p. 108 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 210 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft
Computing, Volume 246) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10726-9
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-079-3
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10694-1
56
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
M. Buehler, iRobot Corporation, Bedford, MA, USA;
K. Iagnemma, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA, USA; S. Singh, Carnegie
Mellon, Pittsburgh, PA, USA (Eds.)
The DARPA Urban Challenge
Autonomous Vehicles in City Traffic
This volume, edited by Martin Buehler, Karl
Iagnemma and Sanjiv Singh, presents a unique and
comprehensive collection of the scientific results
obtained by finalist teams that participated in
the DARPA Urban Challenge in November 2007,
in the mock city environment of the George Air
Force base in Victorville, California. This book is
the companion of a previous volume by the same
editors which was devoted to the Grand Challenge,
which took place in the Nevada desert during
October 2005, and was the second in the series
of autonomous vehicle races sponsored by DARPA.
The Urban Challenge demonstrated how cuttingedge perception, control, and motion planning
techniques can allow intelligent autonomous
vehicles not only to travel significant distances
in off-road terrain, but also to operate in urban
scenarios.
Features
7 Original papers of all the important participants of the famous DARPA Urban Challenge
7 A "must have" for robotics researchers and
students 7 Describes the state of the art in
perception, planning and control of robots
From the contents
Stanley: The Robot That Won the DARPA Grand
Challenge.- A Robust Approach to High-Speed
Navigation for Unrehearsed Desert Terrain.KAT-5: Robust Systems for Autonomous Vehicle
Navigation in Challenging and Unknown Terrain.The TerraMax Autonomous Vehicle.- Virginia
Tech’s Twin Contenders: A Comparative Study of
Reactive and Deliberative Navigation.
Fields of interest
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Machinery and Machine
Elements
Target groups
B. Cao, Guangzhou University, Guangdong, China
Optimal Models and Methods
with Fuzzy Quantities
The book contains ten chapters as follows, Prepare
Knowledge, Regression and Self-regression Models
with Fuzzy Coefficients; Regression and Selfregression Models with Fuzzy Variables, Fuzzy
Input/output Model, Fuzzy Cluster Analysis and
Fuzzy Recognition, Fuzzy Linear Programming,
Fuzzy Geometric Programming, Fuzzy Relative
Equation and Its Optimizing, Interval and Fuzzy
Differential Equations and Interval and Fuzzy
Functional and Their Variation.
It can not only be used as teaching materials or
reference books for under-graduates in higher
education, master graduates and doctor graduates
in the courses of applied mathematics, computer
science, artificial intelligence, fuzzy information
process and automation, operations research,
system science and engineering, and the like, but
also serves as a reference book for researchers in
these fields, particularly, for researchers in soft
science.
springer.com/booksellers
G. Chesi, University of Hong Kong, Pokfulam Road,
Hong Kong; K. Hashimoto, Tohoku University,
Sendai, Japan. (Eds.)
Visual Servoing via Advanced
Numerical Methods
7 Studies optimized model with fuzzy quantities
The text of Visual Servoing via Advanced Numerical Methods has its roots in an invited session
presented at the IEEE International Conference on
Robotics and Automation at Kobe in May 2009.
The work presented here has been much expanded
and gives a comprehensive overview of the state
of the art in this important area of robotics. The
latest contributions from well-known experts in
visual servoing provide the reader with solutions
to the fundamental and specific problems that have
to be solved in using camera-derived feedback to
control robotic motion and make it imitative of the
actions of human beings. These solutions are based
on dedicated numerical methods the development
of which has been facilitated by recent progress in
video devices, computer hardware and optimisation techniques. The book is organised into three
parts reflecting: the uses of image processing and
computer vision; control, optimal and robust
control; and stability, performance and robustness
analysis in visual servoing.
Contents
Features
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Features
Prepare Knowledge.- Regression and Self-regression Models with Fuzzy Coefficients.- Regression
and Self-regression Models with Fuzzy Variables.Fuzzy Input/output Model.-Fuzzy Cluster Analysis
and Fuzzy Recognition.- Fuzzy Linear Programming.- Fuzzy Geometric Programming.- Fuzzy
Relative Equation and Its Optimizing.- Interval
and Fuzzy Differential Equations.- Interval and
Fuzzy Functional and Their Variation.
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Engineers, researchers, and students in fuzziness
Discount group
P
7 Provides readers with extensive research in
important method of robotic sensing and control
7 Results reported in the text are supported by
video and other on-line material 7 Takes account
of the most recent developments in video and
computer technology 7 Facilitates the construction of robots which interact with the environment
in more human-like ways – reducing the need for
specially designed environments
Control; Image Processing and Computer Vision;
Signal, Image and Speech Processing
Academic researchers in control, robotics and
computer vision; industrial practitioners working
with robotic systems; libraries
Discount group
Researchers, graduate students and professionals
in robotics
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Due March 2010
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
2010. XXXVI, 626 p. (Springer Tracts in Advanced
Robotics, Volume 56) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft
Computing, Volume 248) Hardcover
2010. XXVI, 422 p. 458 illus., 209 in color. With online
files/update. (Lecture Notes in Control and Information
Sciences Vol. 403) Softcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-03990-4
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10710-8
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-088-5
springer.com/librarybooks
C. A. Coello Coello, CINVESTAV-IPN, Mexico City,
Mexico; C. Dhaenens, L. Jourdan, INRIA/LIFL/CNRS,
Villeneuve d’Ascq, France (Eds.)
Advances in Multi-Objective
Nature Inspired Computing
The purpose of this book is to collect contributions that deal with the use of nature inspired
metaheuristics for solving multi-objective
combinatorial optimization problems. Such a
collection intends to provide an overview of the
state-of-the-art developments in this field, with the
aim of motivating more researchers in operations
research, engineering, and computer science, to
do research in this area. This book will constitute a
valuable reference for those wishing to do research
on the use of nature inspiredmetaheuristics for
solving multi-objective combinatorial optimization
problems, since that has been the main goal of this
book.
Features
7 Recent research in multi-objective nature
inspired computing
Contents
Multi-Objective Combinatorial Optimization: Problematic and Context.- Approximating
Pareto-Optimal Sets Using Diversity Strategies in
EvolutionaryMulti-Objective Optimization.- On
the Velocity Update in Multi-objective Particle
Swarm Optimizers.- Approaching Dynamic
Multi-objective Optimization Problems by Using
Parallel Evolutionary Algorithms.- ParadisEOMOEO: A Software Framework for Evolutionary
Multi-objective Optimization.- The Multiobjective
Traveling Salesman Problem: A Survey and a New
Approach.- On the Performance of Local Search
for the Biobjective Traveling Salesman Problem.A Bi-objectiveMetaheuristic for Disaster Relief
Operation Planning.
Fields of interest
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, natural computing
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
I. Cohen, Technion, Israel Inst of Technology, Haifa,
Israel; J. Benesty, Univ. Québec, INRS, QC, Canada;
S. Gannot, Bar-Ilan University School of Engineering,
Ramat-Gan, Israel (Eds.)
Speech Processing in Modern
Communication
Challenges and Perspectives
Modern communication devices, such as mobile
phones, teleconferencing systems, VoIP, etc., are
often used in noisy and reverberant environments.
Therefore, signals picked up by the microphones
from telecommunication devices contain not
only the desired near-end speech signal, but
also interferences such as the background noise,
far-end echoes produced by the loudspeaker,
and reverberations of the desired source. These
interferences degrade the fidelity and intelligibility of the near-end speech in human-to-human
telecommunications and decrease the performance
of human-to-machine interfaces (i.e., automatic
speech recognition systems).
The proposed book deals with the fundamental
challenges of speech processing in modern
communication, including speech enhancement,
interference suppression, acoustic echo cancellation, relative transfer function identification,
source localization, dereverberation, and beamforming in reverberant environments.
Features
7 Delivers timely overview of the fundamental
challenges in modern speech communication
systems 7 Provides concise insights into recent
research topics
57
P. Colinet, A. Nepomnyashchy, Technion-Israel
Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel (Eds.)
Pattern Formation at Interfaces
The book deals with modern methods of nonlinear
stability theory applied to problems of continuous
media mechanics in the presence of interfaces,
with applications to materials science, chemical
engineering, heat transfer technologies, as well
as in combustion and other reaction-diffusion
systems. Interfaces play a dominant role at small
scales, and their correct modeling is therefore also
crucial in the rapidly expanding fields of microfluidics and nanotechnologies. To this aim, the book
combines contributions of eminent specialists in
the field, with a special emphasis on rigorous and
predictive approaches. Other goals of this volume
are to allow the reader to identify key problems
of high scientific value, and to see the similarity
between a variety of seemingly different physical
problems.
Fields of interest
Engineering Fluid Dynamics
Target groups
Graduate students and experienced researchers
in physics, chemistry, engineering and applied
mathematics
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Signal, Image and Speech Processing; User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Acoustics
Target groups
Engineers, researchers, and graduate students who
work on speech processing for communication
applications.
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Due March 2010
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 195 p. (Studies in Computational
Intelligence, Volume 272) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. (Springer Topics in Signal
Processing, Volume 3) Hardcover
2010. VIII, 304 p. 113 illus. (CISM International Centre for
Mechanical Sciences, Number 513) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11217-1
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11129-7
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-7091-0124-7
58
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
R. David, H. Alla, Laboratoire d’Automatique de
Grenoble, St Martin D’Heres, France
Discrete, Continuous, and
Hybrid Petri Nets
Petri Nets were introduced and still successfully
used to analyze and model discrete event systems
especially in engineering and computer sciences
such as in automatic control.
Recently this discrete Petri Nets formalism was
successfully extended to continuous and hybrid
systems. This monograph presents a well written
and clearly organized introduction in the standard
methods of Petri Nets with the aim to reach an
accurate understanding of continuous and hybrid
Petri Nets, while preserving the consistency of
basic concepts throughout the book. The book is a
monograph as well as a didactic tool which is easy
to understand due to many simple solved examples
and detailed figures. In its second completely
reworked edition various sections, concepts and
recently developed algorithms are added as well
and additional examples/exercises.
Features
7 Scientific monograph as well as a didactic
tutorial by the pioneers of continuous and hybrid
petri nets 7 In its 2nd completely overworked
edition 7 Well structured, incl. various exercises
and solutions in one book 7 The second edition
provides various additional sections, concepts
and recently developed algorithms and additional
examples/exercises
B. Dhillon, University of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
Mine Safety
A Modern Approach
Mine Safety combines detailed information on
safety in mining with methods and mathematics
that can be used to preserve human life.
By compiling various recent research results and
data into one volume, Mine Safety eliminates the
need to consult many diverse sources in order to
obtain vital information. Chapters cover a broad
range of topics, including: human factors and error
in mine safety, mining equipment safety, safety in
offshore industry and programmable electronic
mining system safety.
They are written in such a manner that the reader
requires no previous knowledge to understand
their contents. Examples and solutions are given at
appropriate places, and there are numerous problems to test the reader’s comprehension.
Mine Safety will prove useful for many individuals,
including engineering and safety professionals
working in the mining industry, researchers,
instructors, and undergraduate and graduate
students in the field of mining engineering.
Features
7 Gathers diverse information on mine safety
into one volume 7 Provides a comprehensive
coverage of topics on mine safety, requiring no
prior knowledge
From the contents
Bases of Petri Nets.- Properties of Petri Nets.Non-Autonomous Petri Nets.- Autonomous
Continuous and Hybrid Petri Nets.-Timed
Continuous Petri Nets.- Timed Hybrid Petri Nets.Hybrid Petri Nets with Speeds Depending on the
C-Marking.
Safety Mathematics and Basics.- Safety Management.- Safety Analysis Methods and Indexes.Global Mine Accidents.- Human Factors and
Error in Mine Safety.- Mining Equipment Safety.Electrical Accidents in Mines and Programmable
Electronic Mining System Safety.- Gas-Related,
Fire, and Blasting Accidents in Mines and Methods
for Determining Mine Atmosphere Status.- Safety
in Offshore Industry.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
Contents
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Computational
Intelligence; Mathematical Logic and Formal
Languages
Engineers, researchers and graduated students
in control engineering, systems engineering and
computer science
P
Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk;
Mineral Resources; Mathematical Modeling and
Mathematics in Industry
Engineers, safety professionals, advanced undergraduate students, postgraduate students and
researchers
P
springer.com/booksellers
A. Dolgui, Ecole Nationale Supérieure des Mines de
Saint-Etienne, France; J. M. Proth, INRIA-Lorraine,
Metz, France
Supply Chain Engineering
Useful Methods and Techniques
Supply Chain Engineering considers how modern
production and operations management techniques
can respond to the pressures of the competitive
global marketplace. It presents a comprehensive analysis of concepts and models related to
outsourcing, dynamic pricing, inventory management, RFID, and flexible and re-configurable
manufacturing systems, as well as real-time assignment and scheduling processes. A significant part is
also devoted to lean manufacturing, line balancing,
facility layout and warehousing techniques. Explanations are based on examples and detailed algorithms while discarding complex and unnecessary
theoretical minutiae. All examples have been carefully selected from an industrial application angle.
This book is written for students and professors in
industrial and systems engineering, management
science, operations management and business. It is
also an informative reference for managers looking
to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of their
production systems.
Features
7 The first comprehensive analysis of concepts
and models in production systems management to
consider a broad perspective covering outsourcing
strategies and dynamic pricing policies
Fields of interest
Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics,
Marketing; Operations Research/Decision Theory;
Facility Management
Target groups
Researchers working in operational research
for reconfigurable and lean production systems,
assembly line design and balancing, dynamic
facility layout, RFID in supply chain management,
dynamic scheduling, outsourcing, and dynamic
pricing; academic tutors of management science,
operations management and business, PhD
students studying production and operational
research topics; undergraduate and postgraduate
students in industrial and systems engineering,
industrial engineering and operational research,
mechanical and industrial engineering, as well as
students in MBA programs
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due March 2010
Engineering
Due June 2010
Engineering
Due February 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 570 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 310 p. 29 illus. (Springer Series in
Reliability Engineering) Hardcover
2010. XX, 539 p. 149 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10668-2
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-114-1
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-016-8
springer.com/librarybooks
Z. Dong, P. Zhang, J. Ma, J. Zhao, M. Ali, K. Meng,
X. Yin
Emerging Techniques in
Power System Analysis
“Emerging Techniques in Power System Analysis”
identifies the new challenges facing the power
industry following the deregulation. The book
presents emerging techniques including data
mining, grid computing, probabilistic methods,
phasor measurement unit (PMU) and how to
apply those techniques to solving the technical
challenges.
The book is intended for engineers and managers
in the power industry, as well as power engineering
researchers and graduate students.
Zhaoyang Dong is an associate professor at the
Department of Electrical Engineering, The Hong
Kong Polytechnic University, China. Pei Zhang is
program manager at the Electric Power Research
Institute (EPRI), USA.
Features
7 An up-to-date reference for power engineering
professionals 7 Offers new solutions for the
power industry 7 Discusses emerging techniques
not covered elsewhere
Contents
Introduction.- Fundamentals of Emerging
Techniques.- Data Mining Techniques and Its
Application in Power Industry.- Grid Computing.Probabilistic vs. Deterministic Power System
Stability and Reliability Assessment.- Phasor
Measurement Unit and Its Application in Modern
Power Systems.- Conclusions and Future Trends in
Emerging Techniques.
Fields of interest
Power Engineering; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics
Target groups
Engineers and managers in the power industry, as
well as researchers and graduate students in power
engineering
Discount group
P
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
C. Duan, Mitsubishi Electronics Research
Laboratories, Cambridge, MA, USA; B. J. LaMeres,
Montana State University, Bozeman, MT, USA;
S. P. Khatri, Texas A&M University, College Station,
TX, USA
On and Off-Chip Crosstalk
Avoidance in VLSI Design
Deep Sub-Micron (DSM) processes present
many changes to Very Large Scale Integration
(VLSI) circuit designers. One of the greatest
challenges is crosstalk, which becomes significant
with shrinking feature sizes of VLSI fabrication
processes. The presence of crosstalk greatly limits
the speed and increases the power consumption of
the IC design.
This book focuses on crosstalk avoidance with bus
encoding, one of the techniques that selectively
mitigates the impact of crosstalk and improves
the speed and power consumption of the bus
interconnect. This technique encodes data before
transmission over the bus to avoid certain undesirable crosstalk conditions and thereby improve the
bus speed and/or energy consumption.
Features
7 Presents a novel way to combine chip and
package design, reducing cross-talk so that VLSI
systems can be designed to operate significantly
faster 7 Provides a comprehensive set of bus
cross-talk cancellation techniques, both memoryless and memory-based
From the contents
Introduction on On-Chip Crosstalk Avoidance.
Preliminaries to On-Chip Crosstalk. Memoryless
Crosstalk Avoidance Codes. CODEC Designs for
Memoryless Crosstalk Avoidance Codes. Memorybased Crosstalk Avoidance Codes. Multi-valued
Logic Crosstalk Avoidance Codes.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design
Target groups
Researchers and practitioners in embedded
systems, electronic design automation concerned
with hardware acceleration of EDA algorithms,
especially with FPGAs and GPUs
Discount group
P
59
J. W. Eerkens, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO,
USA
The Nuclear Imperative
A Critical Look at the Approaching Energy
Crisis
(More Physics for Presidents)
In this well documented global wake-up call,
nuclear physicist Jeff Eerkens explores remedies for
the impending energy crisis, when oil and natural
gas are depleted. Because burning coal worsens
the problem of global warming, alternate energy
sources must be instituted. The Nuclear Imperative demonstrates with scientific documentation
that solar, wind, and biomass power alone, while
helpful, are incapable of supplying and sustaining
the enormous quantities of electricity and heat
needed for manufacturing portable synthetic fuels
(synfuels) to replace our current use of fossil fuels.
Instead, it offers a fresh look at uranium-produced
energy as the optimal affordable solution.
Features
7 Very timely in view of current increased fuel
prices and power outages 7 Defuses common
myths about nuclear energy 7 Exposes limitations of presently popular solar and wind energies
7 Uses scientific documentation to back up arguments 7 Second updated edition
From the contents
Preface to the 2nd edition.- preface to the 1st
edition.- 1. introduction.- 2. nuclear fables
and facts.- 3. energy consumption and energy
resources on planet earth.- 4. renewable energy
sources and their limitations.- 5. portable energy
and propulsion technologies.- 6. coal and nuclear
power generation.
Fields of interest
Renewable Energy Sources; Nuclear Engineering;
Environmental Management
Target groups
Those concerned about energy and fuel shortages working in engineering, physics, chemistry,
economics, agriculture, geopolitics, international
law, radiation safety, and sociology; environmentalists
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due February 2010
Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press
Engineering
Engineering
Due March 2010
Jointly published with Higher Education Press
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. 67 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. 300 illus. Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. IV, 196 p. (Topics in Safety, Risk, Reliability
and Quality, Volume 16) Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04281-2
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0946-6
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8666-2
60
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
E. Gaura, Coventry University, Coventry, UK; L. Girod,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge,
MA, USA; J. Busey, M. Allen, Coventry University,
Coventry, UK (Eds.)
C. H. Gebotys, University of Waterloo, ON, Canada
Wireless Sensor Networks:
Deployments and Design
Frameworks
less communications and other systems today,
it is expected to become increasingly important
and widespread in many embedded devices. For
some time, typical embedded system designers
have been dealing with tremendous challenges in
performance, power, price and reliability. However
now they must additionally deal with definition
of security requirements, security design and
implementation. Given the limited number of
security engineers in the market, large background
of cryptography with which these standards are
based upon, and difficulty of ensuring the implementation will also be secure from attacks, security
design remains a challenge. This book provides the
foundations for understanding embedded security
design, outlining various aspects of security in
devices ranging from typical wireless devices such
as PDAs through to contactless smartcards to
satellites.
Wireless Sensor Networks: Real-Life Deployments and Design Frameworks brings together the
most successful, current deployments of Wireless
Sensor Networks (WSNs) including but not limited
to specific WSN applications to generic isuses
covering practical design, implementation and
deployment. Chapters cover design frameworks,
availablel software and hardware techniques as
well as system components and guidelines towards
rapid development and deployment of WSN
applications.
Features
7 Brings together successful Wireless Sensor
Networks deployments within a generic design/
development framework 7 Provides a design
framework for rapid development of Wireless
Network Systems that is easy to understand and
apply 7 Provides practical hints and guides
to available technology choices in a structured
manner 7 Provides formal routes to rapid design
and deployment and evaluation of Wireless Sensor
Network applications
From the contents
WSN state of the art: the practical and theoretical
divide.- Habitat monitoring with WSNs.- Soil
sensing systems and dealing with missing data.Deployed high data rate sensing applications with
wavescope.- WSN for safety critical applications.Monitoring glaciers.- Speckles: implementing the
smart dust vision.- GridStix: supporting flood
prediction.- Design framework for rapid WSN
development and deployment.
Fields of interest
Communications Engineering, Networks; Signal,
Image and Speech Processing; Computer Communication Networks
Target groups
Practicing engineers in the networking, sensors,
communications area, inerested in implementing
and deploying wireless sensor networks
Discount group
P
Engineering
springer.com/booksellers
Z. W. Geem, Rockville, MD, USA
Security in Embedded Devices Recent Advances In Harmony
Search Algorithm
Although security is prevalent in PCs, wire-
Features
7 Provides must-have content for both security engineers and embedded systems designers
7 Describes numerous case studies, including
contactless smartcards, PDA security, and satellite
security, illustrating various aspects of secure,
embedded design
Contents
Where Security Began.- Introduction to Secure
Embedded Systems.- The Key.- Using Keys.Elliptic Curve Protocols.- Symmetric Key
Protocols Including Ciphers.- Data Integrity and
Message Authentication.- Side Channel Attacks on
the Embedded System.- Countermeasures.- Reliable Security Systems.- Summary, Standards and
Ongoing Efforts.
Fields of interest
Nowadays, music-inspired phenomenonmimicking harmony search algorithm is fast
growing with many applications. One of key
success factors of the algorithm is the employment
of a novel stochastic derivative which can be used
even for discrete variables. Instead of traditional
calculus-based gradient, the algorithm utilizes
musician’s experience as a derivative in searching
for an optimal solution. This can be a new paradigm and main reason in the successes of various
applications.
The goal of this book is to introduce major
advances of the harmony search algorithm in
recent years. The book contains 14 chapters with
the following subjects: State-of-the-art in the
harmony search algorithm structure; robotics
(robot terrain and manipulator trajectory); visual
tracking; web text data mining; power flow planning; fuzzy control system; hybridization (with
Taguchi method or SQP method); groundwater
management; irrigation ; logistics; timetabling; and
bioinformatics (RNA structure prediction).
Features
7 Puts together for the recent advances of
harmony search algorithms
From the contents
State-of-the-Art in the Structure of Harmony
Search Algorithm.- Harmony Search Optimization
Algorithm: Application to a Reconfigurable Mobile
Robot Prototype.- Optimal Trajectory of Robot
Manipulator Using Harmony Search Algorithms.Visual Tracking Using Harmony Search.- Web Text
Mining Using Harmony Search.- Population Variance Harmony Search Algorithm to Solve Optimal
Power Flow with Non-Smooth Cost Function.
Circuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design; Communications Engineering, Networks
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Electrical, computer, software and embedded
systems engineers, and embedded system
designers as well as graduate level engineering
students
Discount group
P
Engineering
Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics); Music
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, computer science,
engineering, music
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. 156 illus. (Embedded Systems)
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 180 p. (Studies in Computational
Intelligence, Volume 270) Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5833-4
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1529-0
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04316-1
Due March 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
A. v. Gleich, C. Pade, U. Petschow, E. Pissarskoi
Potentials and Trends in
Biomimetics
The purpose of this study was to take an in-depth
look at the most important trends and the potentials of biomimetics as a basis of science and engineering development and innovation and to assess
the standing of biomimetic research and development in Germany as compared internationally.
Building on case studies; analyses of literature,
patents, and research networks; and interviews and
workshops, information and specific findings were
compiled with respect to the status of biomimetics
as a research and development field, the validity of
the “biomimetic promise” of ecological adaptation
and low-risk biomimetic solutions, the current
trends in bionics, as well as the general setting,
driving forces, and obstacles in the realization of
its potential for innovation.
Contents
Introduction.- Trends in biomimetics.- Technological aspects of learning from nature.- Topics,
players, and research networks - results of the
literature and patent.- Biomimetics and innovation.- Conclusion.
Fields of interest
Biomedical Engineering; Life Sciences, general;
Biophysics and Biological Physics
Target groups
Scientists, researchers, libraries and institutes
Discount group
P
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
J. J. Gorman, National Institute of Standards,
Gaithersburg, MD, USA; B. Shapiro, University of
Maryland, College Park, MD, USA (Eds.)
Feedback Control Systems for
Micro- and Nano-Scales
MEMS to Atoms
The use of control and control systems are an
essential part of functioning integrated systems.
Similar to macro-scale machines and processes,
control systems can play a major role in improving
the performance of micro- and nano-scale systems,
and in enabling new capabilities that would
otherwise not be possible. However, the majority
of problems at these scales present many new
challenges that go beyond the current state-of-theart in control engineering. This is a result of the
multidisciplinary nature of micro/nanotechnology,
which requires the merging of control engineering
with physics, biology and chemistry.
Features
7 Shows how the utilization of feedback control
in nanotechnology instrumentation can yield
results far better than passive systems can
7 Discusses the application of control systems
to problems in microelectromechanical systems,
microfluidics, optical trapping, nanofabrication,
and quantum dynamics, among others
From the contents
Introduction.- Control of micro-scale inertial
sensors.- Integrated process modeling and control
in microfabrication.- Precision motion control
of MEMS actuators.- Controlling untethered
microrobots.- Feedback control of micro-flows
for particle manipulation.- Controlled optical
trapping: instrumentation, methods, and applications.- Closed-loop AFM probing of molecule
interactions.
Fields of interest
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Electronics and
Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Vibration,
Dynamical Systems, Control
Target groups
Researchers, and practicing engineers in the
control systems, microsystems, and nanotechnology fields in academia and industry
Discount group
P
K. Gulati, S. P. Khatri, Texas A&M University,
College Station, TX, USA
Hardware Acceleration of EDA
Algorithms
Custom ICs, FPGAs and GPUs
This book deals with the acceleration of EDA algorithms using hardware platforms such as FPGAs
and GPUs. Widely applied CAD algorithms are
evaluated and compared for potential acceleration
on FPGAs and GPUs. Coverage includes discussion of conditions under which it is preferable to
use one platform over another, e.g., when an EDA
problem has a high degree of data parallelism, the
GPU is typically the preferred platform, whereas
when the problem has more control, an FPGA may
be preferred. Results are presented for the acceleration of several CAD algorithms (fault simulation,
fault table generation, model card evaluation
in SPICE, Monte Carlo statistical static timing
analysis), demonstrating speedups from 30X to
800X.
Features
7 Provides guidelines on whether to use GPUs or
FPGAs when accelerating a given EDA algorithm,
with validation by a concrete example implemented on both platforms 7 Demonstrates the
acceleration of several popular EDA algorithms on
GPUs, with speedups from 30X to 800X 7 Presents techniques in a way that the reader can use
example algorithms presented to determine how
best to accelerate their specific EDA algorithm
From the contents
Introduction. Alternative Hardware Platforms.
Hardware Platforms. GPU Architecture and
CUDA Programming Model. Control Dominated
Category. Accelerating Boolean Satisfiability on a
Custom IC. Accelerating Boolean Satisfiability on
an FPGA. Accelerating Boolean Satisfiability on a
Graphics Processing Unit.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design
Target groups
Researchers and practitioners in embedded
systems, electronic design automation concerned
with hardware acceleration of EDA algorithms,
especially with FPGAs and GPUs
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due January 2010
Engineering
Due May 2010
61
Engineering
Due April 2010
2010. VIII, 200 p. 31 illus. in color. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. 75 illus. (MEMS Reference Shelf )
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. 65 illus. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05245-3
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5831-0
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0943-5
62
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
L. Guo, H. Wang
Stochastic Distribution
Control System Design
A Convex Optimization Approach
A recent development in SDC-related problems is
the establishment of intelligent SDC models and
the intensive use of LMI-based convex optimization methods. Within this theoretical framework,
control parameter determination can be designed
and stability and robustness of closed-loop systems
can be analyzed. This book describes the new
framework of SDC system design and provides
a comprehensive description of the modelling
of controller design tools and their real-time
implementation. It starts with a review of current
research on SDC and moves on to some basic
techniques for modelling and controller design
of SDC systems. This is followed by a description
of controller design for fixed-control-structure
SDC systems, PDF control for general input- and
output-represented systems, filtering designs,
and fault detection and diagnosis (FDD) for SDC
systems. Many new LMI techniques being developed for SDC systems are shown to have independent theoretical significance for robust control and
FDD problems.
Features
7 Shows the reader how to expand the use of
stochastic control methods beyond those usually
available in a broad range of industrial process
environments 7 Uses linear matrix inequality
methods to allow the reader to control parameter
determination and assess closed-loop performance
From the contents
Introduction.- Basic Stochastic Distribution
Control Systems: Modelling and Controller Design
Tools.- PDF Tracking Control with PID Structure
for Non-Gaussian Continuous System..
Fields of interest
Control; Probability Theory and Stochastic
Processes; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering
E. Gusev, Qualcomm MEMS Technologies San José,
CA, USA; E. Garfunkel, Rutgers University Piscataway,
NJ, USA; A. Dideikin, Ioffe Physical-Technical Institute
St. Petersburg, Russia (Eds.)
Advanced Materials and
Technologies for Micro/
Nano-Devices, Sensors and
Actuators
Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research
Worskhop on Advanced Materials and
Technologies for Micro/Nano-Devices,
Sensors and Actuators
St. Petersburg, Russia, 29 June–2 July 2008
The main goal of this book is to review recent
progress and current status of MEMS/NEMS
technologies and devices. Several important areas
are discussed: history of research in the field,
device physics, examples of sucessful applications, sensors, materials and processing aspects.
The authors who have contributed to the book
represent a diverse group of leading scientists from
academic, industrial and governmental labs worldwide who bring a broad array of backgrounds
such as device physics, technologists, electrical
and mechanical engineering, surface chemistry
and materials science). The contributions to this
book are accessible to both expert scientists and
engineers who need to keep up with leading edge
research, and newcomers to the field who wish to
learn more about the exciting basic and applied
research issues relevant to micromechanical
devices and technologies.
Fields of interest
Microengineering; Nanotechnology and Microengineering; Mechanics
Target groups
Materials scientists, electrical engineers, mechanical engineers, MEMS/NEMS community, RF
engineers
Discount group
P
Target groups
springer.com/booksellers
L. Guzzella, C. H. Onder, ETH Zürich, Switzerland
Introduction to Modeling
and Control of Internal
Combustion Engine Systems
Internal combustion engines (ICE) still have
potential for substantial improvements, particularly with regard to fuel efficiency and environmental compatibility. In order to fully exploit
the remaining margins, increasingly sophisticated control systems have to be applied. This
book offers an introduction to cost-effective
model-based control-system design for ICE.
The primary emphasis is put on the ICE and its
auxiliary devices. Mathematical models for these
processes are developed and solutions for selected
feedforward and feedback control-problems are
presented.
The discussions concerning pollutant emissions
and fuel economy of ICE in automotive applications constantly intensified since the first edition
of this book was published. Concerns about the air
quality, the limited resources of fossil fuels and the
detrimental effects of greenhouse gases exceedingly spurred the interest of both the industry and
academia in further improvements.
Features
7 Description of the mathematical modelling of
the physical processes associated with Internal
Combustion Engines 7 Provides the modellbased controller design and optimization for novel
motor technologies
Contents
Introduction.- Mean-Value Models.- DiscreteEvent Models.- Control of Engine Systems.Appendices: Basics of Modeling and ControlSystems Theory.- Case Study: Idle Speed
Control.- Combustion and Thermodynamic Cycle
Calculation.
Fields of interest
Automotive Engineering; Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer; Control,
Robotics, Mechatronics
Target groups
Academic researchers in statistical and process
control and related disciplines, process and quality
control and other industrial engineers, libraries
Researchers and graduate students in control and
engine design
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due February 2010
Engineering
Due January 2010
2010. XVI, 182 p. 62 illus. (Advances in Industrial Control)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-029-8
2010. IX, 313 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security
Series B: Physics and Biophysics) Hardcover
Engineering
7 $229.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3805-0
Due February 2010
Also available as Softcover
2nd ed. 2010. XII, 356 p. 204 illus. Hardcover
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3806-7
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10774-0
springer.com/librarybooks
A. Hanazawa, T. Miki, K. Horio, Engineering Kyushu
Institute of Technology, Kitakyushu, Fukuoka, Japan
(Eds.)
Brain-Inspired Information
Technology
“Brain-inspired information technology” is one of
key concepts for the development of information
technology in the next generation. Explosive progress of computer technology has been continuing
based on a simple principle called “if-then rule”.
This means that the programmer of software have
to direct every action of the computer programs
in response to various inputs. There inherently is
a limitation of complexity because we human have
a limited capacity for managing complex systems.
Actually, many bugs, mistakes of programming,
exist in computer software, and it is quite difficult to extinguish them. The parts of computer
programs where computer viruses attack are also
a kind of programming mistakes, called security
hole. Of course, human body or nervous system is
not perfect. No creator or director, however, exists
for us. The function of our brain is equipped by
learning, self-organization, natural selection, and
etc, resulting in adaptive and flexible information
system.
B. Harvey, Dublin, Ireland; H. H. Smid, Breda,
The Netherlands; T. Pirard, Pepinster, Belgium
Emerging Space Powers
The New Space Programs of Asia, the Middle
East and South-America
7 Recent results in brain inspired information
technology
This work introduces the important emerging
space powers of the world.Brian Harvey describes
the origins of the Japanese space program, from
rocket designs based on WW II German U-boats
to tiny solid fuel ‘pencil’ rockets, which led to the
launch of the first Japanese satellite in 1970. The
next two chapters relate how Japan expanded its
space program, developing small satellites into
astronomical observatories and sending missions
to the Moon, Mars, comet Halley, and asteroids.
Chapter 4 describes how India’s Vikram Sarabhai
developed a sounding rocket program in the
1960s. The following chapter describes the expansion of the Indian space program. Chapter 6 relates
how the Indian space program is looking ahead to
the success of the moon probe Chandrayan, due
to launch in 2008, and its first manned launching
in 2014. Chapters 7, 8, and 9 demonstrate how, in
Iran, communications and remote sensing drive
space technology. Chapter 10 outlines Brazil’s road
to space, begun in the mid-1960’s with the launch
of the Sonda sounding rockets. The following
two chapters describe Brazil’s satellites and space
launch systems and plans for the future. Chapters
13 and 14 study Israel’s space industry.
From the contents
Features
Features
Mission capable autonomous control systems
in the oceans, in the air and in space.- Three
Paths to Relevance.- Brain-like Evolving Spiking
Neural Networks for Multimodal Information
Processing.- Human-like local navigation system
inspired by a hippocampal memory mechanism.
Fields of interest
7 Introduces the origins and current status of the
lesser known, yet still important, space programs
of emerging countries such as Iran and Brazil
Fields of interest
Aerospace Technology and Astronautics; Popular
Science in Astronomy; History of Science
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);
Neurosciences
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, applied computational
neuroscience
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
Space engineers, journalists, and space exploration
enthusiasts
T
S. Henzler, Technical University Munich, Germany
Time-to-Digital Converters
With ongoing technology scaling high resolution in the voltage domain becomes increasingly
troublesome. Time domain resolution, however,
is continuously improving as digital circuits
become faster in each new technology generation. Time-to-Digital Converters describes the
fundamentals of time-to-digital converters (TDC)
based on analog and digital conversion principles.
An in depth theoretical investigation is provided
with respect to quantization, linearity, noise,
and variability. Advanced TDC architectures are
described that address the challenges of signed
time interval measurement, long measurement
time, high resolution, high linearity, low-power,
variability and calibration, low mismatch among
multiple measurements, and suitability for design
automation.
Features
7 First comprehensive book on time-to-digital
converters 7 Novel time-to-digital converter
architectures 7 Provides theoretical basis for
time-to-digital converters
Contents
List of Symbols and Abreviations.- 1 Foreword.2 Time-to-Digital Converter Basics.- 3 Theory of
TDC Operation.- 4 Advanced TDC Design Issues.5 Time-to-Digital.- Converters with Sub-Gatedelay
Resolution – The Third Generation.- 6 Applications for Time-to-Digital Converters.- References.
Index.
Fields of interest
Circuits and Systems; Solid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy
Target groups
Engineers and researchers in the fields of
micro-electronics, circuit design, mixed-signal
systems, etc. The book addresses audience from
both academia and industry (professionals and
students)
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Due January 2010
63
Engineering
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
Due March 2010
2010. X, 182 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence,
Volume 266) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 400 p. 100 illus. (Springer Praxis Books /
Space Exploration) Softcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. (Springer Series in Advanced
Microelectronics, Volume 29) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04024-5
7 $44.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-0873-5
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8627-3
64
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
X. Hu, U. Jonsson, B. Wahlberg, KTH – Royal Institute
of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden; B. Ghosh, Texas
Tech University, Lubbock, TX, USA (Eds.)
Control: Three Decades of
Progress
Dedicated to Chris Byrnes and Anders
Lindquist
Features
7 A who-is-who of control research of the last
3 decades 7 Carefully edited book celebrating
the 60th birthday of Chris Byrnes and Anders
Lindquist 7 Has a celebrative flavour, and at
the same time contains reference material for
researchers interested in control theory
Fields of interest
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Systems Theory,
Control
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, students in control
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
C. Huang, Virginia Polytechnic and State University,
Blacksburg, VA, USA (Ed.)
X. Huang, University of Science and Technology
Beijing, Beijing, China
Robust Computing with
Nano-scale Devices
Portfolio Analysis
Progresses and Challenges
Robust Nano-Computing focuses on various
issues of robust nano-computing, defect-tolerance
design for nano-technology at different design
abstraction levels. It addresses both redundancyand configuration-based methods as well as fault
detecting techniques through the development
of accurate computation models and tools. The
contents present an insightful view of the ongoing
researches on nano-electronic devices, circuits,
architectures, and design methods, as well as
provide promising directions for future research.
Features
7 Addresses the most critical issues for nanocomputing 7 Presents the latest research achievements 7 Covers different design levels
7 Provides comprehensive solutions and accurate
models 7 Initiates promising future research
directions
From the contents
Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: Fault
Tolerant Nano-Computing; B.Joshi, D.K.Pradhan,
S.P.Mohanty. Chapter 3: Transistor-Level Based
Defect-Tolerance for Reliable Nano-Electronics;
A.H.El-Maleh, B.M.Al-Hashimi, A.Melouki,
A.Al-Yamani. Chapter 4: Fault-Tolerant Design
for Nanowire-Based Programmable Logic Arrays;
Y.Zheng, C.Huang. Chapter 5: Built-In Self-Test
and Defect Tolerance for Molecular ElectronicsBased NanoFabrics; M.Tehranipoor.
From Probabilistic to Credibilistic and
Uncertain Approaches
The most salient feature of security returns is
uncertainty. The purpose of the book is to provide
systematically a quantitative method for analyzing
return and risk of a portfolio investment in
different kinds of uncertainty and present the ways
for striking a balance between investment return
and risk such that an optimal portfolio can be
obtained.
In classical portfolio theory, security returns
were assumed to be random variables, and probability theory was the main mathematical tool
for handling uncertainty in the past. However,
the world is complex and uncertainty is varied.
Randomness is not the only type of uncertainty
in reality, especially when human factors are
included. Security market, one of the most
complex markets in the world, contains almost
all kinds of uncertainty. The security returns are
sensitive to various factors including economic,
social, political and very importantly, people’s
psychological factors.
Features
7 Recent research results on potfolio analysis
7 The State of the art of uncertainty methods –
from probabilistic to credibilistic
Contents
What Is Portfolio Analysis.- Probabilistic Portfolio
Selection.- Credibilistic Portfolio Selection.Uncertain Portfolio Selection.- Model Varieties.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Circuits and Systems; Nanotechnology; Processor
Architectures
This book will most interest the researchers and
scientists in both academia and industry who
relate with emerging nano-scale computing design,
especially the ones that are concerned with circuit
reliability and fault-tolerance solutions. It can be
used as a reference book for researchers, as well as
a textbook for university students
Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics)
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in fuzziness and soft computing
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 450 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Lecture Notes in Electrical
Engineering, Volume 58) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 185 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft
Computing, Volume 250) Hardcover
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11277-5
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8539-9
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11213-3
Due April 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
O. Iordache, Polystochastic, Montreal, QC, Canada
K. Jones, L3-Communications TRL Technology, UK
Polystochastic Models for
Complexity
The Regularized Fast Hartley
Transform
This book is devoted to a domain of highest industrial and scientific interest, the complexity. The
complexity understanding and management will
be a main source of efficiency and prosperity for
the next decades. Complex systems are assemblies
of multiple subsystems and are characterized by
emergent behavior that results by nonlinear interactions among the subsystems at multiple levels
of organization. Evolvability that is the ability to
evolve is the method to confront and surpass the
successive boundaries of complexity. Evolvability
is not biological but should be considered here in
the sense that the corresponding systems have, at
different levels, characteristics that are naturally
associated to the living systems.
Features
7 Interdisciplinary valuable reference for engineers, system scientists, mathematicians, entrepreneurs and investors facing complexity challenge
7 Presents theoretical and practical aspects of the
Polystochastic methodology incl case studies
Contents
Methods.- Physical and chemical systems.- Biosystems and bioinspired systems.- Systems sciences
and cognitive systems.- Perspectives.
Fields of interest
Complexity; Statistical Physics, Dynamical
Systems and Complexity; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
applied nonlinear dynamics, and evolutionary
studies
Discount group
P
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
Optimal Formulation of Real-Data Fast
Fourier Transform for Silicon-Based
Implementation in Resource-Constrained
Environments
J. Kacprzyk, Polish Academy of Sciences, Warsaw,
Poland; F. E. Petry, U.S. Naval Research Laboratory,
Stennis Space Center, MS, USA; A. Yazici, Middle East
Technical University, Ankara, Turkey (Eds.)
Uncertainty Approaches for
Spatial Data Modeling and
Processing
A decision support perspective
The Regularized Fast Hartley Transform provides
the reader with the tools necessary to both
understand the proposed new formulation and
to implement simple design variations that offer
clear implementational advantages, both practical
and theoretical, over more conventional complexdata solutions to the problem. The highly-parallel
formulation described is shown to lead to scalable
and device-independent solutions to the latencyconstrained version of the problem which are
able to optimize the use of the available silicon
resources, and thus to maximize the achievable computational density, thereby making the
solution a genuine advance in the design and
implementation of high-performance parallel FFT
algorithms.
Features
7 Describes direct solution to real-data DFT
targeted at those real-world applications, such
as mobile communications, where resources are
limited 7 Achieving computational density of
most advanced commercially-available solutions
for greatly reduced silicon resources
Fields of interest
Communications Engineering, Networks;
Computer Communication Networks; Applications of Mathematics
Target groups
Practicing DSP engineers with an interest in the
efficient hardware implementation of the real-data
FFT as well as to academics/researchers/students
from engineering, computer science and mathematics backgrounds with an interest in the design
and implementation of sequential and parallel FFT
algorithms
Discount group
P
This volume is dedicated to the memory of
Professor Ashley Morris who passed away some
two years ago. Ashley was a close friend of all
of us, the editors of this volume, and was also a
Ph.D. student of one of us. We all had a chance
to not only fully appreciate, and be inspired by
his contributions, which have had a considerable
impact on the entire research community. Due to
our personal relations with Ashley, we also had an
opportunity to get familiar with his deep thinking
about the areas of his expertise and interests.
Ashley has been involved since the very beginning
of his professional career in database research and
practice. Notably, he introduced first some novel
solution in database management systems that
could handle imprecise and uncertain data, and
flexible queries based on imprecisely specified user
interests.
Features
7 Presents recent research on uncertainty
approaches for data modeling and decision making
From the contents
Part I: Decision Support, OLAP, Data Fusion and
GIS.- Decision Support Classification of Geospatial
and Regular Objects Using Rough and Fuzzy Sets.Supporting Spatial Decision Making by Means
of Suitability Maps.- Exploring the Sensitivity of
Fuzzy Decision Models to Landscape Information
Inputs in a Spatially Explicit Individual-Based
Ecological Model.- Fuzzy Multidimensional
Databases.- Expressing Hierarchical Preferences in
OLAP Queries.
Fields of interest
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in fuzziness and soft computing
Discount group
P
Engineering
65
Engineering
Engineering
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 530 p. (Understanding Complex Systems)
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Signals and Communication
Technology) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 225 p. (Studies in Computational
Intelligence, Volume 271) Hardcover
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10653-8
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3916-3
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10662-0
66
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
P. A. Lakshminarayanan, Ashok Leyland Ltd, Hosur,
India; Y. V. Aghav, FEV India, Pune, India
M. Landrus, Oxford University, Oxford, UK
Leonardo da Vinci’s Giant
Modelling Diesel Combustion Crossbow
With contributions by: Y. Shi, R. Reitz
This book is a detailed discussion of the Diesel
Combustion phenomena like ignition delay, fuel
air mixing, rate of heat release, and emissions of
smoke, particulate and nitric oxide. The book
enables quantitative evaluation of these important
phenomena and parameters. Most importantly, it
attempts to model them with constants that are
independent of engine types. Thus, the models give
insight into the phenomena and can be applied a
given engine by the research worker and design
engineer.
Features
7 This work recognizes the importance of the
spray at the wall in precisely describing the heat
release and emissions for most of the engines on
and off road 7 The work considers findings of the
peers and adds the fruits of the authors’ research
to arrive at the improved description of important
phenomena. Later, it models the heat release and
emissions 7 Every model is thoroughly validated
by detailed experiments
Although Leonardo’s Giant Crossbow is one of
his most popular drawings, it has been one of the
least understood. “Leonardo’s Giant Crossbow”
offers the first in-depth account of this drawing’s
likely purpose and its highly resolved design.
This fascinating book has a wealth of technical
information about the Giant Crossbow drawing,
as it’s a complete study of this project, though this
is as accessible to the general audience as much as
it is also informative with new discoveries for the
professors of engineering, technology and art. The
book explores the context of Leonardo’s invention
with an examination of the extensive documentary
evidence, a short history of the great crossbow and
ballista, the first accurate translation of the text
and the technical specifications, and a detailed
analysis of Leonardo’s design process for the
crossbow, from start to finish.
Features
Research workers, engine designers and developers, engine R D
7 Fascinating book on Leonardo da Vincis giant
crossbow for professors and laymen 7 The
proportional method as a secret of Leonardos
design success is shown for the first time, as well
as a later date for the drawing and the overall
practicability of Leonardos drawing 7 Presents
original research, preparatory drawings and new
discoveries about the giant crossbow 7 Written
in a technical style 7 The author is author of
the bestseller the Treasures of Leonardo (in 10
languages, 123,000 copies sold since June 2006)
Discount group
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Automotive Engineering; Pollution, general; Engineering Design
Target groups
P
Engineering Design; History of Science; Appl.
Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering
Target groups
springer.com/booksellers
R. Lee, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, MI,
USA; N. Ishii, Aichi Institute of Technology, Nagoya,
Japan (Eds.)
Software Engineering
Research, Management and
Applications 2009
The 7th ACIS International Conference on
Software Engineering Research, Management and
Applications (SERA 2009) was held on Hainan
Island, China from December 2 – 4. SERA ’09
featured excellent theoretical and practical
contributions in the areas of formal methods and
tools, requirements engineering, software process
models, communication systems and networks,
software quality and evaluation, software engineering, networks and mobile computing, parallel/
distributed computing, software testing, reuse and
metrics, database retrieval, computer security,
software architectures and modeling. Our conference officers selected the best 17 papers from those
papers accepted for presentation at the conference in order to publish them in this volume.
The papers were chosen based on review scores
submitted by members or the program committee,
and underwent further rigorous rounds of review.
Features
7 Includes the best papers of the SERA 2009 to be
held on December 2-4, 2009 in Haikou, China
From the contents
Efficiency from Formalization: An Initial Case
Study on Archi3D.- An Agent-based Framework
for Association Rules Mining of Distributed
Data.- Defining and Implementing Software
Subcontracting Management Processes in Small
Enterprises.- A Robust Approach to Subsequence
Matching.- Toward Automated Support for Software Process Improvement Initiatives in Small and
Medium size Enterprises.
Engineers, Roboticists, Scientists, everybody
interested in Leonardo DaVinci, students, professors, and researchers of the history of engineering,
technology and art
Fields of interest
Discount group
Target groups
P
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);
Software Engineering
Engineers, researchers, and graduate students in
computational intelligence and computer science
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
Due April 2010
2010. IV, 296 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. 55 illus. Hardcover
2010. XVI, 306 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence,
Volume 253) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3884-5
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-3-540-68915-7
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05440-2
springer.com/librarybooks
R. Liu, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ; W. Trappe,
WINLAB, Rutgers University, North Brunswick, NJ
(Eds.)
Securing Wireless
Communications at the
Physical Layer
The book focuses on a recently emerging topic in
security. Specifically, the book focuses on physical
layer security. Whereas conventional security
mechanisms involve cryptography that operates
at higher layers of the protocol stack, the methods
described in this book secure communications at
the physical layer.
The area of physical layer security is an emerging
field of research that has seen an explosion of
research in the past few years. This trend is only
expected to continue as there is a growing need to
secure wireless communications without conventional cryptographic network security protocols.
The proposed book will consist of contributions
from roughly a dozen of the leading research
groups in this emerging area. For the first time,
important results will be collected together. Important topics will include the secrecy rate of MIMO
wireless systems, practical codes for the dissemination of secrets, and authentication of wireless
transmitters using waveform-level properties.
Features
7 A collection of high-impact research results in
the area of physical layer security will serve as a
valuable compendium to any researcher interested
in conducting research in physical layer security 7 The book will be broken down into five
sections, corresponding to major thematic areas
related to physical layer security 7 The editorial
team will provide perspectives for the chapters in
each section 7 The two major forms of physical
layer confidentiality will be covered—secrecy
extraction and secrecy dissemination
Fields of interest
J. Liu, O. Salmela, J. Sarkka, J. E. Morris, P. Tegehall,
C. Andersson
Ó. Martínez Mozos, University of Freiburg, Germany
Interconnects, Devices and Systems
Reliability of Microtechnology discusses the
reliability of microtechnology products from the
bottom up, beginning with devices and extending
to systems. The book’s focus includes but is not
limited to reliability issues of interconnects, the
methodology of reliability concepts and general
failure mechanisms. Specific failure modes in
solder and conductive adhesives are discussed
at great length. Coverage of accelerated testing,
component and system level reliability, and
reliability design for manufacturability are also
described in detail.
Features
7 Discusses the general failure mechanisms of
microsystems on a component level 7 Comprehensive coverage of solder joint reliability at the
microsystems level 7 Includes accelerated testing
of solder joints at the microsystems level
7 Discusses quality issues and manufacturing at
the microsystems level
Contents
Introduction to Reliability and its Importance.- Reliability Metrology.- General Failure
Mechanisms of Microsystems.- Solder and
Conductive Adhesive Joint Reliability.- Accelerated Testing.- Reliability Design for Manufacturability.- Component Reliability.- System Level
Reliability.- Reliability and Quality Management of
Microsystem.- Experimental Tools for Reliability
Analysis.
Fields of interest
Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Optical and Electronic Materials; Quality
Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Researchers, packaging engineers, electronics
enginers and design engineers
P
During the last years there has been an increasing
interest in the area of service robots. Under this
category we find robots working in tasks such as
elderly care, guiding, office and domestic assistance, inspection, and many more. Service robots
usually work in indoor environments designed
for humans, with offices and houses being some
of the most typical examples. These environments
are typically divided into places with different
functionalities like corridors, rooms or doorways.
The ability to learn such semantic categories from
sensor data enables a mobile robot to extend its
representation of the environment, and to improve
its capabilities. As an example, natural language
terms like corridor or room can be used to indicate
the position of the robot in a more intuitive way
when communicating with humans. This book
presents several approaches to enable a mobile
robot to categorize places in indoor environments.
Features
7 Firsts book on semantic information about
places using mobile robots 7 Interesting example
of how to use machine learning techniques with
mobile robots to solve new problems
Contents
Supervised Learning.- Semantic Learning of Places
from Range Data.- TopologicalMap Extraction with Semantic Information.- Probabilistic
Semantic Classification of Trajectories.- Semantic
Information in Exploration and Localization.Conceptual Spatial Representation of Indoor
Environments.- Semantic Information in Sensor
Data.- Conclusion.
Fields of interest
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, graduate students and professionals
in robotics, service robotics
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
67
Semantic Labeling of Places
Reliability of Microtechnology with Mobile Robots
Communications Engineering, Networks; Signal,
Image and Speech Processing; Data Structures,
Cryptology and Information Theory
Communications engineers, cryptographers and
researchers interested in this emerging area of
research
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
Engineering
Due March 2010
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
2010. XVI, 396 p. 116 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. 50 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 140 p. (Springer Tracts in Advanced
Robotics, Volume 61) Hardcover
7 approx. $129.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1384-5
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5759-7
7 $109.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11209-6
68
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
H. Mitchell, ELTA Systems Ltd, Ashdod, Israel
Image Fusion
Theories, Techniques and Applications
This textbook provides a comprehensive introduction to the theories, techniques and applications of
image fusion. It is aimed at advanced undergraduate and first-year graduate students in electrical
engineering and computer science. It should also
be useful to practicing engineers who wish to learn
the concepts of image fusion and use them in reallife applications.
The book is intended to be self-contained. No
previous knowledge of image fusion is assumed,
although some familiarity with elementary image
processing and the basic tools of linear algebra
is recommended. The book may also be used as
a supplementary text for a course on advanced
image processing. Apart from two preliminary
chapters, the book is divided into three parts.
Features
7 Self-contained, easy accessible introduction to
the hot area of image fusion 7 Presents the most
important topics in image fusion at a reasonable
size 7 Well-organized modern approach to
theories and techniques, includes numerous case
studies that illustrate the application of techniques
for image fusion to real problems, providing
hands-on knowledge
From the contents
Image Sensors.- Part I Theories.- Spatial Alignment.- Semantic Equivalence.- Radiometric
Calibration.- Pixel Fusion.- Part II Techniques.- Multi-resolution Analysis.- Image
Sub-space Techniques.- Ensemble Learning.Re-samplingMethods.- Image Thresholding.Image Key Points.-Image SimilarityMeasures.Vignetting,White Balancing and Automatic Gain
Control Effects.- Color Image Spaces.- Markov
Random Fields.
Fields of interest
Signal, Image and Speech Processing; Image
Processing and Computer Vision; Computational
Intelligence
Target groups
J. Mohammadpour, K. M. Grigoriadis, University of
Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)
Efficient Modeling and
Control of Large-Scale
Systems
The complexity and dynamic order of controlled
engineering systems is constantly increasing.
Complex large scale systems (where “large” reflects
the system’s order and not necessarily its physical
size) appear in many engineering fields, such as,
micro-electromechanis, manufacturing, aerospace, civil engineering and power engineering.
Modeling of these systems often result in very
high-order models imposing great challenges to
the analysis, design and control problems. Efficient
modeling and control of large-scale systems will
compile state-of-the-art contributions on recent
novel analytical and computational methods for
addressing the model reduction, performance
analysis and feedback control design for such
systems. Also addressed will be new theoretical
developments, novel computational approaches
and illustrative applications to various fields.
Features
7 Covers state-of-the-art analytical and computational approaches for modeling/identification,
performance analysis and control design of
complex high-order systems 7 Interdisciplinary
focus emphasizing methods and approaches that
can be commonly applied in various engineering
fields
From the contents
An introduction to large-scale systems: challenges
in modeling and control.- Subspace identification of a class of large-scale systems.- A survey
of modeling and order reduction methods for
large-scale systems.- Model predictive control for
large scale systems.- An integrated design method
for optimization and control of structural systems
using linear matrix inequalities.
Fields of interest
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Vibration,
Dynamical Systems, Control; Systems Theory,
Control
springer.com/booksellers
V. L. Popov, Technical University of Berlin
Contact Mechanics and
Friction
Physical Principles and Applications
This application-oriented book introduces the
associations between contact mechanics and friction and with it offers a deeper understanding of
tribology. It deals with the associated phenonmena
of contact, adhesion, capillary forces, friction,
lubrication, and wear from one consistent viewpoint. The author goes into (1) methods of rough
estimation of tribological quantities, (2) methods
for analytical calculations which attempt to minimize the necessary complexity, (3) the crossover
into numerical simulation methods. With these
methods the author conveys a consistent view of
tribological processes in various scales of magnitude (from nanotribology to earthquake research).
Also, system dynamic aspects of tribological
systems, such as squeal and its suppression as well
as other types of instabilities and spatial patterns
are investigated.
Features
7 The book presents the most important methods
and results in the field of tribology and related
fields 7 Many applications in different scales
from micro to mega and in different fields are
shown: contact, adhesion, seals, capillarity, lubrication, friction, and abrasion of elastic, plastic, and
visco-elastic bodies
Contents
Introduction.- Qualitative Treatment of Contact
Problems - Normal Contact without Adhesion.Qualitative Treatment of Adhesive Contacts.Capillary Forces.- Rigorous Treatment of Contact
Problems - Hertz Contact.- Rigorous Treatment of
Contact Problems - Adhesive Contact.- Contact
between Rough Surfaces.
Fields of interest
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of
Materials; Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings;
Mechanical Engineering
Target groups
Researchers, professional engineers and graduate
students in image fusion, computer vision, image
processing
Target groups
Practicing engineers, researchers and graduate
students
Engineers, graduate students and scientists in
the field of tribology, machine design, materials
science, bionics, micro and nano measuring
techniques
Discount group
Discount group
Discount group
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
P
P
P
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11215-7
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5756-6
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10802-0
springer.com/librarybooks
H. Ritter, University of Bielefeld, Germany;
G. Sagerer, University of Bielefeld, Germany;
R. Dillmann, University of Karlsruhe, Germany;
M. Buss, TU München, Munich, Germany (Eds.)
Human Centered Robot
Systems
Cognition, Interaction, Technology
Human Centered Robotic Systems must be able
to interact with humans such that the burden of
adaptation lies with the machine and not with
the human. This book collates a set of prominent
papers presented during a two-day conference
on “Human Centered Robotic Systems” held on
November 19-20, 2009, in Bielefeld University,
Germany. The aim of the conference was to bring
together researchers from the areas of robotics,
computer science, psychology, linguistics, and
biology who are all focusing on a shared goal
of cognitive interaction. A survey of recent
approaches, the current state-of-the-art, and
possible future directions in this interdisciplinary
field is presented. It provides practitioners and
scientists with an up-to-date introduction to this
dynamic field, with methods and solutions that are
likely to significantly impact on our future lives.
Features
7 Presents the state of the art of human centered
robot systems 7 Devoted to the interface of
cognition and technology
From the contents
System Integration Supporting Evolutionary
Development and Design.- Direct Control of an
Active Tactile Sensor using Echo State Networks.Dynamic Potential Fields for Dexterous Tactile
Exploration.- Unlimited Workspace - Coupling
a Mobile Haptic Interface with a Mobile Teleoperator.- An Architecture for Real-Time Control in
Multi-Robot Systems.- Shared-Control Paradigms
in Multi-Operator-Single-Robot Teleoperation.
Fields of interest
Robotics and Automation; Computational Intelligence; Cognitive Psychology
Target groups
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in cognitive systems
J. M. Schumann, NASA Ames, Moffett Field, CA, USA;
Y. Liu, Motorola Labs, Schaumburg, IL, USA (Eds.)
Applications of Neural
Networks in High Assurance
Systems
Features
7 State of the art of Neural Networks in realworld, safety-critical systems 7 Presents Neural
Network applications in safety related areas,
ranging from aerospace industry and steam power
turbines to the automotive industry 7 Provides a
better understanding of the practical requirements
for developing and deploying neuro-adaptive
systems
Contents
Application of Neural Networks in High Assurance Systems: A Survey.- Robust Adaptive
Control Revisited: Semi-Global Boundedness
and Margins.- Network Complexity Analysis
of Multilayer Feedforward Artificial Neural
Networks.- Stability, Convergence, and Verification and Validation Challenges of Neural Net
Adaptive Flight Control.- Dynamic Allocation
in Neural Networks for Adaptive Controllers.Immune Systems Inspired Approach to Anomaly
Detection, Fault Localization and Diagnosis
in Automotive Engines.- Pitch-Depth Control
of Submarine Operating in Shallow Water via
Neuro-adaptive Approach.- Stick-Slip Friction
Compensation Using a General Purpose NeuroAdaptive Controller with Guaranteed Stability.Modeling of crude oil blending via discrete-time
neural Networks.- Adaptive Self-Tuning Wavelet
Neural Network Controller for a Proton Exchange
Membrane Fuel Cell.
69
T. Sengupta, T. Poinsot (Eds.)
Instabilities of Flows:
With and Without Heat
Transfer and Chemical
Reaction
The articles in the book treat flow instability and
transition starting with classical material dealt
with in an innovative and rigorous way, some
newer physical mechanisms explained for the first
time and finally with the very complex topic of
bombustion and two-phase flow instabilities.
Fields of interest
Engineering Fluid Dynamics; Automotive Engineering; Fluid- and Aerodynamics
Target groups
Engineers
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);
Automotive Engineering
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, design, industrial
applications, automotive and aerospace industry
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
2010. X, 222 p. (Cognitive Systems Monographs,
Volume 6) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 280 p. (Studies in Computational
Intelligence, Volume 268) Hardcover
2010. VIII, 330 p. 133 illus. (CISM International Centre for
Mechanical Sciences, Number 517) Hardcover
7 $109.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10402-2
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10689-7
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-7091-0126-1
70
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
H. Sommer, Stuttgart
Project Management for
Building Construction
35 Years of Innovation at Drees & Sommer
Without project management, the successful
completion of major projects is no longer possible.
This book describes all the basics with the help of
many clear illustrations. In this edition the already
very successful work has been complemented
with contributions that take into account how
communication and organization have become
increasingly important in construction projects.
The fact that land - municipal or private - now
need to be prepared in a very focused manner to
ensure its wise use and increase its value to reach
is also considered, making the book of interest
to project managers and construction experts
who have realized that project development and
comprehensive, integrated construction will be key
issues in the future.
Features
7 Includes detailed instructions for practical
application 7 Covers the full range of management and advice on new construction and renovation of buildings of all kinds
Contents
Preface.- Fundamentals of Project Execution.- The
Road from Concept to Construction Order.- The
Stages of Building Construction.- Tasks of Project
Management.- Management Varieties. Subject
Index.
Fields of interest
Construction Management; Basics of Construction; Organization/Planning
Target groups
Practitioners in the field of construction
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
E. Szczerbicki, Gdansk University of Technology,
Gdansk, Poland; N. T. Nguyen, Wroclaw University of
Technology, Wroclaw, Poland (Eds.)
Y. Tenne, The University of Sydney, NSW, Australia;
C. Goh, Agency for Science Technology and Research,
Singapore (Eds.)
Smart Information and
Knowledge Management
Advances, Challenges, and Critical Issues
Computational Intelligence
in Expensive Optimization
Problems
New approaches are needed that could move us
towards developing effective applicable intelligent systems for problem solving and decision
making, One of the main efforts in intelligent
systems development is focused on knowledge
and information management which is regarded
as the crucial issue in smart decision making
support. The 14 Chapters of this book represent
a sample of such effort. The overall aim of this
book is to provide guidelines to develop tools for
smart processing of knowledge and information.
Still, the guide does not presume to give ultimate
answers. Rather, it poses ideas and case studies to
explore the complexities and challenges of modern
knowledge management issues. It also encourages
its reader to become aware of the multifaceted
interdisciplinary character of such issues.
In modern science and engineering, laboratory
experiments are replaced by high fidelity and
computationally expensive simulations. Using such
simulations reduces costs and shortens development times but introduces new challenges to
design optimization process. Examples of such
challenges include limited computational resource
for simulation runs, complicated response surface
of the simulation inputs-outputs, and etc.
Under such difficulties, classical optimization
and analysis methods may perform poorly. This
motivates the application of computational intelligence methods such as evolutionary algorithms,
neural networks and fuzzy logic, which often
perform well in such settings. This is the first book
to introduce the emerging field of computational
intelligence in expensive optimization problems.
Features
Features
7 Recent research on smart information and
knowledge
From the contents
Immuno-Inspired Knowledge Management for Ad
Hoc Wireless Networks.- Immune Decomposition
and Decomposability Analysis of Complex Design
Problems with a Graph Theoretic Complexity
Measure.- Towards a Formal Model of Knowledge
Sharing in Complex Systems.- Influence of the
Working Strategy on A-Team Performance.- Incremental Declarative Process Mining.- A Survey on
Recommender Systems for News Data.- Negotiation Strategies with Incomplete Information
and Social and Cognitive System for Intelligent
Human-Agent Interaction.
7 First book to introduce the emerging field of
computational intelligence in expensive optimization problems 7 Provides both theoretical treatments and real-world insights gained by experience in computational intelligence in expensive
optimization problems
Contents
Part I Techniques for Resource-Intensive Problems- Part II Techniques for High-Dimensional
Problems- Part III Real-World Applications.
Fields of interest
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);
Applications of Mathematics
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence
(incl. Robotics)
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence, computer science
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational intelligence and computer science
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. VIII, 176 p. 182 illus. in color. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 400 p. (Studies in Computational
Intelligence, Volume 260) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 800 p. (Adaptation, Learning, and Optimization, Volume 2) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10873-0
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04583-7
7 $269.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10700-9
Due January 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
H. Tong, Y. Lai, Advanced Semiconductor
Engineering, Inc., Kaohsiung, Taiwan; C. Wong,
Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA
(Eds.)
F. F. Vega, University of Extremadura, Merida, Spain;
E. Cantú-Paz, Yahoo! Inc., Sunnyville, CA, USA (Eds.)
Flip chip packaging is now in widespread use
in computing, communications, consumer and
automotive electronics. The flip chip packaging of
today is drastically different from the technology
of the 1990’s. The demand for flip chip technology will continue to grow to meet the need for
products that offer better performance, are smaller
and are environmentally sustainable. “Advanced
Flip Chip Packaging” presents past, present and
future advances and trends in areas like substrate
technology, material development and assembly
processes.
The objective in editing this book was to assemble
a sample of the best work in parallel and distributed biologically inspired algorithms. The editors
invited researchers in different domains to submit
their work. They aimed to include diverse topics to
appeal to a wide audience. Some of the chapters summarize work that has been ongoing for
several years, while others describe more recent
exploratory work. Collectively, these works offer
a global snapshot of the most recent efforts of
bioinspired algorithms’ researchers aiming at
profiting from parallel and distributed computer
architectures—including GPUs, Clusters, Grids,
volunteer computing and p2p networks as well as
multi-core processors. This volume will be of value
to a wide set of readers, including, but not limited
to specialists in Bioinspired Algorithms, Parallel
and Distributed Computing, as well as computer
science students trying to figure out new paths
towards the future of computational intelligence.
Parallel and Distributed ComAdvanced Flip Chip Packaging putational Intelligence
Features
7 Broad-ranging chapters with a focus on
IC-package-system integration 7 Provides
viewpoints from leading industry executives and
experts 7 Details state-of-the-art achievements
in process technologies and scientific research
7 Presents a clear development history and
touches on trends in the industry, while also
discussing up-to-date technology information
Contents
Market Trends.- Technology Trends.- Bumping
Technologies.- Interconnect Technologies.Underfill Technologies.- Substrate Technologies.- Assembly Technologies.- IC-Package-System
Integrated Design.- Package and System Thermomechanical Reliability.- Surface Reaction and
Electromigration in Soldier Interconnects.- System
Integration.- Standards.
Features
7 Latest research in parallel and distributed
computational intelligence
From the contents
Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Circuits and Systems; Optical and Electronic
Materials
When Huge is Routine: Scaling Genetic Algorithms and Estimation of Distribution Algorithms via Data-Intensive Computing.- Evolvable
Agents: A Framework for Peer-to-Peer Evolutionary Algorithms.- Evolutionary Algorithms on
Volunteer Computing Platforms: The MilkyWay@
Home Project.- Self-coordinated on-chip Parallel
Computing: A Swarm Intelligence Approach.Large Scale Bioinformatics Data Mining with
Parallel Genetic Programming on Graphics
Processing Units.
Target groups
Fields of interest
Discount group
Target groups
Fields of interest
Industrial electronics packaging engineers and
academic researchers
P
Engineering
Springer News 1/2010
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
T. Venkatesh, Indian Institute of Technology
Guwahati, India; C. S. Murthy, Indian Institute of
Technology Madras, India
An Analytical Approach to Optical Burst Switched Networks
This book presents the state of the art results
on modeling and analysis of OBS networks. It
provides researchers with new directions for
future research and helps them gain a better
understanding of modeling OBS networks. This
book classifies all the literature on modeling and
analysis of OBS networks and serves as a thought
provoking material for the researchers working on
the analysis of high-speed networks. The scope of
this book however is not limited to OBS networks
alone but extends to high-speed communication
networks with limited or no buffers.
Features
7 Discusses various architectures and applications of OBS networks 7 Provides material on
the theoretical models for OBS networks and helps
the reader to gain a deeper understanding of these
networks 7 Includes material that is up-to-date
and derived from the latest research publications
in this field
Contents
Introduction to Optical Burst Switching.- Traffic
Characteristics in OBS Networks.- Blocking Probability in OBS Networks.- Contention Resolution
in OBS Networks.- TCP over OBS Networks.
Fields of interest
Communications Engineering, Networks;
Computer Communication Networks; Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering
Target groups
Researchers working in the area of high-speed
networks
Discount group
P
Engineers, researchers, and graduate students in
computational intelligence and computer science
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due March 2010
Engineering
Due February 2010
71
Engineering
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. (Studies in Computational
Intelligence, Volume 269) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 270 p. 55 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5767-2
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10674-3
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1509-2
72
Springer News 1/2010
Engineering
H. Yang, B. Jiang, Nanjing University of Aeronautics
and Astronautics, Nanjing, China; V. Cocquempot,
Université des Sciences et Technologies de Lille,
France
Fault Tolerant Control Design
for Hybrid Systems
This book intends to provide the readers a good
understanding on how to achieve Fault Tolerant
Control goal of Hybrid Systems. The book can be
used as a reference for the academic research on
Fault Tolerant Control and Hybrid Systems or used
in Ph.D. study of control theory and engineering.
The knowledge background for this monograph
would be some undergraduate and graduate
courses on Fault Diagnosis and Fault Tolerant
Control theory, linear sytem theory, nonlinear
system theory, Hybrid Systems theory and Discrete
Event System theory.
Features
7 Overviews the fault tolerant control design for
hybrid systems 7 Presents important theoretical
results as well as their applications
Contents
Fault tolerant control and hybrid systems.- Hybrid
systems with time-dependent switching.- Hybrid
systems with state-dependent switching.- Hybrid
systems with impulsive and stochastic switching.Hybrid systems with discrete specifications.Hybrid control approach in FTC design.- Conclusion and future research directions.
Fields of interest
Control; Systems Theory, Control
Target groups
Engineers, researchers, and students in control
engineering
Discount group
P
M. Yoshimura, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan
I. Zelinka, S. Celikovský, H. Richter, G. Chen, (Eds.)
System Design Optimization
for Product Manufacturing
Evolutionary Algorithms and
Chaotic Systems
Readers of System Design Optimization for
Product Manufacturing will learn about detailed
concepts and practical technologies that enable
successful product design and manufacture. These
concepts and technologies are based on system
optimization methodologies that consider a broad
range of mechanical, as well as human, factors.
System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing explains the methodologies behind current
and future product manufacture. Its detailed explanations of key concepts are relevant not only for
product design and manufacture, but also for other
business fields. These core concepts and methodologies can be applied to practically any field
where informed decision-making is important,
and where a range of often conflicting factors must
be carefully weighed and considered.
System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing can be used as a fundamental reference
book by both engineers and students in the fields
of manufacturing, design engineering, and product
development.
This book discusses the mutual intersection of
two interesting fields of research, i.e. deterministic
chaos and evolutionary computation. Evolutionary
computation which are able to handle tasks such
as control of various chaotic systems and synthesis
of their structure are explored, while deterministic chaos is investigated as a behavioral part of
evolutionary algorithms.This book is targeted
for a number of audiences. Firstly, it will be an
instructional material for senior undergraduate
and entry-point graduate students in computer
science, physics, applied mathematics, and engineering, who are working in the area of deterministic chaos and evolutionary algorithms. Secondly,
researchers who desire to know as to how to apply
evolutionary techniques on chaos control as well as
researchers interested in the emergence of chaos in
evolutionary algorithms will ?nd this book a very
useful tool and starting point.
Features
7 Provides detailed explanations of fundamental
ways of thinking about complex optimization
problems 7 Discusses advanced methodologies
for the development of optimized product designs
From the contents
1. Progression of Product Manufacturing
Technologies.- 2. Evaluative Criteria for Product
Manufacturing and Optimization Fundamentals.- 3. Technologies for Product Manufacturing
Innovation.- 4. Involvement of People in Product
Manufacturing.- 5. Product Manufacturing
Support Technologies.
Fields of interest
7 Puts together for the first time applications
of Evolutionary Algorithms for the detection,
evaluation, synthesis, mimic and control of chaotic
systems 7 Presents a very compact and highly
evaluated bunch of reseach tools which can be
used by students, researchers and professionals in
the field of chaotic systems 7 Includes a preface
by Leon Chua
From the contents
Part I Theory.- Motivation for application of evolutionary computation to chaotic Systems.- Evolutionary algorithms for chaos researchers.- Chaos
theory for evolutionary algorithms researchers.Evolutionary Algorithms and the Edge of Chaos.Part II Applications.- Evolutionary design of chaos
control in 1D.
Fields of interest
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
computational íntelligence, complexity computer
science
Discount group
P
Due February 2010
Features
Manufacturing, Machines, Tools; Engineering
Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing;
Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and
Design
Engineers in product development, university
researchers, researchers in industry, postgraduate
students
Engineering
springer.com/booksellers
Engineering
Due January 2010
Computational Intelligence; Complexity; Statistical
Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity
Target groups
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 195 p. (Lecture Notes in Control and
Information Sciences, Volume 397) Softcover
2010. XIV, 202 p. 114 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 560 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 267) Hardcover
7 $109.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10680-4
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-84996-007-6
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10706-1
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
G. L. Zeng, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA
Medical Image Reconstruction
A Conceptual Tutorial
W. Zhu, Canadian Space Agency, Brossard, QC,
Canada
Virtual Decomposition
Control
“Medical Image Reconstruction: A Conceptual
Tutorial” introduces the classical and modern
image reconstruction technologies, such as twodimensional (2D) parallel-beam and fan-beam
imaging, three-dimensional (3D) parallel ray,
parallel plane, and cone-beam imaging. This book
presents both analytical and iterative methods
of these technologies and their applications
in X-ray CT (computed tomography), SPECT
(single photon emission computed tomography),
PET (positron emission tomography), and MRI
(magnetic resonance imaging). Contemporary
research results in exact region-of-interest (ROI)
reconstruction with truncated projections, Katsevich’s cone-beam filtered backprojection algorithm,
and reconstruction with highly undersampled data
with l0-minimization are also included.
This book is written for engineers and researchers
in the field of biomedical engineering specializing
in medical imaging and image processing with
image reconstruction.
Toward Hyper Degrees of Freedom Robots
Features
Features
7 Clearly explains the concepts with minimum
mathematical derivation 7 Wrriten in readerfriendly style 7 Helps the readers to understand
modern image reconstrcution algorithms with
little background 7 Provides more than 140
illustrations 7 Presents up-to-date reuslts in
analytical and iterative image reconstruction
Fields of interest
Biomedical Engineering; Imaging / Radiology;
Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of
Engineering
Target groups
Engineers and researchers in the field of biomedical engineering with medical imaging specialty,
and image processing with image reconstruction
specialty
Discount group
P
Driven by the need to achieve superior control
performances for robots with hyper degrees
of freedom, the virtual decomposition control
approach is thoroughly presented in this book.
This approach uses subsystem (such as links and
joints of a complex robot) dynamics to conduct
control design, while guaranteeing the stability and
convergence of the entire complex robot without
compromising the rigorousness of the system analysis. The central concept of this approach is the
definition of the virtual stability. The stability of
the entire complex robot is mathematically equivalent to the virtual stability of every subsystem. This
fact allows us to convert a large problem to a few
simple problems with mathematical certainty.
This book comprises fourteen chapters. The first
five chapters form the foundation of this approach.
The remaining nine chapters are relatively independent.
7 The most up-to-date on virtual decomposition
control
From the contents
Part I Virtual Decomposition Control Theory.Introduction.- Mathematical Preliminaries.Virtual Decomposition Control - A Two DOF
Example.- Virtual Decomposition Control
- General Formulation.- Part II Virtual Decomposition Control Applications.- Control of
Electrically Driven Robots.- Control of Motor/
Transmission Assemblies.- Control of Hydraulic
Robots.- Control of Coordinated Multiple Robot
Manipulators.- Control of Space Robots.- Control
of Humanoid Robots.
Fields of interest
Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groups
Researchers, engineers, graduate students in
robotics
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due February 2010
Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press
Engineering
Due April 2010
Jointly published with Higher Education Press
2010. Approx. 200 p. 163 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 460 p. (Springer Tracts in Advanced
Robotics, Volume 60) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05367-2
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10723-8
Engineering
73
74
Springer News 1/2010
Physics/Astronomy
V. Anisimov, Y. Izyumov, Institute for Metal Physics,
Ekaterinburg, Russia
Electronic Structure of
Strongly Correlated Materials
Electronic structure and physical properties of
strongly correlated materials containing elements
with partially filled 3d, 4d, 4f and 5f electronic
shells is analyzed by Dynamical Mean-Field
Theory (DMFT). DMFT is the most universal and
effective tool used for the theoretical investigation
of electronic states with strong correlation effects.
In the present book the basics of the method are
given and its application to various material classes
is shown. The book is aimed at a broad readership: theoretical physicists and experimentalists
studying strongly correlated systems. It also serves
as a handbook for students and all those who
want to be acquainted with fast developing filed of
condensed matter physics.
Features
7 Covers the major developments in the theory
of the electronic structure of strongly correlated
materials 7 Integrates various theoretical models,
such as electronic strucutre calculation, Hubbard
model, dynamic mean-field theory, Anderson
model 7 Provides a useful theoretical basis for
scientists and graduate students alike
Contents
Introduction.- Electronic Structure Calculations in
One-Electron Approximation.- Hubbard Model in
Dynamical Mean-Field Theory (DMFT).- DMFT
Extensions.- Periodic Anderson Model (PAM).Electronic Structure Calculations for Real Materials by LDA and DMFT Method.- Conclusion.
Fields of interest
Optical and Electronic Materials; Condensed
Matter Physics; Microwaves, RF and Optical
Engineering
Target groups
Scientists and graduate students
Discount group
G. J. Barker, University of Warwick, UK
b-Quark Physics with the
LEP Collider
The Development of Experimental
Techniques for b-Quark Studies from Z-Decay
The book reviews the unexpected impact that
the LEP experiments have had on the subject
of b-quark physics. The emphasis is firmly on
telling the story from an experimental viewpoint.
Aspects of the detectors that were essential for
the reconstruction of b-hadrons are highlighted,
especially the role played by silicon strip detectors
and particle identification methods. The importance of solving practical issues such as detector
alignment and track reconstruction to fully realize
the reconstruction potential of the detectors is
demonstrated along with various examples of
potential problems when these aspects are not well
controlled. Barker details new ideas and analysis
techniques that evolved during the years of LEP
running so that the information is useful to new
researchers or those putting together plans for
future b-physics experiments.
Features
7 Comprehensive description of experimental
methods
Contents
b-physics at LEP.- Silicon Vertex Detectors and
Particle Identification.- Experience in Reconstructing Z0-& bb Events.- Tagging Z0-& bb
Events.- Tagging b-quark Charge.- Double-Hemisphere Tagging.- Optimal b-Flavour and b-Hadron
Reconstruction.- Conclusion and Next Steps.
Fields of interest
Particle and Nuclear Physics; Particle Acceleration
and Detection, Beam Physics
Target groups
Scientists working in this field
Discount group
P
P
springer.com/booksellers
E. Beaurepaire, H. Bulou, F. Scheurer, J. Kappler,
Inst. Physique et Chimie des Materiaux de
Strasbourg, Strasbourg, France (Eds.)
Magnetism and Synchrotron
Radiation
New Trends
Advances in the synthesis of new materials with
often complex, nano-scaled structures require
increasingly sophisticated experimental techniques
that can probe the electronic states, the atomic
magnetic moments and the magnetic microstructures responsible for the properties of these
materials.
At the same time, progress in synchrotron
radiation techniques has ensured that these light
sources remain a key tool of investigation, e.g.
synchrotron radiation sources of the third generation are able to support magnetic imaging on a
sub-micrometer scale.
With the Fifth Mittelwihr School on Magnetism and Synchrotron Radiation the tradition of
teaching the state-of-the-art on modern research
developments continues and is expressed through
the present set of extensive lectures provided in
this volume. While primarily aimed at postgraduate students and newcomers to the field, this
volume will also benefit researchers and lecturers
actively working in the field.
From the contents
Introduction to Magnetism.- Spintronics: Conceptual Building Blocks.- Interaction of Polarized
Light with Matter.- Synchrotron Radiation Sources
and Optical Devices.- X-ray Magnetic Dichroism.X-ray Detected Optical Arctivity.- X-ray Detected
Magnetic Resonance: a New Spectroscopic Tool.Resonant X-ray Scattering and Absorption.- An
Introduction to Inelastic X-ray Scattering.- XAS
and XMCD of Single Molecule Magnets.Magnetic Structure of Actinide Metals.- Magnetic
Imaging with X-rays.
Fields of interest
Magnetism, Magnetic Materials; Particle Acceleration and Detection, Beam Physics; Solid State
Physics
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
P
Physics and Astronomy
Physics and Astronomy
Physics and Astronomy
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. 157 illus. (Springer Series in
Solid-State Sciences, Volume 163) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. 50 illus. (Springer Tracts in Modern
Physics, Volume 236) Hardcover
2010. XII, 450 p. (Springer Proceedings in Physics,
Volume 133) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04825-8
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05278-1
7 $249.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04497-7
springer.com/librarybooks
Physics/Astronomy
Springer News 1/2010
M. Bonitz, Universität Kiel, Germany; N. Horing,
Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, NJ, USA;
J. Meichsner, Universität Greifswald, Germany;
P. Ludwig, Universität Kiel, Germany (Eds.)
Introduction to Complex
Plasmas
Complex plasmas differ from traditional plasmas
in many ways: these are low-temperature high
pressure systems containing nanometer to
micrometer size particles which may be highly
charged and strongly interacting. The particles
may be chemically reacting or be in contact
with solid surfaces, and the electrons may show
quantum behaviour. These interesting properties
have led to many applications of complex plasmas
in technology, medicine and science.
Yet complex plasmas are extremely complicated,
both experimentally and theoretically, and require
a variety of new approaches which go beyond
standard plasma physics courses. This book fills
this gap presenting an introduction to theory,
experiment and computer simulation in this field.
Based on tutorial lectures at a very successful
recent Summer Institute, the presentation is ideally
suited for graduate students, plasma physicists and
experienced undergraduates.
Features
7 Covers the major developments in theoretical
and experimental physics of complex plasmas
7 Integrates plasma and surface science 7 Both
a study text for graduate students and a reference
work for researchers
From the contents
Introduction.- Part I: General plasma physics
aspects.- Plasmas for Fusion.- Principles of Transport of multi-component plasmas.- Dense Laser
Plasmas.- Introduction to quantum plasmas.Introduction to quantum plasma simulations.Part II: Strongly coupled, quantum and dusty
plasmas.- Imaging diagnostics in dusty plasmas.
A. Celletti, University of Rome, Italy
Stability and Chaos in
Celestial Mechanics
This book presents classical celestial mechanics
and its interplay with dynamical systems in a way
suitable for advance level undergraduate students
as well as postgraduate students and researchers.
First paradigmatic models are used to introduce the reader to the concepts of order, chaos,
invariant curves, cantori. Next the main numerical
methods to investigate a dynamical system are
presented. Then the author reviews the classical
two-body problem and proceeds to explore the
three-body model in order to investigate orbital
resonances and Lagrange solutions. In rotational
dynamics the author details the derivation of the
rigid body motion, and continues by discussing
related topics, from spin-orbit resonances to
dumbbell satellite dynamics.
Features
7 Provides a comprehensive survey of the tools
of celestial mechanics from classical theories to
modern methods 7 Presents a variety of useful
computer – assisted techniques with practical
examples of applications 7 Demonstrates the
interplay between classical celestial mechanics and
the modern tools of dynamical systems 7 Gives
useful examples for the constructive implementation of perturbation theory
Fields of interest
Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Astrophysics and Astroparticles; Mechanics
Target groups
Graduate students, researchers
Discount group
P
U. R. Christensen, A. Balogh, D. Breuer,
K. Glaßmeier (Eds.)
Planetary Magnetism
The articles in this volume cover, for the first
time, all aspects of planetary magnetism, from
the observations made by space missions to their
interpretation in terms of the properties of all the
planets in the solar system. Studies of dynamogenerated magnetic fields in Mercury, the Earth,
the giant planets, as well as in Ganymede, one of
Jupiter’s moons, are presented. Crustal magnetic
field in Mars, the Mon and the Earth are described
as well as magnetic fields induced in the solar
system bodies. There are several articles dealing
with dynamo theory and modelling and applications to the different planets.
Features
7 First comprehensive review of planetary
magnetism, planetary dynamos and the interiors
of planets 7 Covers all aspects of the planets'
magnetic fields and how they are generated
7 Contributions from those who first explored
the planets and explained their magnetism
From the contents
Introduction.- Space exploration of planetary
magnetism.- Planetary magnetic field measurements.- Planetary magnetospheric current
systems.- Separation of the magnetic field into
external and internal parts.- Magnetic field of
the Earth.- Crustal magnetic fields: Mars, Earth
and Moon.- Magnetic field of the outer planets.Magnetic fields of the satellites of Jupiter and
Saturn.- Magnetic field of Mercury.- Paleomagnetic records of planetary differentiation.- Induced
magnetic fields in solar system bodies.- Structure
and evolution of Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and
Neptune and of the extrasolar gas planets.Thermal evolution and magnetic field generation
in terrestrial planets and satellites.- Theory and
modeling of planetary dynamos.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Planetology
Atoms and Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser
Matter Interaction; Plasma Physics.
Target groups
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in the fields of
planetary science and space science
Academic libraries, graduate students, scientists,
practitioners
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Physics and Astronomy
Physics and Astronomy
75
Due January 2010
Physics and Astronomy
Due May 2010
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 380 p. (Springer Series on Atomic, Optical,
and Plasma Physics, Volume 59) Hardcover
2010. XVI, 264 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Astronomy and
Planetary Sciences) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 540 p. 195 illus., 110 in color.
(Space Sciences Series of ISSI, Volume 33) Hardcover
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10591-3
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-540-85145-5
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5900-3
76
Springer News 1/2010
Physics/Astronomy
G. Wolschin, Universität Heidelberg, Germany (Ed.)
Lectures on Cosmology
Accelerated Expansion of the Universe
The lectures that four authors present in this
volume investigate core topics related to the accelerated expansion of the Universe.
The first lecture covers the inflationary period in
the very early Universe.
The second lecture revolves around the accelerated expansion of the late Universe at redshifts
z < 1 due to the enigmatic dark energy that is
commonly interpreted as a cosmological constant.
The discovery of this accelerated expansion relied
on data from type Ia supernovae, so this second
lecture is dedicated to the astrophysics of type Ia
supernovae and their role in cosmological observations.
The third lecture, which seeks alternative explanations of dark energy, deals with modified gravity
models. Such theories presently appear to be the
most serious competitors to conventional darkenergy models based on a cosmological constant
or its time-dependent counterparts arising from a
scalar field.
And the fourth lecture discusses currently available statistical methods that are indispensable for
the analysis of cosmological data, thus making
them necessary prerequisites for many of the
results of modern cosmological research.
Features
7 Provides pedagogically written introductions
to cosmological topics related to expansion of the
universe 7 Contains an overview of statictical
methods applied in cosmology
Contents
Preface.- Inflation and Cosmological Perturbations.- Type Ia Supernovae and Cosmology.Modified Gravity Models of Dark Energy.- Statistical Methods in Cosmology.- Index.
M. Damnjanovic, I. Milosevic, University of Belgrade,
Serbia
Line Groups in Physics
springer.com/booksellers
F. Haake, University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany
Quantum Signatures of Chaos
This volume gives a detailed and up-to-date overview of the line groups, the groups that describe
the symmetry of quasi-one dimensional crystals.
Nanotubes, nanowires, nanosprings, nanorods,
and polymers are examples remarkable enough
to have kept nanoscience as a leading field within
material science and solid state physics for more
than fifteen years now. The authors present the
mathematical foundations, including classifications
of the line groups, quasi one-dimensional crystals
and quantum numbers, together with important
applications. Extensive illustrations related to the
physics of nanotubes make the book essential
reading in this field above all. The book clearly
demonstrates how symmetry is a most profound
property of nature and contains valuable results
that are published here for the first time.
This by now classic text provides an excellent
introduction and survey to the continuously
expanding field of quantum chaos . The topics
treated include a detailed exploration of the
quantum aspects of nonlinear dynamics, quantum
criteria to distinguish regular and irregular
motion, antiunitary symmetries (generalized time
reversal), random matrix theory and a thorough
account of the quantum mechanics of dissipative
systems. Each chapter is accompanied by a selection of problems which will help the newcomer
to test and deepen his/her understanding and
to acquire an active command of the methods
presented.
In addition to a significant number of smaller revisions and chapter updates, the third edition thoroughly expands on the understanding of universal
spectral fluctuations, and – to subsequently make
the presentation of all semi-classical developments
self-contained - a new chapter on classical Hamiltonian chaos has been inserted.
Features
Features
Theory and Applications to Nanotubes and
Polymers
7 First book explicitly devoted to Line Groups
7 Detailed and up-to-date presentation 7 Draws
attention to useful techniques 7 Will aid progress
in theoretical understanding
Fields of interest
Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational
Physics; Nanotechnology; Polymer Sciences
Target groups
Scientists, graduate students, lecturers, academic
libraries
Discount group
P
7 Fully updated and expanded 3rd edition of a
now classic text. 7 Presents new material on classical Hamiltonian chaos to make the presentation
of all semi-classical developments self-contained.
7 Provides an excellent introduction and survey
to the continuously expanding field of quantum
chaos.
Contents
Introduction.- Time Reversal and Unitary Symmetries.- Level Repulsion.- Random-Matrix Theory.Level Custering.- Level Dynamics.- Quantum
Localization.- Dissipative Systems.- Classical
Hamiltonian Chaos.- Semiclassical Roles for Classical Orbits.- Superanalysis for Random-Matrix
Theory.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Statistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and
Complexity; Quantum Physics; Mathematical
Methods in Physics
Cosmology; Astrophysics and Astroparticles;
Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer
Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences
Target groups
Target groups
Researcher and professionals
Researchers and students in quantum physics and
nonlinear dynamics
Discount group
Discount group
P
Physics and Astronomy
P
Physics and Astronomy
Physics and Astronomy
Due March 2010
Due April 2010
Due March 2010
2010. X, 200 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 800)
Softcover
2010. XII, 200 p. 38 illus.
(Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 801) Softcover
3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 530 p.
(Springer Series in Synergetics, Volume 54) Hardcover
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10597-5
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-11171-6
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05427-3
springer.com/librarybooks
N. Haghighipour, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, HI,
USA (Ed.)
A. Y. Khrennikov, University of Växjö, Sweden
The discovery of extrasolar planets over the past
decade has had major impacts on our understanding of the formation and dynamical evolution
of planetary systems. There are features and
characteristics unseen in our solar system and
unexplainable by the current theories of planet
formation and dynamics. Among these new
surprises is the discovery of planets in binary
and multiple-star systems. The discovery of such
“binary-planetary” systems has confronted astrodynamicists with many new challenges, and has led
them to re-examine the theories of planet formation and dynamics. Among these challenges are:
How are planets formed in binary star systems?
What would be the notion of habitability in such
systems? Under what conditions can binary star
systems have habitable planets? How will volatiles
necessary for life appear on such planets?
From Psychology to Finance
Ubiquitous Quantum
Planets in Binary Star Systems Structure
Features
7 This volume presents the reader with the
current state of the research on the detection and
formation of planets in binary stars, written by
teams of experts on these topics
Contents
1 Disks around Young Binary Stars.- 2 Probing
the Impact of Stellar Duplicity on Planet Occurrence with Spectroscopic and Imaging Observations.- 3 The Detection of Extrasolar Planets using
Precise Stellar Radial Velocities.- 4 Observational
Techniques for Detecting Planets in Binary
Systems.- 5 The SARG Planet Search.- 6 Early
Evolution of Planets in Binaries: Planet-disk
interaction.- 7 Dynamics and planet formation
in/around binaries.- 8 Gravitational instability in
binary protoplanetary disks.- 9 N-Body Integrators
for Planets in Binary Star Systems.- 10 Terrestrial
Planet Formation in Binary Star Systems.- 11 Planetary Dynamics and Habitable Planet Formation
In Binary Star Systems.
Fields of interest
Astronomy, Observations and Techniques; Planetology; Astrophysics and Astroparticles
Target groups
Researchers
Discount group
P
Physics/Astronomy
Springer News 1/2010
Quantum-like structure is present practically
everywhere. Quantum-like (QL) models, i.e.
models based on the mathematical formalism
of quantum mechanics and its generalizations
can be successfully applied to cognitive science,
psychology, genetics, economics, finances, and
game theory.
This book is not about quantum mechanics as
a physical theory. The short review of quantum
postulates is therefore mainly of historical value:
quantum mechanics is just the first example of
the successful application of non-Kolmogorov
probabilities, the first step towards a contextual
probabilistic description of natural, biological,
psychological, social, economical or financial
phenomena. A general contextual probabilistic
model (Växjö model) is presented. It can be used
for describing probabilities in both quantum and
classical (statistical) mechanics as well as in the
above mentioned phenomena.
Features
7 Expounds a new "quantum-inspired" approach
to mathematical modeling 7 Draws attention
to structural similarities in diverse fields 7 Rich
source of ideas for further study
Contents
Quantum-like Paradigm.- Classical (Kolmogorovian) and Quantum (Born) Probability.Contextual Probabilistic Model - Växjö Model.Quantum-like Representation Algorithm
- QLRA.- The Quantum-like Brain.- Experimental
Tests of Quantum-like Behavior of the Mind.Quantum-like Decision Making and Disjunction
Effect.- Macroscopic Games and Quantum Logic.Contextual Approach to Quantum-like Macroscopic Games.- Psycho-financial Model.- The
Problem of Smoothness of Bohmian Trajectories.Appendix.- References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Quantum Physics; Probability Theory and
Stochastic Processes; Economic Theory
D. Jaksch, University of Oxford, UK; S. A. Clark
Cold Atoms in Optical Lattices
This book will describe recent theoretical advances
of cold atom physics in optical lattices, concentrating on strongly correlated systems and possible
applications in quantum information processing.
Furthermore, the latest experiments aiming
towards realizing these theoretical ideas will be
discussed. The book will present in detail recently
developed quantum optical tools for manipulating
atoms in optical lattices and show how they can
be used to realize a large range of well controlled
many body Hamiltonians. Connections and differences to standard condensed matter physics will be
explained. Finally, it will discuss how the ability to
dynamically change parameters in these Hamiltonians on time scales much shorter than typical
decoherence times can be exploited to realize
quantum information processing devices with
neutral atoms in optical lattices.
Features
7 The only monograph dedicated solely to this
topic
Contents
1 Introduction.- Part I Few Atom Physics.2 Optical potentials.- 3 Single Atom Dynamics.4 Atom atom interactions in optical lattices.5 Bose-Einstein Condensates in Optical Lattices.Part II Many Atom Physics.- 6 Hubbard Models in
Optical Lattices.- 7 Loading of Degenerate Atomic
Gases Into Optical Lattices.- 8 Condensed matter
models.- 9 Quantum information processing in
optical lattices.- 10 Summary and outlook.
Fields of interest
Physics, general; Quantum Gases and Condensates; Condensed Matter Physics
Target groups
Senior researchers and postgraduate level students
in atomic, molecular and optical physics, also
condensed matter physics and quantum information
Discount group
P
Target groups
Scientists and advanced students
Discount group
P
Physics and Astronomy
Physics and Astronomy
Due January 2010
Physics and Astronomy
77
Due June 2010
Due February 2010
Jointly published with Canopus Academic Publishing
Limited, UK
2010. Approx. 350 p. 200 illus. (Astrophysics and Space
Science Library, Volume 366) Hardcover
2009. XVI, 210 p. 12 illus., 4 in color. Hardcover
2010. IV, 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8686-0
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05100-5
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8688-4
78
Springer News 1/2010
Physics/Astronomy
A. A. Kokhanovsky, University of Bremen, Germany
Light Scattering Reviews 5
Single Light Scattering and Radiative
Transfer
Features
7 Summarizes recent developments in the fields
of light scattering media optics and radiative
transfer 7 Provides an up to date review of
modern single and multiple light scattering theory
7 Focuses on radiative transfer and optics of
highly reflective objects, such as snow and ice
7 Uniquely covers numerical techniques in single
and multiple light scattering 7 Considers both
theoretical and experimental results
From the contents
Chapter 1. Optical properties of small particles
and their aggregates, 1.1. Numerical light scattering simulations and optical properties of
aggregates 1.2. Application of scattering theories
to the characterization of precipitation processes.Chapter 2. Modern methods in radiative transfer
2.1. Using a 3D radiative transfer Monte-Carlo
model to assess radiative effects on polarized
reflectances above cloud scenes.
Fields of interest
Environmental Physics; Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Meteorology/Climatology
Target groups
Post-doctoral researchers and scientists working
in light scattering optics and its applications in the
environmental sciences
Discount group
P
S. Matarrese, Universita di Padova, Italy; V. Gorini,
U. Moschella, Universita di Insubria, Como, Italy
(Eds.)
Dark Matter and Dark Energy
This book developed from a doctoral school sponsored by the Italian Society of General Relativity
and Gravitation, and brings together contributions
from leading international authorities in the field
to provide a review of the developments in the
study of dark matter and dark energy, as seen from
both their cosmological and particle physics side.
Studying the physical and astrophysical properties
of the dark components of our Universe is a crucial
step towards the ultimate goal of unveiling their
nature. The book starts with a concise introduction
to the standard cosmological model, as well as with
a presentation of the theory of linear perturbations
around a homogeneous and isotropic background.
It covers the particle physics and cosmological
aspects of dark matter and (dynamical) dark
energy, including a discussion of how modified
theories of gravity could provide a possible candidate for dark energy.
Features
springer.com/booksellers
D. McComas, Southwest Research Institute,
San Antonio, TX, USA; G. Zank, University of Alabama
Huntsville, AL, USA; N. Schwadron, Boston
University, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)
Interstellar Boundary
Explorer (IBEX)
The Interstellar Boundary Explorer (IBEX) is
a small explorer mission with the sole, focused
science objective to discover the global interaction between the solar wind and the interstellar
medium. IBEX is designed to achieve this objective
by answering four fundamental science questions:
What is the global strength and structure of the
termination shock? How are energetic protons
accelerated at the termination shock? What are the
global properties of the solar wind flow beyond the
termination shock and in the heliotail?, and
How does the interstellar flow interact with the
heliosphere beyond the heliopause?
The answers to these questions rely on IBEX’s
energy resolved images of energetic neutral atoms
(ENAs), which originate beyond the termination
shock, in the inner heliosheath.
7 Reviews both from an observational and
theoretical perspective the status of research on
the dark components of our universe 7 Includes
a compact introduction to cosmological perturbation theory, which is a fundamental ingredient to
understand some of the main observational probes
of dark matter and dark energy in the universe
Features
Fields of interest
Mission Overview.- Motion, Neutrals and ENA
Inversion.- Theory 1.- Theory 2.- Theory 3.- Spacecraft.- IBEX-Hi.- Backgrounds, Signal-to-Noise.Diagnosing Flow with IBEX-Lo.- EPO.- SOC.Local Interstellar Cloud.- IBEX-Lo.- Background
Monitor.
Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity
Theory; Elementary Particles, Quantum Field
Theory; Astrophysics and Astroparticles
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in the fields of
physics, astronomy, cosmology, and mathematics,
as well as (astro)particle physics and general
relativity
Discount group
P
7 Provides the basis for the interpretation of
IBEX mission data 7 Reveals the need for the
unique data produced by IBEX 7 Details the
development of the elements of the IBEX flight
system
Contents
Fields of interest
Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Planetology
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students working in
Earth and space sciences; investigators of solarterrestrial interactions
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
Physics and Astronomy
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
Only available in print
Jointly published with Praxis Publishng, UK
Jointly published with Canopus Academic Publishing
Limited, UK
2010. 500 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Environmental
Sciences) Hardcover
2010. IV, 450 p. (Astrophysics and Space Science Library,
Volume 370) Hardcover
2010. VII, 369 p. Hardcover
7 $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10335-3
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8684-6
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1447-7
Reprinted from SPACE SCIENCE REVIEWS, Vol. 146/1-4,
2009
springer.com/librarybooks
E. J. Mittemeijer, Max-Planck Institute for Metals
Research/Institute of Materials Science, University of
Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany
Fundamentals of Materials
Science
This book offers a fundamental treatise on the
basis of materials science. The book is meant to
be used in the beginning of a materials science
and engineering study. Topics dealt with are
“crystallography”, “lattice defects”, “microstructural analysis”, “phase equilibria and transformations” and “mechanical strength”. After the basic
chapters, the coverage of topics occurs to an extent
surpassing what can be offered in a freshman’s
course. Therefore the book can be used throughout
an entire undergraduate and even graduate study
as a solid background against which specialized
texts can be studied.
The central issue of materials science is to develop
models that provide the relation between the
microstructure and the properties, which is the
feature distinguishing materials science from
merely solid state physics and solid state chemistry.
This book conveys this message.
Features
7 Very comprehensive and topically complete
textbook 7 Only materials sciences textbook
from undergraduate till graduate student level
7 Perfect didactical structure, inclusion of the
latest research results 7 Fluent and rigorous
teaching presentation of the concepts in materials
science providing deep, basic insight into materials
science
Contents
Introduction.- electronic structure of the atom.chemical bonding in solids.- crystallography.- the
crystal imperfection; lattice defects.- analysis of
the microstructure; analysis of lattice imperfections.- phase equilibria.- diffusion.- phase transformations.- recovery, recrystallization and grain
growth.- mechanical strength of materials.
Fields of interest
Structural Materials; Metallic Materials; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials
Target groups
Graduate and upper undergraduate students
Physics/Astronomy
Springer News 1/2010
A. Piel, IEAP CAU-Kiel, Kiel, Germany
K. Sekimoto, ESPCI, Paris, France
Introduction to Plasma
Physics
Stochastic Energetics
This book is written by an experimentalist
and covers all aspects of plasma physics at an
introductory level. The fundamental concepts of
plasma description are developed in a bottom-up
approach of increasing mathematical complexity.
The intuitive understanding of the concepts is
emphasized. Different from most introductory
texts, low-temperature plasmas, plasma discharges
and plasma diagnostics get a much larger share.
Controled nuclear fusion is introduced and
magnetic confinement is discussed at a simple
level. Novel plasma phenomena as found in
complex (dusty) plasmas are described. A large
number of illustrations, worked out problems
with solutions, and short summaries of the basics
of each chapter make this text a companion for
undergraduate and graduate students and a useful
reference on the bookshelf.
Features
7 Different from most introductory texts, modern
fields of plasma physics, such as low-temperature
plasmas, plasma discharges and plasma diagnostics
are covered 7 Emphasis on experimental point of
view and laboratory applications 7 Gives introduction to forefront research on complex plasmas,
like non-neutral or dusty plasmas
Contents
Introduction.- Definition of the Plasma State.Single Particle Motion.- Stochastic Processes in a
Plasma.- Fluid Models.- Plasma Waves.- Plasma
Boundaries.- Instabilities.- Kinetic Description of
Plasmas.- Dusty Plasmas.- Plasma Production.
Fields of interest
Atoms and Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser
Matter Interaction; Plasma Physics; Extraterrestrial
Physics, Space Sciences
Target groups
Students in physics, astrophysics and space
sciences. students in nuclear engineering
79
Stochastic Energetics by now commonly designates
the emerging field that bridges the gap between
stochastic dynamical processes and thermodynamics.
Triggered by the vast improvements in spatiotemporal resolution in nanotechnology, stochastic
energetics develops a framework for quantifying
individual realizations of a stochastic process on
the mesoscopic scale of thermal fluctuations.
This is needed to answer such novel questions as:
Can one cool a drop of water by agitating an
immersed nano-particle?
How does heat flow if a Brownian particle pulls a
polymer chain?
Can one measure the free-energy of a system
through a single realization of the associated
stochastic process?
Features
7 This is the first introductory monograph on this
emerging topic by one of the pioneers in the field
Contents
Part I: Background of the Energetics of the
Stochastic Processes.- Physics of Langevin Equation.- Structure of Macroscopic Thermodynamics.Fluctuations in Chemical Reactions.- Part II:
Basis of Stochastic Energetics.- Concept of Heat
on Mesoscopic Scales.- Work on the Mesoscopic
Systems.- Heat Viewed at Different Scales.- Part
III: Applications of Stochastic Energetics.- Control
and Energetics.- Free-Energy Tranducers.Appendix.- References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Semiconductors; Single Molecule Studies,
Molecular Motors; Statistical Physics, Dynamical
Systems and Complexity
Target groups
Graduate students, lecturers, researchers
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Materials Science
Due February 2010
Physics and Astronomy
Due July 2010
Physics and Astronomy
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. 365 illus., 5 in color.
(Graduate Texts in Physics) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 360 p. 180 illus. Hardcover
2010. XII, 300 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 799)
Hardcover
7 approx. $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10499-2
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10490-9
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-642-05410-5
80
Springer News 1/2010
Physics/Astronomy
T. Stanev, University of Delaware, Newark, DE, USA
High Energy Cosmic Rays
Cosmic rays are an essential part of the universe.
Their origin is related to many important astrophysical processes, such as star formation, stellar
evolution, supernova explosions and the state
of interstellar matter in the Galaxy. Cosmic Ray
Physics reviews our present knowledge of cosmic
rays, describing how they are born in a wide range
of cosmic processes, how they are accelerated and
how they interact with matter, magnetic fields and
radiation during their journey across the Galaxy.
The book also describes the detection of cosmic
rays, and the processes which take place, both at
the top and within the Earth’s atmosphere. The
author also describes the very important area of
the underground detection of very high energy
cosmic rays and particles such as neutrinos.
Features
7 Second edition of sucessful texbook 7 Draws
on the author’s 30 years of research experience,
working in the field of cosmic ray research
7 Considers the very latest and most exciting
topics in cosmic ray research 7 Considers both
theoretical aspects and experimental techniques
7 Presents the very latest experimental results for
cosmic ray measurements above and in the atmosphere, at the Earth’s surface, and underground
Fields of interest
Astrophysics and Astroparticles; Astronomy,
Observations and Techniques; Extraterrestrial
Physics, Space Sciences
Target groups
Advanced undergraduate and graduate students
and astronomers, high energy astrophysicists,
physicists
Discount group
P
A. A. Ungar, North Dakota State University, Fargo,
ND, USA
Hyperbolic Triangle Centers
The Special Relativistic Approach
After A. Ungar had introduced vector algebra and
Cartesian coordinates into hyperbolic geometry in
his earlier books, along with novel applications in
Einstein’s special theory of relativity, the purpose
of his new book is to introduce hyperbolic barycentric coordinates, another important concept to
embed Euclidean geometry into hyperbolic geometry. It will be demonstrated that, in full analogy to
classical mechanics where barycentric coordinates
are related to the Newtonian mass, barycentric
coordinates are related to the Einsteinian relativistic mass in hyperbolic geometry. Contrary to
general belief, Einstein’s relativistic mass hence
meshes up extraordinarily well with Minkowski’s
four-vector formalism of special relativity.
In Euclidean geometry, barycentric coordinates
can be used to determine various triangle centers.
Features
7 Continuation of A. Ungar successful work on
hyperbolic geometry, now with introduction of
hyperbolic barycentric coordinates
7 Proves how, contrary to general belief, Einstein’s
relativistic mass meshes up well with Minkowski’s
four-vector formalism of special relativity 7 Sets
the ground for investigating hyperbolic triangle
centers numerically with respect to its hyperbolic
triangle vertices
From the contents
Part I The Special Relativistic Approach to
Hyperbolic Geometry, 1. Einstein Addition, 2.
When Einstein meets Minkowski, 3.Euclidean
and Hyperbolic Barycentric Coordinates, Part II
Mathematical Tools for Hyperbolic Geometry, 4.
Gyrovectors.
Fields of interest
Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity
Theory; Applications of Mathematics; Theoretical,
Mathematical and Computational Physics
Target groups
Upper undergraduate and graduate students as
well as researchers in geometry, algebra, theoretical physics and astronomy
springer.com/booksellers
R. Vaas, University of Gießen, Germany (Ed.)
Beyond the Big Bang
Competing Scenarios for an Eternal Universe
The Big Bang model is now both theoretically and
empirically well established, although it does not
explain the mystery of the very beginning of our
universe. Over recent years, however, new developments open up the exciting prospect of going
“beyond” the Big Bang and even of finding a physical explanation for it. Surprisingly, the ancient
idea of a past-eternal universe is being revived, but
a variety of other fascinating new approaches -from the Holographic Universe to Cosmic Natural
Selection -- are also being pursued. This book
provides an up-to-date overview of each of these
competing scenarios with original contributions
from the world’s leading researchers in cosmology,
who describe their own work and results in a
manner understandable even to non-specialists.
“The stellar line-up of contributors to this volume
are working at the cutting edge of cosmological
research, and are poised to take our understanding
of the universe beyond the big bang into an even
stranger realm.” - Paul Davies.
Features
7 The first publication to gather and compare the
various scenarios proposed to explain the Big Bang
7 Written by the leading protagonists, many of
them originators of the theories 7 Clear presentation accessible also to non-specialists
7 Carefully edited to avoid redundancy, fine
tuned to bring out the parallels in the different
approaches
Fields of interest
Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity
Theory; Astronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology;
Popular Science in Astronomy
Target groups
Scientists, cosmologists, theoretical physicists,
students of physics, astronomy/cosmology, philosophy of science, philosophers, some theologians,
teachers, laymen interested in astronomy and
cosmology, popular science fans seeking a deeper
understanding
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Due February 2010
Only available in print
Physics and Astronomy
Physics and Astronomy
Jointly published with Praxis Publishing Ltd., UK
Due June 2010
Due May 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 170 illus. (Springer Praxis
Books / Astronomy and Planetary Sciences) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 400 p. (Fundamental Theories of Physics,
Volume 166) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 680 p. 40 illus. (The Frontiers Collection)
Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-3-540-85147-9
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8636-5
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-540-71422-4
springer.com/librarybooks
Advances in Polymer Science
Series editors: A. Abe, A. Albertsson, K. Dusek,
W. H. de Jeu, H. Kausch, S. Kobayashi, K. Lee,
L. Leibler, T. E. Long, I. Manners, M. Möller,
O. Nuyken, E. M. Terentjev, B. Voit, G. Wegner,
U. Wiesner, M. J. Vicent
Volume 224
W. Meier, W. Knoll (Eds.)
Polymer Membranes/
Biomembranes
Features
7 Highest Impact Factor of all publications
ranked by ISI within Polymer Science 7 Short
and concise reports on physics and chemistry of
polymers, each written by the world renowned
experts 7 Still valid and useful after 5 or 10 years
7 The electronic version is available free of charge
for standing order customers at: springer.com/
series/12/
Contents
Han Zhang, James R. Joubert, and S. Scott
Saavedra: Membranes from Polymerizable Lipids.A. P. Siegel and C. A. Naumann: Polymer Stabilized Lipid Membranes: Langmuir Monolayers.Wolfgang Knoll, Katja Bender, Renate Förch, Curt
Frank, Heide Götz, Claudia Heibel, Toby Jenkins,
Ulrich Jonas, Asmorom Kibrom, Ralf Kügler,
Christoph Naumann, Renate Naumann, Annette
Reisinger, Jürgen Rühe, Stefan Schiller, and EvaKathrin Sinner: Polymer-Tethered Bimolecular
Lipid Membranes.- Violeta Malinova, Serena
Belegrinou, Dirk de Bruyn Ouboter, and Wolfgang
Meier: Biomimetic Block Copolymer Membranes.Annabelle Bertin, Florian Hermes, and Helmut
Schlaad: Biohybrid and Peptide-Based Polymer
Vesicles.- Kostas Ch. Daoulas and Marcus Müller:
Comparison of Simulations of Lipid Membranes
with Membranes of Block Copolymers.
Fields of interest
Polymer Sciences; Lipidology; Biomaterials
Target groups
Academic and industrial researchers, libraries in
polymer science, material science and solid state
physics
Discount group
P
A. Bernardini, Università degli Studi de Padova,
Padova, Italy; F. Tonon, University of Texas at Austin,
Austin, TX, USA
Bounding Uncertainty in Civil
Engineering
Theoretical Background
In engineering contexts, random sets are useful
when there is scarce or imprecise information as
well as when a model for the engineering system
is imprecise (e.g., discretization errors, different
competing models, upper and lower bounds in
limit analysis). Random sets generalize the concept
of random variables from point measures to set
measures; equivalently, they embody a convex set
of probability measures.
Taking an engineering approach rather than a
mathematical one, Random Sets in Civil Engineering is a gentle introduction to the subject
that does not require advanced mathematical
knowledge. Basic ideas and methods are presented
and demonstrated with the aid of simple workedout examples and suggested problems. Connections are clarified to the more general theory of
imprecise probabilities and to other non classical
models of uncertainty and approximate reasoning
in decision making (e.g., fuzzy sets and evidence
theory).
Features
7 Basic ideas and methods of Random Sets
in Civil Engineering are presented with the aid
of simple worked-out examples and suggested
problems 7 Useful as reference for practicing
engineers involved in planning, design, construction and management of civil infrastructures, as
well as a graduate-level textbook
Contents
Motivation.- Review of Theory of Probability and
Notation.- Random sets and imprecise probabilities.- Random relations.- Inclusion and mappings
of random sets/relations.- Approximate reasoning.
Springer Handbook of
Nanotechnology
Since 2004 and with the 2nd edition in 2006,
the Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology has
established itself as the definitive reference in the
nanoscience and nanotechnology area. It integrates
the knowledge from nanofabrication, nanodevices,
nanomechanics, Nanotribology, materials science,
and reliability engineering in just one volume.
Beside the presentation of nanostructures, micro/
nanofabrication, and micro/nanodevices, special
emphasis is on scanning probe microscopy, nanotribology and nanomechanics, molecularly thick
films, industrial applications and microdevice
reliability, and on social aspects. In its 3rd edition,
the book grew from 8 to 9 parts now including a
part with chapters on biomimetics. More information is added to such fields as bionanotechnology,
nanorobotics, and (bio)MEMS/NEMS, bio/nanotribology and bio/nanomechanics.
Features
7 3rd edition of this successful handbook
7 2nd edition also on DVD-ROM 7 New part
with a focus on biomimetics 7 Updated with
focus on bionanotechnology
From the contents
Forewords by Neal Lane, James R. Heath, Subra
Suresh.- Introduction to Nanotechnology.- Nanostructures, Micro/Nanofabrication and Materials.MEMS/NEMS and BioMEMS/NEMS.- ScanningProbe Microscopy.- Bio/Nanotribology and Bio/
Nanomechanics.- Molecularly Thick Films for
Lubrication.- Biomimetics.- Industrial Applications.- Micro/Nanodevice Reliability.
System requirements
For PC und Mac. For the complete system requirements see: springer.com
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of
Materials; Structural Mechanics; Geotechnical
Engineering
Researchers and graduate students in mechanical
and civil engineering
Discount group
Engineering
81
B. Bhushan, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH,
USA (Ed.)
Fields of interest
P
Chemistry and Materials Science
Materials Science
Springer News 1/2010
Nanotechnology and Microengineering; Tribology,
Corrosion and Coatings; Continuum Mechanics
and Mechanics of Materials
Researchers and engineers, students
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due April 2010
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 238 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
3rd ed. 2010. XL, 1800 p. 1600 illus. in color. With DVD.
Hardcover
7 $249.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10478-7
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11189-1
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02524-2
82
Springer News 1/2010
Materials Science
H. Frey, Esslingen, Germany; H. R. Khan, Schwäbisch
Hall, Germany
S. Hull, Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, Oxfordshire,
UK
Handbook of Thin Film
Technology
Solid Electrolytes: Materials,
Properties and Applications
Features
Solid electrolytes or superionics are materials
which exhibit exceptionally high values of ionic
conductivity due to the rapid diffusion of one
ionic species through a lattice formed by immobile
counterions. Originally studied by Faraday in the
1830s, and for many years considered little more
than scientific curiosities, ionically conducting
solids are now a widely studied class of materials
with important technological applications within
solid state batteries, gas sensors and fuel cells.
This book aims to provide an introduction to solid
electrolytes and their historical development. A
detailed summary of the major families of superionic compounds will be presented, with particular
emphasis on the most important examples. An
assessment of our current understanding of the
relationship between the crystal structure of superionics and their bulk conduction processes will be
given, permitting a discussion of the factors which
promote rapid ionic motion within solids.
7 Practical handbook with a focus on the
methods of thin film generation and measurement
7 Can be used a reference as well as for self-study
7 Includes also an introduction to the physical
foundations and applications in nanotechnology
Contents
Introduction.- Physical Foundations.- Techniques for Thin Film Generation.- Plasma-based
Methods.- Chemical Vapor Deposition.- Ion Beam
Techniques.- Single Crystal Deposition Techniques.- Modern Analysis Methods for Surfaces
and Thin Films.- Measurement Methods.- Extrasitu techniques.- Automation of Vacuum Coating
Plants.- Applications in Nanotechnology, Electronics, and Optics.
Fields of interest
Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials; Operating
Procedures, Materials Treatment
Target groups
Professionals and students
Discount group
P
Features
7 The book will focus primarily on the superionic
materials themselves, rather than the techniques
used to study them or their various technological
applications, which allows their conducting properties to be discussed from both the fundamental
(ionic diffusion processes) and the more applied
(device) points of view 7 Highlighting the
complementary between the microscopic behaviour and macroscopic properties
Fields of interest
Solid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy;
Optical and Electronic Materials
Target groups
Scientists and researchers in solid state chemistry,
physics and materials science, also with relevance
to aspects of earth science and engineering
Those working in more applied areas of the topic
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
C. Lacroix, CNRS, Grenoble, France; F. Mila, Ecole
Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne, Switzerland;
P. Mendels, Université Paris 11, Orsay, France (Eds.)
Introduction to Frustrated
Magnetism
Materials, Experiments, Theory
The field of highly frustrated magnetism has developed considerably and expanded over the last 15
years. Issuing from canonical geometric frustration
of interactions, it now extends over other aspects
with many degrees of freedom such as magnetoelastic couplings, orbital degrees of freedom, dilution effects, and electron doping. Its is thus shown
here that the concept of frustration impacts on
many other fields in physics than magnetism. This
book represents a state-of-the-art review aimed at
a broad audience with tutorial chapters and more
topical ones, encompassing solid-state chemistry,
experimental and theoretical physics.
Features
7 Only book dealing with all aspects of frustrated
magnetism 7 Integrates basic physics and related
topics 7 Appeals to researchers and graduate
students alike
From the contents
First Part: Basic concepts in frustrated magnetism.- Thermal and Quantum Fluctuations in
Frustrated Magnets.- Quantum Spin Liquids.Second Part: Probing frustrated magnets.- Thermodynamic Measurements.- Neutron scattering.Resonance experiments (ESR, NMR, µ-SR).- Light
experiments.- Third Part: Frustrated systems.- Synthesis and crystal growth of frustrated magnets.Spinels.- Pyrochlores.- Kagome.- Fourth part:
Specific effects in frustrated magnets.- Magnetization plateaux.- Lattice instabilities.- Spin ice.- Fifth
part: Advanced Theorical Methods in Frustrated
Magnetism.- Large N approaches and Schwinger
bosons.
Fields of interest
Magnetism, Magnetic Materials; Structural Materials; Engineering, general
Target groups
Scientists, graduate students and academic
libraries
Discount group
P
Physics and Astronomy
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due September 2010
Physics and Astronomy
Due May 2010
Due August 2010
Jointly published with Canopus Academic Publishing
Limited, UK
2010. Approx. 1000 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 500 p. 160 illus. (Springer Series in
Solid-State Sciences, Volume 164) Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05429-7
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8682-2
7 approx. $229.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10588-3
springer.com/librarybooks
S. Oktyabrsky, University at Albany - SUNY, Albany,
NY, USA; P. Ye, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN,
USA (Eds.)
Fundamentals of III-V
Semiconductor MOSFETs
Fundamentals of III-V Semiconductor MOSFETs
presents the fundamentals and current status of
research of compound semiconductor metaloxide-semiconductor field-effect transistors
(MOSFETs) that are envisioned as a future replacement of silicon in digital circuits. The material
covered begins with a review of specific properties
of III-V semiconductors and available technologies
making them attractive to MOSFET technology,
such as band-engineered heterostructures, effect of
strain, nanoscale control during epitaxial growth.
Due to the lack of thermodynamically stable native
oxides on III-V’s (such as SiO2 on Si), high-k
oxides are the natural choice of dielectrics for
III-V MOSFETs.
Features
7 A comprehensive overview of III-V compound
semiconductor MOSFETs and the most recent
breakthroughs 7 The commercialization of
compound semiconductor MOSFETs 7 Fundamental and technological aspects of high-k oxides
as a natural choice for III-V MOSFETs and the
challenges faced when using high-k oxides
From the contents
Towards III-V digital MOSFET circuits.- Physics
of compound semiconductors: band-engineered
heterostructures and strain effects.- Physics
and modeling of compound semiconductor
MOSFETs.- P-channel MOSFETs.- Compound
semiconductor technology: MBE and MOCVD.Properties and trade-offs of compound semiconductor MOSFETs.- Electronic structure and
properties of high-k gate oxides..
I. A. Razumovsky, Russian Academy of Science,
Moscow, Russia
Solid-State Physics
Interference-optical Methods
of Deformable Solid Body
Mechanics
Introduction to the Theory
Learning Solid State Physics involves a certain
degree of maturity, since it involves tying together
diverse concepts from many areas of physics. The
objective is to understand, in a basic way, how
solid materials behave. To do this one needs both
a good physical and mathematical background.
One definition of Solid State Physics is it is the
study of the physical (e.g. the electrical, dielectric,
magnetic, elastic, and thermal) properties of solids
in terms of basic physical laws. In one sense, Solid
State Physics is more like chemistry than some
other branches of physics because it focuses on
common properties of large classes of materials. It
is typical that Solid State Physics emphasizes how
physics properties link to electronic structure. We
have retained the term Solid
Modern solid state physics came of age in the late
thirties and forties and is now is part of condensed
matter physics which includes liquids, soft materials, and non-crystalline solids.
Features
7 2nd edition of a successful textbook 7 Presents the rich teaching experience of two gifted
professors 7 Covers the important basic aspects
of the entire field of solid state physics 7 Comes
with a 200 pages manual of exercises and solutions
to support learning and teaching 7 Very valuable
graduate textbook
From the contents
Circuits and Systems; Solid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy
Target groups
Fields of interest
Engineers engaged in frontier semiconductor
materials and electronics, and graduate students
in electrical engineering, materials science and
engineering, materials physics and chemistry
Discount group
P
Condensed Matter Physics; Solid State Physics;
Spectroscopy and Microscopy
Target groups
Graduate students
Translated by: G. A. Yakovlevich, Moscow State
Technical University, Moscow, Russia
This reference tutorial contains modern experimental approaches to analysis of strain-stress
distribution based on interference-optical methods
of registration of strain or displacement fields,
including coherent-optical techniques (holographic interferometry, speckle photography, electronic digital speckle interferometry techniques)
and photoelastic methods as well as the shadow
optical method of caustic.
The book describes the theory, efficient scope of
application in the every-day practice and the problems of further development of these techniques.
Much attention is paid to new and promising
advanced developments in the field of observation
and computational methods for study of residual
stress, determination of fracture mechanics parameters and material deformation characteristics.
The content corresponds to the course of lectures
delivered by the author at the N.E. Bauman
Moscow State Technical University.
Features
7 Presents the theory ant the scope of applications in the practice 7 Contains modern
approached and promising advanced techniques
Contents
Introduction.- Photoelasticity.- Coherent-optical
methods.- Use of interference-optical methods to
solve problems in fracture mechanics.- Experimental methods for residual stress determination.
Fields of interest
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Optics, Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and
Optical Devices; Materials Science, general
Target groups
Scientists and researchers, graduate students
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Engineering
Due February 2010
Engineering
83
J. D. Patterson, Rapid City, SD, USA; B. C. Bailey,
Cape Canaveral, FL, USA
Main Book: Crystal Binding and Structure.- Lattice
Vibrations and Thermal Properties.- Electrons in
Periodic Potentials.- The Interaction of Electrons
and Lattice Vibrations.- Metals, Alloys, and the
Fermi Surface.- Semiconductors.- Magnetism,
Magnons, and Magnetic Resonance.- Superconductivity.- Dielectrics and Ferroelectrics.- Optical
Properties of Solids.- Defects in Solids.- Current
Topics in Solid Condensed Matter Physics.
Fields of interest
Materials Science
Springer News 1/2010
Physics and Astronomy
Original Russian edition published by the Publishing
House of the N.E. Bauman Moscow State Technical
University, 2007
Due January 2010
Due December 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. 100 illus. Hardcover
2nd ed. 2011. Approx. 800 p. 200 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 270 p. (Foundations of Engineering
Mechanics) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1546-7
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-02588-4
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11221-8
84
Springer News 1/2010
Materials Science
H. Schönherr, University of Stanford, CA, USA;
G. J. Vancso, University of Twente, The Netherlands
Scanning Force Microscopy of
Polymers
X. Yi, S. Du, L. Zhang (Eds.)
Composite Materials
Engineering
This book introduces the reader to scanning force microscopy of polymers based on a
practice-oriented approach. It begins with a broad
introduction to the necessary background of SFM,
including intermolecular forces and various SFM
imaging modes. “Scanning Force Microscopy of
Polymers” is developed in a didactically clear and
easily understandable style. The application of
SFM to visualize and study polymers is exemplified
by numerous case studies, including experimental
protocols. In addition, the book helps the reader
to develop a conscious and critical understanding
of SFM data. This approach enables the reader to
acquire the knowledge and experimental skills
that are necessary to understand and obtain good
and reliable SFM results within the shortest time
possible.
In recent decades, composite materials have developed very rapidly and the applications continue to
be of increasing importance. Composite Materials
Engineering, the three-volume reference book,
offers an integrated and completely up-to-date
coverage on composite materials.
Vol. 1 provides an introduction and the fundamentals of composite materials, covering reinforcements of composites, polymer matrix materials,
textile composites, interfaces of composites and
mechanics and the design of composites.
Vol. 2 focuses on several important composite
materials and provides detailed descriptions about
the properties, the production technologies and
the applications of these composite materials,
including advanced polymer matrix composites,
thermoplastic polymer matrix composites, metal
matrix composites, etc.
Features
Features
7 A practice oriented book. It "teaches" the reader
to pick up knowledge and skills necessary to
obtain good and reliable results within the shortest
possible time 7 Didactically clear and easily
understandable and containts many graphical
representations and visuals 7 Helps the reader to
develop a conscious and critical understanding
From the contents
7 Authoritative Authorship: More than 40 best
experts in composite materials of China devote
themselves to the completion of this book
7 Comprehensive: It is the most comprehensive
book on composite materials in the world
7 Advancement: Latest advances in field of
optical functional composites and intelligent
composites are introduced
Q. Yin, B. Zhu, H. Zeng, Shanghai Institute of
Ceramics, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Shanghai,
China
Microstructure, Property
and Processing of Functional
Ceramics
Microstructure, Property and Processing of Functional Ceramics describes the preparation, property and local structure microscopy of functional
ceramics. It covers functional ceramic fabrication
processing, grain boundary phenomena and
micro-, nanoscale structures characterizations
including scanning electron acoustic microscopy,
scanning probe acoustic microscopy and piezoresponse force microscopy.
This book is intended for advanced undergraduates, graduates and researchers in the field of materials science, microelectronics, optoelectronics and
microscopy.
Qingrui Yin and Binghe Zhu both are professors
at the Shanghai Institute of Ceramics, Chinese
Academy of Sciences; Dr. Huarong Zeng is an
associate professor at the Shanghai Institute of
Ceramics, Chinese Academy of Sciences.
Features
Ceramics, Glass, Composites, Natural Materials;
Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials
7 Covers microstructure and mechanical properties of inorganic functional material 7 Discusses
grain boundary phenomena in functional ceramics
7 Discusses near-field acoustic microscopy of
inorganic functional material (method, theory and
applications) 7 Includes quantitative characterization of ferro-piezoelectric material in nanoscale 7 550 photos clearly depict the microstructure of functional ceramics and crystals
Target groups
Fields of interest
Physical Principles of Scanning Probe Microscopy
Imaging.- Atomic Force Microscopy in Practice.- Assembling of AFM’s for operation.- Practical issues of AFM operation.- Visualization of
Macromolecules and Polymer Morphology.- Structural Hierarchy in Polymers.- Single Component
Systems.- Biopolymers.- Multi Component
Systems.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Discount group
Polymer Sciences; Analytical Chemistry; Biochemistry, general
springer.com/booksellers
Researchers and practitioners in the field of
composite materials, materials sciences, materials
engineering, materials design and civil engineering
P
Materials Science, general; Industrial Chemistry/
Chemical Engineering; Metallic Materials
Target groups
Researchers, institutes in materials science and
ceramics
Discount group
Target groups
P
Laboratory scientists including industrial
researchers and academic personnel (graduate
students and postdoctoral researchers) working on
lab floor level, also for managers
Discount group
P
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due March 2010
Distribution rights in China: Chemical Industry Press.
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due March 2010
Chemistry and Materials Science
Due April 2010
Jointly published with Chemical Industry Press
Jointly published with Metallurgical Industry Press
2010. I, 300 p. (Springer Laboratory) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 2900 p. 1850 illus.
(In 3 volumes, not available seperately) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 400 p. 212 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-01230-3
7 $809.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05262-0
7 $279.00
ISBN 978-3-642-01693-6
springer.com/librarybooks
P. A. Allison, Imperial College, London, UK;
D. J. Bottjer, University of Southern California, Los
Angeles, CA, USA (Eds.)
Taphonomy
Process and Bias Through Time
Taphonomic bias is a pervasive feature of the
fossil record. A pressing concern, however, is
the extent to which taphonomic processes have
varied through the ages. It is one thing to work
with a biased data set and quite another to work
with a bias that has changed with time. This book
includes work from both new and established
researchers who are using laboratory, field and
data-base techniques to characterise and quantify
the temporal and spatial variation in taphonomic
bias. It may not provide all the answers but it will
at least shed light on the right questions.
Contents
1. Taphonomy. 2. Taphonomic overprints on
biodiversity. 3. Taphonomy of shelly taxa through
time. 4. Taphonomy of shelly taxa through time.
5. Taphonomy of animal organic skeletons though
time. 6. Molecular taphonomy of plant organic
skeletons. 7. The relationship between continental
landscape evolution and the plant-fossil record.
8. Hierarchical control of terrestrial vertebrate
taphonomy over space and time. 9. Taphonomy of
carbonate microfacies through time. 10. Taphonomy of reefs through time. 11. Silicification
through time. 12. Phosphatization through the
Phanerozoic. 13. Three-dimensional morphological (CLSM) and chemical (Raman) imagery
of cellularly mineralized fossils. 14. Taphonomy
in temporally unique settings. 15. Taphonomy in
temporally unique settings: the Ediacaran interval.
16. Mass extinctions and changing taphonomic
processes.
Fields of interest
Paleontology; Biodiversity; Geology
Earth Sciences/Geography
Springer News 1/2010
H. Furumai, S. Sato, M. Kamata, K. Yamamoto (Eds.)
Advanced Monitoring
and Numerical Analysis of
Coastal Water and Urban Air
Environment
Assisted by: Y. Kawamoto
Undergraduate and graduate students of civil
engineering, architecture, environmental engineering, and environmental science will enjoy
reading the book without knowledge or experience in computer science. Especially, several case
study works were introduced focusing urban
environmental problems in Mega cities in Asian
countries. For example, Tokyo, Taipei, Bangkok
are monitoring field for environmental research.
Regeneration of Topics include state-of-the-art
of environmental monitoring and simulation in
urban area: hazardous substances, atmospheric
movement, coastal hydrology, biological tests, and
wastewater.
Features
7 Contain interesting and intensive field monitoring data on coastal environmental and urban air
environment 7 The topics also include state-ofthe-art of environmental monitoring and simulation analysis in urban area: hazardous substances,
atmospheric movement, coastal hydrology,
biological tests, and wastewater
Fields of interest
Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning
Target groups
Graduates, scientists, researchers, academic
libraries
Discount group
P
Target groups
H. Gökcekus, T. Umut, Near East University,
Lefkosa/North Cyprus, Turkey; J. W. LaMoreaux,
P.E. LaMoreaux & Assoc., Tuscaloosa, AL, USA (Eds.)
Survival and Sustainability
Environmental concerns in the 21st Century
The International Conference on Environment:
Survival and Sustainability, held at the Near East
University, Nicosia, Northern Cyprus 19-24
February 2007, dealt with environmental threats
and proposed solutions at all scales. The 21 themes
addressed by the conference fell into four broad
categories; Threats to Survival and Sustainability;
Technological Advances towards Survival and
Sustainability; Activities and Tools for Social
Change; Defining Goals for Sustainable Societies.
Activities and tools that move the society towards
greater sustainability were emphasized at the
conference. These included environmental law
and ethics, environmental knowledge, technology
and information systems, media, environmental
awareness, education and lifelong learning, the
use of literature for environmental awareness, the
green factor in politics, international relations and
environmental organizations. The breadth of the
issues made clear the need for greatly increased
interdisciplinary and international collaboration.
Features
7 Addresses the need for greatly increased
interdisciplinary and international collaboration
regarding survival and sustainability issue
7 The conference represents an initial step in this
direction
Fields of interest
Sustainable Development; Applied Earth Sciences;
Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning
Target groups
Libraries, researchers, scientists, graduates, tutors,
professionals
Discount group
Researchers and professionals
P
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due June 2010
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
85
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 450 p. (Topics in Geobiology,
Volume 32) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 175 p. 100 illus. (cSUR-UT Series: Library
for Sustainable Urban Regeneration, Volume 3)
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 1400 p. 110 illus., 60 in color.
(Environmental Earth Sciences) Hardcover
7 approx. $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8642-6
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-4-431-99719-1
7 $349.00
ISBN 978-3-540-95990-8
86
Springer News 1/2010
Earth Sciences/Geography
springer.com/booksellers
J. Havskov, L. Ottemoller, University of Bergen,
Norway
D. Hopley, James Cook University, Townsville, QLD,
Australia (Ed.)
B. K. Jana, M. Majumder, Jadavpur University,
Kolkata, India (Eds.)
Routine Data Processing in
Earthquake Seismology
Encyclopedia of Modern
Coral Reefs
With Sample Data, Exercises and Software
Structure, Form and Process
Impact of Climate Change
on Natural Resource
Management
The purpose of this book is to get a practical
understanding of the most common processing
techniques in earthquake seismology. The book
deals with manual methods and computer assisted
methods. Each topic will be introduced with the
basic theory followed by practical examples and
exercises. There are manual exercises entirely
based on the printed material of the book, as well
as computer exercises based on public domain
software. Most exercises are computer based. The
software used, as well as all test data are also available on the DVD in the back of the book.
This book is intended for everyone processing
earthquake data, both in the observatory routine
and in connection with research. Using the
exercises, the book can also be used a basis for a
university course in earthquake processing.
Includes: Exercises, test data and public domain
software (SEISAN) that is available from http://
extras.springer.com
Editorial board: G. Cabioch, P. Davies, T. Done,
E. Gischler, I. Macintyre, R. Wood, C. Woodroffe
Features
7 Only book of its kind 7 Provides background,
data examples, exercises and integrated software
Features
7 No equivalent publication available
7 Presented from a geological rather than
ecological angle 7 Will be used by wide range
of disciplines as well as earth scientists 7 Coral
reefs highly topical because of worldwide decline
and impact of climate change (sometimes referred
to as the "canaries" for climate change)
Fields of interest
Biogeosciences; Physical Geography; Freshwater &
Marine Ecology
Target groups
Scientists and researchers at geology, oceanography, geography and ecology university and
governmental departments, as well as at companies
Discount group
P
This book covers a huge range of strategies that
can be applied to various sectors, from forests to
flood control. Its aim, as with resource management itself, is to combine economics, policy and
science to help rehabilitate and preserve our
natural resources.
Beginning with papers on carbon sequestration,
including the practice of artificial desertification,
the topics move on to cover the use of distributed
modeling and neural networks in estimating water
availability and distribution. Further chapters
look at uncertainty analysis applied to the spatial
variation of hydrologic resources, and finally the
book covers attempts at estimating meteorological
parameters in the context of hydrological variables
such as evapo-transpiration from stream flow.
Within the next decade, the effects of climate
change will be severe, and felt by ordinary human
beings. This book proposes a raft of measures that
can mitigate, if not reverse, the impact of global
warming on the resources we have all come to
depend on.
Features
Preface.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Earth structure and
seismic phases.- 3. Instruments and waveform
data.- 4. Signal processing.- 5. Location.6. Magnitude.- 7. Focal mechanism and seismogram modeling.- 8. Spectral analysis.- 9. Array
processing.- 10. Operation.- References.- Software
references.- Index.
7 Comprehensive overview of new methodologies and computational methods, and impact of
man-made structures on natural resources
7 Detailed examinations of such techniques as
Clean Development Mechanism, Environmental
Impact Assessment, Remote Sensing, GIS and
Watershed Management 7 Discusses implications of climatic variations which can be used in
research projects
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Contents
Geophysics/Geodesy; Geotechnical Engineering;
Signal, Image and Speech Processing
Climate Change; Hydrogeology; Remote Sensing/
Photogrammetry
Seismologists at observatories or universities; and
earthquake seismologists, seismological engineers
Scientists, researchers, professionals, students,
policymakers, environmental managers and social
activists
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Discount group
P
Due February 2011
2011. XX, 900 p. 450 illus., 50 in color.
(Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) Hardcover
7 approx. $549.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2638-5
2011. eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)
Earth and Environmental Science
Due May 2010
7 approx. $549.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2639-2
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 380 p. 200 illus. With DVD. Hardcover
2011. XX, 900 p. 450 illus., 50 in color. Print + eReference.
(Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) (2-volume-set)
2010. XII, 415 p. 219 illus., 158 in color. Hardcover
7 $120.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8696-9
7 approx. $689.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2640-8
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3580-6
springer.com/librarybooks
J. Kämpf, Flinders University, Adelaide, SA, Australia
Advanced Ocean Modelling
Using Open-Source Software
This book introduces the reader to advanced
methods used in the computer-based modelling
of fluid processes. This includes nonhydrostatic
processes such as breaking internal waves and
density-driven convection, but the model code
is also used to simulate an El-Niño event! The
book contains 25 practical exercises, using freely
available Open-Source software suites, which are
widely used by the scientific community. In this
book, the art of hydrodynamic modelling is made
available and transparent to a wider readership. An
attractive biproduct of the book is that results are
animations rather than still images. Model codes
and animation scripts for all exercises are supplied
on a website. The reader can adopt model codes for
own independent studies
Features
7 Step-by-step introduction to more complex
aspects of hydrodynamic modelling suitable for
graduates and professional scientists 7 Also suitable for online teaching and external workshops
Fields of interest
Oceanography; Computer Applications in Earth
Sciences; Meteorology/Climatology
Target groups
Scientists, researchers, libraries, institutes
Discount group
P
Earth Sciences/Geography
Springer News 1/2010
W. Lahoz, Norsk Institut for Luftforskning, Kjeller,
Norway; B. Khattatov, Fusion Numerics, Boulder,
CO, USA; R. Menard, Atmospheric Science and
Technology Directorate Environment, Dorval,
Canada (Eds.)
A. D. Miall, University of Toronto, ON, Canada
Data Assimilation
Data assimilation methods were largely developed
for operational weather forecasting, but in recent
years have been applied to an increasing range of
earth science disciplines. This book will set out the
theoretical basis of data assimilation with contributions by top international experts in the field.
Various aspects of data assimilation are discussed
including: theory; observations; models; numerical
weather prediction; evaluation of observations and
models; assessment of future satellite missions;
application to components of the Earth System.
References are made to recent developments in
data assimilation theory (e.g. Ensemble Kalman
filter), and to novel applications of the data
assimilation method (e.g. ionosphere, Mars data
assimilation).
Preface to Second Edition: The main purpose of
this book remains the same as it was for the first
edition, that is, to situate sequences within the
broader context of geological processes so that
geoscientists might be better equipped to extract
the maximum information from the record of
sequences in a given basin or region. The following
are the main themes of the book:
Central to the concept of the sequence is the
deductive model that sequences carry messages
about the “pulse of the earth”. In the early modern
period of sequence stratigraphy (the late 1970s and
1980s) the model of global eustasy was predominant, and it was to offer a critique of that model
that provided the impetus for developing the first
edition of this book. Model-building has been
central to the science of geology from the beginning—it was certainly a preoccupation of such
early masters of the science as Lyell, Chamberlin,
Barrell and Ulrich.
From the contents
Features
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Making Sense of Observations
1. Theory. 1.2 Data Assimilation for dummies.
1.3 Mathematical concepts of data assimilation.
1.4 Variational data assimilation. 1.5 Kalman filter
methods. 1.6 Errors in data assimilation. 1.7 Bias
estimation. 1.8 Evaluation of assimilation algorithms. 1.9 Initialization. 1.10 Inverse Modelling.2. Observations. 2.1 Observing the Earth System.
2.2 Assimilation of operational data. 2.3 Research
satellites.
Mathematical Applications in Earth Sciences;
Computer Applications in Earth Sciences; Remote
Sensing/Photogrammetry
Target groups
Researchers, PhD and post-doctoral students
working on the theory and applications of data
assimilation, researchers in the various fields of
earth sciences who want to gain a better knowledge of the theory of data assimilation and how
it can be applied to the specific fields of earth
sciences
The Geology of Stratigraphic
Sequences
7 Situates sequences within the broader context
of geological processes so that geoscientists are
better equipped to extract the maximum information from the record of sequences in a given basin
or region 7 Essential reading for professional
geologists involved in coal, gas and petroleum
geology as well as hydrology 7 Stresses a deductive approach to geology placing the evidence
before the model
Sedimentology; Geology
Target groups
Graduate students, scientists, practitioners in
hydrocarbon exploration
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
87
Earth and Environmental Science
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
Due February 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 200 p. 105 illus., 15 in color. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 475 p. Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 480 p. 337 illus., 100 in color.
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10609-5
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-3-540-74702-4
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05026-8
88
Springer News 1/2010
Earth Sciences/Geography
C. E. Pearce, F. Pearce, University of Adelaide,
Australia
Oceanic Migration
Oceanography and Global Climate Change
as Keys to the Paths, Sequence, Timing and
Range of Prehistoric Migration in the Pacific
and Indian Oceans
Oceanic Migration studies the prehistoric peopling
of the Pacific. It uses science and mathematics to
expand the research base of Pacific prehistory and
casts new light on this final human expansion. It
explores the fundamental roles of oceanography
and of global climate change in determining
the paths, sequence, timing and range of Spice
Island-based maritime migrations ranging across
a quarter of the globe. The book is of interest
to Pacific prehistorians, oceanographers and
American anthropologists concerned with the
diffusionist debate. For oceanographers it presents
the new idea of the role of the West Pacific Warm
Pool and of three of its four major currents in
determining the evolution of voyaging in two
oceans. For diffusionists it provides new chronological and technological contexts in which the
issue of diffusionism needs to be reconsidered.
Features
7 Presents a revolutionary analysis of prehistoric
oceanic migration 7 Provides a coherent oceanographic mechanism for prehistoric voyaging in
two oceans 7 Offers the first Spice Island-based
Polynesian prehistory
From the contents
Part 1: Early Exploration Strategies and Migration Paths.- Part 2: Evidence for a Lapita Age First
Settlement of New Zealand.- Part 3: Sketching a
Chronology for the Exploration and Colonization
of the Pacific. Appendix 1: Genealogies.
Fields of interest
Migration; Oceanography; Climate Change
Target groups
W. Reimold, Natural History Museum, Berlin,
Germany; R. L. Gibson, University of Witwatersrand,
Johannesburg, South Africa
Meteorite Impact
The Danger from Space and South Africa’s
Mega-Impact
The Vrederfort Dome
The impact of large extraterrestrial bolides (asteroids and comets) with Earth is an everpresent
danger that humanity has only recently begun to
recognise. Of the 175 impact craters found thus
far on Earth, three giants stand out – Chicxulub
in Mexico, Sudbury in Canada, and the Vredefort
Impact Structure in South Africa. Each of these
impact events catastrophically altered the global
environment and was strong enough to drastically
change life on our planet. The Vredefort Structure
is the oldest and largest of these three giants at
about 300 km diameter it is nearly twice the size of
the Chicxulub crater that was formed by an impact
that wiped out approximately 75% of all known
life on Earth 65 million years ago. In the more
than 2000 million years since its formation, water,
wind and ice have slowly eroded away the original
Vredefort crater, exposing its roots in a series of
spectacular rocks.
Features
7 A guide to one of the world's oldest and biggest
meteorite impact structures
J. Reitner, V. Thiel, University of Göttingen, Germany
(Eds.)
Encyclopedia of Geobiology
Editorial board: H. Fritz, University of Göttingen,
Germany; A. Kappler, Center for Applied Geoscience
(ZAG), Tübingen, Germany; K. Konhauser, University
of Alberta, AB, Canada; P. Reid, Rosenstiel School
of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of
Miami, FL, USA; X. Zhang, Northwest University, Xian,
China
Features
7 The only key resource in the rapidly expanding
area of geobiology 7 Cross disciplinary conception from the outset and execution 7 Extensive
and comprehensible compilation of modern
geobiological methods
Fields of interest
Biogeosciences; Earth Sciences, general; Life
Sciences, general
Target groups
Libraries; graduate students; researchers (natural
scientists, e.g. geochemists, (micro)biologists,
geologists, paleontologists, mineralogists); school
and university teachers
Discount group
P
Contents
The Early History of Earth - Impact, Volcanoes,
and Early Life.- Chaos and Catastrophe.- The
Impact Heritage of Southern Africa.- Vredefort:
The Largest and Oldest Impact Structure in the
World.- The More Recent History of the Vredefort
Dome Area.- Tourism, and Questions Often Asked
About Vredefort.- What Does the Future Hold for
Mankind.- Outlook on Vredefort.
Fields of interest
Planetology; Geoecology/Natural Processes
Scientists and researchers in oceanography, traditional histories, physiology, genetics, geology and
volcanology, ship hydrodynamics, global climate
history and paleodemography
Target groups
Discount group
P
P
springer.com/booksellers
Scientists and interested academics in the related
fields, as well as libraries and students
Discount group
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2011
2011. Approx. 800 p. 482 illus., 32 in color.
(Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) Hardcover
Earth and Environmental Science
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
7 $549.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-9211-4
2011. eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)
7 $549.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-9212-1
Due March 2010
Originally published by Chris van Rensburg Publications
(Pty) Ltd and the Council for Geoscience, 2005
2010. XIV, 438 p. 22 illus., 8 in color. Hardcover
3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 320 p. 300 illus. in color. Softcover
2011. Approx. 800 p. 482 illus., 32 in color.
Print + eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3825-8
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10463-3
7 $689.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-9213-8
springer.com/librarybooks
H. Balzter, University of Leicester, UK (Ed.)
Environmental Change in
Siberia
Earth Observation, Field Studies and
Modelling
Siberia is undergoing rapid transformations as a
result of its climate vulnerability and the exceptionally high rate of warming it has undergone in
recent decades. The information presented in this
book was not easily accessible to the global change
community before. Contributors include a wide
range of Russian, European and North American
authors from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds
including field ecology, satellite remote sensing
and modelling.
The book investigates disturbance processes in
the taiga forest with a focus on fire and logging,
provides observational evidence of evergreen
conifer invasion into larch dominated zones which
could be a sign of climate change, and describes
vegetation model predictions of shifting vegetation zones. Satellite observations of snow cover
in Siberia are presented, and observed changes in
river runoff described. The interactions between
the hydrological cycle, the biosphere and the atmosphere are looked at from a variety of disciplinary
viewpoints.
Features
7 Highlighting a multitude of processes leading
to environmental change in Siberia 7 Provides
a holistic view of the multiple scales at which
environmental change processes operate today by
combining an analysis of field observation, model
results and satellite imagery 7 Features information previously not accessible to the global change
community
Fields of interest
Climate Change; Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Monitoring/Environmental Analysis
Environmental Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
M. Bell, S. H. Hosseinloo, U. Kanturska, Imperial
College London, UK (Eds.)
L. Ci, X. Yang, Research Institute of Forestry, Beijing,
China
Security and Environmental
Sustainability of Multimodal
Transport
Desertification and Its
Control in China
Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research
Workshop on Security and Environmental
Sustainability of Multimodal Transport,
London, United Kingdom, 8–9 January 2009
This unique resource offers a deep understanding
of hazardous material transportation and concomitant security and environmental problems. The
risks involved in the transport of dangerous goods
are shown to arise mainly from the location of the
sources and destinations as well as the timing of
deliveries.
Features
Desertification and Its Control in China comprehensively discusses desertification from the views
of formation, distribution, development and
control models. This book truly elucidates basic
theory and control models of desertification, especially the numerous results from research carried
out for the UN Convention to Combat Desertification. This book will provide a theoretical and
practical basis for ecological and environmental
planning and design as well as guidelines for
prevention/restoration for desertification projects.
It will also provide practical examples.
Features
7 A collection of papers written by international
experts on hazardous material transportation,
security and environmental protection 7 Covers
topics which are of great concern to the public and
academics, such as the security of transport and
climate change
7 Summarizes the achievements in desertification
control in China over the past 50 years 7 Foreword by Dr. Hama Arba Dialo, Executive Secretary
of the UN Convention to Combat Desertification
7 The Chinese version of this book received an
award for one of the best publications in China in
2006
Fields of interest
From the contents
Sustainable Development; Optimization; Climate
Change
Target groups
University academics and researchers in the
fields of transportation, sustainable development,
individuals interested in hazardous material
transportation and its environmental implications,
Industries such as transportation and environmental institutions
Discount group
P
Concept and Global Status of Desertification.Natural Background of China’s Drylands.- Natural
Resources and their Utilization in the Drylands
of China.- Sandy Deserts, Gobi, Sandlands and
Sandified Land in Dryland Provinces of China.Water Erosion in the Drylands of China.- Soil
Salinization.- Steppe Degradation and Rehabilitation in Northern China.
Fields of interest
Soil Science & Conservation; Geoecology/Natural
Processes; Environmental Management
Target groups
Institutions and researchers, government professionals, and students in ecology, environmental
management, and environmental conservation
Target groups
Postgraduate students as well as researchers
actively investigating global change issues with a
special interest in the Siberian region
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
Earth and Environmental Science
Due May 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. (Advances in Global Change
Research, Volume 40) Hardcover
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8640-2
89
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
2010. X, 270 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security
Series C: Environmental Security) Hardcover
Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8561-0
Jointly published with Higher Education Press
Also available as Softcover
2010. Approx. 500 p. 95 illus., 15 in color. Hardcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-90-481-8562-7
7 $279.00
ISBN 978-3-642-01868-8
90
Springer News 1/2010
Environmental Sciences
The Handbook
of Environmental Chemistry
Editor-in-chief: D. Barceló, A. G. Kostianoy
Volume 7
A. G. Kostianoy, P.P. Shirshov Institute of Oceanology,
Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia;
A. N. Kosarev, Lomonosov Moscow State University,
Moscow, Russia (Eds.)
The Aral Sea Environment
With contributions by numerous experts
The environmental problems in the Aral Sea region
continue to worsen. This volume presents the
information gathered to date on various aspects of
the Aral Sea environment. Specialists from institutions in Russia, Uzbekistan, France, Germany
and the USA cover different topics – from the
paleohistory and archaeology of the region, to the
present physical, chemical and biological state of
the sea, and the analysis of the runoff and deltas
of the Amudarya and Syrdarya rivers. Further, the
regional climate change is discussed and reasons
for the progressing environmental crisis and
the socio-economic problems in the region are
highlighted.
Features
7 Presents in a systematic description the knowledge accumulated on the physical oceanography,
marine chemistry and biology, and pollution of
the Aral Sea 7 Based on numerous observational
data of the authors, on archival data of several
Russian oceanographic institutions and on the
broad scientific literature mainly published in
Russian editions
Fields of interest
Environmental Chemistry; Marine & Freshwater
Sciences; Ecotoxicology
Target groups
Scientists, engineers, graduate students in environmental sciences, risk assessment and risk controlling, toxicology and ecology, decision-makers in
government, industrial and regulatory bodies
springer.com/booksellers
A. S. Issar, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel
(Ed.)
K. Kümmerer, University Hospital Freiburg, Germany
(Ed.)
Progressive Development
Green and Sustainable
Pharmacy
To Mitigate the Negative Impact of Global
Warming on the Semi-arid Regions
The book is based on the results of the investigations of the authors in the semi-arid and arid
regions (ASAR) of the globe. These investigations brought to the conclusion that the warming
climate will cause the drying up of the water
resources in these regions. In this case the principles of Sustainable Development will not be able
to avert forthcoming catastrophes. These conclusions brought to the compilation of the policy of
“Progressive Development”, emphasising investment in the development of new water resources
and changing the natural environments while
advancing the local populations on the dimension
of knowledge by education.
Features
7 Progressive Development is a new conceptual
model recommended to scientists, engineers,
economists, executives and project leaders of NGO
aid projects who are involved in development
projects in arid and semi arid regions all over the
world
Within recent years pharmaceuticals have come
into focus as contaminants of the environment. At
the same time the issue of sustainable chemistry
gained momentum. Bringing both together
would result in sustainable pharmacy. Sustainable
pharmacy is a totally new issue and approach. It
addresses environmental, economical and social
aspects of pharmacy. In the present stage the focus
will be on environmental issues along the whole
lifecycle of a pharmaceutical entity. That is dealing
with resources and energy input but also with
waste issues for example during the synthesis and
production of an active pharmaceutical ingredient.
Furthermore, it would also look on the compounds
themselves and will aim to improve the degradability of the compounds after their use in the
environment to reduce the environmental risk
caused by pharmaceuticals in the environment.
Another issue is the people using pharmaceuticals
such as pharmacists, medical doctors and patients.
From the contents
Scientists, researchers; institutes, libraries
(climatology, environmental sciences)
General Aspects.- Green and sustainable Pharmacy.- Pharmaceuticals in the Water Cycle:
Moving from a Problem to a Solution.- What can
we learn from Green Chemistry?- Development,
Synthesis and Production of Pharmaceuticals.Production of Pharmaceuticals - Some General
Aspects.- Green Metrics and practical examples.Examples from Industrial Practice in Lead Development Using in-silico Methods.- Rational Design
of Molecules by Life Cycle Engineering.- The Role
of Drug Targeting and Drug Delivery.- Use and
Disposal of Pharmaceuticals.- Pharmacovigilance
and Ecopharmacology.- Perspectives for Changing
Prescription and Disposal Routines.- Experiences
with Swedish Classification System.
Discount group
Fields of interest
Contents
Progressive Development - Human Society Can
Mitigate the Negative Impacts of Aridization Due
to Global Warming.- Regional Investigations.Progressive Development and Strategic Environmental Assessment.- Appendices.
Fields of interest
Climate Change; Nature Conservation
Target groups
P
Environmental Management; Pharmacy; Medicinal Chemistry
Target groups
Libraries, institutes, researchers, scientists,
pharmaceutical industry
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
2010. XIV, 330 p. Hardcover
2010. X, 290 p. (Environmental Science and Engineering)
Hardcover
2010. VIII, 220 p. 40 illus. Hardcover
7 approx. $339.00
ISBN 978-3-540-88276-3
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10639-2
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05198-2
springer.com/librarybooks
L. Mays, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA
(Ed.)
Ancient Water Technologies
This fascinating book, which sets out many of the
ingenious methods by which ancient societies
gathered, transported and stored water, is a timely
publication as overextraction and profligacy
threaten the existence of aquifers and watercourses
that have supplied our needs for millennia.
It provides an overview of the water technologies
developed by a number of ancient civilizations,
from those of Mesopotamia and the Indus valley to
later societies such as the Mycenaeans, Minoans,
Persians, and the ancient Egyptians. Of course,
no book on ancient water technologies would be
complete without discussing the engineering feats
of the Romans and Greeks, yet as well as covering
these key civilizations, it also examines how
ancient American societies from the Hohokams
to the Mayans and Incas husbanded their water
supplies. This unusually wide-ranging text could
offer today’s parched world some solutions to the
impending crisis in our water supply.
A. Navarra, Istituto Nazionale di Geofisico e Vulcanologia, e Centro Euromediterraneo per l Cambiamenti
Climatici, Bologna, Italy; V. Simoncini, Università di
Bologna, Italy
Reviews of Environmental
Contamination and
Toxicology
A Guide to Empirical Orthogonal Functions for Climate Data
Analysis
Continuation of Residue Reviews
7 Presents a universal picture of water technologies of ancient civilizations 7 An unusually wideranging text which could offer today’s world solutions to the impending crisis in our water supply
Climatology and meteorology have basically been
a descriptive science until it became possible
to use numerical models, but it is crucial to the
success of the strategy that the model must be a
good representation of the real climate system of
the Earth. Models are required to reproduce not
only the mean properties of climate, but also its
variability and the strong spatial relations between
climate variability in geographically diverse
regions. Quantitative techniques were developed
to explore the climate variability and its relations between different geographical locations.
Methods were borrowed from descriptive statistics,
where they were developed to analyze variance of
related observations-variable pairs, or to identify
unknown relations between variables.
A Guide to Empirical Orthogonal Functions for
Climate Data Analysis uses a different approach,
trying to introduce the reader to a practical application of the methods, including data sets from
climate simulations and MATLAB codes for the
algorithms.
From the contents
Features
Features
1. A Brief History of Water Technology during
Antiquity: Before the Romans. 2. Water Technology in Ancient Mesopotamia. 3.Water
Technology in Ancient Egypt. 4. Ancient Greek
Lavatories: Operation with Reused Water. 5. Water
Resource Management in Iran’s Ancient Persepolis
Complex. 6. A Web Based Information System for
the Inspection of the Hydraulic Works in Ancient
Greece.
Fields of interest
Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution;
Archaeology; History of Science
Target groups
Hydrologists, civil engineers, scientists and
researchers working in water management, environmental water historians
Environmental Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
7 Availability of source codes for the pictures
7 Step-by-step introduction to the methods
and implementation 7 Practical application of
methods as encountered in real problems
7 Mathematical base largely self-included
Fields of interest
Editor-in-chief: D. M. Whitacre, Series editors:
L. Albert, O. Hutzinger, J. Knaak, F. Mayer,
D. Morgan, D. Park, R. Tjeerdema, P. d. Voogt,
R. Yang, C. Gerba, J. Giesy, J. T. Stevens, G. Ware
Volume 204
D. M. Whitacre (Ed.)
Reviews of Environmental Contamination and
Toxicology attempts to provide concise, critical
reviews of timely advances, philosophy and significant areas of accomplished or needed endeavor in
the total field of xenobiotics, in any segment of the
environment, as well as toxicological implications.
Contents
Forward.- Preface.- Electron Transfer as a
Potential Cause of Diacetyl Toxicity in Popcorn
Lung Disease by Peter Kovacic and Andrew L.
Cooksy.- Bioconcentration, Bioaccumulation and
Metabolism of Pesticides in Aquatic Organisms by
Toshiyuki Katagi.- Index.
Fields of interest
Environmental Management; Ecotoxicology;
Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution
Target groups
Researchers and industry scientists
Discount group
P
Meteorology/Climatology; Mathematical Applications in Earth Sciences; Computational Science
and Engineering
Target groups
Graduate and advanced undergraduate students,
practitioners and post-docs that require an introduction to the informed usage of the techniques,
professionals
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Earth and Environmental Science
91
Earth and Environmental Science
Due April 2010
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 275 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. With online files/update. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 60 p. 6 illus. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8631-0
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3701-5
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1439-2
92
Springer News 1/2010
Environmental Sciences
Reviews of Environmental
Contamination and
Toxicology
Continuation of Residue Reviews
Editor-in-chief: D. M. Whitacre, Series editors:
L. Albert, O. Hutzinger, J. Knaak, F. Mayer, D.
Morgan, D. Park, R. Tjeerdema, P. d. Voogt, R. Yang,
C. Gerba, J. Giesy, J. T. Stevens, G. Ware
Volume 205
D. G. Steyn, University of British Columbia, Canada;
S. T. Rao, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, USA (Eds.)
Air Pollution Modeling and
its Application XX
Proceedings of the 30th NATO/SPS
International Technical Meeting on Air
Pollution Modelling and Its Application,
San Francisco, California, U.S.A.,
18–22 May 2009
D. M. Whitacre, Summerfield, NC, USA (Ed.)
Reviews of Environmental Contamination and
Toxicology attempts to provide concise, critical
reviews of timely advances, philosophy and significant areas of accomplished or needed endeavor in
the total field of xenobiotics, in any segment of the
environment, as well as toxicological implications.
Contents
Foreward.- Preface.- Gammarus spp. in Aquatic
Ecotoxicology and Water Quality Assessment:
Towards Integrated Multilevel Tests by Petra Y.
Kunz, Cornelia Kienle and Almut Gerhardt.- The
Svalbard Glaucous Gull as Bioindicator Species
in the European Arctic: Insight from 35 Years
of Contaminants Research by J. Verreault, G.W.
Gabrielsen and J.O. Bustnes.- Fenamiphos and
Related Organophosphorus Pesticides: Environmental Fate and Toxicology by Tanya Cáceres,
Mallavarapu Megharaj, Kadiyala Venkateswarlu,
Nambrattil Sethunathan and Ravi Naidu.- Index.
Fields of interest
Environmental Management; Ecotoxicology;
Waste Management/Waste Technology
Target groups
Researchers and industry scientists
Discount group
P
Recent developments in air pollution modelling
are explored as a series of contributions from
researchers at the forefront of their field. This book
on air pollution modelling and its application is
focused on local, urban, regional and intercontinental modelling; data assimilation and air quality
forecasting; model assessment and evaluation;
aerosol transformation; the relationship between
air quality and human health and the effects of
climate change on air quality. It consists of a series
of papers that were presented at the 30th NATO/
SPS International Technical Meeting on Air Pollution Modelling and its Application held in San
Francisco, USA, May 18-22, 2009.
Features
7 Latest research results from top researchers in
the field 7 Balance between applied and theoretical results 7 International coverage
Fields of interest
Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air
Pollution; Monitoring/Environmental Analysis
Target groups
Professors and graduate students interested in air
pollution modelling as well as researchers and
professionals involved in developing and utilizing
air pollution models
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
H. Stroo, HydroGeoLogic Inc., Ashland, OR, USA;
C. Ward, Rice University, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)
In Situ Remediation of
Chlorinated Solvent Plumes
This volume provides a review of the past 10 to
15 years of intensive research, development and
demonstrations on the in situ remediation of
dissolved chlorinated solvents. The intended audience includes the decision makers and practicing
engineers and hydrogeologists who will select,
design and operate these remedial systems, as
well as researchers seeking to improve the current
state-of-the-art. Our hope is that this volume
will serve as a useful resource to assist remediation professionals in applying and developing the
technology as effectively as possible.
Features
7 The editors and chapter authors have produced
a well-written and up-to-date treatise that we hope
will prove to be a useful reference for those making
decisions on remediation of chlorinated solvents,
for remediation practitioners, and for those
involved in development of advanced technology
for the in situ remediation of dissolved chlorinated
solvents in groundwater
From the contents
Groundwater Contamination by Chlorinated
Solvents: History, Remediation Technologies,
and Strategies.- Chlorinated Solvent Chemistry:
Structures, Nomenclature and Properties.Biodegradation of Chlorinated Ethenes.- Abiotic
Processes Affecting the Remediation of Chlorinated Solvents.- Engineering and Implementation
Challenges for Chlorinated Solvent Remediation.Modeling Remediation of Chlorinated Solvent
Plumes.
Fields of interest
Environmental Management; Waste Management/
Waste Technology; Waste Water Technology /
Water Pollution Control / Water Management /
Aquatic Pollution
Target groups
Engineers and hydrologists in remediation field,
decision makers and researchers in remediation
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
Earth and Environmental Science
2010. Approx. 590 p. (NATO Science for Peace and
Security Series C: Environmental Security) Hardcover
Earth and Environmental Science
Due February 2010
Due February 2010
7 $269.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3810-4
2010. Approx. 160 p. Hardcover
Also available as Softcover
2010. Approx. 705 p. 176 illus., 114 in color.
(SERDP/ESTCP Environmental Remediation Technology)
Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5622-4
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3811-1
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1400-2
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
M. Van Staden, ICLEI - Local Governments for
Sustainability, Freiburg, Germany; F. Musco,
Università IUAV di Venezia, Italy (Eds.)
Local Governments and
Climate Change
Sustainable Energy Planning and
Implementation in Small and Medium Sized
Communities
The focus of this publication is on how small
and medium-sized communities in Europe are
effectively responding to climate change, with a
particular focus on different approaches used in
sustainable energy planning and implementation.
A number of cases presented show the result of
different (and often combined) motivations and
actions. The most effective responses are those
with a holistic, integrated and long-term approach,
addressing both climate change mitigation and
adaptation, based on citizen and other local stakeholder involvement. Local climate action means
addressing different sectors, from buildings to
waste, but also involving the industry and business
sectors. The focus is on engaging communities on
a large scale.
Features
7 Addressing the climate change challenge
effectively needs engaged local governments and
communities 7 Local climate action successes
presented show the value of an integrated
approach 7 Inspiring local climate action success
stories show there are multiple benefits for all
Fields of interest
Climate Change; Renewable Energy Sources;
Sustainable Development
Target groups
Local decision-makers (mayors, deputy mayors
for energy and environment, Councillors); local
council administrators and municipal staff (heads
of energy and environment departments, technical
staff); national policy makers (Departments of
Energy, Environment, Strategy, Local Governments); academics and students: public administration, political science, engineering (energy),
architecture, environment, sustainable energy /
renewable energy management
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due March 2010
2010. 50 illus. in color. (Advances in Global Change
Research, Volume 39) Hardcover
7 approx. $229.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-9530-6
Environmental Sciences
93
94
Springer News 1/2010
Life Sciences
N. Anthes, R. Bergmüller, W. Blanckenhorn,
H. J. Brockmann, C. Fichtel, L. Fromhage,
J. Frommen, W. Goymann, J. Heinze,
K. Hirschenhauser, H. Hofer, S. Kaiser, P. Kappeler,
B. Kempenaers, G. Kerth, J. I. Korb, K. Kotrschal,
C. Kraus, M. Manser, N. Michiels, R. Moritz, M. Pahl,
D. Penn, N. Sachser, M. Schaefer, C. P. Schaik,
J. M. Schneider, I. Schreiber, M. Taborsky, J. Tautz,
F. Trillmich, S. Zhang, P. Kappeler (Eds.)
Animal Behaviour: Evolution
and Mechanisms
The study of animal behaviour is one of the fastest
growing sub-disciplines in biology. The resulting
diversity of conceptual approaches and methodological innovations makes it increasingly difficult
for professionals and students to keep abreast of
important new developments. This edited volume
provides up-to-date reviews that facilitate orientation in key areas of animal behaviour, including
communication, cognition, conflict, cooperation,
sexual selection and behavioural variation. The
contributions address evolutionary and proximate aspects of behaviour and also cover both
invertebrates and vertebrates. Important concepts
are dealt with in separate glossaries and key
examples highlighted in separate text boxes. Richly
illustrated with colour figures, this volume offers a
well structured overview of all the main developments in current animal behaviour research. It is
ideal for teaching upper-level courses, where it will
be essential reading for advanced students familiar
with basic concepts and ideas.
Features
7 Articulate summaries of main ideas and
approaches in the current study of animal behaviour 7 Tests of theories with the most recent
empirical examples 7 Comprehensive reviews by
leaders in their respective fields 7 Especially for
the master courses
Fields of interest
Behavioural Sciences; Evolutionary Biology;
Animal Ecology
Target groups
Advanced students of biology
P. W. Atkinson, University of California, Riverside, CA,
USA (Ed.)
Vector Biology, Ecology and
Control
springer.com/booksellers
K. Balasubramanian, M. Burghard,
Max-Planck-Institut für Festkörperforschung,
Stuttgart, Germany (Eds.)
Carbon Nanotubes
Methods and Protocols
The control of mosquitoes and other insect vectors
of human pathogens in an area-wide, environmentally and sustainable way is critical to solving
global health problems in the developing world
but also to industrialized countries that already
have in place efficient vector control programs.
The rapid spread of West Nile virus through the
United States provides one example of how even a
highly developed country can be relatively powerless against the spread of mosquito-borne disease.
This volume illustrates how the efforts over half
a century of a single investigator, Mir S. Mulla,
and his students and collaborators have achieved
sustainable vector insect control in regions of the
world extending from the south-western United
States to south-east Asia. These control strategies
have been refined over these decades and now are
employed in a diversity of ecosystems.
Due to their rare combination of high chemical
stability, exceptional optical and electrical properties, high surface-to-volume ratio, and high aspect
ratio, carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have made an
enormous impact on materials science, molecular
biology, biomedicine, and bioanalytical chemistry. Carbon Nanotubes: Methods and Protocols
provides reliable, consistent protocols on the application of CNTs in molecular biology-related fields.
These are of vital importance, as the commercially
available CNTs differ in purity, agglomeration
state, as well as length and diameter distribution,
all of which have a profound influence on the
dispersability and surface properties of the tubes.
The volume contains detailed sections on functionalization, toxicity, trafficking, scaffolds, and
biosensors, provided by expert researchers from
various fields.
Features
Features
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
7 Brings together papers on vector ecology,
molecular biology as applied to mosquito vector
control, and mosquito biological control together
in one volume 7 Centres around the achievements of one individual (and his students and
colleagues) who has worked in this field of
research for more than 50 years which is a highly
unusual achievement in any discipline
Applied Ecology; Infectious Diseases; Public
Health/Gesundheitswesen
Target groups
Entomologists who are vector biologists, mosquito
biologists, vector ecologists, employees of
mosquito and vector abatement districts in the
United States and elsewhere, students (of the
above), biological control specialists
7 Presents functionalization protocols essential
for implementing carbon nanotubes into molecular biology methods 7 Serves as a comprehensive guide to the use of carbon nanotubes in
biochemical sensing, cytotoxicity testing, and gene
delivery 7 Provides a comprehensive survey of
how to employ functionalized carbon nanotubes in
molecular biology studies
Biochemistry, general; Biomaterials
Target groups
Molecular biologists, bioanalytical chemists, nanoscientists, materials scientists
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Springer Protocols
Due February 2010
Due April 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 620 p. 110 illus. in color. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. 119 illus., 6 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 625) Hardcover
7 approx. $59.95
ISBN 978-3-642-02623-2
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2457-2
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-577-4
springer.com/librarybooks
H. Bang, X. K. Zhou, Weill Medical College of Cornell
University, New York, NY, USA; H. L. Van Epps,
Rockefeller University Press, New York, NY, USA;
M. Mazumdar, Weill Medical College of Cornell
University, New York, NY, USA (Eds.)
M. R. Barnes, GlaxoSmithKline Research
& Development Limited, Stevenage, Hertfordshire,
UK; G. Breen, King’s College London, UK (Eds.)
Statistical Methods in
Molecular Biology
Methods and Protocols
While there is a wide selection of ‘by experts, for
experts’ books in statistics and molecular biology,
there is a distinct need for a book that presents the
basic principles of proper statistical analyses and
progresses to more advanced statistical methods
in response to rapidly developing technologies and
methodologies in the field of molecular biology.
Statistical Methods in Molecular Biology strives
to fill that gap by covering basic and intermediate
statistics that are useful for classical molecular
biology settings and advanced statistical techniques that can be used to help solve problems
commonly encountered in modern molecular
biology studies, such as supervised and unsupervised learning, hidden Markov models, methods
for manipulation and analysis of high-throughput
microarray and proteomic data, and methods for
the synthesis of the available evidences.
Features
7 An easily accessible reference for statistical
methods in molecular miology, written by leading
researchers in the field 7 Presents a comprehensive guide to self-learning analysis tools for data
generated in molecular biology studies, from basic
methods to advanced, specialized methods in a
progressive style
Fields of interest
Bioinformatics; Statistics, general; Biostatistics
Target groups
Molecular biologists, statisticians, higher level
undergraduate students and graduate students
in biomedical sciences, statistics and applied
mathematics
Discount group
P
Life Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
Genetic Variation
With the continuing advances in sequencing
technologies and the availability of thousands of
distinct human genomes, we are fast approaching
the day when “personal genomes” become a
standard study measure and a routine component
of personal health records. In Genetic Variation:
Methods and Protocols, expert researchers address
the rising importance of genome variation, both at
the level of the individual and in population-based
studies of disease, with a collection of detailed
protocols reflecting the nature and impact of
genetic variation on human phenotypes.
I. B. Buchwalow, W. Böcker, University of Münster,
Germany
Immunohistochemistry:
Basics and Methods
7 Provides an easily accessible reference volume
on all the major forms of genetic variation as
written by leading researchers in the field
7 Contains detailed bioinformatics tutorials and
notes 7 Leads the reader step-by-step through
the in silico analysis of genetic variants with
suggestions for further lab experiments
While many excellent texts and monographs exist
which cover various aspects of immunohistochemistry, the lack of a concise comprehensive source
for using these methods was a major motivation
for the authors to write this book.
The authors carefully selected the established
methods and easy-to-adopt protocols. In addition
to standard techniques, special attention was given
to modern developments in immunohistochemistry such as antigen retrieval, signal amplification,
the use of epitope tags, multiple immunolabeling
or diagnostic immunohistochemistry. Each of the
procedures described have been proved by the
authors. Many of the methods are routinely used in
daily practice in their institute. Each chapter starts
with a short introduction into the principles of a
method and then presents step-by-step protocols
and instructions, including precise recipes for all
material needed. Thus, the manual is suitable for
a broad audience ranging from students and technical assistants to experienced researchers.
From the contents
Features
Features
Genetic Variation Analysis for Biomedical
Researchers: A Primer.- Exploring the Landscape
of the Genome.- Asking Complex Questions of
the Genome without Programming.- Laboratory Methods for the Detection of Chromosomal
Abnormalities.- Cancer Genome Analysis Informatics.- Copy Number Variations in the Human
Genome and Strategies for Analysis.A Short Primer on the Functional Analysis of
Copy Number Variation for Biomedical Scientists.- Computational Methods for the Analysis of
Primate Mobile Elements.
7 Each protocol described has been proved by the
authors; many of the methods are routinely used in
daily practice in their institute 7 Well established methods as well as easy-to-adopt protocols
reflecting recent developments in immunohistochemistry are provided 7 All practical steps are
clearly described, including lists of all necessary
material
From the contents
Human Genetics; Gene Expression
Antibodies for immunohistochemistry; Antibody labeling and the choice of the label; Probes
processing for immunohistochemistry; Working
with antibodies; Background staining, autofluorescence and blocking steps.
Target groups
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Geneticists, molecular biologists, bioinformaticians
Discount group
P
Immunology; Biological Techniques; Cell Biology
Target groups
Researchers, students and technical assistants in
biomedical and life sciences laboratories
Discount group
P
Springer Protocols
95
Springer Protocols
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 550 p. 117 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 620) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 375 p. 84 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 628) Hardcover
2010. VIII, 130 p. Hardcover
7 $159.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-578-1
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60327-366-4
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04608-7
Due February 2010
96
Springer News 1/2010
Life Sciences
I. M. Clark, University of East Anglia, Norwich, UK
(Ed.)
Matrix Metalloproteinase
Protocols
Consulting editor: D. A. Young, A. D. Rowan,
Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK
Since the discovery of a collagen-degrading
protease in the tadpole tail in 1962, matrix metalloproteinase research has led to the discovery of
more than twenty distinct vertebrate MMPs, along
with a variety of homologues from diverse organisms such as the sea urchin, plants, insects, and
nematode worms. Fully updating and adding to
the popular first edition, Matrix Metalloproteinase
Protocols, Second Edition includes a series of
state-of-the-art techniques provided by eminent
experts in the field. Beginning with a brief overview of the MMP arena, from how these enzymes
fit into the larger degradome to what occurs when
their expression and function in the mouse is
modulated, the volume continues with sections
on the expression and purification of MMPs and
TIMPs, the detection of MMPs and TIMPs at both
the protein and mRNA level, and our ability to
assay MMP and TIMP activities in a wide variety
of circumstances.
Features
7 Includes two comprehensive review chapters
and twenty-five detailed method chapters
7 Provides state-of-the-art methodologies
7 Covers expression, purification, detection,
and assay of MMPs and TIMPs 7 Details many
essential techniques in one easily accessible
volume 7 Updated and improved second edition
7 Chapters include the 'tricks of the trade' written
by leading researchers
Fields of interest
I. M. Conboy, D. V. Schaffer, University of California,
Berkeley, CA, USA; M. H. Barcellos-Hoff, Lawrence
Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, USA;
S. Li, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA (Eds.)
Protocols for Adult Stem Cells
V. Demidchik, University of Essex, UK; F. Maathuis,
University of York, UK (Eds.)
Ion Channels and Plant Stress
Responses
The study of adult stem cells has surged in recent
years. Because they are responsible for the body’s
natural ability to fight diseases, heal and recover,
or fail and succumb to various maladies, it has
become increasingly important to adapt or devise
new methods to identify and obtain these cells in
quantity and purity for further study. In Protocols
for Adult Stem Cells, expert researchers present
a variety of methods for studying five types
of clinically-relevant mammalian stems cells:
mammary, nerve, skeletal muscle, endothelial
and mesenchymal. Culture techniques have been
optimized for managing the growth and differentiation of stem cells in vitro; as some stem cells
are pluripotent, often the method is to guide the
fate of such cells among the possible differentiation fates. Chapters include information that will
assist researchers in obtaining, characterizing and
studying these cells or adapting them to the stem
cells of choice.
This book aims to provide a range of perspectives
on an area that is very topical at present in plant
biology: the role of ion channels in plant stress
responses. Functions of cation and anion channels in the sensing and encoding of major biotic
and abiotic stimuli, stress signal transduction
and metabolism adjustment are examined at the
cellular and molecular levels. Particular emphases
of the book are on new insights into plant Ca2+
signaling, salinity tolerance mechanisms, cyclic
nucleotide gated channels and the regulation of
stress reactions among oxygen-derived species.
Features
Fields of interest
7 Provides methods for derivation, culture,
differentiation and characterization of mammalian
organ stem cells 7 Describes unique genetic
markers for prospective isolation of adult stem cell
subsets 7 Offers examples for in vivo assays of
stem cell regenerative potential 7 Includes bioengineering applications using stem cells for tissue
engineering and regenerative medicine
Features
7 This book reviews the molecular and physiological properties of ion channels in relation
to their functional role in plant stress responses
and presents novel hypotheses on mechanisms
underlying the encoding and transduction of stress
stimuli in plants
Plant Physiology; Plant Biochemistry; Plant
Sciences
Target groups
Institutes, libraries, scientists
Discount group
P
Fields of interest
Cell Biology; Cell Culture; Stem Cells
Target groups
Biochemistry, general; Enzymology
Stem cell biologists, molecular and cellular biologists
Target groups
Discount group
Biochemists, molecular biologists, cell biologists,
and histologists involved in MMP research in
academia and industry
springer.com/booksellers
P
Discount group
P
Springer Protocols
Springer Protocols
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 410 p. 48 illus., 4 in color.
(Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 622) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. 20 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 621) Hardcover
2010. X, 240 p. 28 illus., 15 in color. (Signaling and
Communication in Plants) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60327-298-8
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-062-5
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10493-0
springer.com/librarybooks
P. Dion, Université Laval, QC, Canada (Ed.)
Soil Biology and Agriculture
in the Tropics
The relationships between soils, microbes and
humans are of crucial relevance in the tropics,
where plant stress and microbial activity are exacerbated. This volume of Soil Biology presents the
living component of tropical soils, showing how it
is shaped by environmental conditions and emphasizing its dramatic impact on human survival and
well-being.
Following an introduction to the specificities of
tropical soils and of their microbial communities, the biological aspects of soil management
are examined, dealing with land use change,
conservation and slash-and-burn agriculture,
the restoration of hot deserts, agroforestry and
paddy rice cultivation. As they are of particular
relevance for tropical agriculture, symbioses of
plants and microbes are thoroughly covered, as
are the biodegradation of pesticides and health
risks associated with wastewater irrigation. Lastly,
traditional soil knowledge is discussed as a key to
our sustainable presence in this world.
Features
7 The volume editor, Patrice Dion, teaches and
performs research in agricultural microbiology at
Laval University, Quebec City, Canada, since 1980
From the contents
Stephen Nortcliff: Soils of the Tropics; Rainer
Georg Joergensen: Organic Matter and Microorganisms in Tropical Soils; Louis V. Verchot:
Impacts of Forest Conversion to Agriculture on
Microbial Communities and Microbial Function; Gustavo Ribeiro Xavier, Maria Elizabeth
Fernandes Correia, Adriana Maria de Aquino, Jerri
Édson Zilli, and Norma Gouvêa Rumjanek: The
Structural and Functional Biodiversity of Soil: An
Interdisciplinary Vision for Conservation Agriculture in Brazil.
Fields of interest
Agriculture; Soil Science & Conservation; Microbiology
Target groups
Microbiologists, soil scientists and agronomists
with an interest in tropical agriculture and biology;
researchers and advanced students
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Life Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
I. J. Duncan, University of Guelph, Guelph, ON,
Canada; P. Hawkins, Royal Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals, Southwater, UK (Eds.)
The Welfare of Domestic Fowl
and Other Captive Birds
This book describes the welfare implications of
keeping wild and domesticated birds in captivity.
The environmental and social requirements of
various avian species are discussed and suggestions
made for appropriate housing and management
techniques. Particular attention is paid to humanbird interactions and their impact on the behaviour and welfare of the birds involved. Training
methods for companion birds are also described.
Possible future trends in keeping birds in captivity
are discussed in relation to evolving laws and
codes for both wild and domesticated birds and in
the light of developing ethical attitudes to animals.
The book will be invaluable to all those who keep
birds including poultry farmers, pet owners, and
managers and caretakers of birds kept in laboratories, zoos, wildlife aviaries, and rehabilitation
centres. It will also be of great interest to poultry
production, zoology, wildlife and veterinary
students.
Features
7 Describes appropriate living conditions for
captive wild and domesticated birds 7 Gives
instructions on how to manage captive birds in
order to maximise their welfare 7 Describes the
effects of human-bird interactions on the birds’
behaviour and welfare
From the contents
1 Introduction; Section I Captive birds, 2 Humanbird interactions; 3 The welfare implications of
housing captive wild and domesticated birds.4 Training companion birds.
Fields of interest
Zoology; Animal Genetics and Genomics; Animal
Physiology
A. Economou, Foundation for Research and
Technology - Hellas, Heraklion, Greece (Ed.)
Protein Secretion
Methods and Protocols
Over the past thirty years, many elegant genetic
and biochemical approaches have been combined
in order to advance the study of protein secretion and the necessary navigation through cell
membranes, yet, despite this progress, less than
two hundred membrane protein structures are
known, nowhere near the complete inventory that
the discovered protein export systems suggest. In
Protein Secretion: Methods and Protocols, leading
experts in the field provide robust, well-established
protocols to elucidate the multiplicity of tools that
have been developed to study protein sorting,
membrane targeting, transmembrane crossing,
and secretion across multiple membranes. With
examples involving both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms, the volume covers subjects ranging
from bioinformatics and proteomics to fundamental enzymology and genetics to cell biology,
structural analyses, and biophysics.
Features
7 Comprehensive guide to developing, running,
and analyzing assays to monitor protein secretion
from single proteins to proteome scale 7 Presents
a modular approach to experimental design,
covering model biological systems, screening
modalities, detection technologies, and bioinformatics tools 7 Covers a wide range of cell-based
and in vitro assay formats and systems
Fields of interest
Biochemistry, general; Proteomics; Enzymology
Target groups
Biochemists, geneticists, cellular biologists,
molecular biologists, and structural biologists
Discount group
P
Target groups
Managers/caretakers of birds kept in laboratories,
zoos and wildlife parks, poultry managers, animal
production, zoology, wildlife and veterinary
students, animal welfare scientists, university
libraries, public libraries
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Springer Protocols
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
2010. XII, 350 p. (Soil Biology, Volume 21) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 290 p. (Animal Welfare, Volume 9)
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 395 p. 74 illus., 2 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 619) Hardcover
7 approx. $229.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05075-6
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3649-0
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60327-167-7
Due April 2010
97
98
Springer News 1/2010
Life Sciences
springer.com/booksellers
D. Favareau, University Scholars Programme,
National University of Singapore, Singapore
S. S. Gorb, Max-Planck-Institut für Metallforschung,
Stuttgart, Germany (Ed.)
J. R. Harris, University of Mainz, Germany (Ed.)
Essential Readings in
Biosemiotics
Fields of interest
Structure and Function in Health and Disease
Anthology and Commentary
Synthesizing the findings from a wide range of
disciplines – from biology and anthropology to
philosophy and linguistics – the emerging field
of Biosemiotics explores the highly complex
phenomenon of sign processing in living systems.
Seeking to advance a naturalistic understanding
of the nature and evolution of sign processes and
meaning, contemporary biosemiotic research
and theory holds deep implications for all those
interested in the origins and evolution of life and
language, as well as those exploring related issues
such as evolutionary psychology, artificial intelligence and the rich diversity of non-verbal human
and animal communication processes.
Donald Favareau’s Essential Readings in Biosemiotics has been designed to provide a singlesource overview of the major works informing
this new interdiscipline, including both historical
and analytical commentary on each of the texts
presented.
Cholesterol Binding and
Functional Surfaces in Biology Cholesterol Transport Proteins
Life Sciences, general; Engineering, general;
Physics, general
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
P
Features
Features
7 This book covers all currently significant
aspects of cholesterol-binding and transport
proteins 7 This book integrates diverse topics
under the theme of the title 7 Chapters in this
book are written by active scientists in their field of
study 7 This book contains a thorough coverage
of both fundamental science and clinical aspects of
cholesterol-binding proteins
7 This will be the first anthology in biosemiotics
(at least in English) in the world scale
7 An insightful composition of commented
papers, made by a central contributor to the field
7 A guide to newcomers to a new scientific
paradigm bridging the gap between science and
the humanities 7 Essential readings of biosemiotics, proposing that ‘Nature’ is more ‘human’ than
traditional science would have it
Fields of interest
Biochemistry, general; Lipidology; Protein Science
Fields of interest
Target groups
Life Sciences, general; Linguistics (General);
Philosophy of Mind
Biochemists concerned with cholesterol metabolism, cholesterol transport and cell membrane
cholesterol. Microbiologists concerned with
the cholesterol-binding toxins. Cell biologists
concerned with membrane “raft” domains.
Clinicians dealing with cholesterol metabolism
disorders
Target groups
Anyone studying and working in the fields of
cognitive science, applied linguistics, theoretical
biology, philosophy of mind, semiotics, evolutionary psychology, communication studies, and
history of science
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Knowledge of cholesterol and its interaction with
protein molecules is of fundamental importance
in both animal and human biology. This book
contains 22 chapters, dealing in depth with
structural and functional aspects of the currently
known and extremely diverse unrelated families
of cholesterol-binding and cholesterol transport
proteins. By drawing together this range of topics
the Editor has attempted to correlate this broad
field of study for the first time. Technical aspects
are given considerable emphasis, particularly in
relation cholesterol reporter molecules and to the
isolation and study of membrane cholesterol- and
sphingomyelin-rich “raft” domains. Cell biological,
biochemical and clinical topics are included in this
book, which serve to emphasize the acknowledged
and important benefits to be gained from the study
of cholesterol and cholesterol-binding proteins
within the biomedical sciences and the involvement of cholesterol in several clinical disorders.
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
Due February 2010
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 870 p. (Biosemiotics, Volume 3) Hardcover
2010. XVIII, 660 p. (2-volume-set)
2010. Approx. 400 p. (Subcellular Biochemistry,
Volume 51) Hardcover
7 approx. $279.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-9649-5
7 $329.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-9994-6
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8621-1
springer.com/librarybooks
D. L. Hawksworth (Ed.)
D. L. Hawksworth (Ed.)
Management and the
Conservation of Biodiversity
Methods and Practice in
Biodiversity Conservation
This book brings together a selection of 21 original
studies submitted to Biodiversity and Conservation that address aspects of management for the
conservation of biodiversity. The topics addressed
include: lessons from the Northern spotted owl
saga, hidden costs of implementing the EU Habitats Directive, the importance of recently created
agricultural wetlands, cutting reeds to create a
sustainable habitat, impacts and control of feral
cats, selecting areas to complement existing reserve
systems, beneficial effects of rabbit warrens, effects
of fences on large predator ranges, spatial structure
of critical habitats and connectivity, effects of an
agro-pasture landscape on biodiversity, community involvement, reserve selection in forests,
germ-plasm interventions in agroforestry systems,
shade coffee plantations and the protection of tree
diversity, reserves and the reduction of deforestation rates in dry tropical forests, reconciling forest
conservation actions with usage by and needs of
local peoples, weed invasion in understory plant
communities in tropical lowland forests, problems
of patch area and connectivity in plant conservation, the need not to focus just on hot-spots, and
partitioning conservation across elevations.
This book brings together a selection of 22 original
studies submitted to Biodiversity and Conservation that address aspects of methods and practice
in biodiversity conservation. The contributions
deal with a wide variety of approaches to site
selection and management, especially the use of
bioindicators, surrogates, and other approaches
to site selection. As no complete inventory of
all taxa in any one site has yet been achieved,
alternative strategies are essential and bioindicators or surrogates come to the fore. The articles
included cover a wide range of organisms used in
such approaches to in situ conservation: annelids,
anurans, arthropods, birds, bryophytes, butterflies,
collembolans, flowering pants, a lobster, molluscs,
rodents, and turtles.
Features
Features
7 Topical case studies 7 Broad range of organisms considered 7 Examples from a wide range
of countries 7 Makes primary research papers on
the topic available to students and practicioners
Fields of interest
Biodiversity; Ecosystems; Conservation Biology/
Ecology
7 Topical case studies 7 Broad range of organisms considered 7 Examples from a wide range
of countries 7 Makes primary research papers on
the topic available to students and practicioners
Target groups
Fields of interest
P
Biodiversity; Ecosystems; Conservation Biology/
Ecology
Life Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
Conservation biologists, biodiversity scientists,
ecologists
I. Homma, Showa University, School of Medicine,
Toyko, Japan; H. Onimaru (Eds.)
New Frontiers in Respiratory
Control
XIth Annual Oxford Conference on Modeling
and Control of Breathing
The Oxford Conference has been first held at
Oxford University in 1948. Since then, it has been
held every three years in various countries to
exchange ideas and learn the latest findings on the
control of respiration. The XIth Oxford Conference will focus on respiratory control, especially
on the topics of respiratory rhythm generation and
chemoreception. Clinical research on sleep apnea
syndrome will also be an important subject at the
meeting.
Features
7 XIth Oxford Conference Proceedings
7 Modeling and Control of Breathing
Fields of interest
Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Human Physiology
Target groups
Researchers and clinicians in neuroscience, respiratory physiology, respiratory medicine, respiratory rehabilitation
Discount group
P
Discount group
Target groups
Conservation biologists, biodiversity scientists,
ecologists
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
99
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 350 p. (Topics in Biodiversity and
Conservation, Volume 10) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 315 p. (Topics in Biodiversity and
Conservation, Volume 11) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. 50 illus. in color. (Advances in
Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume 669)
Hardcover
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3844-9
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3848-7
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5691-0
100
Springer News 1/2010
Life Sciences
springer.com/booksellers
S. Jansson, R. P. Bhalerao, A. T. Groover (Eds.)
S. Jose (Ed.)
C. Kole, C. H. Michler, A. G. Abbott, T. C. Hall (Eds.)
Genetics and Genomics of
Populus
Agroforestry for Ecosystem
Services and Environmental
Benefits
Transgenic Crop Plants
Genetics and Genomics of Populus provides an
indepth description of the genetic and genomic
tools and approaches for Populus, examines the
biology that has been elucidated using genomics,
and looks to the future of this unique model plant.
This volume is designed to serve both experienced Populus researchers and newcomers to the
field. Contributors to the volume are a blend of
researchers, some who have spent most of their
research career on Populus and others that have
moved to Populus from other model systems.
Research on Populus forms a useful complement to research on Arabidopsis. In fact, many
plant species found in nature are – in terms of
the life history and genetics – more similar to
Populus than to Arabidopsis. Thus, the genetic
and genomic strategies and tools developed by
the Populus community, and showcased in this
volume, will hopefully provide inspiration for
researchers working in other, less well developed,
systems.
From the contents
Part I: Overview and an introduction to the
biology of Populus. 1: Why and how Populus
became a ‘model tree’. 2: Salient Biological
Features, Systematics and Genetics Variation
of Populus. 3: Growth and Physiology.- Part II:
Populus genetics and genomics. -Chapter 4: The
Populus Genome and Comparative Genomics. 5:
Nucleotide polymorphism, linkage disequilibrium
and complex trait dissection in Populus. 6: Transformation as a tool for genetic analysis in Populus.
7: Populus resources and bioinformatics.- Part III:
Genetics and genomics of key Populus traits. 8:
Reproductive development in Populus.
Fields of interest
Plant Genetics & Genomics; Tree Biology; Plant
Sciences
Target groups
Agroforestry systems are believed to provide a
number of ecosystem services; however, until
recently evidence in the agroforestry literature
supporting these perceived benefits has been
lacking. This volume brings together a series of
papers from around the globe to address recent
findings on the ecosystem services and environmental benefits provided by agroforestry. Specifically, this volume examines four major ecosystem
services and environmental benefits: (1) carbon
sequestration, (2) biodiversity conservation, (3)
soil enrichment and (4) air and water quality.
Past and present evidence clearly indicates that
agroforestry, as part of a multifunctional working
landscape, can be a viable land-use option that, in
addition to alleviating poverty, offers a number of
ecosystem services and environmental benefits.
This realization should help promote agroforestry
and its role as an integral part of a multifunctional
working landscape the world over.
Development of transgenic crop plants, their
utilization for improved agriculture, health,
ecology and environment and their socio-political
impacts are currently important fields in education, research and industries and also of interest to
policy makers, social activists and regulatory and
funding agencies. This work prepared with a classroom approach on this multidisciplinary subject
will fill an existing gap and meet the requirements
of such a broad section of readers.
Fields of interest
Plant Breeding/Biotechnology; Plant Genetics &
Genomics; Agriculture
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
P
Features
7 Contains original research articles that address
ecosystem services and environmental benefits of
agroforestry systems 7 Extensive case studies
that cover carbon sequestration, biodiversity
conservation, soil enrichment and air and water
quality from the world over
Fields of interest
Ecology; Forestry; Biodiversity
Target groups
Students, professionals, researchers and policy
makers involved in natural resource management,
agroforestry, biodiversity conservation, and environmental management
Discount group
P
University libraries, researchers in plant genetics
and genomics, plant biology and biotechnology;
Industry: biotech companies
Discount group
P
Due January 2010
Only available in print
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
Reprinted from AGROFORESTRY SYSTEMS, Volume 76,
No 1, 2009
2010. Approx. 385 p. 49 illus. (Plant Genetics and
Genomics: Crops and Models, Volume 8) Hardcover
2009. VI, 266 p. (Advances in Agroforestry, Volume 7)
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 850 p.
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1540-5
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3322-2
7 $359.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11229-4
Due January 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
H. König, H. Claus, Universität Mainz, Germany;
A. Varma, Amity University Uttar Pradesh, Noida UP,
India (Eds.)
Prokaryotic Cell Wall
Compounds
Structure and Biochemistry
Microbial cell wall structures play a significant
role in maintaining cells’ shape, protecting them
from harmful agents, cell adhesion and in positive
and negative biological activities with host cells.
All prokaryotes, whether they are bacteria or
archaea, rely on their surface polymers for these
multiple functions. Their surfaces serve as the
indispensable primary interfaces between the cell
and its surroundings, often mediating or catalyzing
important interactions.
Prokaryotic Cell Wall Compounds summarizes
the current state of knowledge on the prokaryotic
cell wall. Topics concerning bacterial and archaeal
polymeric cell wall structures, biological activities,
growth and inhibition, cell wall interactions and
the applications of cell wall components, especially
in the field of nanobiotechnology, are presented.
Contents
Part I Cell Wall Polymers and Structures of
Bacteria; Part II Cell Wall Polymers and Structures
of Archaea; Part III Biological Activities; Part IV
Cell Wall Growth and Inhibition; Part V Cell Wall
Interactions; Part VI Application of Cell Wall
Components.
Fields of interest
Microbiology; Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology
Target groups
Scientists and advanced students in microbiology,
cell biology, biochemistry and biotechnology
Discount group
P
Life Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
I. Kovalchuk, F. J. Zemp, University of Lethbridge,
AB, Canada (Eds.)
Plant Epigenetics
Methods and Protocols
The past fifteen years have witnessed major
advances in epigenetics, one of the most popular
and quickly evolving fields of modern science. In
Plant Epigenetics: Methods and Protocols, expert
researchers explore the most recent developments, examining in great detail the contribution of epigenetic regulation to cell function in
plants. Chapters include a variety of protocols for
studying the function of small non-coding RNAs,
DNA methylation, and histone modifications in
plants, often in different degrees of complexity.
This volume describes bioinformatic approaches
to the analysis of high-throughput data, such as
bisulfite sequencing and Chip-on-chip assays.
It features much-desired protocols for plant
transgenesis and the analysis of genome stability,
with a detailed discussion of their applications to
epigenetic studies.
Features
7 Invaluable research tool for all levels of investigators, from undergraduates to research scientists,
who are interested in exploring one of the newest
and most exciting aspects of molecular plant
research
From the contents
Analysis of DNA Methylation in Plants by Bisulfite
Sequencing.- Analysis of bisulfite sequencing
data from plant DNA with CyMATE.- Analysis
of locus-specific changes in methylation patterns
using a COBRA (combined bisulfite restriction
analysis) assay.- Detection of changes in global
genome methylation using the cytosine-extension
assay.
Fields of interest
Plant Sciences; Plant Genetics & Genomics; Gene
Expression
Target groups
Plant scientists, undergraduate and graduate
students
Discount group
A. G. Mainous III, Medical University of South
Carolina, Charleston, SC, USA; C. Pomeroy,
University of California Davis, CA, USA (Eds.)
Management of Antimicrobials in Infectious Diseases
Impact of Antibiotic Resistance
Recent evidence suggests an increasing rate of
antimicrobial resistant pathogens throughout the
world. Pathogens like Staphylococcus aureus are
showing substantial prevalence of resistance to
antibiotics.
Thus, we think that given these developments,
clinicians would welcome an updated version
of this book. A resource indicating appropriate,
evidence-based antimicrobial treatment of infectious diseases encountered in both the hospital and
outpatient settings would be of significant value
to practicing clinicians. The book would focus on
the clinical importance of appropriate diagnosis
and treatment of infectious diseases particularly
in terms of antibiotic-resistance. The resource
would be valuable to countless numbers of juniorlevel practitioners (residents, nurse practitioners,
physician-assistants). Moreover, the book could
be a resource for generalists as well as infectious
disease specialists.
Contents
Overview.- Gram-positive bacteria.- Gramnegative bacteria.- Tuberculosis.- Viruses.Influenza.- Invasive Fungal Infections.- Upper
Respiratory Conditions.- Pneumonia.- Urinary
Tract Infections.- STDs.- Gastrointestinal conditions.- Endocarditis.- CNS infections.- Skin
Infections.- Osteomyelistis.- HIV.- Strategies for
Optimal Antimicrobial Use.- Immunocompromised patients.- Future trends.
Fields of interest
Microbiology; Infectious Diseases; Bacteriology
Target groups
Family physicians, internists, residents, nurse
practitioners, and clinical pharmacists
Discount group
P
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Springer Protocols
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
Due January 2010
2010. XVI, 350 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 255 p. 51 illus., 12 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 631) Hardcover
2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 310 p. 3 illus., 2 in color.
(Infectious Disease) Hardcover
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05061-9
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-645-0
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-1-60327-238-4
Due January 2010
101
102
Springer News 1/2010
Life Sciences
W. Min, University of Western Ontario, London, ON,
Canada; T. Ichim, Medistem Inc., San Diego, CA, USA
(Eds.)
RNA Interference
From Biology to Clinical Applications
R. Nagai, S. L. Friedman, M. Kasuga (Eds.)
The Biology of Krüppel-like
Factors
springer.com/booksellers
N. J. de Mol, M. J. Fischer, Utrecht University,
Utrecht, The Netherlands (Eds.)
Surface Plasmon Resonance
Methods and Protocols
From the early days when RNA interference was a
strange artifact in worms to the 2006 Noble Prize
received by Fire and Mello and the current clinical
trials, the field of RNA interference has grown
at a breakneck pace. In RNA Interference: From
Biology to Clinical Applications, expert contributors provide an overview of the most current
science and protocols that span the biological
disciplines from detailed nucleic acid chemistry,
to pharmacology, to the manipulation of signal
transduction pathways. Divided into three distinct
sections, this volume delves into the physiology
of RNA interference, RNA interference in the
laboratory and siRNA delivery, and preclinical and
clinical issues associated with the use of RNAiinducing agents as drugs in order to stimulate new
questions and offer the tools necessary to start
addressing those questions.
Kruppel-like factors (KLFs) are attracting great
attention across a wide spectrum of biological
sciences and medicine because of their remarkable
biological potency and the diversity of roles they
play in the physiological and pathological changes
of cells and tissues. This book is a comprehensive
compendium of the latest research on the molecular mechanisms of KLFs, describing their roles in
transcriptional regulation, cellular differentiation
and development, the pathogenesis of the liver and
cardiovascular systems and cancer, and generation
of ES cells and iPS cells. As the only concise treatise written to date by leading experts in the field,
it serves as an authoritative review of this family of
molecules and is an essential reference for all who
are interested in KLFs. The book also explores the
potential of KLFs as targets for novel therapeutics
and diagnostics, and will be invaluable in those
fields.
While commercial instruments have expanded
the usage and the related literature has increased,
the quality of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)
research has been hindered by a lack of knowledge
of the processes that influence the SPR signal. In
Surface Plasmon Resonance: Methods and Protocols, experts in the field present a wide variety
of applications involving commercially available
SPR instruments. The heart of the SPR technique
is to construct a dedicated surface for an assay.
Protocols describe such surfaces for many needs,
including the study of membrane bound proteins.
Beyond the protocols-based chapters, the volume
also highlights the backgrounds of vital issues
in the use of SPR, including processes occurring
within the hydrogel environment of sensors and on
lipid membrane surfaces as well as the analysis of
kinetic information.
Features
Fields of interest
Features
7 Includes a refreshing mixture of detailed
technical protocols combined with the scientific
context in which they were developed and what
they may be applied to 7 Provides a global
overview of the state-of-the-art in RNA interference and practical details used experimentally in
the most modern day experiments 7 Deciphers,
organizes, and explains the myriad of techniques
used in gene silencing research
Cell Biology; Animal Genetics and Genomics;
Animal Physiology
Target groups
All interested in KLFs
Discount group
P
7 Provides detailed protocols for a wide variety
of SPR applications 7 Includes comprehensive
background information on SPR techniques for
better experimental design 7 Examines a variety
of coupling techniques on different sensor surfaces
7 Highlights background issues involved in SPR
assays to avoid common errors frequently found in
SPR literature
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Biochemistry, general; Membrane Biology
Immunology; Laboratory Medicine
Target groups
Target groups
Immunologists, geneticists, molecular and cellular
biologists, pharmacologists, and clinicians
Biochemists, molecular biologists, medicinal
chemists, molecular pharmacologists, and
biophysicists
Discount group
Discount group
P
Springer Protocols
Due February 2010
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Springer Protocols
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 430 p. 82 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 623) Hardcover
2009. Approx. 270 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 255 p. 77 illus., 6 in color. (Methods in
Molecular Biology, Volume 627) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-587-3
7 $169.00
ISBN 978-4-431-87774-5
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-669-6
springer.com/librarybooks
Life Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
D. L. Noakes, A. Romero, Y. Zhao, Y. Zhou (Eds.)
Chinese Fishes
This book documents the current state of research
by Chinese scientists on fish biology and fisheries
and brings together manuscripts by authors from
research institutions, universities and government
agencies. There are papers on aquaculture, life
history, genetics, marine and freshwater biology,
conservation, physiology, new species descriptions,
and truly amazing hypogean fishes. The information on these remarkable cave species shows how
much we have yet to learn from that incredible
fauna. There are papers dealing with some of
the largest fishes and some of the smallest cave
species. There are papers dealing with some of the
most traditional forms of aquaculture and others
with the most modern molecular techniques. The
volume includes papers on critically threatened
native fishes as well as the most common food
species, such as grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon
idella). The information on rare and threatened
species shows how China is dealing with their
endangered fishes.
Features
7 The first major publication dedicated to scientific papers on fish biology and fisheries science
by Chinese scientists 7 A major compilation
and assessment of the ecology and evolution of
hypogean (cave) fishes of China
Fields of interest
Marine & Freshwater Sciences; Freshwater &
Marine Ecology; Conservation Biology/Ecology
Target groups
Researchers, Scientists and Fisheries Managers
interested in biodiversity, especially of hypogean
(cave) fishes, invasive (exotic) species, biogeography of fishes and environmental impact assessment
Discount group
P
P. Nõges, W. van de Bund, A. C. Cardoso,
A. G. Solimini, A. Heiskanen (Eds.)
Assessment of the ecological
status of European surface
waters
The complex impact that man has on aquatic
ecosystems creates a need for assessment systems
that are able to adequately appraise and integrate
the effects of various pressures. Chemical analysis
alone can easily overlook some factors vital for life.
With the adoption of the EU Water Framework
Directive (WFD) in the year 2000 which defined
the ecological status of surface water as ‘‘… an
expression of the quality of the structure and
functioning of aquatic ecosystems associated with
surface waters”, biological indicators were brought
to the forefront for the first time and became
drivers to the water management practices.
Assessment of ecological status and quantification
of its relationships with anthropogenic pressures
critically depend on knowledge of relevant biotic
and abiotic settings and processes. Needs raised by
the implementation of WFD have urged scientific
research in many fields in order to find more stable
and robust biological metrics and to diminish the
uncertainty of assessment results.
Features
7 Discusses the basic principles of setting up
biological assessment methods 7 Covers a large
variety of biological indicators from chlorophyll
to macroinvertebrates 7 Brings the first results
of the intercalibration of national assessment
methods 7 Discusses the sources of uncertainty
in ecological status assessment 7 Discusses the
relationship between lake morphometry, location
and water quality
Fields of interest
Freshwater & Marine Ecology; Applied Ecology;
Environmental Management
Target groups
Hydrobiologists, water managers
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Due January 2010
103
G. C. Papageorgiou, National Center for Scientific
Research Demokritos, Athens, Greece; Govindjee,
University of Illinois, Urbana, IL, USA (Eds.)
Chlorophyll a Fluorescence
A Signature of Photosynthesis
Chlorophyll a Fluorescence: A Signature of
Photosynthesis highlights chlorophyll (Chl) a
fluorescence as a convenient, non-invasive, highly
sensitive, rapid and quantitative probe of oxygenic
photosynthesis. Thirty-one chapters, authored by
58 international experts, provide a solid foundation of the basic theory, as well as of the application of the rich information contained in the Chl
a fluorescence signal as it relates to photosynthesis
and plant productivity. Although the primary
photochemical reactions of photosynthesis are
highly efficient, a small fraction of absorbed
photons escapes as Chl fluorescence, and this fraction varies with metabolic state, providing a basis
for monitoring quantitatively various processes of
photosynthesis. The book explains the mechanisms with which plants defend themselves against
environmental stresses (excessive light, extreme
temperatures, drought, hyper-osmolarity, heavy
metals and UV).
Features
7 Deals with successful application of the use of
chlorophyll fluorescence 7 Detailed studies in
the laboratory have been extended to measurement
of total photosynthesis of cell, leaves, plants and
plant ecosystems and also explains mechanisms for
photoprotection of plants
Fields of interest
Plant Biochemistry; Biochemistry, general; Plant
Physiology
Target groups
Graduate students, beginning researchers and
advanced undergraduates in integrative plant
biology, cellular and molecular biology, plant
biology, biochemistry, biophysics, plant physiology, global ecology and agriculture
Discount group
P
Due January 2010
Only available in print
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Reprinted from ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY OF FISHES
86.1, 2009
Reprinted from HYDROBIOLOGIA 633 (2009)
Due January 2010
2010. VI, 278 p. (Developments in Environmental Biology
of Fishes, Volume 28) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 210 p. (Developments in Hydrobiology,
209) Hardcover
2010. XXXII, 820 p. 8 illus. (Advances in Photosynthesis
and Respiration, Volume 19) Softcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3457-1
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8577-1
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3882-1
104
Springer News 1/2010
Life Sciences
R. E. Rhoads, Louisiana State University, Shreveport,
LA, USA (Ed.)
miRNA Regulation of the
Translational Machinery
The silencing of gene expression by small
interfering RNAs has been recognized for only
a relatively short time, but this has transformed
our understanding of both transcriptional and
post-transcriptional gene regulatory mechanisms. Multiple pathways culminate in formation
of an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC)
containing a member of the Argonaute protein
family bound to a 22-nt RNA strand that interacts
with a target mRNA or gene through WatsonCrick base pairing. One consequence is mRNAspecific inhibition of protein synthesis. Evidence
has been presented for diverse mechanisms, but
there is not universal agreement in the field of
how RISCs affect the translational machinery. The
chapters collected in this volume represent contribution by leaders in the search to understand how
miRNAs affect translation.
Features
7 Up-to-day findings on influence of miRNAs
on gene translation 7 Gives an overview on
different microRNA types and functions in plants
and animals 7 Shows novel applications of
microRNAs
From the contents
Understanding how miRNAs post-transcriptionally regulate gene expression.- Translational
Control of Endogenous MicroRNA Target
Genes in C. elegans.- Translational inhibition by
microRNAs in Plants.- Regulation of p27kip1
mRNA expression by microRNAs.- The Inhibitory
Effect of apolipoprotein B mRNA-editing Enzyme
Catalytic Polypeptide-like 3G (APOBEC3G) and
Its Family Members on the Activity of Cellular
MicroRNAs.
J. Seckbach, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem,
Israel; D. J. Chapman, University of California, Santa
Barbara, CA, USA (Eds.)
springer.com/booksellers
J. Seckbach, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem,
Israel; A. Oren, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem,
Jerusalem, Israel (Eds.)
Red Algae in the Genomic Age Microbial Mats
This volume covers the modern biology and the
speciation of the red algae (Rhodophyta) from
unicellular Cyanidia up to macrocellular sea
weeds. A team of peer reviewers has reviewed all
chapters. The chapters describe a range of topics
from cave algae from Atacama, Chile, to genomes
of red algae. Some chapters deal with the carbohydrates, physiological mechanisms, and realtionship
between red algae and neurodegenerative disease.
Other chapters deal with organellar - nuclear genes
and taxonomic revision. Emphasis is placed upon
the rhodophytan chloroplast, its origin, evolution,
division machinery and pigmentation. The reader
will find in this book lots of new information on
the red algae.
Features
7 New data presented in the chapters 7 Data
had been contributed by experts in the field of Red
Algae 7 The information is aimed at a wide circle
of biological disciplines 7 No recent publications
on the biology of Red Algae
Fields of interest
Life Sciences, general; Eukaryotic Microbiology;
Microbial Genetics and Genomics
Target groups
Modern and Ancient Microorganisms in
Stratified Systems
This book provides information about microbial
mats, from early fossils to modern mats located
in marine and terrestrial environments. Microbial
mats – layered biofilms containing different types
of cells – are most complex systems in which
representatives of various groups of organisms are
found together. Among them are cyanobacteria
and eukaryotic phototrophs, aerobic heterotrophic
and chemoautotrophic bacteria, protozoa, anoxygenic photosynthetic bacteria, and other types of
microorganisms.
These mats are perfect models for biogeochemical
processes, such as the cycles of chemical elements,
in which a variety of microorganisms cooperate
and interact in complex ways. They are often
found under extreme conditions and their study
contributes to our understanding of extremophilic
life. Moreover, microbial mats are models for
Precambrian stromatolites; the study of modern
microbial mats may provide information on the
processes that may have occurred on Earth when
prokaryotic life began to spread.
Features
From undergraduate students to professional
scholars in the fields of biology, phycology,
ecology, general biology, plant biology, and for
non-specialists looking for an introductory outline
to current knowledge and research on red algae
7 This volume presents new information not
published as yet 7 Chapters have been contributed by experts of microbial mats 7 The information in this book is aimed to a wide circle of
readers 7 There are no other recent publications
to compete with this one
Discount group
Fields of interest
P
Life Sciences, general; Microbial Ecology; Biogeosciences
Target groups
Fields of interest
From undergraduate to professional scholars in
the fields of general biology, microbial ecology,
geology, environmental sciences, as well as other
non biologists readers
Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology; Gene Expression
Target groups
Discount group
Researchers and professionals
P
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. X, 115 p. 23 illus., 4 in color. (Progress in Molecular
and Subcellular Biology, Volume 50) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 410 p. (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme
Habitats and Astrobiology, Volume 13) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 500 p. (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme
Habitats and Astrobiology, Volume 14) Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-03102-1
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3794-7
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3798-5
springer.com/librarybooks
J. Seckbach, R. Einav, A. Israel (Eds.)
Seaweeds and their Role
in Globally Changing
Environments
Global warming is accelerating faster than the
ability for natural repair, and environmental
stresses are damaging ecosystems, all affecting
physical and biological systems on Earth. A new
Nasa-led study shows that human activity has
caused climate changes resulting in permafrost
thawing, acid rain, and lower productivity in lakes
as well as increased emissions of greenhouse gases,
including CO2, N20, CH4, CF3, and CFC. Marine
plants play a vital role in maintaining the balance
of marine environments, while serving as a source
of food for humankind and important chemical
compounds. Microalgae and seaweed have enormous potential for reducing global warming and
climate change. During photosynthesis algae grow,
draw CO2 from the atmosphere, release oxygen,
and produce solar biofuel.
Features
7 First book addressing global change and
seaweeds 7 Interdisciplinary approaches of
seaweeds and global change 7 In spite of the
complexity of the topic, it can easily be read by
everyone 7 An updated information of current
and future global changes in the marine environment 7 Integration of decades of research and
experience of top scientists in the field of marine
biology
M. Sioud, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Oslo,
Norway (Ed.)
RNA Therapeutics
Function, Design, and Delivery
Central to the synthesis of proteins, the performance of catalysis, and many other physiological
processes, the aberrant expression of which can be
linked to human diseases including cancers, RNA
has proven to be key target for therapeutics as well
as a tool for therapy. In RNA Therapeutics: Function, Design, and Delivery, expert contributors
from a broad spectrum of scientific backgrounds
highlight the roles that messenger RNAs and small
RNAs can play in biology and medicine.
From the contents
Features
Fields of interest
P
Bemisia: Bionomics and
Management of a Global Pest
7 Collects in one single volume the most relevant
RNA-based technologies, including ribozymes,
RNA aptamers, and siRNAs, and mRNA-encoding
therapeutic proteins 7 Features the translation of
RNA-based therapies into the clinic 7 Includes
techniques to isolate, quantify, and clone small
RNAs as well as strategies to overcome siRNA
unwanted effects
Target groups
Discount group
P. A. Stansly, Southwest Florida Research and
Education Center, Immokalee, FL, USA; S. E. Naranjo,
USDA-ARS, Arid-Land Agricultural Research Center,
Maricopa, AZ, USA (Eds.)
Features
Life Sciences, general; Climate Change; Pollution,
general
The target readership consists of scientists of
marine phycologists interested in sea weeds and
global changing lines, ecologists, geologists, atmospheric scholars, and general readers
Animal Genetics and Genomics; Human Genetics;
Gene Therapy
Target groups
Geneticists, immunologists, molecular biologists,
molecular engineers, biotechnologists, pharmaceutical scientists, and clinicians
Discount group
P
7 Will fill a void by providing an up to date
detailed summary of many aspects of Bemisia
tabaci 7 Provides, for the first time, a detailed
set of diagrams and scanning electron microscope
images of all developmental stages of Bemisia
tabaci which beautifully illustrate the complex
anatomy and morphology of this pest insect
From the contents
Title. Dedication. Introduction. Section I.
Taxonomy, Molecular Systematics, and Gene
Flow in the Bemisia tabaci complex and Bemisia
relatives. Introduction. 1.Systematics of Bemisia
and Bemisia relatives: Can Molecular Techniques
Solve the Bemisia tabaci Complex Conundrum – a
Taxonomist’s Viewpoint. 2.Phylogenetic Biology of
the Bemisia tabaci Sibling Species Group.
Fields of interest
Invertebrates; Agriculture; Plant Pathology
Target groups
Entomologists, plant pathologists, horticulturists,
agronomists, consultants, growers
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
105
Bemisia tabaci (Gennedius) has distinguished
itself from the more than 1,000 whitefly species
in the world by its adaptability, persistence and
potential to damage a wide range of agricultural
and horticultural crops in all six of the world’s
inhabited continents. B. tabaci inflicts plant
damage through direct feeding, inducement of
plant disorders, vectoring of plant viruses and
excretion of honeydew. This book collates multiple
aspects of the pest ranging from basic to applied
science and molecular to landscape levels of investigation. Experts in multiple disciplines provide
broad, but detailed summaries and discussion of
taxomomy, genetics, anatomy, morphology, physiology, behavior, ecology, symbiotic relationships,
virus vector associations and various tactics for
integrated management of this pest insect.
RNA Modifications: A Mechanism that Modulates
Gene Expression.- Quantitative Analysis of RNA
Modifications.- Advances in RNA Sensing by the
Immune System: Separation of siRNA Unwanted
Effects from RNA Interference.- Progress in
siRNA Delivery: A Multifunctional Approach by
Polymeric Nanoparticles.- Optimized Protocols
for siRNA Delivery into Monocytes and Dendritic
Cells.- Systemic Delivery of Synthetic siRNAs.What Are the Key Targeted Delivery Technologies
of siRNA Now?
Fields of interest
Life Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
Springer Protocols
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 600 p. (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme
Habitats and Astrobiology, Volume 15) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 485 p. 100 illus. (Methods in Molecular
Biology, Volume 629) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $239.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8568-9
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-60761-656-6
7 approx. $209.00
ISBN 978-90-481-2459-6
Due April 2010
106
Springer News 1/2010
Life Sciences
E. I. Troeva, A. Isaev, M. M. Cherosov, N. Karpov
(Eds.)
Z. Wang, University of Montreal, QC, Canada;
B. Yang, Harbin Medical University, China
The Far North
MicroRNA Expression
Detection Methods
Plant Biodiversity and Ecology of Yakutia
Outside Russia very little is known about the
terrestrial ecology, vegetation, biogeographical
patterns, and biodiversity of the enormously extensive ecosystems of Yakutia, Siberia. These systems
are very special in that they function on top of
huge layers of permafrost and are exposed to very
severe and extreme weather conditions, the range
between winter and summer temperatures being
more than 100 degrees C. The soils are generally
poor, and human use of the vegetation is usually
extensive. Main vegetation zones are taiga and
tundra, but Yakutia also supports a special land
and vegetation form, caused by permafrost, the
alas: more or less extensive grasslands around
roundish lakes in taiga. All these vegetation types
will be described and their ecology and ecophysiological characteristics will be dealt with.
Features
7 Totally unknown area in English speaking/
reading world 7 Ecology of areas with extreme
climatic conditions 7 Ecology of areas on huge
depth of permafrost 7 Ecology of a huge area
that largely is still very natural 7 Ecology of
little-known land use practices (e.g. reindeer
herding, 'alas' hay cutting)
This book provides comprehensive descriptions
of the innovative strategies and methodologies for
detecting miRNA expression, their application in
miRNA research and their potential as tools for
clinical diagnosis and prognosis.
It begins with the introduction of the overall
concept and strategies of miRNA expression
detection methods emphasizing the need of a wide
variety of these methods to suit specific requirements for research and clinical examination in
laboratories. In the following, each single chapter
focuses on an independent, unique method of
miRNA detection and is divided into five subsections: summary, introduction, protocol (including
materials, instrument, reagent, and procedure),
application and limitation, and reference. The
development of the technique, the ideas behind it
and the mechanisms underlying the method are
given in the introduction of each chapter.
Features
7 Gives comprehensive descriptions of miRNA
expression detection methods 7 Shows applications of miRNA profiling in miRNA research
7 Highlights the potential of miRNA profiling in
clinical diagnosis and prognosis
springer.com/booksellers
S. S. Yadav, D. L. McNeil, R. Redden, S. A. Patil (Eds.)
Climate Change and
Management of Cool Season
Grain Legume Crops
This book covers all aspect of legume production management technologies, plant ecological
response, nutrients management, biological
nitrogen fixation, molecular approaches, potential
cultivars, biodiversity management under climate
change. Also covered are various aspects of
legume management under climate change such
as, production management technology, ecology
&amp; adaptation, diseases, and international
trade; physiology and crops response to nutrients, drought, salinity, and water use efficiency;
Biodiversity management, molecular approaches
and biological Nitrogen fixation; climate change
and strategies.
This book presents the most comprehensive and
up to date review of research on different cool
season grain legume crops, nutrients management, biotic and abiotic stresses management,
agronomical approaches for drought management,
salinity, drought, weed management and water use
efficiency, impact on international trade around
the world.
Features
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Gene Expression
7 Presents the most comprehensive and up to
date review of research on different cool season
crops 7 Covers various aspects of production
and management technology 7 Broad coverage
of legumes compared to recent specific one crop
books
Target groups
Target groups
Fields of interest
Discount group
Target groups
Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; Plant
Ecology; Meteorology/Climatology
Biologists, ecologists, conservationists, physical
geographers, soil scientists, climatologists, Siberiaspecialists, Russia-lovers, environmentalists, planners, policy makers
Discount group
Scientists and researchers in cell biology, pharmacology, and drug design
P
P
Plant Sciences; Climate Change; Plant Biochemistry
Legume breeders, agronomists, scientists,
academic researchers, graduates students, traders,
and farmers in the developing and the developed
world
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due January 2010
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 460 p. (Plant and Vegetation, Volume 3)
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 450 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 600 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3773-2
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04927-9
7 approx. $229.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3708-4
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
M. Zahran
U. B. Zehr, Mahyco Research Center, Jaina, India (Ed.)
Climate – Vegetation
Cotton
Afro-Asian Mediterranean and Red Sea
Coastal Lands
Biotechnological Advances
Deserts are unique ecosystems with their own
biotic and abiotic components, and are often rich
in renewable natural resources, the appropriate
management of which can contribute significantly
to the sustainable management of desert regions
for the welfare of the people.
Yet while there are many books on the flora of the
countries fringing the important desert countries of the Mediterranean and Red Seas, there or
few books reporting on their ecophysiology and
vegetation ecology. This book presents the vegetation types of the African and Asian countries of
the Mediterranean and Red Sea coastal regions,
and discusses the ecological threats and economic
applications of these critical resources. In particular, it examines the relationships between climate
and vegetation, and discusses these within the
context of desertification, agro-industrial applications, ecotourism and sustainable development.
Features
7 Important overview of the coastal desert
vegetation of a wide area 7 Useful for sustainable
development of a very difficult environment
7 Applications for nature conservancies, vegetation mapping, planning of vegetation management,
monitoring
Fields of interest
Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography;
Climate Change; Plant Ecology
Target groups
This book will provide a valuable reference for
researchers and graduate students involved in
plant ecology, biogeography and environmental
management in the Afro-Asian Mediterranean
and Red Sea coastal regions, as well as other desert
regions around the world
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
The growing global population poses the challenge
to the scientific community of doubling or tripling
the food, feed and fiber production by the year
2050. Biotechnology can make a significant contribution to this effort.
This volume reviews the use of biotechnology
in cotton, which is the leading plant fiber crop
worldwide and grown commercially in more than
50 countries. Renowned experts highlight the
success of Bt cotton, the introduction of second
and third generation traits and the impact at all
levels of farming. Furthermore, the molecular
advances being made in cotton biotechnology and
the potential traits that will come to market in the
next decade are described in detail.
Features
7 Highlights the advances in cotton biotechnology, the benefits and socioeconomic impacts
Contents
Cotton: An Introduction.- Cotton in India.Cotton Genomics.- Cotton Transformation.- New
Tools and Traits for Cotton Improvement.- Insect
Tolerant Cotton in India.- Insect Resistance
Management for Transgenic Bt Cotton.- Opportunities for Engineering Abiotic Stress Tolerance
in Cotton Plants.- Recent Advances in Molecular
Biology Research on Cotton Fiber Development.- Global Adoption of Biotech Cotton, 1996 to
2007.- Regulatory Systems and Requirements for
Genetically Engineered Cotton from Lab to Land.Socioeconomic Impacts of Bt (Bacillus thuringiensis) Cotton.
Field of interest
Plant Breeding/Biotechnology
Target groups
Researchers and professionals
Discount group
P
Biomedical and Life Sciences
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 500 p. (Plant and Vegetation, Volume 4)
Hardcover
2010. X, 230 p. 30 illus., 13 in color. (Biotechnology in
Agriculture and Forestry, Volume 65) Hardcover
7 approx. $199.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8594-8
7 $199.00
ISBN 978-3-642-04795-4
Life Sciences
107
108
Springer News 1/2010
Business/Economics
springer.com/booksellers
J. M. Alston, University of California, Davis, CA, USA;
M. A. Andersen, University of Wyoming, Laramie,
WY, USA; J. S. James, California Polytechnic State
University, San Luis Obispo, CA, USA; P. G. Pardey,
University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN, USA
J. O. Brunner, University of Technology Munich,
Germany
M. Carlberg, Helmut Schmidt University Hamburg,
Germany
Flexible Shift Planning in the
Service Industry
Persistence Pays
The Case of Physicians in Hospitals
Monetary and Fiscal
Strategies in the World
Economy
U.S. Agricultural Productivity Growth and the
Benefits from Public R&D Spending
The book presents new ideas to model and solve
the flexible shift planning problem of personnel
workers in the service industry. First, a new
modeling approach is proposed that requires shifts
to be generated implicitly rather than employing
a predefined set of shift types like three 8-hour
or two 12-hour shifts to cover varying forecast
demand. The objective is to minimize the total
cost of the assignments given the general and
individual labor restrictions.
Second, to find high quality assignments two
solution methodologies are presented. A heuristic
decomposition strategy decomposes the problem
into weekly subproblems whereas a branchand-price algorithm that uses several branching
rules decomposes the model by worker types.
The master problem uses a set covering formulation whereas the subproblems are mixed integer
programs. The modeling and solution methodologies are developed and tested using the example
of physicians from an anesthesia department of a
German university hospital.
This book documents the evolving path of U.S.
agriculture in the 20th Century and the role of
public R&D in that evolution. The work begins
with a detailed quantitative assessment of the
shifting patterns of production among the states
and over time and of the public institutions and
investments in agricultural R&D. Then, based
on newly constructed sets of panel data, some of
which span the entire 20th Century and more, the
authors present new econometric evidence linking
state-specific agricultural productivity measures to
federal and state government investments in agricultural research and extension. The results show
that the time lags between R&D spending and its
effects on productivity are longer than commonly
found or assumed in the prior published work.
Also, the spillover effects of R&D among states are
important, such that the national net benefits from
a state’s agricultural research investments are much
greater than own-state net benefits.
Features
7 Contains an empirical assessment of the longrun investments in and payoffs to agricultural
R&D in the United States, which will be of broader
international as well as U.S. interest 7 Includes
substantial improvements in data, understanding,
methods, and new and interesting empirical results
Fields of interest
Agricultural Economics; Economic Policy; R & D/
Technology Policy
Target groups
Researchers and graduate students in agricultural
economics and food policy; policymakers and
research administrators concerned with food and
agricultural productivity issues, particularly in the
U.S.
Contents
Introduction.- Literature Review on Personnel
Scheduling.- MIP Model for Flexible Shift Scheduling of Physicians.- Solution Methodologies.Experimental Investigations.- Conclusions and
Further Remarks.
Fields of interest
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Public
Health/Gesundheitswesen; Operations Research,
Management Science
Target groups
Scientists, professionals in health care management
Discount group
P
This book studies the strategic interactions
between monetary and fiscal policies in the world
economy. The world economy consists of two
regions, say Europe and America. The policy
makers are the central banks and the governmentsl
The policy targets are low inflation, low unemployment, and low structural deficits. There are
demand shocks, supply shocks, and mixed shocks.
There are regional shocks and common shocks.
This book develops a series of basic, intermediate,
and more advanced models. Here the focus is on
the Nash equilibrium. The key questions are: Given
a shock, can policy interactions reduce the existing
loss? And to what extent can they do so? Another
topical issue is policy cooperation. To illustrate all
of this there are a lot of numerical examples.
Features
7 Describes the strategic interactions between
monetary and fiscal policies in the world economy
7 A series of basic, intermediate, and more
advanced models are developped in this book
focused on the Nash equilibrium 7 A lot of
numerical examples to illustrate all are given
Contents
Introduction.- The Closed Economy: Absence of a
Deficit Target.- The Closed Economy: Presence of
a Deficit Target.- Monetary Policies in Europe and
America.- Fiscal Policies in Europe and America:
Absence of a Deficit Target.- Fiscal Policies in
Europe and America: Presence of a Deficit Target.Monetary and Fiscal Policies in Europe and
America: Absence of a Deficit Target.- Monetary
and Fiscal Policies in Europe and America: Presence of a Deficit Target.
Fields of interest
Macroeconomics; International Economics;
Economic Policy
Target groups
Researchers
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Business and Economics
Business and Economics
Business and Economics
Due January 2010
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 535 p. 215 illus. (Natural Resource
Management and Policy, Volume 34) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 150 p. (Lecture Notes in Economics and
Mathematical Systems, Volume 640) Softcover
2010. XII, 306 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $219.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-0657-1
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10516-6
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10475-6
Due February 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
H. Chen, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China;
Y. Wang, Lilly Singapore Centre for Drug Discovery,
Singapore; K. Cheung, Yale University School of
Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA (Eds.)
Semantic e-Science
The Semantic Web has been a very important
development in how knowledge is disseminated
and manipulated on the Web, but it has been of
particular importance to the flow of scientific
knowledge, and will continue to shape how data is
stored and accessed in a broad range of disciplines,
including life sciences, earth science, materials science, and the social sciences. After first
presenting papers on the foundations of semantic
e-science, including papers on scientific knowledge
acquisition, data integration, and workflow, this
volume looks at the state of the art in each of the
above-mentioned disciplines, presenting research
on semantic web applications in the life, earth,
materials, and social sciences. Drawing papers
from three semantic web workshops, as well as
papers from several invited contributors, this
volume illustrates how far semantic web applications have come in helping to manage scientific
information flow.
Features
7 Presents the latest research on developing
semantic web applications for a broad range of
scientific disciplines 7 Covers developments in
knowledge acquisition, integration, and dissemination 7 Presents research findings from respected
leaders in semantic web application development
H. A. Eiselt, University of New Brunswick,
Fredericton, NB, Canada; C. Sandblom, Dalhousie
University, Halifax, NS, Canada
Trends in Multiple Criteria
Decision Analysis
Operations Research
Multiple Criteria Decision Making (MCDM) is
the study of methods and procedures by which
concerns about multiple conflicting criteria can be
formally incorporated into the management planning process. A key area of research in OR/MS,
MCDM is now being applied in many new areas,
including GIS systems, AI, and group decision
making.
This volume is in effect the third in a series of
Springer books by these editors (all in the ISOR
series), and it brings all the latest developments
in MCDM into focus. Looking at developments
in the applications, methodologies and foundations of MCDM, it presents research from leaders
in the field on such topics as Problem Structuring
Methodologies; Measurement Theory and MCDA;
Recent Developments in Evolutionary Multiobjective Optimization; Habitual Domains and
Dynamic MCDM in Changeable Spaces; Stochastic
Multicriteria Acceptability Analysis; and many
more chapters.
Features
7 Editors are three of the most prominent
researchers in the field 7 Prestigious group of
contributors 7 Addresses development in foundation, methodologies, and newest applications
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
Practitioners and researchers in semantic web
application development, information science
practitioners in scientific settings
P
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
109
M. Ehrgott, University of Auckland, New Zealand;
J. R. Figueira, Instituto Superior Técnico, Porto Salvo,
Portugal; S. Greco, University of Catania, Italy (Eds.)
Fields of interest
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Information Systems; Information Systems Applications
(incl.Internet)
Business/Economics
Springer News 1/2010
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Game
Theory/Mathematical Methods; Operations
Research, Management Science
A Model-Based Approach
The book covers the standard models and techniques used in decision making in organizations.
The main emphasis of the book is on modeling
business-related scenarios and the generation of
decision alternatives. Fully solved examples from
many areas are used to illustrate the main concepts
without getting bogged down in technical details.
The book presents an approach to operations
research that is heavily based on modeling and
makes extensive use of sensitivity analyses. It is a
result of many years of combined teaching experience of the authors.
Features
7 Covers the standard operations research
techniques 7 Presents an approach to operations research that is heavily based on modeling
and makes extensive use of sensitivity analyses
7 Emphasis is on getting insight into problems,
rather than computing solutions
Fields of interest
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Operations Research, Management Science; Engineering
Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing
Target groups
Students
Discount group
P
OR/MS researchers involved in MCDM theory and
applications; graduate-level students in decision
theory programs in OR/MS
P
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
Business and Economics
2010. Approx. 480 p. 49 illus. (International Series in
Operations Research & Management Science,
Volume 142) Hardcover
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. 127 illus. (Annals of Information
Systems, Volume 11) Softcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5902-7
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5903-4
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-3-642-10325-4
2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover
110
Springer News 1/2010
Business/Economics
springer.com/booksellers
J. E. Floyd, University of Toronto, ON, Canada
R. P. Gilles, Queen’s University, Belfast, Ireland
Interest Rates, Exchange
Rates and World Monetary
Policy
The Cooperative Game Theory
Excel Data Analysis
of Networks and Hierarchies
A careful basic theoretical and econometric
analysis of the factors determining the real
exchange rates of Canada, the U.K., Japan, France
and Germany with respect to the United States is
conducted. The resulting conclusion is that real
exchange rates are almost entirely determined by
real factors relating to growth and technology such
as oil and commodity prices, international allocations of world investment across countries, and
underlying terms of trade changes. Unanticipated
money supply shocks, calculated in five alternative
ways have virtually no effects. A Blanchard-Quah
VAR analysis also indicates that the effects of real
shocks predominate over monetary shocks by a
wide margin. The implications of these facts for the
conduct of monetary policy in countries outside
the U.S. are then explored leading to the conclusion that all countries, to avoid exchange rate
overshooting, have tended to automatically follow
the same monetary policy as the United States.
Features
Modeling and Simulation
The book brings together an overview of standard concepts in cooperative game theory with
applications to the analysis of social networks
and hierarchical authority organizations. The
standard concepts covered include the multi-linear
extension, the Core, the Shapley value, and the
cooperative potential. Also discussed are the Core
for a restricted collection of formable coalitions,
various Core covers, the Myerson value, valuebased potentials, and share potentials. Within the
context of social networks this book discusses the
measurement of centrality and power as well as
allocation rules such as the Myerson value and
hierarchical allocation rules. For hierarchical
organizations, two basic approaches to the exercise
of authority are explored; for each approach the
allocation of the generated output is developed.
Each chapter is accompanied by a problem section,
allowing this book to be used as a textbook for an
advanced graduate course on game theory.
Features
7 Real exchange rate determination and the
workings of monetary policy of individual countries in a world economy
7 Comprehensive overview of standard concepts
in cooperative game theory 7 Presentation of
applications to the analysis of social networks and
authority structures
From the contents
Contents
Theoretical Framework: Specifications and
Assumptions. Underlying Equilibrium Growth
Paths . Variations in Employment . Some Important Implications. Exchange Rate Overshooting
- Exchange Rate Determination: Issues Regarding
Exchange Rate Determination. Time Series Properties of Observed Exchange Rate Movements.
Efficient Markets and Exchange Rate Forecasts.
The Role of Real Shocks in Determining Real
Exchange Rates: The Evidence.
Fields of interest
Macroeconomics; Econometrics; International
Economics
Target groups
Libraries, scientists, practitioners
H. Guerrero, Mason School of Business,
Williamsburg, VA, USA
This book is written for the students and practitioners who are looking for a single introductory
Excel-based resource that covers three essential
business and analytical skills – Data Analysis,
Business Modeling, and Simulation of Complex
Problems. The focus of the book is clearly on
analysis of problems for decision making, yet
detailed explanations regarding how to use Excel
tools are provided. After many years of teaching
and consulting, it is abundantly clear to me that
for most students, a good example is worth its
weight in gold. This book contains many excellent
examples in each chapter, some simple and others
more complex, and there is an abundance of
exhibits to guide the student through the maze of
steps necessary for each analysis.
The content is quite diverse: data presentation –
the Feng Shui of spreadsheets, effective communication and collaboration, data preparation –
import, scrub, manipulate data, data analysis –
statistical methods: descriptive, inferential, and
predictive, and more.
Features
Cooperative Game Theory.- The Core of a Cooperative Game.- Axiomatic Value Theory.- The
Cooperative Potential.- Directed Communication
Networks.- Cooperative Theories of Hierarchical
Organizations.
7 Targeted at business students or practitioners
looking for a single introductory Excel-based
resource covering three essential business skills—
Data Analysis, Business Modeling, and Simulation
7 The Instructor's Manual offers opportunities
for classroom instruction, student participation
and assignments or research 7 Problems and
Exercises at the end of each chapter
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Game Theory/Mathematical Methods; Game
Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences;
Economic Theory
Target groups
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Organization/Planning; Information Systems
Target groups
Researchers in the field of game theory
Business School students-UG and MBA, practitioners
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Discount group
P
Business and Economics
Due February 2010
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
2010. XII, 404 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 270 p. 20 illus. (Theory and Decision
Library C, Volume 44) Hardcover
2010. X, 200 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10279-0
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05281-1
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10834-1
springer.com/librarybooks
B. Hirsch, University of Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany
G. Iannotta, Bocconi University, Milan, Italy
Monopsonistic Labour
Markets and the Gender
Pay Gap
Investment Banking
Theory and Empirical Evidence
This book investigates models of spatial and
dynamic monopsony and their application to the
persistent empirical regularity of the gender pay
gap. Theoretically, the main conclusion is that
employers possess more monopsony power over
their female employees if women are less driven
by pecuniary considerations in their choice of
employers than men. Employers may exploit
this to increase their profits at the detriment of
women’s wages. Empirically, it is indeed found
that women’s labour supply to the firm is less
wage-elastic than men’s and that at least a third of
the gender pay gap in the data investigated may
result from employers engaging in monopsonistic
discrimination. Therefore, a monopsonistic
approach to gender discrimination in the labour
market clearly contributes to the economic
understanding of the gender pay gap. It not only
provides an intuitively appealing explanation of
the gap from standard economic reasoning, but it
is also corroborated by empirical observation.
Contents
Introduction.- Part I: Spatial Monopsony: Simple
Static Monopsony. Short-Run Spatial Monopsony.
Long-Run Spatial Monopsony. Spatial Monopsony
and the Gender Pay Gap. Spatial Monopsony and
Regional Differences in the Gender Pay Gap.Part II: Dynamic Monopsony: Simple Dynamic
Monopsony. A General Equilibrium Model of
Dynamic Monopsony. Dynamic Monopsony and
the Gender Pay Gap. Concluding Remarks.
Fields of interest
Labor Economics; Sociology; Microeconomics
Target groups
Scientists
Business/Economics
Springer News 1/2010
A Guide to Underwriting and Advisory
Services
The recent financial turmoil has raised suspects on
investment banks and will certainly reshape the
industry. However, the transactions traditionally
managed by investment banks will still require the
intervention of financial institutions, as always in
the past. This book aims at providing an overview
of these traditional investment banking activities.
It covers the main areas of investment banking:
security underwriting (equity and debt), syndicated loans, market for corporate control (M&As,
LBOs, etc.), restructuring. There is an impressive amount of research papers on the different
areas of investment banking. While this growing
literature provides a conceptual framework, it has
little to say on “how to do things”. The aim of the
book is to blend the scholars’ and practitioners’
views: every transaction is examined from both
perspectives. Even when deeper attention is given
to research, it is done with the simple and effective
language of business.
Features
7 Comprehensive overview of traditional
investment banking activities 7 Provides
understanding of main technical aspects of the
investment banking business 7 Combines the
academic and practical perspectives 7 Optimal
accompanying book for investment banking or
advisory corporate finance courses
Fields of interest
Finance /Banking
Target groups
Students and teachers in the field of finance/
banking; researchers
Discount group
P
111
P. Koslowski, University of Amsterdam,
The Netherlands (Ed.)
Elements of a Philosophy
of Management and
Organization
Managing as a form of human action has an
inherent link with philosophy, which is also
concerned with choosing the right action and the
best way to lead our lives. Management theory and
philosophy can join forces in epistemology (the
philosophy of knowledge), ethics, and cultural
theory. The epistemology of management concerns
the question of how management can improve
its ability to create knowledge about managing
companies and about using management theory in
the task of managing. Management ethics investigates the question of what the right management
actions are. The cultural theory of management
examines how corporate culture can increase the
cooperation within the firm and how the cultural
surplus value of products and brand management can increase the firm’s value creation in its
products.
This book introduces the readers to central
approaches in this new field, which represents a
synthesis of management and philosophical theory.
From the contents
Part A: Management and Philosophy. 1 The Philosophy of Management: Management as a Challenge to Philosophy - Philosophy as a Challenge
to Management. 2 Philosophy of Management:
Concepts of Management from the Perspectives of
Systems Theory, Phenomenological Hermeneutics,
Corporate Religion, and Existentialism.- Part B:
Organization Theory, Organizational Practice,
and Philosophy. 3 Critical Realism, Organization
Theory, Methodology, and the Emerging Science of
Reconfiguration.
Fields of interest
Organization/Planning; Ethics; Philosophy of the
Social Sciences
Target groups
Discount group
Scientists
P
Discount group
P
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
Business and Economics
Due February 2010
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. (Lecture Notes in Economics and
Mathematical Systems, Volume 639) Softcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Studies in Economic Ethics and
Philosophy) Hardcover
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10408-4
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-3-540-93764-7
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-3-642-11139-6
112
Springer News 1/2010
Business/Economics
H. Landstrom, University of Lund, Sweden
Pioneers in Entrepreneurship
and Small Business Research
Around the world there is an increasing interest in
issues of small business and entrepreneurship. In
a time with a lot of myths and opinions of the role
of entrepreneurs and small business it is vital for
a book like this to encapsulate the knowledge that
can be gained from the most significant research
contributions in the field. Such knowledge is often
build upon empirical oriented methods providing
policy relevant results for small business owners
and entrepreneurs.
The aim of Pioneers in Entrepreneurship and Small
Business Research is first to provide a historicaldoctrinal review of the development of entrepreneurship and small business research and, second,
to present some of the key pioneers that have
shaped the research field during the past three
decades. The book focuses on the first recipients
of the FSF-NUTEK International Award for Small
Business Research including David Birch, Arnold
Cooper, David Storey, Ian MacMillan, Howard
Aldrich, Zoltan Acs, David Audretsch, and
Giacomo Becattini.
Features
7 In emerging and rapidly growing fields of
research it is always important for researchers and
advanced MBA students to stop now and then, and
reflect on our knowledge and the future development of the field of research 7 Gives a historicaldoctrinal review of entrepreneurship and small
business research, but also a summary of the core
knowledge within the field
Fields of interest
Entrepreneurship; Business/Management Science,
general
Target groups
Researchers in entrepreneurship and small business, management science, and economics, as well
as MBA candidates
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
E. van Leeuwen, University of Amsterdam,
The Netherlands
Science & Technology in
China: A Roadmap to 2050
Urban-Rural Interactions
Strategic General Report of the Chinese
Academy of Sciences
Towns as Focus Points in Rural Development
Editor-in-chief: Y. Lu
Modern Europe has rural roots. Even today, as
much as 90 per cent of Europe (EU25) consists of
rural areas in which half of the population lives.
While different rural areas often face different
challenges, the shift from agricultural production towards a multifunctional landscape and the
increasing value assigned to environmental values
affect all rural areas.
The ambition to develop a more diversified rural
economy, as well as the bottom-up approach
and local focus of many rural policies, require a
clear knowledge of the current socio-economic
function of towns and town-hinterland linkages.
Therefore, the aim of this study is to contribute
to the understanding of the current function of
towns in Europe in general and in the Netherlands more specifically. By using both micro- and
macro-approaches, the multifaceted relationships
between town-hinterland and the rural economy
are explored at different spatial levels and for
different actors, in particular for households, farms
and firms.
This general report, sponsored by the Chinese
Academy of Sciences, presents a panoramic
scenario for China’s modernization drive to 2050.
It analyzes the evolution and laws governing the
development of science and technology, describes
the decisive impact of science and technology on
the modernization process, predicts that the world
is on the eve of an impending S&T revolution,
and calls for China to be fully prepared for this
new round of S&T advancement. Based on its
detailed study of the demands on S&T innovation
in China’s modernization, it draws a framework
for eight basic and strategic systems of socioeconomic development with the support of science
and technology, works out China’s S&T roadmaps
for the relevant eight basic and strategic systems in
line with China’s reality, further details S&T initiatives of strategic importance to China’s modernization, and provides S&T decision-makers with
comprehensive consultations for the development
of S&T innovation consistent with China’s reality.
Contents
Features
Introduction.- Town and Hinterland Interactions
in Rural Areas.- Multifunctionality of Towns:
Exploration of the Spatial Behaviour of Households.- Town-Hinterland Relations: A Social
Accounting Matrix Approach.- A Meta-Analytic
Comparison of Regional Output Multipliers at
Different Spatial Levels: Economic Impacts of
Tourism.- Microsimulation of Rural Households.Future Developments in Rural Areas: Combining
Micro and Macro.- Conclusion.
Fields of interest
7 The first book available on China's long-term
S T plan 7 Presents a panoramic scenario for
China's modernization drive to 2050 7 Includes
eighteen specific S T roadmaps for relevant basic
and strategic systems in China 7 Provides
comprehensive consultations for the development
of S T innovation with Chinese characteristics
Fields of interest
R & D/Technology Policy; Renewable Energy
Sources; Sustainable Development
Regional/Spatial Science; Landscape/Regional and
Urban Planning; Agricultural Economics
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Scientists
Researchers, government officials and entrepreneurs
P
Discount group
P
Business and Economics
Business and Economics
Business and Economics
Due January 2010
Distribution rights in China: Science Press
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2010. XIV, 352 p. (International Studies in
Entrepreneurship, Volume 8) Softcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Contributions to Economics)
Hardcover
2010. XX, 138 p. 12 illus. in color. Softcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1678-5
7 $119.00
ISBN 978-3-7908-2406-3
7 $59.95
ISBN 978-3-642-04822-7
Jointly published with Science Press.
springer.com/librarybooks
C. Mac an Bhaird, Dublin City University, Dublin,
Ireland
J. R. Miron, University of Toronto, Scarborough, ON,
Canada
Resourcing Small and Medium The Geography of
Sized Enterprises
Competition
A Financial Growth Life Cycle Approach
Firms, Prices, and Localization
In a world of increasing financial uncertainty and
growing unemployment, the macroeconomic
contribution of SMEs is more important than
ever. Development of a vibrant, sustainable small
firm sector is dependent on sufficient resourcing
of SMEs, particularly adequate capitalisation.
This book provides a timely examination of SME
financing and determinants of capital structure. A special feature of this book is the novel
methodological approach adopted, providing an
innovative perspective on SME financing. Analysis
of stated financing preferences and objectives of
SME owners is combined with results of statistical
analysis of firm characteristics in exploring holistic
explanations for observed capital structures. The
uniqueness of this approach is in the contribution
of data on financing preferences to supplement and
contextualise results of bivariate and multivariate
statistical tests. This methodology extends the
SME literature, and is of interest to academics,
researchers, practitioners and policy makers.
This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date,
and expert synthesis of location theory. What are
the impacts of a firm’s geographic location on the
locations of customers, suppliers, and competitors in a market economy? How, when, and why
does this result in the clustering of firms in space?
When and how is society made better or worse
off as a result? This book uses dozens of locational
models to address aspects of these three questions. Classical location problems considered
include Greenhut-Manne, Hitchcock-Koopmans,
and Weber-Launhardt. The book reinterprets
competitive location theory, focusing on the
linkages between Walrasian price equilibrium
and the localization of firms. It also demonstrates
that competitive location theory offers diverse
ideas about the nature of market equilibrium in
geographic space and its implications for a broad
range of public policies, including free trade,
industrial policy, regional development, and
investment in infrastructure.
Fields of interest
Features
Finance /Banking; Organization/Planning; Entrepreneurship
Target groups
Scientists and researchers
Discount group
P
Business/Economics
Springer News 1/2010
7 First major book on traditional location
theory since Beckmann’s Location Theory in
1968 7 Will cover all the major developments
in the intervening period 7 Fresh, interdisciplinary approach links ideas on location theory
from different areas 7 Provides by far the most
comprehensive treatment of firm location theory
in the literature, with an extensive bibliography
Fields of interest
Regional/Spatial Science; Economic Theory;
Economic Geography
Target groups
Academics, students and researchers with an
interest in regional science, economic geography,
and urban planning, market consultants, planners,
policy advisors, and other practitioners
H. Niemes, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental
Research, Leipzig, Germany; M. Schirmer,
Eawag-Swiss Federal Institute of Aquatic Science and
Technology, Dübendorf, Switzerland
Entropy, Water and Resources
An Essay in Natural Sciences-Consistent
Economics
This book at the intersection of natural sciences,
economics, and water engineering aims to reduce
the gaps between economic theory, natural
sciences, and engineering practice. Based on an
extended thermodynamic approach, the authors
explain which economic assumptions are acceptable for constructing a dynamic model that is
consistent with the natural sciences. In particular,
the special role of water in the production and
reproduction activities will be considered as an
integral component. Water is generated in a separate water treatment process and is used to transport the unavoidable by-products of production
and reproduction activities to a wastewater sector.
In this respect, not only environmental protection aspects, but also the interrelation between the
water requirements and the use of non-renewable
resources for producing desired consumption
goods will be highlighted.
From the contents
1 Introduction.- Part I: The Water Use Model.
2 Conceptual Foundations: Thermodynamics and
Capital Theory. 3 General Design of Dynamic
Models for Water Use. 4 Specifications for
Constructing the Water Use Model.
Fields of interest
Environmental Economics; Energy Economics;
Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control
/ Water Management / Aquatic Pollution
Target groups
Scientists
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Business and Economics
Due February 2010
Business and Economics
113
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 240 p. 10 illus.
(Contributions to Management Science) Hardcover
2010. XIII, 428 p. 74 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-7908-2398-1
7 approx. $179.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5625-5
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-7908-2415-5
114
Management/Business for Professionals
H. Arnold, M. Erner, P. Möckel, Deutsche Telekom
AG, Berlin, Germany; C. Schläffer, Deutsche Telekom
AG, Bonn, Germany (Eds.)
Applied Technology and
Innovation Management
Insights and Experiences from an IndustryLeading Innovation Centre
Rapid application of new technologies and
highly leveraged innovation processes are key
for the success of companies and organizations
in dynamic markets. Based on the experiences
of one of the industry’s most modern innovation
centers this book provides an insight into the tools
and methods used to align customer requirements, competitive challenges and technological
development. Both, scientists and practitioners,
will benefit from the lessons learned and presented
in this volume.
Features
7 Based on the experiences of one of the
industry`s most modern innovation centers
7 High-tech innovation management as a critical
success factor
From the contents
The Importance of Innovation Management at
Deutsche Telekom –Technological Uncertainty and
Open Innovation. -Deutsche Telekom Laboratories
as a Testbed for Modern Technology and Innovation Management. - A. Information Acquisition
in a World of Knowledge Strategic Foresight. Integration of Academic Research into Innovation
Projects: The Case of Collaboration with a University Research Institute. - B. Organizing for Getting
the Most out of Openness. - Implementing Open
Innovation to Benefi t from External Dynamics
of Innovation. - Partnering for Research and
Development within an Open Innovation Framework. - Business (Lead) Customer Involvement in
the Innovation Process. - C. Early Stage Market
Research and Innovation Marketing.
Fields of interest
Technology Management; Information Systems;
Management/Business for Professionals
Target groups
Researcher and professionals
Springer News 1/2010
T. E. Cheng, Hong Kong Polytechnic University,
Kowloon, Hong Kong, China; J. Li, Beijing University
of Chemical Technology, Beijing, China; C. J. Wan,
University of Cambridge, UK; S. Y. Wang, Chinese
Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China
Postponement Strategies in
Supply Chain Management
Within supply chain management (SCM),
postponement is a deliberate action to delay final
manufacturing or distribution of a product until
receipt of a customer order. This reduces the incidence of wrong manufacturing or incorrect inventory deployment. Postponement strategies and
practices serve to reduce the anticipatory risk in a
supply chain. It can be fine-tuned or staged so that
only the generic parts shared by a firm’s various
end products are warehoused, used only once
orders come in for whichever products are selling,
and will reduce inventory pressures throughout the
firm. Despite much existing research in the area,
no one book devoted solely to postponement has
been published.
At its core, Postponement Strategies in Supply
Chain Management analyzes how both pull
postponement strategy and form postponement
strategy can be leveraged to yield substantial
benefits to adopting firms in different competitive
environments.
Features
7 First book to specifically detail postponement
strategies in SCM 7 Includes models developed
by authors with a look at their possible effects
7 Takes a critical look at these strategies as
applied across a range of products
Fields of interest
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Production/Logistics; Industrial and Production Engineering
Target groups
Researchers and practitioners in supply chain
management; graduate and doctoral students in
the field
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
A. Hevner, University of South Florida, Tampa, FL,
USA; S. Chatterjee, Claremont Graduate University,
CA, USA (Eds.)
Design Research in
Information Systems
Theory and Practice
The purpose of Design Research in Information
Systems: Theory and Practice is to provide the
field, researchers, practitioners and especially
graduate students with a comprehensive book that
outlines and explains the parameters of design
science research, how to conduct such research,
and to provide examples of various types of
research that has been conducted using design
science.
There will be 14 chapters in the book, divided
into two parts. The first part of 8 chapters will be
written by the authors and the second part of the
book will be various types of research examples
conducted using design science. These research
chapters will demonstrate well-developed design
science research from an array of perspectives.
The book is a textbook survey on information
technology that provides students, academics, and
practitioners with a reference tool or educational
framework to understand, apply and implement
design research methods in Information Systems.
Features
7 Will address questions such as "how can design
science and design theories provide guidance and
inform more effective design and adoption for
such complex information systems?" "What do
these changes in the organizational use of information technology mean for an information systems
design theory?"
Fields of interest
Information Systems; Management of Computing
and Information Systems; Information Systems
and Communication Service
Target groups
Students and academic professors in the areas of
computer science, information systems and software engineering
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Business and Economics
Business and Economics
Due January 2010
Due May 2010
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
2010. VIII, 218 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 220 p. 40 illus. (International Series in
Operations Research & Management Science, Vol. 143)
Hardcover
2010. XVIII, 393 p. 43 illus. With CD-ROM. (Integrated
Series in Information Systems, Volume 22) Hardcover
7 $89.95
ISBN 978-3-540-88826-0
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5836-5
7 $99.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5652-1
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
Management/Business for Professionals
D. Jones, M. Tamiz, Management Mathematics
Group, Portsmouth, UK
H. Lehmann, Victoria University of Wellington,
New Zealand
Practical Goal Programming
The Dynamics of International
Information Systems
Goal programming is an extension of mathematical programming and it has been widely used
as an optimization technique that can determine
multi-faceted solutions rather than optimizing a
single objective. It derives its name by utilizing
its multi-objective programming capabilities to
satisfy multiple goals within a problem, and it is
recognized as the most widely used multi-objective
methodology.
As basically as an extension of optimization
methods, Practical Goal Programming will have a
global market. This book and its treatment of Goal
Programming is a particularly practical quantitative decision tool because it helps organizations
meet targets and objectives. If objectives turn out
to be conflicting, as frequently is the case, then the
goal programming solution will suggest the means
of coming as close as possible to the given set of
goals. The book will include many worked-out
examples and tutorial exercises throughout—and
will be designed to demonstrate and teach the
readers good modeling practice.
Features
7 Goal programming is an excellent tool that can
provide solutions to decision problems arising
from a variety of application fields
Contents
History and Philosophy of Goal Programming.Goal Programming Variants.- Formulating Goal
Programmes.- Advanced Topics in Goal Programming Formulation.- Solving and Analysing Goal
Programming Models.- Detection and Restoration
of Pareto Inefficiency.- Trend of Integration and
Combination of Goal Programming.- Case Studies:
Application of Goal Programming in HealthCare.Case Study: Application of Goal Programming in
Portfolio Selection.- References.- Index.
Fields of interest
Operations Research/Decision Theory; Optimization; Management/Business for Professionals
Target groups
Graduate students, academic researchers and
practitioners
Discount group
P
Anatomy of a Grounded Theory Investigation
With this new monograph, Hans Lehmann
demonstrates the efficacy of using the Grounded
Theory method to study the factors that lead to
success – or failure – in the creation and ongoing
management of the international information systems (IIS) within global enterprises.
He presents three cases of large transnational
companies he worked with in this study and
describes in detail the steps in the analysis of
findings and the incremental conceptualization
that finally result in a substantive theory of IIS.
There is also a companion website that contains
a full set of analysis notes to add a further level
of detail. Grounded Theory was developed in the
social sciences as a means of recording, analyzing,
understanding and then fully explaining what
was happening within a given social situation - so
that theories could be developed that were firmly
grounded in those circumstantial facts.
Features
P. Low Kim Cheng
Negotiation Success in Asia
Successful negotiation requires a close understanding of their partner’s culture, their feelings,
habits and values. When planning to do business
with suppliers and other partners in Asia, a thorough preparation is essential to avoid misunderstandings, confrontations and disappointments,
and to ensure the mutually desired success.
This book presents a complete communication and
negotiation skills program with special focus on
negotiation partners from the different regions of
the Asian continent. Readers learn to negotiate the
Chinese, the Indian or the Japanese way, and they
learn to understand the ways Asians negotiate.
Written by a cross-border author, both academician and practitioner, with plenty of experience
from Eastern and Western cultures, this book is a
valuable resource for anyone relying on business
success with Asian partners.
Features
7 Book draws on the first hand experience of a
pan-Asian business expert
From the contents
Information Systems; Information Systems and
Communication Service; Cognitive Psychology
What is Negotiation? - Introduction - Definition of Negotiation - Skilled Negotiators Seek to
Build Common Ground - Over-winning Is Bad!
- Checkpoint. - Negotiation, the Relationship Way
- Pre-Negotiation Stage - Post-Negotiation Stage
- Relating and Writing Persuasively to Influence
OP - Checkpoint. - Preparation and Planning - Set
Your Goals - Know Yourself - Decide Who’s to
Negotiate - Prepare for Your Appearance, Dressing
and Manners - Preparing for Negotiating with
Someone from Another Culture - Special Mention
on Indonesia – Capitalising “Flexibility” - Sun
Tzu, the Art of War and Negotiation. - Process
versus Content - The Process of Negotiation The Content of Negotiation. - Some Sure-fire
Negotiating Techniques and Tactics - Negotiation
Techniques and Tactics - The Dangers of Verbal
Agreements.
Target groups
Fields of interest
7 First book to demonstrate efficacy of grounded
theory in IIS 7 Can be immediately used to help
design and implement IS systems 7 Concise
monograph explains and demonstrates an effective
IS methodology
From the contents
Introduction.- International Information Systems
in the Literature.- Research Problem and Research
Question.- Research Methodology.- Research
Method: Grounded Theory for Descriptive and
Exploratory Cases.- Foundation Case: The Australasian Food Co-op.
Fields of interest
IS practitioners working in multi-national
enterprises, IS researchers, academics teaching IS
research methodology
Discount group
P
Management/Business for Professionals; Organization/Planning
Target groups
Professionals, manager in international business
Discount group
P
Business and Economics
Due March 2010
115
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
Business and Economics
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. 41 illus. (International Series in
Operations Research & Management Science,
Volume 141) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 245 p. 66 illus. (Integrated Series in
Information Systems, Volume 23) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5770-2
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5749-8
7 approx. $69.95
ISBN 978-3-642-04675-9
116
Springer News 1/2010
Law
D. Closa, A. Gardiner, F. Giemsa, J. Machek,
European Patent Office, Munich, Germany
Patent Law for Computer
Scientists
Steps to Protect Computer-Implemented
Inventions
Patent laws are different in many countries, and
inventors are sometimes at a loss to understand
which basic requirements should be satisfied if
an invention is to be granted a patent. This is
particularly true for inventions implemented on a
computer. While roughly a third of all applications
(and granted patents) relate, in one way or another,
to a computer, applications where the innovation
mainly resides in software or in a business method
are treated differently by the major patent offices in
the US (USPTO), Japan (JPO), and Europe (EPO).
The authors start with a thorough introduction
into patent laws and practices, as well as in related
intellectual property rights, which also explains
the procedures at the USPTO, JPO and EPO and,
in particular, the peculiarities in the treatment of
applications centering on software or computers.
Features
7 Explains patent laws in Europe, the US, and
Japan 7 Gives the reader a guide to a patent
examiner’s way of thinking 7 Shows the step-bystep development of a patent application
7 Presents more than 10 detailed case studies
from different computer science applications
7 Condenses over 70 years experience of the
authors in the patent business
From the contents
Part I: 1) Introduction.- Part II: Case Studies.2) Business Methods - 3) Administrative Methods
- 4) Digital Rights Management - 5) Databases and
Database Management Systems.
springer.com/booksellers
S. C. Grover, Thunder Bay, ON, Canada
K. Noussia, University of Hamburg
The European Court of
Human Rights as a Pathway
to Impunity for International
Crimes
Confidentiality in
International Commercial
Arbitration
This book presents contentious case rulings by
the European Court of Human Rights providing
extensive case notes and questions. The book
elucidates just how the Court came in those
cases to contribute to lack of State accountability
and to impunity for individual perpetrators of
international crimes. Issues addressed include the
Court’s: derogation of the jus cogens nature of
certain fundamental human rights, grant of State
immunity from any liability for systemic torture,
unjustified failure to classify certain European
Convention on Human Rights violations as
international crimes; and improper declining of
jurisdiction where States participated in a U.N.
peace-building mission that itself involved serious
violations of the U.N. Charter human rights principles. The book argues that the moral integrity
of the Court’s rulings (rulings that promote and
protect international human rights) is an essential
aspect of promoting the internationalization of the
rule of law.
Fields of interest
European Law/Public International Law
Target groups
Libraries, human rights advocates, NGO’s, international courts
Discount group
P
A Comparative Analysis of the Position under
English, US, German and French Law
Arbitration is an essential component in business.
In an age when transparency is a maxim, important issues which the laws governing arbitration
currently fail to address are the extent to which
disclosure of information can be constrained
by private agreement along with the extent to
which the duty to preserve confidentiality can
be stretched. Absent a coherent legal framework
and extensive qualitative and quantitative data, it
is equally difficult to suggest and predict future
directions. This book offers a tool for attaining
centralised access to otherwise fragmentary and
dispersed material, as well as a comprehensive
analysis and detailed exposition of the position
in relation to confidentiality in arbitration in
the jurisdictions of England, USA, France and
Germany.
Contents
Introduction.- The History, Importance and
Modern Use of Arbitration.- Problems and Questions Encountered in Relation to Confidentiality in
Arbitration.- The Present Status of Confidentiality
in International Commercial Arbitration in the
Various Jurisdictions.- Critical Analysis, Overall
Assessment and Discussion.- Transnational Law
and Arbitration.- Towards a Uniform Arbitration
Law.- Conclusions.
Fields of interest
International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law;
European Law/Public International Law
Fields of interest
Target groups
Legal Aspects of Computing; Commercial Law;
Law and Economics
Libraries, law firms
Discount group
Target groups
P
Companies and software developers interested in
patenting their inventions or assets. Attorneys,
legal companies, and legal practitioners working
on software patenting
Discount group
P
Computer Science
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
Due April 2010
Due April 2010
2010. X, 220 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-3-642-05077-0
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10797-9
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10223-3
springer.com/librarybooks
Law
Springer News 1/2010
F. Sparka, Hamburg
I. Stemmler, Max-Planck-Institute for Chemistry,
Mainz, Germany
Jurisdiction and Arbitration
Clauses in Maritime Transport The Role of the Ocean in
Global Cycling of Persistent
Documents
Organic Contaminants
A Comparative Analysis
Jurisdiction and arbitration clauses are two
different mechanisms that help to ensure impartiality and predictability in international dispute
resolution. Despite their benefits, these clauses
can be inconvenient for parties that are forced to
litigate before distant fora. Moreover, particular
problems arise in the context of maritime transport documents. Based on a broad comparative
approach, this study seeks to explain the existing
rules within their legal context and to develop
a coherent system for such clauses, which takes
into account the underlying interests as well as
economic theory. While offering detailed answers
to most issues surrounding jurisdiction and arbitration clauses in maritime transport documents,
the book confronts the fundamental question of
the limits of freedom of contract in an international setting.
Features
7 Overview of the most common forms of
jurisdiction and arbitration clauses in maritime
transport documents
From the contents
Introduction.- The Legal Framework for Choice
of Forum Clauses in Maritime Transport Documents.- Bills of Lading and other Maritime
Transport Documents.- Common Types of Choice
of Forum Clauses in Maritime Transport Documents.- Classification of Choice of Forum Clauses
and their Separability from the Main Contract.Formal Requirements and the Incorporation of
Choice of Forum Agreements.- Inconvenient and
Unfair Choice of Forum Clauses.- The Effect of
Mandatory Liability Rules on the Enforcement of
Choice of Forum Clauses.
Refinement and Application of a Global
Multicompartment Chemistry-Transport
Persistent organic contaminants, which are
bioaccumulative and toxic are a concern for the
ecosystems and human health and are regulated
under international law (global and regional
conventions, besides other). If semivolatile, they
cycle in different environmental compartments
and follow complex transport pathways. The ocean
is believed to play a key role in the cycling by
accumulating and storing the contaminant and
providing a transport medium. But substance fate
in the marine environment is not fully understood
yet. Here, the global multicompartment chemistrytransport model MPI-MCTM is used to study the
fate of organic pollutants in the marine and total
environment. For the first time historical emission
data are used in spatially-resolved long-term simulations of an insecticide, DDT, and and an industrial chemical, perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA).
Fields of interest
Environmental Chemistry; Marine & Freshwater
Sciences; Oceanography
Target groups
Scientists, researchers, libraries
Discount group
P
G. Tiess, Montanuniversität Leoben, Austria
General and International
Mineral Policy
Focus: Europe
The demand for mineral resources (iron ore,
cement, etc.) has increased substantially in recent
years, a development which can be traced back to
the economic growth of heavily populated newly
industrializing countries. More than fifty percent
of the total world population is now interested in
the same resources. This change of structure has
caused enormous price increases on international
commodity markets. In Europe this process can
also be noticed in shortages of some mineral
resources. National mineral resources policies play
a decisive role here, and developing special policies
is vital to creating a mineral resources strategy and
ensuring a competitive mining industry. This book
discusses the mineral resources policies and strategies of important mineral resources importing
and exporting countries, examines the status quo
of European mineral resources policy and puts
forward proposals for the implementation of such
a policy for discussion.
Fields of interest
International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law;
International Economics; Mineral Resources
Target groups
Entrepreneurs, scientists, students, politicians, civil
servants and investors
Discount group
P
Field of interest
International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law
Target groups
Shipping companies, law firms, libraries
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Earth and Environmental Science
117
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. XVIII, 279 p. (Hamburg Studies on Maritime Affairs,
Volume 19) Softcover
2010. Approx. 150 p. (Hamburg Studies on Maritime
Affairs, Volume 18) Softcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-3-642-10221-9
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-3-642-05008-4
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-3-211-89004-2
Due July 2010
118
Springer News 1/2010
General Science
springer.com/booksellers
J. L. Casti, Vienna, Austria
H. Triebel, Universität Jena, Germany
H. Triebel, Universität Jena, Germany
Mood Matters
Theory of Function Spaces
Theory of Function Spaces II
From Rising Skirt Lengths to the Collapse of
World Powers
The book deals with the two scales Bspq and Fspq
of spaces of distributions, where 8<s<8 and
0<p,q=8, which include many classical and
modern spaces, such as Hölder spaces, Zygmund
classes, Sobolev spaces, Besov spaces, Besselpotential spaces, Hardy spaces and spaces of
BMO-type. It is the main aim of this book to give
a unified treatment of the corresponding spaces
on the Eucidean n-space Rn in the framework of
Fourier analysis, which is based on the technique
of maximal functions, Fourier multipliers and
interpolation assertions. These topics are treated in
Chapter 2, which is the heart of the book. Chapter
3 deals with corresponding spaces on smooth
bounded domains in Rn.
“Theory of Function Spaces II” deals with the
theory of function spaces of type Bspq and Fspq as
it stands at the present. These two scales os spaces
cover many well-known function spaces such as
Hölder-Zygmund spaces, (fractional) Sobolev
spaces, Besov spaces, inhomogeneous Hardy
spaces, spaces of BMO-type and local approximation spaces which are closely connected with
Morrey-Campanato spaces. “Theory of Function
Spaces II” is self-contained, although it may be
considered an update of the author’s earlier book
of the same title. The book’s seven chapters start
with a historical survey of the subject, and then
analyze the theory of function spaces in Rn and in
domains, applications to (exotic) pseudo-differential operators, and function spaces on Riemannian
manifolds.
“Mood Matters” makes the radical assertion that
all social events ranging from fashions in music
and art to the rise and fall of civilizations are
biased by the attitudes a society holds toward the
future. When the “social mood” is positive and
people look forward to the future, events of an
entirely different character tend to occur than
when society is pessimistic. The book presents
many examples from every walk of life in support
of this argument. In addition, methods are given to
actually measure the social mood and to project it
into the future in order to forecast what’s likely or
not over varying periods of time. Casti’s writing is
a pleasure to read and its contents an eye-opener.
Features
7 Entertaining and gripping in style, but with a
serious and important message 7 Explains how
major world events can be traced to, and predicted
by "social mood" 7 Makes sense of apparently
unpredictable developments 7 Author is: well
known for previous popular books; experienced
as member of economic think-tanks; frequent
contributor to newspapers and magazines on topic
of prediction
Contents
Contents
I. Function Spaces and Elliptic Differential
Equations.- 1. Spaces of Entire Analytic Functions.- 2. Function Spaces on Rn .- 3. Function
Spaces on Domains.- 4. Regular Elliptic Differential Equations.- II. Further Types of Functions
Spaces.- 5. Homogeneous Function Spaces.- 6.
Ultra-Distributions and Weighted Spaces of Entire
Analytic Functions.- 7. Weighted Function Spaces
on Rn.- 8. Weighted Function Spaces on Domains
and Degenerate Elliptic Differential Equations.- 9.
Periodic Function Spaces.- 10. Further Types of
Function Spaces.- References.- Index.
Introducing Unconventional Wisdom.- Why “Stuff
Happens.-Why Hits Happen (short timescale
events).-Why Wars, Elections, and Economic
Crises Happen(medium timescale events).- Why
Great Powers Come and Go (long timescale
events).- How to Forecast Coming Events.
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
P
Economics/Management Science, general; Popular
Science, general
Science, general
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
Contents
Preface.- Chapter 1 How to Measure Smoothness.Chapter 2 The Spaces Bspq and Fspq: Definitions and Characterizations.- Chapter 3 Atoms,
Oscillations, and Distinguished Representations.- Chapter 4 Key Theorems.- Chapter 5 Spaces
on Domains.- Chapter 6 Mapping Properties of
Pseudodifferential Operators.- Chapter 7 Spaces
on Riemannian Manifolds and Lie Groups.- References.- Symbols.- Index.
Field of interest
Science, general
Target groups
Researcher
Discount group
P
Target groups
General Public, armchair economists, generalists and specialists interested in psychology,
economics, and social science, behavioral scientists, decision-makers
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences & Law
Humanities, Social Sciences & Law
Due July 2010
Due July 2010
Originally published as volume 78 in the series:
Monographs in Mathematics
Originally published as volume 84 in the series:
Monographs in Mathematics
2010 . Approx . 210 p . 40 illus . Hardcover
1st ed . 1983 . 2nd printing 2010 . Approx . 290 p .
(Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover
1st ed . 1992 . 2nd printing 2010 . Approx . 380 p .
(Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover
7 $27.50
ISBN 978-3-642-04834-0
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0415-4
7 approx. $39.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0418-5
Business and Economics
Due April 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
L. A. Annetta, E. Folta, M. Klesath, North Carolina
State University, Raleigh, NC, USA
C. K. Chan, N. Rao, The University of Hong Kong,
Hong Kong (Eds.)
V-Learning
Revisiting The Chinese
Learner
Distance Education in the 21st Century
Through 3D Virtual Learning Environments
Features
7 Gives practical examples from over six years
of work in 3D virtual learning environments for
online education 7 Is grounded in research
7 It gives a theoretical framework through a
synopsis of work supporting the use of virtual
learning environments in education
Fields of interest
Educational Technology; Learning and Instruction; Computers and Education
Target groups
Distance learning administrators, university CIO’s,
university faculty and students, libraries, virtual
high schools, home schools and to researchers in
virtual worlds and learning sciences
Discount group
P
Education
Springer News 1/2010
119
D. D. Dill, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, CA, USA; M. Beerkens, University of Twente,
Enschede, The Netherlands (Eds.)
Changing Contexts, Changing Education
Public Policy for Academic
Quality
This book examines teaching and learning in
Chinese societies and advances understanding of
‘the Chinese learner’ in changing global contexts.
Given the burgeoning research in this area,
pedagogical shifts from knowledge transmission
to knowledge construction to knowledge creation,
wide-ranging social, economic and technological advances, and changes in educational
policy, Revisiting the Chinese Learner is a timely
endeavor.
The book revisits the paradox of the Chinese
learner against the background of these educational changes; considers how Chinese cultural
beliefs and contemporary change influence
learning; and examines how Chinese teachers
and learners respond to new educational goals,
interweaving new and old beliefs and practices.
Contributors focus on both continuity and change
in analyzing student learning, pedagogical practice, teacher learning and professional development in Chinese societies.
Over the last decade the structure of higher education in most countries has undergone significant
change brought about by social demands for
expanded access, technological developments, and
market forces. In this period of change the traditional concerns with access and cost have been
supplemented by a new concern with academic
quality. As a consequence, new public policies
on academic quality and new forms of academic
quality assurance have rapidly emerged and swiftly
migrated across continents and around the globe.
The growing public debate about academic quality
assurance within and across countries however
has not always been well informed by analyses of
the strengths and weaknesses of these new policy
instruments. The Public Policy for Academic
Quality Research Program (PPAQ) was designed
to provide systematic analyses of innovative
external quality assurance policies around the
world.
Analyses of Innovative Policy Instruments
Features
Features
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
7 Debunks stereotypes about Chinese teachers
and learners 7 Advances our understanding of
the changing Chinese learner 7 Considers traditional and contemporary influences on pedagogies
7 Considers the influence of educational reform
on teaching and learning in Chinese societies
7 Synthesizes earlier seminal research on Chinese
learners and charts new directions
International and Comparative Education;
Curriculum Studies; Educational Policy
Target groups
Scholars, educators and post-graduate students
Discount group
P
7 Summarizes the results from the multi-year
international research program on Public Policy
for Academic Quality (PPAQ) 7 Presents
analyses of fourteen innovative national academic
quality assurance instruments, which provide
systematic, fair-minded assessments of the goals,
implementation problems, and impacts of these
new policies
Higher Education; Educational Policy
Target groups
Professors, researchers and students in the field
of higher education, practitioners in the field of
academic quality assurance and policy makers in
higher education
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 160 p. Hardcover
2010. XV, 360 p. (CERC Studies in Comparative Education,
Volume 25) Hardcover
2010. X, 271 p. (Higher Education Dynamics, Volume 30)
Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3620-9
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3839-5
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3753-4
Due February 2010
120
Springer News 1/2010
Education
G. Harman, University of New England,
Armidale, NSW, Australia; M. Hayden, Southern Cross
University, Lismore, NSW, Australia; P. Thanh Nghi,
Vietnamese Academy of Social Sciences, Hanoi,
Vietnam (Eds.)
Reforming Higher Education
in Vietnam
Challenges and Priorities
Vietnam is a dynamic member of the community
of Southeast Asian nations. Consistent with aspirations across the region, it is seeking to develop its
higher education system as rapidly as possible.
Vietnam’s approach stands out, however, as being
extremely ambitious. Indeed, it may be at risk of
attempting to do too much too quickly. By 2020,
for example, Vietnam expects its higher education system to be advanced by modern standards
and highly competitive in international terms.
This vision faces many challenges. The economy,
though growing rapidly, remains reliant on the
availability of unskilled labour and the exploitation
of natural resources, and decision making in many
areas of public life continues to be hamstrung by a
legacy of over-regulation and centralised control.
A large number of goals and objectives have been
set for reform of the higher education system by
2020. The success of these reforms will have a
major bearing on the future quality of the system.
Features
7 Sole up-to-date text on recent developments in
higher education in Vietnam 7 Book presents
a fascinating case-study how one Asian country
that 20 years ago moved to a market economy is
approaching reform of modernisation of its higher
education system
Fields of interest
Higher Education; International and Comparative Education; Administration, Organization and
Leadership
Target groups
Researchers involved in teaching and research
in higher education, educational administration,
comparative and international studies, development studies, and educational finance, university
and college presidents and administrators, staff of
major international aid and development organisations and government ministries
D. Ifenthaler, P. Pirnay-Dummer, N. M. Seel,
Albert-Ludwigs-University, Freiburg, Germany (Eds.)
Computer-Based Diagnostics
and Systematic Analysis of
Knowledge
What is knowledge? How can it be successfully
assessed? How can we best use the results? As
questions such as these continue to be discussed
and the learning sciences continue to deal with
expanding amounts of data, the challenge of
applying theory to diagnostic methods takes on
more complexity.
Computer-Based Diagnostics and Systematic Analysis of Knowledge meets this challenge head-on as
an international panel of experts reviews current
and emerging assessment methodologies in the
psychological and educational arenas. Emphasizing utility, effectiveness, and ease of interpretation, contributors critically discuss practical
innovations and intriguing possibilities (including
mental representations, automated knowledge
visualization, modeling, and computer-based
feedback) across fields ranging from mathematics
education to medicine.
Features
7 International collaborations and current
perspectives on computer-based assessment
7 Interdisciplinary contributors from a wide
variety of educational and psychological
disciplines 7 Integrates all the major fields of
computer-based diagnostics including: elicitation, aggregation and classification of knowledge;
testing strategies; application of results
Fields of interest
Educational Technology; Computers and Education; Linguistics (General)
Target groups
Researchers and professionals in educational
psychology, instructional technology, computer
science and linguistics
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
W. B. Jeffries, University of Vermont College of
Medicine, Burlington, VT, USA; K. N. Huggett,
Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE,
USA (Eds.)
An Introduction to Medical
Teaching
Few faculty members in academic medical centres
are formally prepared for their roles as teachers.
This work is an introductory text designed to
provide medical teachers with the core concepts of
effective teaching practice and information about
innovations for curriculum design, delivery, and
assessment. It offers brief, focused chapters with
content that is easily assimilated by the reader.
Topics are relevant to basic science and clinical
teachers, and the work does not presume readers
possess prerequisite knowledge of education
theory or instructional design. The authors emphasize application of concepts to teaching practice.
Topics include: Helping Students Learn; Teaching
Large Groups; Teaching in Small Groups; Problem
Based Learning; Team-Based Learning, Teaching
Clinical Skills; Teaching with Simulation; Teaching
with Practicals and Labs; Teaching with Technological Tools; Designing a Course; Assessing
Student Performance; Documenting the Trajectory
of your Teaching and Teaching as Scholarship.
Features
7 The book is divided into chapters that cover all
of the major areas of medical teaching 7 Each
chapter is written by an expert in the field 7 The
book is an excellent resource for the new medical
teacher or an experienced teacher looking to
improve 7 The chapters are concise and require
no prior knowledge of the topic 7 Each chapter
contains references for further reading
Fields of interest
Medical Education; Learning and Instruction;
Assessment, Testing and Evaluation
Target groups
Medical School Basic Science Faculty, Medical
School Clinical Faculty, Faculty Development
Divisions, Medical and Health Science Libraries,
Medical Teaching Societies (e.g., IAMSE)
Discount group
P
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due January 2010
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
Due February 2010
2010. X, 183 p. (Higher Education Dynamics, Volume 29)
Hardcover
2010. Approx. 295 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 270 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3693-3
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5661-3
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3640-7
springer.com/librarybooks
Education
Springer News 1/2010
M. S. Khine, I. M. Saleh, Emirates College for
Advanced Education, Abu Dhabi, United Arab
Emirates (Eds.)
New Science of Learning
Cognition, Computers and Collaboration in
Education
The earliest educational software simply transferred print material from the page to the monitor.
Since then, the Internet and other digital media
have brought students an ever-expanding, low-cost
knowledge base and the opportunity to interact
with minds around the globe—while running the
risk of shortening their attention spans, isolating
them from interpersonal contact, and subjecting
them to information overload.
The New Science of Learning: Cognition,
Computers and Collaboration in Education deftly
explores the multiple relationships found among
these critical elements in students’ increasingly
complex and multi-paced educational experience.
Starting with instructors’ insights into the cognitive effects of digital media—a diverse range of
viewpoints with little consensus—this cutting-edge
resource acknowledges the double-edged potential
inherent in computer-based education and its role
in shaping students’ thinking capabilities.
R. Leikin, University of Haifa, Israel; R. Zazkis, Simon
Fraser University, Vancouver, BC, Canada (Eds.)
T. Lovat, R. Toomey, N. Clement, The University of
Newcastle, New South Wales, Australia (Eds.)
Learning Through Teaching
Mathematics
International Research Handbook on Values Education and
Student Wellbeing
Development of Teachers’ Knowledge and
Expertise in Practice
This volume explores how and when teachers’
knowledge develops through teaching. The book
presents international views on teachers’ learning
from their practice; the chapters are written by
mathematicians or mathematics educators from
Brazil, Canada, Israel, Mexico, UK, and USA.
They address diverse content – numerical literacy,
geometry, algebra, and real analysis – and a
variety of levels – elementary school, secondary
school, undergraduate mathematics, and teacher
education courses. The authors employ different
methodological tools and different theoretical
perspectives as they consider teaching in different
learning environments: lecturing, small group
work on problems and tasks, mathematical explorations with the support of technological software,
or e-learning.
Informed by the most up-to-date research from
around the world, as well as examples of good
practice, this handbook analyzes values education
in the context of a range of school-based measures
associated with student wellbeing. These include
social, emotional, moral and spiritual growth –
elements that seem to be present where intellectual
advancement and academic achievement are being
maximized. This text comes as ‘values education’ widens in scope from being concerned with
morality, ethics, civics and citizenship to a broader
definition synonymous with a holistic approach
to education in general. This expanded purview
is frequently described as pedagogy relating to
‘values’ and ‘wellbeing’.
This contemporary understanding of values education, or values and wellbeing pedagogy, fits well
with recent neuroscience research.
Features
Features
7 Reflects computational developments and their
impacts on education 7 Offers a qualitatively
different approach to meet the demands of twentyfirst century skills 7 Critically examines the
scientific understanding of future learning
7 Is innovative in its systematic view on teaching
of mathematics as a source for teachers’ own
learning 7 Contains interesting and challenging
mathematical examples that teachers learned when
they taught mathematics 7 Contains a variety
of research methodologies and frameworks for
the analysis of the developments of mathematics
teachers' knowledge
From the contents
Fields of interest
Features
Foreword. About the Contributors.- Part I Cognition and New Science of Learning. 1 New Digital
Media and their Potential Cognitive Impact on
Youth Learning. 2 Group Cognition as a Foundation for the New Science of Learning. 3 An
Embodied/Grounded Cognition Perspective on
Educational Technology.
Fields of interest
Learning and Instruction; Educational Technology; Educational Psychology
Mathematics Education; Teaching and Teacher
Education; Learning and Instruction
Target groups
Mathematics educators, educational researchers,
teacher educators, mathematics teachers
Discount group
P
7 Shows that values education is essential to
effective schooling 7 Links the effects of values
education to all the important educational
measures 7 Shows that values education is a
worldwide, contemporary phenomenon 7 Shows
that values education fits well with updated brain
and pedagogical research 7 Illustrates that
values education is a means to holistic student and
teacher wellbeing
Fields of interest
Educational Philosophy; Curriculum Studies;
Religion and Education
Target groups
Educational researchers, cognition, social and
behavioural scientists, educational bureaucrats,
school principals and teacher educators
Discount group
P
Target groups
Researchers in educational psychology, counseling,
instructional design, educational technology and
the learning sciences
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
121
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 595 p. 50 illus. Hardcover
2010. X, 250 p. (Mathematics Teacher Education, Volume
5) Hardcover
2010. XXX, 870 p. Hardcover
7 $179.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5715-3
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3989-7
7 approx. $539.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8674-7
122
Springer News 1/2010
Education
D. Mattheou, National and Kapodistrian University of
Athens, Greece (Ed.)
Changing Educational
Landscapes
Educational Policies, Schooling Systems
and Higher Education – a comparative
perspective
Analyzing educational landscapes – the fundamental values, principles and institutions of the
sector – is a highly complex and demanding task
for any researcher. Like shifting desert sands,
these aspects of education are in a constant state
of flux, changing according to the unpredictable economic, social, cultural and geo-political
circumstances of late modernity. Key aspects of
the intricate, fluid and multifarious contemporary
setting can always escape the researcher’s necessarily selective observation. The contributors to
this book share the view that it is wise, therefore,
to take note of other people’s ideas, perceptions
and perspectives, to compare notes and reflect
critically on them. Thus the papers presented here
are a critical and comparative analysis of today’s
changing educational landscapes. They are an
exploration of some of the forces and factors that
induce these changes, and also examine some of
their most significant implications.
Features
7 The themes of the book and the methodologies
reflect the state-of-the-art in the field of comparative education 7 The selected papers deal with
the most debated current issues on the international agenda of education 7 Focusses on several
– rather than one – aspects of education, from
various perspectives and in different countries
Fields of interest
International and Comparative Education; Educational Policy; Higher Education
Target groups
Researchers and policy makers in comparative
education, education policy and education studies
Discount group
E. J. Meyer, Concordia University, Montreal Canada
Gender and Sexual Diversity
in Schools
Issues related to gender and sexual diversity in
schools can generate a lot of controversy, with
many educators and youth advocates underprepared to address these topics in their school
communities. This text offers an easy-to-read
introduction to the subject, providing readers
with definitions and research evidence, as well
as the historical context for understanding the
roots of bias in schools related to sex, gender, and
sexuality. Additionally, the book offers tangible
resources and advice on how to create more
equitable learning environments. Topics such
as working with same-sex parented families in
elementary schools; integrating gender and sexual
diversity topics into the curriculum; addressing
homophobic bullying and sexual harassment;
advising gay-straight alliances; and supporting a
transgender or gender non-conforming student are
addressed.
Features
7 is the first volume to integrate the research,
theory, and practical ideas connected to issues of
sex, gender, and sexual orientation in the K-12
setting 7 addresses how factors relating to sex,
gender, and sexual orientation shape and inform
the experiences of students and teachers in schools
7 fills an important gap in most teacher education
courses
Fields of interest
Sociology of Education; Gender Studies; Teaching
and Teacher Education
Target groups
Teacher educators and academic researchers in
education, social work, school counseling, school
leadership/administration, women’s/gender/sexuality studies
Discount group
P
Due February 2010
F. Rauner, University of Bremen, Germany; E. Smith,
University of Ballarat, Australia (Eds.)
Rediscovering Apprenticeship
Research Findings of the International
Network on Innovative Apprenticeship
(INAP)
The rediscovery of the value of apprenticeships has
been one of the most significant trends in vocational education in recent years, and has prompted
an array of research and development projects in
countries around the world. In this volume, the
renewed interest in the apprenticeship tradition
and the various steps towards the implementation
of innovative apprenticeship programmes are analysed and discussed from different perspectives.
Beginning with a number of chapters that describe
recent developments in apprenticeship training
in different national contexts, the book moves on
to analyze the way in which both the quality and
profitability of apprenticeship act in concert as the
most influential drivers of innovation in this field.
In sum, this book makes an important contribution to the international literature on apprenticeship.
Features
7 Unique book that presents the tradition of
apprenticeships and how it is being rediscovered
around the world 7 Presents how a renewed
interest in apprentiships is stimulating international development projects in dual vocational
education
Fields of interest
Professional and Vocational Education; Educational Policy; International and Comparative
Education
Target groups
Researchers on VET, audience of Conferences on
VET, such as INAP, 17-18.9.09 in Turin, decision
makers / stakeholders in VET, students, VET
teachers and trainers
Discount group
P
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
springer.com/booksellers
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due April 2010
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due January 2010
2010. X, 290 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 135 p. (Explorations of Educational
Purpose, Volume 10) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 175 p. (Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects,
Volume 11) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8533-7
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8558-0
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3115-0
springer.com/librarybooks
es
New Seri
Cultural Studies of Science
Education
Series editors: K. Tobin, W. Roth
The series is unique in focusing on the publication
of scholarly works that employ social and cultural
perspectives as foundations for research and other
scholarly activities in the three fields implied in
its title: science education, education, and social
studies of science.
The aim of the series is to establish bridges to
related fields, such as those concerned with the
social studies of science, public understanding of
science, science/technology and human values, or
science and literacy. Cultural Studies of Science
Education, the book series explicitly aims at
establishing such bridges and at building new
communities at the interface of currently distinct
discourses. In this way, the current almost exclusive focus on science education on school learning
would be expanded becoming instead a focus on
science education as a cultural, cross-age, crossclass, and cross-disciplinary phenomenon.
The book series is conceived as a parallel to the
journal Cultural Studies of Science Education,
opening up avenues for publishing works that do
not fit into the limited amount of space and topics
that can be covered within the same text.
Education
Springer News 1/2010
123
C. Murphy, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK;
K. Scantlebury, University of Delaware, Newark, DE,
USA (Eds.)
G. J. Sefa Dei, OISE, University of Toronto, Canada
Coteaching in International
Contexts
Towards a Transgressive Pedagogy
Research and Practice
Coteaching is two or more teachers teaching
together, sharing responsibility for meeting the
learning needs of students and, at the same time,
learning from each other. Working as collaborators on every aspect of instruction, coteachers
plan, teach and evaluate lessons together. Over
the past decade, because coteaching can be highly
beneficial to both students and teachers it has
become an increasingly important element of
science teacher education and is expanding into
other content areas and educational settings. This
edited book brings together ten years’ work on
the research and the practice of coteaching and its
impact on teaching and learning, predominantly
in the sciences. It includes contributions from
Europe, United States and Australia and presents
an doverview of theory and practice common to
most studies.
Features
Teaching Africa
Written from the perspective of a knowledge base
and educational practice that are both Africancentred, this volume uses a discursive pedagogy
that is anti-colonial in origin. It theorizes colonial
– and re-colonial – relations and the implications
of imperial structures on knowledge production
and use; the understanding of indigenousness; and
the pursuit of agency, resistance and subjective
politics.
Using a refined definition of colonial, less as
‘foreign’ or ‘alien’ but more ‘imposed and dominating’, the author shows us how colonialism
is domesticated and how those who have been
oppressed by dominant/hegemonic discourses may
find it difficult to step out of them, let alone challenge or resist them. The book is a call for a critical
interrogation of dominant knowledge about Africa
in order to help the contemporary learner come
to grips with the challenges and possibilities of
knowing about the African world and the African
human condition.
Features
7 Uses several different theoretical lenses to
explore coteaching and its impact in science classrooms and on learners 7 Illustrates that there
is not 'one theory' or 'one model' of coteaching,
any more than there is a single theory of teaching,
however there are commonalities that can be
drawn from across the diverse coteaching contexts
7 Uses an Anti-colonial discursive platform to
address distorted Eurocentric views of Africa
7 Raises ontological and epistemological questions about teaching methods and methodologies
relating to Africa, by addressing the pedagogic,
instructional and communicative need and
urgency of what it means to critically teach about
Africa
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Science Education; Teaching and Teacher Education
Academics and policy makers in science education
Discount group
P
Non-Western Philosophy; Philosophy of Education
Students, educators, researchers, policy workers,
curriculum specialists, and community and social
practitioners; high schools/colleges and universities in North America, Africa and Europe; international organizations such as UNESCO
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 320 p. (Cultural Studies of Science Education, Volume 1) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 135 p. (Explorations of Educational
Purpose, Volume 9) Hardcover
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3706-0
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-1-4020-5770-0
124
Springer News 1/2010
Education
J. C. Smart, University of Memphis, TN, USA (Ed.)
J. C. Smart, University of Memphis, TN, USA (Ed.)
Higher Education: Handbook
of Theory and Research
Higher Education: Handbook
of Theory and Research
Volume 24
Volume 25
Published annually since 1985, the Handbook
series provides a compendium of thorough and
integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of
topics of interest to the higher education scholarly
and policy communities. Each chapter provides
a comprehensive review of research findings on
a selected topic, critiques the research literature
in terms of its conceptual and methodological
rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research
intended to advance knowledge on the chosen
topic. The Handbook focuses on twelve general
areas that encompass the salient dimensions of
scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the
international higher education community. The
series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout
the world.
Published annually since 1985, the Handbook
series provides a compendium of thorough and
integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of
topics of interest to the higher education scholarly
and policy communities. Each chapter provides
a comprehensive review of research findings on
a selected topic, critiques the research literature
in terms of its conceptual and methodological
rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research
intended to advance knowledge on the chosen
topic. The Handbook focuses on twelve general
areas that encompass the salient dimensions of
scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the
international higher education community. The
series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout
the world.
Features
Features
7 Authoritative in the field of higher education
7 Provides state-of-the-art reviews on a wide
range of topics in the study of higher education
7 Attracts annual contributions from distinguished scholars around the world 7 Chapters
are frequently cited in major higher education
journals
From the contents
Contributors.- Why Financial Aid Matters (or
Doesn’t) for College Success: Toward a New Interdisciplinary Perspective.- The Use of Matching
Methods in Higher Education Research: Answering Whether Attendance at a Two-Year Institution
Results in Differences in Educational Attainment.Othering Research, Researching the Other: De/
colonizing Approaches to Qualitative Inquiry.
Fields of interest
Higher Education; Curriculum Studies; Administration, Organization and Leadership
Target groups
Researchers, students, administrators, and policy
makers in higher education
Discount group
P
7 Authoritative in the field of higher education
7 Provides state-of-the-art reviews on a wide
range of topics in the study of higher education
7 Attracts annual contributions from distinguished scholars around the world 7 Chapters
are frequently cited in major higher education
journals
From the contents
Contributors.- The Role of Information in the
Policy Process; E.C. Ness.- From Theory to Action:
Exploring the Institutional Conditions for Student
Retention; V. Tinto.- Reform Efforts in STEM
Doctoral Education; A.E. Austin.- Toward a More
Complete Understanding of the Role of Financial Aid in Promoting College Enrollment; L.W.
Perna.- The Pursuit of Student Success: the Directions and Challenges Facing Community Colleges;
L.S. Hagedorn.
Fields of interest
Higher Education; Curriculum Studies; Administration, Organization and Leadership
springer.com/booksellers
J. Zajda, Australian Catholic University, Fitzroy, VIC,
Australia (Ed.)
Globalisation, Ideology and
Education Policy Reforms
The eleventh in the 12-volume book series
Globalisation, Comparative Education and Policy
Research, this work sets out to explore the interrelationship between ideology and education
reforms, setting it in a global context. With this
as its focus, the chapters represent hand-picked
scholarly research on major discourses in the field
of comparative education. A compendium of the
very latest thinking on the subject, this volume
is, like the others in the series, a state-of-the-art
sourcebook for researchers, practitioners and policymakers alike. Not only do the chapters offer a
timely overview of current issues affecting comparative education and education policy research in
what is now a global educational culture, but the
work also contains ideas about future directions
that policy reforms could take. The book draws
upon recent studies in the areas of globalisation,
equity, and the role of the State.
Features
7 Explores conceptual frameworks and methodological approaches applicable in the research
of globalisation, ideology and education policy
reforms 7 Demonstrates ideological imperatives
of globalisation and its impact on democracy and
equality 7 Evaluates the ambivalent and problematic relationship between the State, education
reforms and outcomes in education globally
Fields of interest
International and Comparative Education;
Curriculum Studies; Educational Policy
Target groups
Academics and researchers in comparative education and policy research
Discount group
P
Target groups
Researchers, students, administrators, and policy
makers in higher education
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due January 2010
Due April 2010
Due February 2010
2010. XII, 492 p. (Higher Education: Handbook of Theory
and Research, Volume 24) Softcover
2010. X, 490 p. (Higher Education: Handbook of Theory
and Research, Volume 25) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 200 p. (Globalisation, Comparative
Education and Policy Research, Volume 11) Hardcover
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-90-481-3752-7
7 approx. $239.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8597-9
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3523-3
springer.com/librarybooks
N. Alperson-Afil, N. Goren-Inbar, Hebrew University,
Jerusalem, Israel
G. Andreopoulos, R. Barberet, J. P. Levine, John Jay
College of Criminal Justice, New York, NY, USA (Eds.)
The Acheulian Site of Gesher
Benot Ya’agov Volume II
International Criminal Justice
Ancient Flames and Controlled Use of Fire
Theoretical and Legal Perspectives
The manipulation of fire by early hominins was a
turning point in our evolutionary history. Once
“domesticated”, fire provided warmth, light and
protection from predators, as well as enabling
the exploitation of a new range of foods. This
book presents the spatial analyses of burned and
unburned flint items which provide evidence for
the controlled use of fire at the 790,000-year-old
Acheulian site of Gesher Benot Ya‘aqov (GBY).
Clusters of burned flint, interpreted as the
remnants of hearths, occur throughout the entire
occupational sequence of the site. The fact that fire
is repetitively used suggests that the knowledge
of fire-making and the technological skills of the
Acheulian hominins of Gesher Benot Ya‘aqov
enabled them to set fire at will in diverse environmental settings.
“Control of fire marks a significant landmark in
human evolution, providing warmth, protection,
and many new foods.
Justice-related and human rights issues have
figured more and more prominently on the international political agenda. This expansion of the
justice space is a product of a growing demand for
accountability in world politics. Whether the issue
is addressing heinous crimes such as genocide,
war crimes and crimes against humanity in situations of armed conflict, confronting the inability
or reluctance of governments to protect their
own populations, or responding to the challenges
posed by transnational terrorism; the international community has witnessed the proliferation
of institutions and mechanisms, as well as the
dynamic interplay between domestic and international processes, in the pursuit of justice-sensitive
outcomes. International and hybrid tribunals,
UN-led and domestic counter-terrorist initiatives, and the use of force for human protection
purposes have demarcated the space within which
ethical, political, and legal debates have unfolded
in the quest for a more humane world order.
Features
Features
7 The manipulation of fire by early hominins
was a turning point in our evolutionary history
7 This volume features the first time record of
controlled use of fire in Eurasia in the Acheulian
culture as early as 780.000 years ago
Contents
1. Introduction; 2. framework of research;
3. results; 4. discussion and conclusions.
Fields of interest
Archaeology; Anthropology; Ecology
Target groups
Archaeologists, anthropologists and scientists
and researchers with an interest in evolutionary
sciences
Discount group
P
7 Strong interdisciplinary focus: international
law, human rights and restorative justice
7 Connects both international (Europe, Central
America, Africa) and United States concerns
7 Both theoretical and pragmatic
From the contents
Can Domestically Seated War Crimes Tribunals
Generate Positive Externalities?: A Case Study of
the Special Court for Sierra Leone. Divided We
Stand?: American and European Perspectives
in the Fight Against Transnational Terrorism.
It Counts, but Only When it Does Not Matter?:
Evolving Standards of Decency and the Law of
Other Countries.
Fields of interest
Due March 2010
Archaeology and Preservation
of Gendered Landscapes
Historical archaeology of landscapes initially
followed the pattern of Classical Archaeology by
studying elite men’s gardens. Over time, particularly in North America, the field has expanded
to cover larger settlement areas, but still often
with ungendered and elite focus. The editors of
this volume seek to fill this important gap in the
literature by presenting studies of gendered power
dynamics and their effect on minority groups in
North America. Case studies presented include
communities of Native Americans, African Americans, multi-ethnic groups, religious communities,
and industrial communities.
Just as the research focus has previously neglected
the groups presented here, so too has funding to
preserve important archaeological sites.
Features
7 Examines gender relations on landscapes
and their complex intersection with race, class,
ethnicity, and/or religion 7 Focuses on minority
groups not previously usually addresses in Landscapes Studies 7 Explores modern issues of preservation and interpretation of gendered landscapes
From the contents
Gendered Cultural Landscapes of the Iriquois.Gender Dynamics, Routine Activities, and Place
in Iroquoian Territory.- The Cultural and Spiritual
Dimensions of Enslaved Landscapes.- African
American Women, Power and Freedom in the
Contested Landscapes of Camp Nelson, Kentucky.Racial and Gender Dynamics in Pennsylvania.Indo-Hispano Gendered Landscapes on the
Rito Colorado Frontier of Spanish Colonial New
Mexico.- Gender and Power as Reflected in the
Cultural Landscape of Sailors’ Snug Harbor, Staten
Island, New York.
Fields of interest
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
125
S. Baugher, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA;
S. M. Spencer-Wood, Oakland University, Rochester,
MI, USA (Eds.)
Criminology & Criminal Justice; Law Theory/Law
Philosophy; Law, general
Scholars and students of international law, human
rights, and international relations; UN staff;
members of Tribunals
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Social Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
Archaeology; Anthropology
Researchers in Archaeology and Anthropology,
particularly studying Historical Archaeology or
Gender Issues
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due June 2010
Due January 2010
2010. 82 illus. (Vertebrate Paleobiology and
Paleoanthropology) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 275 p. 50 illus. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3764-0
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1101-8
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1500-9
126
Springer News 1/2010
Social Sciences
M. Bille, F. Hastrup, University of Copenhagen,
Denmark; T. F. Sørensen, University of Aarhus,
Højbjerg, Denmark (Eds.)
R. A. Francisco, University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS,
USA
Collective Action Theory and
The Anthropology of Absence Empirical Evidence
Materializations of Transcendence and Loss
In studying material culture, anthropologists and
archaeologists use meaningful physical objects
from a culture to help understand the less tangible
aspects of that culture, such as societal structure,
rituals, and values. What happens when these
objects are destroyed, by war, natural disaster, or
other historical events? Through detailed explanations of eleven international case studies, the
contributions reveal that the absence of objects
can be just as telling as their presence, while the
objects created to memorialize a loss also have
important cultural implications.
Covering everything from organ donation,
to funerary rituals, to prisoners of war, The
Archaeology of Absence is written at an important
intersection of archaeological and anthropological
study. Divided into three sections, this volume
uses the “presence” of absence to compare cultural
perceptions of: material qualities and created
memory, the mind/body connection, temporality,
and death.
Features
7 New approach to studying material culture
7 Brings together both recent and historical cases
7 In-depth, international case studies with broad
theoretical applications
From the contents
Introduction.- Presenting the Immaterial.- Negative Archaeology and the Limits of Materialism.Seeking Providence through Things.- Anticipating
Presence at a Contemporary Danish Cemetary.Voluntary Death and Suicide among Siberian
Chukchi.- Perceptions of Immortality in Meaningful Deaths.
Fields of interest
Anthropology; Cultural Heritage
Target groups
Researchers in anthropology and archaeology,
particularly those studying material culture and
cultural heritage, as well as disaster research
Discount group
P
The volume is divided into six chapters. The
introduction covers the theory of collective action
in its many manifestations as well as the process of
drawing out theoretical implications. The second
chapter goes to the core of the mobilization issues,
especially with regard to the role of leadership,
which is inextricably linked to mobilization. The
third chapter applies the concept of adaptation
to the development of more productive tactics
that promote mobilization in support of a public
good and minimize the possibility of repression.
In chapter four, five spatial hypotheses based on
rationality and formal theories are developed and
the role of time in protests is addressed. The fifth
chapter focuses on the fundamental problems
of terror with evidence from the Basque region
of Spain and France from Ireland against the
Provisional Irish Revolutionary Army in Northern
Ireland. The final chapter surveys the empirical
evidence and summarizes the support of collective
action theory.
Features
7 Provides the first major test of collective action
theory implications with empirical evidence on
mobilization 7 Carries out the testing using data
from an ASPA award-winning data set 7 Uses
theory from three sources to form a triangle for
the rebel’s dilemma: action, protest strategy, and
the state’s responses to repress or deter protest
Contents
R. E. Hall, Michigan State University, East Lansing,
MI, USA
An Historical Analysis of
Skin Color Discrimination
in America
Victimism Among Victim Group Populations
Racism in America is most-commonly studied
as white racism against minority groups (racial,
gender, cultural). Often overlooked in this area
of study is the discrimination that exists within
minority groups. Through a detailed historical and
sociological analysis, the author breaks down these
pernicious, complex, and often misunderstood
forms of skin color discrimination: their origins
and their manifestations in modern world.
Shedding new light on these sensitive issues, this
volume will allow them to come to the forefront
of academic research and open dialogue. This
comprehensive work will include coverage of skin
color discrimination within racial, ethnic, sexual,
and gender minority groups, and their particular
forms and consequences.
An Historical Analysis of Skin Color will be an
important work for researchers studying the Sociology of Race and Racism, Gender Studies, LGBT
Studies, Immigration, or Social Work.
Features
7 Explores the historical basis of skin color
discrimination in America and its modern forms
7 Provides a rare discussion of discrimination
within minority groups 7 Covers religious,
social, political, cutural, and institutional forms of
discrimination
Introduction.- Leadership and Mobilization.Tactical Adaptation and Symbolism in Protest and
Repression.- Dimensions of Space and Time in
Protest and Repression.- Terror.- Evidence of the
Theory of Collective Action.
From the contents
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Political Science; Sociology; Game Theory,
Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences
Target groups
Researchers in political science, sociology, and
economics; policymakers concerned with protest
and mobilization
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
springer.com/booksellers
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
I Introduction. II Colonization as Origin of
Western Discrimination. III Racism: The Original
“ism” of American Discrimination. IV AfricanAmericans. V Asian-Americans.
Sociology; Social Work
Target groups
Researchers in the areas of sociology of race and
racism, gender studies, LGBT studies, immigration, or social work
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due February 2010
Due March 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 210 p. 10 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 175 p. 1 illus. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 210 p. Hardcover
7 $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5528-9
7 approx. $119.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-1475-0
7 approx. $129.00
ISBN 978-1-4419-5504-3
springer.com/librarybooks
Social Sciences
Springer News 1/2010
127
B. Jiang, University of Gävle, Sweden; X. Yao,
University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA (Eds.)
A. M. Liberman, National Institute of Justice,
Washington, DC, USA (Ed.)
P. v. Lindert, O. Verkoren, Utrecht University, Utrecht,
The Netherlands (Eds.)
Geospatial Analysis and
Modelling of Urban Structure
and Dynamics
The Long View of Crime:
A Synthesis of Longitudinal
Research
Decentralized Development in
Latin America
The increasingly urbanized world has created
various problems of environment, climate,
consumption of resources, and public health,
which are closely linked to the side-effects of
urbanization such as sprawl, congestion, housing
affordability and loss of open space. Fundamental
to the urban problems are two separate yet related
issues: urban structure and urban dynamics.
The chapters collected in this book present an
excellent profile of the current state of geospatial
analysis and modelling, and demonstrate how
these approaches can contribute to the study of
various urban issues. The book addresses key
themes including new ways of capturing data
digitally at the individual level, the development
of systems based around networks, the notion
of linking hierarchy to networks to morphology
as in complexity theory, and the development of
new ways of integrating diverse urban processes
through simulation paying careful attention to
the basic econometric and statistical principles of
spatial analysis.
Criminology is concerned with many questions
which are inherently longitudinal. For example,
what is the life-course of criminal behavior? Is
there one general offending pattern or multiple
offending patterns over time? Which early risk
factors, if any, are strongly predictive of criminal
behavior? Can early intervention prevent the
development of a criminal career?
Longitudinal research allows examination of
within-person relationships over time, and allows
the examination of developmental sequences
and timing. This volume examines longitudinal
research in relation to crime and delinquency.
7 Answers a Key Question in Criminology: What
have we learned from recent longitudinal studies
of crime and delinquency? 7 Includes a synthesis
of longitudinal studies in criminology over the last
25 years 7 Brings together prominent scholars in
criminology to discuss theory, methodology, and
impact of longitudinal studies in criminology
The Latin American subcontinent appears to have
reinvented itself in the 21st century. Its economy
has been transformed under liberalization and
globalisation. Decentralization and the democratic
transition have modified the political environment,
while local development approaches are replacing
the (grand) national-regional development
schemes. The current local governance and local
development debates refer to very different levels
of scale: from small, rural communities to fairly
extensive (even international) spaces. It is clear
that the development process shows substantial
differences between large and small cities, and
between core regions and remote rural areas.
Indeed, the heterogeneity of the process is strongly
influenced by national, regional and local contexts.
The empirical studies in this volume show the
diversity and complexity of local governance
and local development in Latin America, while
avoiding stereotypes about the impact of public
sector reform and administrative decentralization.
Features
From the contents
Features
7 This book covers a wide range of urban issues
using advanced geospatial analysis and modelling,
including visual analysis 7 Foreword by Michael
Batty 7 Epilog by Michael F. Goodchild
Fields of interest
Geographical Information Systems/Cartography;
Cities, Countries, Regions; Human Geography
Target groups
GIS professionals and researchers, professionals in
urban planning and design, policy makers in city
development
Discount group
P
Features
Foreword. Preface. Introduction and Executive
Summary. 1. Synthesizing Recent Longitudinal
Findings. Crime and the Life Course. 2. Taking
Stock of Developmental Trajectories on Criminal
Activity Over the Life Course. 3. What Have We
Learned About Early Childhood and the Development of Delinquency. 4. A Longitudinal Perspective on Adolescent Street Gangs. 5. A Review of
Research on the Impact on Crime of Transitions
into Adult Roles Intervening in the Life-Course of
Crime. 6. What Have We Learned from Longitudinal Studies of Work and Crime?
Fields of interest
Criminology & Criminal Justice; Personality and
Social Psychology; Methodology of the Social
Sciences
Experiences in Local Governance and Local
Development
7 Examines cases of local governance and local
development 7 Focuses on the local instead
of the national level 7 Is based on empirical
evidence 7 Offers geographical perspectives
Fields of interest
Human Geography; Cities, Countries, Regions;
Political Science
Target groups
Geographers, (political) decision makers, and
all those interested in political sciences, Latin
American studies, and development studies
Discount group
P
Target groups
Criminologists and social researchers studying in
the fields of crime and delinquency
Discount group
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due March 2010
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
2010. Approx. 440 p. (GeoJournal Library, Volume 99)
Hardcover
1st ed. 2008. 2nd printing 2010. Approx. 335 p. 16 illus.
Softcover
2010. Approx. 170 p. (GeoJournal Library, Volume 97)
Hardcover
7 approx. $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8571-9
7 approx. $49.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-5752-8
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3738-1
128
Springer News 1/2010
Social Sciences
N. Passas, Northeastern University, Boston, MA, USA
Controlling Terrorist
Financing
S. Pickering, Monash University, Clayton, VIC,
Australia
Women at the Border
Towards Evidence-Based Mechanisms of
Control
Gender, Unauthorised Migration and the
Feminisation of Survival
Controlling Terrorist Financing critically assesses a
key component of counter-terrorism: mechanisms
of financial control. Drawing on several studies
conducted over the last seven years, including
research funded by the US National Institute of
Justice, the United Nations Security Council and
the World Bank, as well as on his work as a policy
advisor to several government agencies and as
expert witness in terrorism cases, Nikos Passas
argues that current approaches are not only of
limited effectiveness but that they even produce
counter-productive side effects by undermining
security and international cooperation.
While the US and the international community
preach a ‘risk-based’ approach, resources and
emphasis focus on some areas, while leaving much
more vulnerable sectors (eg trade and commerce)
unattended.
Women at the Border analyzes border policing
practices currently informed by paradigms of
securitization against unauthorized mobility and
explores the potential for a paradigm shift to a
more ethical regulation of borders. By focusing on
the ways women have sought to cross borders in
‘extra’-legal fashion, the book shows how border
enforcement differentially impacts on some
populations and makes the case that unauthorized migration requires management rather than
repulsion and criminalization. When facing the
emerging and future challenges of unauthorized
mobility, border policing must be recast as a function of human rights that results in greater human
security at the border. Examining gender and
border policing across Europe, North America and
Australia, this book enhances our understanding
of the gendered determinants of ‘extra’-legal
border crossing, border policing and the changing
dynamics of unauthorized mobility.
Features
7 The definitive book on terrorism finance that
will be essential reading for everyone wanting to
get a grasp of all sides of the arguments 7 The
author has worked with prosecution and defense
teams in terrorism court cases, as well as with
government agencies in the US, Europe and in the
Middle East
From the contents
Introduction. 1. Understandings and Definitions
of Terrorist Finance. 2. Methods of Fundraising
by Terror Groups (a. Legitimate Sources / b.
Illegitimate Sources / c. Terror-Crime for Profit
Typology). 3. Methods of Transfer of Funds (a.
Informal/Unregulated Channels / b. Formal/Regulated Means).
Fields of interest
Criminology & Criminal Justice; Criminal Law;
Finance /Banking
Features
7 International comparative study of the three
most fraught international border crossings: the
US/Mexico border, Italy's maritime borders, and
the maritime borders around Australia, with
important lessons for students, practitioners and
academics in Europe, North America and Australia
7 First international study of extra-legal border
crossing specifically focusing on women
Contents
Introduction. 1. Cultural, Political and Geographical Context. 2. Women Seeking Asylum. 3.
Human Trafficking. 4. Women and Global Labour
Mobility. 5. Cultures of Border Policing Agencies.
6. States, the Law and Social Control. Conclusion.
Fields of interest
springer.com/booksellers
H. D. Vinod, Fordham University, Bronx, NY, USA (Ed.)
Advances in Social Science
Research Using R
This book covers recent advances for quantitative
researchers with practical examples from social
sciences. Following twelve chapters written by
distinguished authors cover a wide range of issues
in all providing practical tools using the free R
software. McCullough: R can be used for reliable
statistical computing, whereas most statistical and
econometric software cannot. This is illustrated by
the effect of abortion on crime.
Koenker: Additive models provide a clever
compromise between parametric and non-parametric components illustrated by risk factors for
Indian malnutrition.
Gelman: R graphics in the context of voter participation in US elections.
Vinod: New solutions to the old problem of
efficient estimation despite autocorrelation and
heteroscedasticity among regression errors are
proposed and illustrated by the Phillips curve tradeoff between inflation and unemployment.
From the contents
Econometric Computing with “R”.- Additive
Models for Quantile Regression: An Analysis of
Risk Factors for Malnutrition in India.- Toward
better R defaults for graphics: Example of voter
turnouts in US elections.- Superior Estimation
and Inference Avoiding Heteroscedasticity and
Flawed Pivots: R-example of Inflation Unemployment Trade-Off.- Bubble Plots as a Model-Free
Graphical Tool for Continuous Variables.- Combinatorial Fusion for Improving Portfolio Performance.- Reference growth charts for Saudi Arabian
children and Adolescents.- Causal Mediation
Analysis Using R.- Statistical validation of functional form in multiple regression using R.- Fitting
Multinomial Models in R: A program based on
Bock’s multinomial response relation model.
Fields of interest
Criminology & Criminal Justice; Political Science;
Gender Studies
Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical
Finance/Insurance; Econometrics; Monitoring/
Environmental Analysis
Criminologists, political scientists, sociologists,
security analysts, law policy, enforcement and
intelligence communities
Target groups
Target groups
Discount group
Discount group
Target groups
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Criminologists, sociologists, researchers in the
fields of gender studies, migration studies and law
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Researchers
Discount group
P
Mathematics
Due January 2010
Due June 2010
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 225 p. (Lecture Notes in Statistics / Lecture
Notes in Statistics - Proceedings, Volume 196) Softcover
7 approx. $109.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-0274-0
7 approx. $109.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-0270-2
7 $79.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-1763-8
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
P. Wikström, University of Cambridge Institute of
Criminology, UK; G. Bruinsma, Netherlands Institute
for the Study of Crime and Law Enforcement,
Leiden, The Netherlands; K. H. Treiber, University of
Cambridge Institute of Criminology, UK
Assessing Key Criminological
Ideas
Criminology’s Explanation of Crime in Seven
Key Theories
Assessing Key Criminological Ideas presents a
uniquely comprehensive, critical look at seven
major theories which lie at the core of criminology’s explanation of crime and serve as popular
platforms for criminological research.
The seven theories in the book include: Routine
activity theory, Social disorganization theory, Selfcontrol theory, Social bonds theory, Strain theory,
Differential association theory, Labelling Theory.
The book’s aim is to encourage critical thinking
about these approaches to the explanation of
crime by highlighting strengths and weaknesses
which affect their applicability in research and our
understanding of what causes, and may prevent,
offending. The book also highlights central
problems in criminological theorizing as a whole,
with each chapter discussing how one prominent
theory does or does not address these problems,
presenting a synthesis of knowledge concerning
key issues concerning in the explanation of crime.
Features
7 The first contemporary consolidated source that
assesses the key approaches to understanding the
problem of crime in the field of criminology
7 Will give the reader a clear and complete
insight into the state of current criminological
theory and future directions
Contents
Introduction. 1. Routine activity theory. 2. Social
disorganization theory. 3. Self-control theory. 4.
Social bonds theory. 5. Strain. 6. Differential association theory. 7. Labelling Theory. Conclusion.
Fields of interest
Criminology & Criminal Justice; Methodology of
the Social Sciences; Psychology Research
Target groups
Criminologists and criminal justice researchers,
psychologists, sociologists
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due June 2010
2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover
7 approx. $119.95
ISBN 978-1-4419-0329-7
Social Sciences
129
130
Springer News 1/2010
Philosophy
W. Carnielli, State University of Campinas, Brazil;
C. Pizzi, Università Siena, Italy
R. DiSilvestro, California State University,
Sacramento, CA, USA
Modalities and
Multimodalities
Human Capacities and Moral
Status
Assisted by: J. Bueno-Soler
Many debates about the moral status of things–
for example, debates about the natural rights of
human fetuses or nonhuman animals–eventually
migrate towards a discussion of the capacities of
the things in question–for example, their capacities
to feel pain, think, or love. Yet the move towards
capacities is often controversial: if a human’s
capacities are the basis of its moral status, how
could a human having lesser capacities than you
and I have the same “serious” moral status as you
and I? This book answers this question by arguing
that if something is human, it has a set of typical
human capacities; that if something has a set of
typical human capacities, it has serious moral
status; and thus all human beings have the same
sort of serious moral status as you and I.
This book is intended to provide a philosophically- and historically-based introduction to modal
logic, offering to every reader, even those with
little specific background, a conceptually clear
path through the labyrinth of contemporary modal
logic. This is done by emphasizing the notion of
multimodality while delineating the formal side
of the semantics and proof theory behind the
topics in a smooth and gentle pace. The conceptual thread which ties the book together passes
through topics like the development of modal logic
from standard logic; the syntax and semantics of
normal modal systems; the seminal ideas behind
completeness, incompleteness, canonicity and
finite models; the temporal logics, the logics of
knowledge and belief; the generalized syntactical
and semantical treatment of multimodalities and
finally the pleasures and difficulties of quantified
modal logic.
Features
7 Unique in providing a philosophically and
historically based introduction to modal logic
accessible to every reader, emphasizing the notion
of multimodality as a background while carefully
delineating the mathematics behind the topics in
a soft pace
Contents
Modal logic and standard logic.- The syntax of
normal modal systems.- The semantics of normal
modal systems.- Completeness and canonicity.Incompleteness and finite models.- Temporal
logics.- Epistemic logic: knowledge and belief.Multimodal logics.- Towards quantified modal
logic.
Features
7 Argues that all of a thing’s capacities–‘active’
and ‘passive’, ‘lower-order’ and ‘higher-order’–are
relevant to its moral status 7 Begins from the
moral intuitions most people have about our moral
status when we become temporarily "incapacitated" as a result of, say, repairable brain damage
7 Draws from ideas found in the moral frameworks of John Rawls and Martha Nussbaum
Fields of interest
Ethics; Theory of Medicine/Bioethics; Philosophy
of Medicine
Target groups
Professionals and students in philosophy,
bioethics, law, medicine and public policy
Discount group
P
springer.com/booksellers
R. Frigg, London School of Economics, London,
England; M. Hunter, University of Chicago,
Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.)
Beyond Mimesis and
Convention
Representation in Art and Science
Representation is a concern crucial to the sciences
and the arts alike. Scientists devote substantial
time to devising and exploring representations of
all kinds. From photographs and computer-generated images to diagrams, charts, and graphs; from
scale models to abstract theories, representations
are ubiquitous in, and central to, science. Likewise,
after spending much of the twentieth century
in proverbial exile as abstraction and Formalist
aesthetics reigned supreme, representation has
returned with a vengeance to contemporary visual
art. Representational photography, video and
ever-evolving forms of new media now figure
prominently in the globalized art world, while this
“return of the real” has re-energized problems of
representation in the traditional media of painting
and sculpture. If it ever really left, representation
in the arts is certainly back.
Features
7 First collection of essays on the topic of art and
science in the analytic tradition of philosophy
7 Volume features contributions from leading,
international experts in various fields in philosophy and art history 7 While including students
of the arts, the volume offers very different
approach to study of 7 Representation in art
and science than those presently available in the
humanities
Fields of interest
Philosophy of Science; Aesthetics; History of
Science
Target groups
Logic; Philosophy; History of Philosophy
Philosophers interested in aesthetics, philosophy
of science and epostemology, art historians
interested in representation and visual studies,
historians of science
Target groups
Discount group
Fields of interest
Logicians, philosophers, linguists, mathematicians,
computer scientists
P
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due January 2010
Due July 2010
Due January 2010
2010. XIV, 306 p. (Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of
Science, Volume 12) Softcover
2010. X, 190 p. (Philosophy and Medicine, Volume 108)
Hardcover
2010. V, 300 p. (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of
Science, Volume 262) Hardcover
7 $49.95
ISBN 978-90-481-3762-6
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8536-8
7 $189.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3850-0
springer.com/librarybooks
Philosophy
Springer News 1/2010
K. Horton, University of Wollongong, NSW, Australia;
C. Roche, Oxfam Australia, Carlton, VIC, Australia
(Eds.)
es
New Seri
Ethical Questions and
International NGO’s
An exchange between Philosophers and
NGO’s
In recent decades there has been a great expansion
in the number, size and influence of International
Non-Governmental Organisations (INGOs)
involved in international relief and development.
These changes have led to increased scrutiny of
such organisations, and this scrutiny, together
with increasing reflection by INGOs themselves
and their staff on their own practice, has helped
to highlight a number of pressing ethical questions such organisations face, such as: should
INGOs attempt to provide emergency assistance
even when doing so risks helping to fuel further
conflict? How should INGOs manage any differences between their values and those of the people
they seek to benefit? How open and honest should
INGOs be about their own uncertainties and
failures?
Features
7 Sustained discussion of ethical questions International NGOs face 7 Contributions from both
practitioners and moral and political philosophers
7 Derives from a dialogue between practitioners
and moral and political philosophers 7 Framed
by an Introduction and Afterword co-written by
a development practitioner (Chris Roche) and a
philosopher (Keith Horton)
Fields of interest
Ethics; Social Sciences, general; Development
Economics
131
W. Houkes, Eindhoven University of Technology,
The Netherlands; P. Vermaas, Delft University of
Technology, The Netherlands
Technical Functions
On the Use and Design of Artefacts
Philosophy of Engineering
and Technology
Series editors: D. Goldberg, E. Selinger,
I. van de Poel, P. Vermaas
The scope of the Book Series includes the whole
domain of philosophy of engineering and technology. It provides this domain with a central
overarching as well as an integrative platform. To
realize this aim the Book Series actively seeks to:
disseminate top quality contributions produced in
the different separate traditions and approaches in
philosophy of engineering and technology;
invite contributions that are innovative to the field
by combining and integrating research from the
separate traditions;
commissions contributions that define new topics
in philosophy, technology and engineering.
With these publications the Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Book Series provides
the multifaceted and rapidly growing fields of
philosophy, engineering and technology with a
central overarching and integrative platform.
This first book-length study in the philosophy of
technical artefacts and their technical functions
presents a new action-theoretical account of using
and designing called the ICE theory. This theory
connects the material side of technical artefacts
with the aims of everyday users and the tasks
of engineers when designing for those everyday
users.
Wybo Houkes and Pieter Vermaas have developed
ICE theory in close contact with the engineering
literature on designing and the literature on functions in the philosophy of biology and philosophy
of mind. As such the book is a telling example of
the successful new school of philosophy of technology that is aimed at understanding engineering
and technology on their own merits.
The book presents the reader with a broad and
detailed understanding of technical artefacts and
their functions, which is sensitive to the dynamic
and socially structured practices of using and
designing.
Features
7 First book-length study of technical artefacts
and their functions 7 State-of-the-art resources
in analytical philosophy, such as the planning
theory of action and analyses of testimony
7 Provides a framework for describing and evaluating artefact use and design 7 First and only
theory of artefact functions that is faithful to the
phenomenology of artefact use
From the contents
Moral and political philosophers, managers of
international non-governmental organisations and
development practitioners
Use, plans and designing.- Artefacts and actions.Use plans.- Planning in use.- Designing plans.Standards for use plans.- Evaluating artefact use
and design.- Function theories.- Function theories
for technical artefacts.- The intentional function
theory.- Cummins.causal-role theory of functions.
Discount group
Fields of interest
Target groups
P
Philosophy of Technology; Engineering Design
Target groups
Philosophers of technology
Discount group
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due July 2010
Due March 2010
2010. Approx. 215 p. (Library of Ethics and Applied
Philosophy, Volume 23) Hardcover
2010. Approx. 180 p. (Philosophy of Engineering and
Technology, Volume 1) Hardcover
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-8591-7
7 approx. $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3899-9
132
Springer News 1/2010
Philosophy
F. Huber, University of Konstanz, Germany;
C. Schmidt-Petri, University of Leipzig, Germany
(Eds.)
Degrees of Belief
The idea that belief comes in degrees is based on
the observation that we are more certain of some
things than of others. Various theories try to give
accounts of how measures of this confidence do or
ought to behave, both as far as the internal mental
consistency of the agent as well as his betting, or
other, behaviour is concerned.
This anthology is the first book to give a balanced
overview of these theories. It also explicitly relates
these debates to more traditional concerns of the
philosophy of language and mind, and epistemic
logic, namely how belief simpliciter does or ought
to behave. The paradigmatic theory, probabilism (which holds that degrees of belief ought to
satisfy the axioms of probability theory) is given
most attention, but competing theories, such as
Dempster-Shafer theory, possibility theory, and
AGM belief revision theory are also considered.
Features
7 This is the only anthology also targetting
non-researchers in the fast-growing field of formal
epistemology, making it suitable as teaching tool
7 Distinguished authors introduce the major
theories of degrees of belief, so the book is also
suitable as authoritative reference work
7 Provides a balanced overview of competing
theories and so challenges the paradigm of probabilism
From the contents
Plain Belief and Degrees of Belief. Beliefs, Degrees
of Belief, and the Lockean Thesis; The Lockean
Thesis and the Logic of Belief; Partial Belief and
Flat-Out Belief; - What Laws Should Degrees of
Belief Obey? Epistemic Probability and Coherent
Degrees of Belief; Non-Additive Degrees of Belief;
Accepted Beliefs, Revision and Bipolarity in the
Possibilistic Framework; A Survey of Ranking
Theory; - Probabilism. Accuracy and Coherence.
Fields of interest
J. Manninen, University of Helsinki, Finland;
F. Stadler, University of Vienna, Austria (Eds.)
J. R. Noland, Virginia Commonwealth University,
Richmond, VA, USA
The Vienna Circle in the
Nordic Countries
Imagination and Critique
Networks and Transformations of Logical
Empiricism
The rise of scientific (analytic) philosophy since
the turn of the twentieth century is linked to the
philosophical interaction between, on the one
hand, Ernst Mach, the Vienna Circle around
Moritz Schlick and Otto Neurath, the Berlin
Group (Hans Reichenbach, Carl G. Hempel), and
the Prague Group (Rudolf Carnap, Philipp Frank),
and, on the other, philosophers and scientists
in Denmark (Niels Bohr, Joergen Joergensen),
Finland (Eino Kaila, Georg Henrik von Wright
and their disciples), Norway (Arne Næss and his
students), and Sweden (Åke Petzäll, the journal
Theoria and a younger generation of philosophers
in Uppsala). In addition, the pure theory of law of
Hans Kelsen achieved wide dissemination in the
Nordic countries (through, for example, Alf Ross).
One of the key events in the relations between the
Central European philosophers and those of the
Nordic countries was the Second International
Congress for the Unity of Science which was
arranged in Copenhagen in 1936.
Features
7 A detailed and in-depth investigation of the
hitherto neglected interaction between Central
European Logical Empiricism on the one hand
and important philosophers and scientists in the
Nordic countries on the other hand 7 Involving
contemporary witnesses (Arne Næss, Jaakko
Hintikka) 7 An account of the continuity and
further development of this interaction in the Cold
War period after World War II
This project is the result of a philosopher’s
extended engagement with the literature and practice of political science and public policy formation. One finds in these fields, and in social science
generally, two fundamentally opposed approaches
to inquiry into the nature and cause of historical
political events. These two approaches, which are
sometimes employed simultaneously, are both
powerful and persuasive. Yet, the two accounts are
incompatible and comprehensive. Making a choice
between the two is not simply about choosing a
view of history; the choice affects how one anticipates policy developments in the future, and, more
importantly, how one seeks to influence and shape
public policy now and in the years to come.
Features
7 Applies rigorous philosophical analysis to the
basic assumptions of historical inquiry/social
science as actually practiced 7 Includes a case
study and specific implications of philosophy for
study of policy developments 7 Illustrates how/
why assumptions about past influence ability
to anticipate future 7 Offers a new, powerful
argument against the basic foundations of Marxist
thought
Contents
Philosophy; History of Philosophy; Modern
Philosophy
Target groups
Fields of interest
Fields of interest
Epistemology; Philosophy of Science; Probability
Theory and Stochastic Processes
Target groups
Discount group
P
Philosophy; Political Philosophy; Philosophy of
the Social Sciences
Target groups
Political philosophers/scientists, public policy
analysts
Discount group
Discount group
P
P
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Two Rival Versions of Historical Inquiry
An Historical Case Study: The 16th Amendment or
Setting Up the Problem.- Giambattista Vico’s New
Science.- Karl Marx’s Pure Empiricism.- Marx’s
Conception of Reason.- A MacIntyrean Analysis.(provisional title) Disscussion of Thomas Frank’s
What’s the Matter With Kansas: How Conservatives Won the Heart of America.- (provisional
title) Discussion of Philip Carl Salzman’s Culture
and Conflict in the Middle East.- Conclusion.Works Cited.
Philosophy, history of philosophy, philosophy of
science, logic, logical empiricism, history of logical
empiricism and analytic philosophy
Academic philosophers and computer scientists,
graduate students in these disciplines
springer.com/booksellers
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Due January 2010
Due March 2010
2010. X, 344 p. (Synthese Library, Volume 342) Softcover
2010. Approx. 330 p. (Vienna Circle Institute Yearbook,
Volume 14) Hardcover
2010. X, 200 p. (Philosophical Studies in Contemporary
Culture, Volume 19) Hardcover
7 $27.95
ISBN 978-90-481-3718-3
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3682-7
7 $139.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3803-6
Due January 2010
springer.com/librarybooks
Springer News 1/2010
R. Pielke, R. A. Klein, University of Colorado, Boulder,
CO, USA. (Eds.)
S. Sonvilla-Weiss, University of Art and Design,
Helsinki, Finland (Ed.)
Presidential Science Advisors
Mashup Cultures
Perspectives and Reflections on Science,
Policy and Politics
For the past 50 years a select group of scientists has
provided advice to the US President, mostly out of
the public eye, on issues ranging from the deployment of weapons to the launching of rockets to the
moon to the use of stem cells to cure disease. The
role of the presidential science adviser came under
increasing scrutiny during the administration of
George W. Bush, which was highly criticized by
many for its use (and some say, misuse) of science.
This edited volume includes, for the first time,
the reflections of the presidential science advisers
from Donald Hornig who served under Lyndon B.
Johnson, to John Marburger, the current science
adviser, on their roles within both government and
the scientific community. It provides an intimate
glimpse into the inner workings of the White
House, as well as the political realities of providing
advice on scientific matters to the presidential of
the United States.
Features
7 This book will offer unique first-hand perspectives of the science advisors to the president, from
Lyndon Johnson to George W. Bush 7 It includes
some very unique history (e.g., Edward David’s
chapter provides perspective on how President
Nixon used the science advisor for political
purposes that have been reported nowhere else to
our knowledge)
Fields of interest
History of Science; Political Philosophy; History
Target groups
Science policy scholars and practitioners, members
of the general public who are interested in learning
more about the role of science advice in the White
House and the day-to-day realities of providing
that advice
Discount group
P
This volume brings together cutting-edge thinkers
and scholars together with young researchers
and students, proposing a colourful spectrum of
media-theoretical, -practical and -educational
approaches to current creative practices and techniques of production and consumption on and off
the web. Along with the exploration of some of the
emerging social media concepts, the book unveils
some of the key drivers leading to participatory
engagement of the User.
Mashup Cultures presents a broader view of
the effects and consequences of current remix
practices and the recombination of existing digital
cultural content. The complexity of this book,
which appears on the occasion of the fifth anniversary of the international MA study program
ePedagogy Design – Visual Knowledge Building,
also by necessity seeks to familiarize the reader
with a profound glossary and vocabulary of Web
2.0 cultural techniques.
Features
7 Media Theory Reader 7 5 years of ePedagogy
Design, Univ. of Helsinki 7 Including contributions by Henry Jenkins, Mimi Ito, David Gauntlett,
and many others
From the contents
Gerard Brady: Learning Ecology Potential of
Google Earth; Antje Breitkopf: Contextualising
the XO laptop in a local environment: A study
approach; Eva Dural: Towards another view:
A virtual community about visual impairment;
Brenda Castro: The Virtual Art Garden: A Case
Study of User-centered Design for improving
interaction in Distant Learning communities of
Art Students; Doris Gassert.
Fields of interest
Design, general
Target groups
Students, lecturer, media designer, media artists
and web designer in visual culture, media and
communication studies
Discount group
Architecture Professional
Humanities, Social Sciences & Law
Architecture, Design and Arts
Due March 2010
Due February 2010
2010. Approx. 280 p. Hardcover
2010. Approx. 250 p. 150 illus. Softcover
7 approx. $159.00
ISBN 978-90-481-3897-5
7 approx. $49.95
ISBN 978-3-7091-0095-0
Arts/Design
133
134
Springer News 1/2010
Architecture
B. Bielefeld (Ed .)
B. Bielefeld (Ed .)
Basics First Year Architecture
Set
Basics Career Start
From classroom to lecture theatre: The book set
“Basics First Years of Architecture” covers key
subject fields of architectural studies and contains
the bestselling issues Design and Living, Design
Ideas, Modelbuilding, Technical Drawing and
Timber Construction.
Features
7 Just in time for the beginning of teaching: The
basics of Basics 7 Buy the set and save 20%
Field of interest
Architecture, general
Target groups
Students
Discount group
Architecture Professional
Basics Career Start is the package for Young
Professionals. The 5 selected titles that constitute
the set - Tendering, Project Planning, Construction Scheduling, Site Management, and Architectural Photography - provide essential information
for advanced students and young architects, from
the first bid to presentation of the final result. The
special set price represents a saving of more than
20% off the combined individual volume prices.
Features
7 Just in time for the start of studies: The basics of
Basics 7 Buy the set and save 20%
Contents
This book package contains the following titles:
Tendering, Project Planning, Construction
Scheduling, Site Management, and Architectural
Photography.
Field of interest
Architecture, general
Target groups
Young Professionals
Discount group
Architecture Professional
Architecture, Design and Arts
Architecture, Design and Arts
Due January 2010
Due January 2010
2010 . Approx . 420 p . (Basics) (5-volume-set)
2009 . Approx . 420 p . (Basics) (5-volume-set)
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0312-6
7 $69.95
ISBN 978-3-0346-0178-8
springer.com/booksellers
springer.com/librarybooks
Medicine
Lopez-Poveda (Eds), The Neurophysiological
Bases of Auditory Perception
ISBN 978-1-4419-5685-9
7 approx. $269.00
Statistics
Lecture Notes in Statistics
Springer News 1/2010
Kim (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering ASEA 2008 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 30)
ISBN 978-3-642-10241-7
7 $84.00
Papasratorn (Eds), Advances in Information
Technology - IAIT 2009 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 55)
ISBN 978-3-642-10391-9
7 $84.00
Proceedings
Tavangarian (Eds), Intelligent Interactive
Assistance and Mobile Multimedia Computing IMC 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 53)
ISBN 978-3-642-10262-2
7 $95.00
IFIP Advances in Information
and Communication Technology
González Velasco (Eds), Workshop on Branching
Processes and Their Applications
(Lecture Notes Statistics 197)
ISBN 978-3-642-11154-9
7 $89.95
Ranchordas (Eds), Computer Vision and
Computer Graphics - Theory and Applications VISIGRAPP 2008 (Communications in Computer
and Information Science 24)
ISBN 978-3-642-10225-7
7 $84.00
Camenisch (Eds), iNetSec 2009 - Open Research
Problems in Network Security - IFIP Wg 11.4
(IFIP Advs Information 309)
ISBN 978-3-642-05436-5
7 $127.00
Computer Science
Slezak (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering ASEA 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 59)
ISBN 978-3-642-10618-7
7 $95.00
Lecture Notes in Business
Information Processing
Dale (Eds), Safety-Critical Systems: Making
Systems Safer - SSS10
ISBN 978-1-84996-085-4
7 $149.00
Huebner (Eds), Open Source Software for
Digital Forensics
ISBN 978-1-4419-5802-0
7 $149.00
Communications in Computer
and Information Science
Filipe (Eds), e-Business and Telecommunications
- ICETE 2008 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 48)
ISBN 978-3-642-05196-8
7 $119.00
Gerhäuser (Eds), Constructing Ambient
Intelligence - AmI 2008 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 32)
ISBN 978-3-642-10606-4
7 approx. $69.95
Kim (Eds), Advances in Communication and
Networking - FGCN 2008 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 27)
ISBN 978-3-642-10235-6
7 $84.00
Kim (Eds), Advances in Computational Science
and Engineering - FGCN 2008 (Communications
in Computer and Information Science 28)
ISBN 978-3-642-10237-0
7 $84.00
Kim (Eds), Advances in Security Technology SecTech 2008 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 29)
ISBN 978-3-642-10239-4
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Bio-Science and Bio-Technology BSBT 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 57)
ISBN 978-3-642-10615-6
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Control and Automation - CA 2009
(Communications in Computer and Information
Science 65)
ISBN 978-3-642-10742-9
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Database Theory and Application
- DTA 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 64)
ISBN 978-3-642-10582-1
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Grid and Distributed Computing GDC 2009 (Communications in Computer and
Information Science 63)
ISBN 978-3-642-10548-7
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Multimedia, Computer Graphics
and Broadcasting (Communications in Computer
and Information Science 60)
ISBN 978-3-642-10511-1
7 $84.00
Slezak (Eds), Signal Processing, Image Processing
and Pattern Recognition - SIP 2009
(Communications in Computer and Information
Science 61)
ISBN 978-3-642-10545-6
7 $95.00
Slezak (Eds), U- and E-Service, Science and
Technology - UNESST 2009 (Communications in
Computer and Information Science 62)
ISBN 978-3-642-10579-1
7 $84.00
135
Persson (Eds), The Practice of Enterprise
Modeling - PoEM 2009 (Lecture Notes in Business
Information Processing 39)
ISBN 978-3-642-05351-1
7 $94.00
Lecture Notes in Computer
Science
Abdelzaher (Eds), Principles of Distributed
Systems - OPODIS 2009 (LNCS 5923)
ISBN 978-3-642-10876-1
7 $83.00
Abran (Eds), Software Process and Product
Measurement - IWSM 2009 (LNCS 5891)
ISBN 978-3-642-05414-3
7 $83.00
Aldewereld (Eds), Engineering Societies in the
Agents World X - ESAW 2009 (LNAI 5881)
ISBN 978-3-642-10202-8
7 $72.00
Bacon (Eds), Middleware 2009 ACM/IFIP/USENIX 2009 (LNCS 5896)
ISBN 978-3-642-10444-2
7 $95.00
Baresi (Eds), Services-Oriented Computing ICSOC-ServiceWave 2009 (LNCS 5900)
ISBN 978-3-642-10382-7
7 $119.00
Bayro-Corrochano (Eds), Progress in Pattern
Recognition, Image Analysis, Computer Vision,
and Applications - CIARP 2009 (LNCS 5856)
ISBN 978-3-642-10267-7
7 $167.00
Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing ISVC 2009 Part I (LNCS 5875)
ISBN 978-3-642-10330-8
7 $179.00
136
Proceedings
Springer News 1/2010
Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing ISVC 2009 Part II (LNCS 5876)
ISBN 978-3-642-10519-7
7 $191.00
Fiala (Eds), Combinatorial Algorithms IWOCA 2009 (LNCS 5874)
ISBN 978-3-642-10216-5
7 $95.00
Breitman (Eds), Formal Methods and Software
Engineering - ICFEM 2009 (LNCS 5885)
ISBN 978-3-642-10372-8
7 $131.00
Gal (Eds), Protecting Persons While Protecting
the People - ISIPS 2008 (LNCS 5661)
ISBN 978-3-642-10232-5
7 $72.00
Carswell (Eds), Web and Wireless Geographical
Information Systems - W2GIS 2009 (LNCS 5886)
ISBN 978-3-642-10600-2
7 $72.00
Garay (Eds), Cryptology and Network Security CANS 2009 (LNCS 5888)
ISBN 978-3-642-10432-9
7 $107.00
Childs (Eds), Theory of Quantum Computation,
Communication and Cryptography - TQC 2009
(LNCS 5906)
ISBN 978-3-642-10697-2
7 $72.00
Garcia-Alfaro (Eds), Data Privacy Management
and Autonomous Spontaneous Security DPM 2009 and SETOP 2009 (LNCS 5939)
ISBN 978-3-642-11206-5
7 $72.00
Chua (Eds), Semantic Multimedia - SAMT 2009
(LNCS 5887)
ISBN 978-3-642-10542-5
7 $72.00
Gómez-Pérez (Eds), The Semantic Web ASWC 2009 (LNCS 5926)
ISBN 978-3-642-10870-9
7 $83.00
Datta (Ed), Advances in Computer Science,
Information Security and Privacy - ASIAN 2009
(LNCS 5913)
ISBN 978-3-642-10621-7
7 $72.00
Hernández Aguirre (Eds), MICAI 2009:
Advances in Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5845)
ISBN 978-3-642-05257-6
7 $131.00
Deaton (Eds), DNA Computing - DNA 15 2009
(LNCS 5877)
ISBN 978-3-642-10603-3
7 $72.00
Deng (Eds), Artificial Intelligence and
Computational Intelligence - AICI 2009
(LNAI 5855)
ISBN 978-3-642-05252-1
7 $131.00
Desmedt (Ed), Information Theoretic Security ICITS 2007 (LNCS 4883)
ISBN 978-3-642-10229-5
7 $72.00
Dolev (Ed), Algorithmic Aspects of Wireless
Sensor Networks - ALGOSENSORS 2009
(LNCS 5804)
ISBN 978-3-642-05433-4
7 $72.00
Dolev (Eds), Optical SuperComputing OSC 2009 (LNCS 5882)
ISBN 978-3-642-10441-1
7 $72.00
Dong (Eds), Algorithms and Computation ISAAC 2009 (LNCS 5878)
ISBN 978-3-642-10630-9
7 $191.00
Egges (Eds), Motion in Games - MIG 2009
(LNCS 5884)
ISBN 978-3-642-10346-9
7 $72.00
Holzinger (Eds), HCI and Usability for
E-Inclusion - USAB 2009 (LNCS 5889)
ISBN 978-3-642-10307-0
7 $107.00
Hu (Ed), Programming Languages and Systems APLAS 2009 (LNCS 5904)
ISBN 978-3-642-10671-2
7 $83.00
Iurgel (Eds), Interactive Storytelling - ICIDS 2009
(LNCS 5915)
ISBN 978-3-642-10642-2
7 $83.00
Jaatun (Eds), Cloud Computing - CloudCom 2009
(LNCS 5931)
ISBN 978-3-642-10664-4
7 $131.00
Jacobson (Eds), Selected Areas in Cryptography SAC 2009 (LNCS 5867)
ISBN 978-3-642-05443-3
7 $95.00
Janowicz (Eds), GeoSpatial Semantics - GeoS 2009
(LNCS 5892)
ISBN 978-3-642-10435-0
7 $72.00
Karagiannis (Eds), Knowledge Science,
Engineering and Management - KSEM 2009
(LNAI 5914)
ISBN 978-3-642-10487-9
7 $95.00
Korb (Eds), Artificial Life: Borrowing from
Biology - ACAL 2009 (LNAI 5865)
ISBN 978-3-642-10426-8
7 $72.00
springer.com/booksellers
Kowalczyk (Eds), Service-Oriented Computing:
Agents, Semantics, and Engineering AAMAS 2009 International Workshop,
SOCASE 2009 (LNCS 5907)
ISBN 978-3-642-10738-2
7 $72.00
Kuflik (Eds), Advances in Ubiquitous User
Modelling (LNCS 5830)
ISBN 978-3-642-05038-1
7 $72.00
Lee (Eds), Future Generation Information
Technology - FGIT 2009 (LNCS 5899)
ISBN 978-3-642-10508-1
7 $83.00
Lee (Eds), Software Technologies for Embedded
and Ubiquitous Systems - SEUS 2009
(LNCS 5860)
ISBN 978-3-642-10264-6
7 $108.00
Leonardi (Ed), Internet and Network Economics WINE 2009 (LNCS 5929)
ISBN 978-3-642-10840-2
7 $119.00
Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing ICONIP 2009 Part I (LNCS 5863)
ISBN 978-3-642-10676-7
7 $155.00
Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing ICONIP 2009 Part II (LNCS 5864)
ISBN 978-3-642-10682-8
7 $155.00
Matsui (Ed), Advances in Crytology ASIACRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5912)
ISBN 978-3-642-10365-0
7 $131.00
Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful
Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS,
and ODBASE 2009 Part I (LNCS 5870)
ISBN 978-3-642-05147-0
7 $143.00
Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful
Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS,
and ODBASE 2009 Part II (LNCS 5871)
ISBN 978-3-642-05150-0
7 $107.00
Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful
Internet Systems: OTM 2009 Workshops ADI, CAMS, EI2N, ISDE, IWSSA, MONET,
OnToContent, ODIS, ORM, OTM Academy,
SWWS, SEMELS, Beyond SAWSDL, and Combek
2009 (LNCS 5872)
ISBN 978-3-642-05289-7
7 $155.00
Meyer (Eds), Knowledge Representation for
Agents and Multi-Agent Systems - KRAMAS 2008
(LNAI 5605)
ISBN 978-3-642-05300-9
7 $72.00
springer.com/librarybooks
Muneesawang (Eds), Advances in Multimedia
Informatioin Processing - PCM 2009
(LNCS 5879)
ISBN 978-3-642-10466-4
7 $203.00
Nambiar (Eds), Performance Evaluation and
Benchmarking - TPCTC 2009 (LNCS 5895)
ISBN 978-3-642-10423-7
7 $72.00
Nicholson (Eds), AI 2009: Advances in Artificial
Intelligence (LNAI 5866)
ISBN 978-3-642-10438-1
7 $131.00
Núñez-Queija (Eds), Network Control and
Optimization - NET-COOP 2009 (LNCS 5894)
ISBN 978-3-642-10405-3
7 $72.00
Oliveira (Eds), Formal Methods: Foundations and
Applications - SBMF 2009 (LNCS 5902)
ISBN 978-3-642-10451-0
7 $83.00
Parker (Ed), Cryptography and Coding IMACC 2009 (LNCS 5921)
ISBN 978-3-642-10867-9
7 $107.00
Polleres (Eds), Web Reasoning and Rule Systems RR 2009 (LNCS 5837)
ISBN 978-3-642-05081-7
7 $72.00
Prakash (Eds), Information Systems Security ICISS 2009 (LNCS 5905)
ISBN 978-3-642-10771-9
7 $83.00
Qing (Eds), Information and Communications
Security - ICICS 2009 (LNCS 5927)
ISBN 978-3-642-11144-0
7 $107.00
Reed (Eds), SDL 2009: Design for Motes and
Mobiles (LNCS 5719)
ISBN 978-3-642-04553-0
7 $72.00
Roy (Eds), Progress in Cryptology INDOCRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5922)
ISBN 978-3-642-10627-9
7 $95.00
Proceedings
Springer News 1/2010
Stützle (Ed), Learning and Intelligent
Optimization: Designing, Implementing and
Analyzing Effective Heuristics - LION 2009
(LNCS 5851)
ISBN 978-3-642-11168-6
7 $72.00
Tscheligi (Eds), Ambient Intelligence - AmI 2009
(LNCS 5859)
ISBN 978-3-642-05407-5
7 $72.00
Wenyin (Eds), Web Information Systems and
Mining - WISM 2009 (LNCS 5854)
ISBN 978-3-642-05249-1
7 $119.00
Wiederhold (Eds), Combinatorial Image Analysis
- IWCIA 2009 (LNCS 5852)
ISBN 978-3-642-10208-0
7 $95.00
Xie (Eds), Intelligent Robotics and Applications ICIRA 2009 (LNAI 5928)
ISBN 978-3-642-10816-7
7 $203.00
Yang (Eds), Principles of Practice in Multi-Agent
Systems (LNAI 5925)
ISBN 978-3-642-11160-0
7 $119.00
Zhou (Eds), Advances in Machine Learning ACML 2009 (LNAI 5828)
ISBN 978-3-642-05223-1
7 $95.00
Lecture Notes of the
Institute for Computer
Sciences, Social Informatics
and Telecommunications
Engineering
Mueller (Eds), Scalable Information Systems
(Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer
Sciences, Social-Informatics and
Telecommunications Engineering 18)
ISBN 978-3-642-10484-8
7 $83.00
Engineering
Davcev (Eds), ICT Innovations 2009
ISBN 978-3-642-10780-1
7 $339.00
Davoli (Eds), Remote Instrumentation and Virtual
Laboratories
ISBN 978-1-4419-5595-1
7 approx. $169.00
Luo (Ed), Dynamical Systems
ISBN 978-1-4419-5753-5
7 approx. $189.00
Miller (Eds), Computational Biomechanics for
Medicine
ISBN 978-1-4419-5873-0
7 approx. $189.00
Wellnitz et al., Sustainable Automotive
Technologies 2010
ISBN 978-3-642-10796-2
7 $189.00
Advances in Intelligent and Soft
Computing
Huang (Eds), Proceedings of the 6th CIRPSponsored International Conference on Digital
Enterprise Technology - DET 2009
(Adv. Intel Soft Comp. 66)
ISBN 978-3-642-10429-9
7 $399.00
Snášel (Eds), Advances in Intelligent Web
Mastering - 2 (AISC 67)
ISBN 978-3-642-10686-6
7 $189.00
Wu (Ed), Advanced Technology in Teaching WTCS 2009 (Adv. Intel. Soft Comp. 68)
ISBN 978-3-642-11275-1
7 approx. $399.00
Wu (Ed), Software Engineering and Knowledge
Engineering: Theory and Practice - KESE 2009
(Adv. Intel. Soft Computing 69)
ISBN 978-3-642-03717-7
7 $399.00
Special Publications
AIP Conference Proceedings
Sakai (Eds), Rough Sets, Fuzzy Sets, Data Mining
and Granular Computing - RSFDGrC 2009
(LNAI 5908)
ISBN 978-3-642-10645-3
7 $107.00
Morrison (Eds), Environmental Forensics
(Special Publications 322)
ISBN 978-1-84755-258-7
7 approx. $209.00
Ao (Eds), IAENG Transactions on Engineering
Technologies Volume 3 (AIP Conf. Proc. 1174)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0713-8
7 $174.00
Serra (Eds), AI*IA 2009: Emergent Perspectives in
Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5883)
ISBN 978-3-642-10290-5
7 $107.00
Waldron (Eds), Total Food
(Special Publications 323)
ISBN 978-1-84755-750-6
7 approx. $169.00
Spyropoulos (Eds), Self-Organizing Systems IWSOS 2009 (LNCS 5918)
ISBN 978-3-642-10864-8
7 $94.00
137
IUTAM Bookservices
Dattaguru (Eds), IUTAM Symposium on MultiFunctional Material Structures and Systems
(IUTAM Bookseries 19)
ISBN 978-90-481-3770-1
7 $159.00
138
Proceedings
Physics
American Institute of Physics (Ed), 2010 Graduate
Programs in Physics, Astronomy, and Related
Fields
ISBN 978-0-7354-0717-6
7 $76.00
Brandl (Eds), 400 Years of Astronomical
Telescopes <with CD>
ISBN 978-90-481-2232-5
7 $149.00
AIP Conference Proceedings
Abdel Harith (Ed), The 7th International
Conference on Laser Applications
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1172)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0711-4
7 $99.00
Balazs (Eds), 5th International Workshop on the
Dark Side of the Universe (AIP Conf. Proc. 1178)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0719-0
7 $89.00
Chatillon (Eds), 4th International Workshop on
Nuclear Fission and Fission-Product Spectroscopy
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1175)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0714-5
7 $224.00
Chigrin (Ed), Theoretical and Computational
Nanophotonics (TaCoNa-Photonics 2009)
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1176)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0715-2
7 $129.00
Guzik (Eds), Stellar Pulsation
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1170)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0707-7
7 $319.00
Handoko (Eds), International Workshop on
Advanced Material for New and Renewable
Energy (AIP Conf. Proc. 1169)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0706-0
7 $169.00
Hubeny (Eds), Recent Directions in Astrophysical
Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiation
Hydrodynamics (AIP Conf. Proc. 1171)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0710-7
7 $159.00
Secula (Eds), Frontiers of Characterization and
Metrology for Nanoelectronics
(AIP Conf. Proc. 1173)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0712-1
7 $219.00
Weiland (Ed), From Leonardo to ITER, Nonlinear
and Coherence Aspects (AIP Conf. Proc. 1177)
ISBN 978-0-7354-0716-9
7 $99.00
Springer News 1/2010
Astrophysics and Space Science
Proceedings
Chaudhuri (Eds), Recent Advances in
Spectroscopy (Astrophysics and Space Science
Proceedings)
ISBN 978-3-642-10321-6
7 $189.00
Goswami (Eds), Principles and Perspectives in
Cosmochemistry - Kodai School on Synthesis of
Elements in Stars (Astrophysics and Space Science
Proceedings)
ISBN 978-3-642-10351-3
7 $249.00
Rodriguez (Eds), Highlights of Spanish
Astrophysics V (Astrophysics and Space Science
Proceedings) <with onlines files/updates>
ISBN 978-3-642-11249-2
7 approx. $249.00
Springer Proceedings in Physics
Bellucci (Ed), The Attractor Mechanism INFN-Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati School
2007 (Springer Proceedings in Physics 134)
ISBN 978-3-642-10735-1
7 $249.00
Earth Science/Geography
International Association of
Geodesy Symposia
Mertikas (Ed), Gravity, Geoid and Earth
Observation - IAG Commission 2 2008
(IAG Symp. 135)
ISBN 978-3-642-10633-0
7 $209.00
Pageoph Topical Volumes
Becker (Eds), Recent Advances in Nuclear
Explosion Monitoring (Pageoph Topical Volumes)
ISBN 978-3-0346-0370-6
7 approx. $69.95
Environmental Sciences
Xu (Eds), Molecular Environmental Soil Science
at the Interfaces in the Earth’s Critical Zone
ISBN 978-3-642-05296-5
7 $409.00
springer.com/booksellers
Business/Economics
Lecture Notes in Economics and
Mathematical Systems
Jones (Eds), New Developments in Multiple
Objective and Goal Programming
(Lecture Notes Economics 638)
ISBN 978-3-642-10353-7
7 $89.95
Philosophy
Balzan Foundation
International Balzan Foundation (Ed),
Truth in Science, the Humanities and Religion
ISBN 978-1-4020-9895-6
7 approx. $129.00
Springer News 1/2010
Discount Key
P
MC
MR
T
C
L
S
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Professional
Medicine/Clinical
Medicine/Reference
Trade
Computer Trade
Landolt-Bornstein Handbook
Special Software
Sales and Service
General Information
Returns:
Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice
or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all
returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two
months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not
follow the procedures detailed above.
Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada):
Springer
c/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution Center
Brooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3
Brooklyn, NY 11205
Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Sales
tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578
e-mail: [email protected]
Returns in Canada:
Springer
c/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse
34 Armstrong Avenue
Georgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9
Trade Marketing Support:
Prices:
Casey Spear, Product Manager
Trade Channel Marketing
tel: 800-777-4643 ext.622
e-mail: [email protected]
Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.
Agency Account Information
Library Approval Plan:
7
7
7
7
All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication.
A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the
Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.
Bookstore and Library Sales:
Library Approval Plan
Bookseller Agency Plan
Annual Prepayment Plan
Standing Orders
Continuation Orders
Bookseller Agency Plan:
Attn: Joe Kozakiewicz
P.O. Box 2485
Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485
tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303
fax: 201-348-4505
e-mail: [email protected]
To Order:
Springer
P.O. Box 2485
Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485
or call
800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET
The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the
special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifications in the plan may be made at any time.
Annual Prepayment Plan:
Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to LandoltBörnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment
based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid
invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.
Standing Orders:
Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series
except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.
or fax
201-348-4505
Change of Address for Continuation Orders:
or e-mail
Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance.
Please indicate:
7 journal or standing order title
7 date on which the change is to take effect
7 old address
7 new address
[email protected]
World Wide Web:
Springer:
Apress:
Birkhäuser:
Copernicus:
Key College:
Key Curriculum:
springer.com
www.apress.com
www.birkhauser.com
www.copernicusbooks.com
www.keycollege.com
www.keypress.com
For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).
ABCD
233 Spring Street
New York, NY 10013
New York
Heidelberg
Dordrecht
London
Tokyo
Boston
Basel
Berlin
Hong Kong
Milan
New Delhi
Paris
V7001